You are on page 1of 450

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the


information in books and make it universally accessible.

http://books.google.com
THE FRANK J. MARSHALL
Collection of Chess Books
presented to
The New York Public Library
By Gustavus A. Pfeiffer
i 93 2
C V\e
1
Vol IV. No. I.

THE CHESS PLAYERS'

CHRONICLE.

FEBRUARY, 1874.

CONTENTS.
Games—played between— Pago
No. 1. Mr. Thorold and Amateur 1
„ 2. Mr. Gossip and Mr. Bird 1
,. 3. Mr. Gossip and Mr. Bird 3
„ 4. Mr. Wisker and Mr. Bird 4
„ 5. Mr. Bird and Mr. Wisker 6
„ 6. Mr. Sonnebom and Mr. Walker 8
„ 7. Mr. V.'alker and Mr. Sonnehorn 10
„ 8. Mr. Ranken and Dr. Philson 11
9. Mr. Ranken and Mr. Butcher 13
10. Mr. Gilchrist and Mr. Jenkins 13
„ 11. Mr. Mackenzie and Mr. Jones 14
„ 12. Mr. Max Judd and Mr. Cadmau 15
13. Mr. C. Henbow and Mr. Farrow 16
„ 14. Mr. Burn and Mr. Archdall 17
„ 18. Mr. Thomson and Mr. Ellis Is
„ 16. Mr. Skip,worth and Mr. Wayte 20
„ 17. Mr. Williams Hockin and Mr. Searle 22
Chess inTelligence—
Revlews 24
A New Move in the Scotch Gambit 25
Chess at Lincoln 26
Chess at Clifton 27
Chess at Grantham 24
Solutions to Problems 27
Problem 1 25
II 26
III . 27
IV 28
V 29
VI 30
VII 81
VIII 32

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STBEET.


LONDON: GEOEGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOE BE^1ISINEU^.V :~
In placing the board remember to have w quare m the corcorner Pf
the board at your right hand. PU3UG LiIi'
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King. 633642 A
Q.—Queen. ASTOR, LFH )X AND ,
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop TO^^^ ftingtereok
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order ne:
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bisho \ QnYten'g ^tnrprbt, fynaanL
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square j
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.

White.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 1

No. 1.
The annexed game was recently played between Mr. Thorold
and a strong Amateur.
(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. (Amayeur.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. B. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to K. E. third
6. Kt. takes P. 6. K. takes Kt.
7. P. to Q. fourth (a) 7. P. to Q. fourth (b)
8. B. takes P. (c) 8. P. takes P. (d)
9. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 9. K. to Kt.. third
10. Castles 10. B. to K. B. fourth
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. P. to K. E. fourth
12. B. to K. fifth 12. Kt. to K. B. third (e)
13. E. takes B. 13. K. takes E.
14. B. to K. B. seventh (/)
And Black resigns.
(a) The move usually played here is B. to Q. B. fourth (check).
(6) P. to K, B. sixth, followed by B. to K. second, affords Black greater scope for the
development of his game.
(c) Much better than taking Pawn with Pawn.
(rf) This exposes Black to a strong attack.—Kt. to K. B. third is here the correct move,
(c) There is nothing better.
(f) An elegant termination.

No 2.
(Cunningham Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Gossip ) Black. (Mit. Bird.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to K. second (a )
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. fourth
2 THE CHESS players' chronicle.

5. B. takes P. 5. Kt. to K. B. third


6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Kt. takes B.
7. P. takes Kt. 7. B. to K. E, fifth (check)
8. K. to B. square 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. P. to Q. B. fourth 9. Castles
10. B. takes P. 10. P. to Q. B. third
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. Kt. to Q. second
12. Q. to Q. second 12. P. to K. B. fourth
13. P. to Q. Kt. third ( b) 13. B. to K. B. third
14. Q. B. to K. square 14. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
15. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (c) 15. B. takes Kt.
16. B. takes B. 16. Q. to Q. B. square
1 7. B. to K. seventh 17. E. to K. B. second
18. P. to K. B. third 18. B. to K. E. fourth
19. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 19. B. to. K. Kt. third
20. P. to Q. sixth 20. P. to K. B. fifth
21. K. to B. second 21. Q. to Q. second
22. Kt. to K. fourth 22. B. takes Kt.
23. Q. E. to K. square
23. R. takes B.
24. K. E. to K. square 24. Kt. to Q. B. square
25. P. to Q. B. fifth 25. P. to K. E. third
26. Q. to K. B. fourth 26. Kt. takes B.
27. E. takes Kt. I 27. K. E. takes E.
28. E. takes E. 28. E. takes E.
29. Q. takes E. 29. Q. takes Q.
30. P. takes Q. (d) 30. K. to B. second
31. P. queens (check) 31. K. takes Q.
32. P. to K. Kt. fourth
32. K. to B. third
33. K. to Kt. fourth 33. K. to B. second
34. K. to B. fifth (e ) 34. K. to Kt. second
35. K. to K. fifth 35. K. to B. second
36. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 36. P. to Q. E. third
37. P. to Q. E. third 37. K. to K. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 3
38. P. to Q. E. fourth 38. K. to B. second
39. P. to Q. fifth 39. P. takes P.
40. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 40. P. to Q. fifth
41. K. takes P. 41. K. to K. second
42. K. to K. fifth 42. K. to Q. second
43. K. to Q. fifth 43. P. to K. R fourth
44. K. to K. fourth 44. K. to K. third
45. P. to Q. B. sixth 45. P. takes Q. B. P.
46. P. takes Q. II. P. 46. P. to K. B. sixth
47. P. takes P.
And Black resigned.
NOTES.
(a) This defence is now rarely adopted.
(b) To render harmless Black's contemplated move of Kt. to Q. Kt. third.
(c) Better than P. to Q. sixth, as the progress of the game will show.
(d) These exchanges are all in favour of White. Ho has now a winning position,
(e) The correct move.

. 3.
(evans' GAMBIT.)
White. (Mr. Gossip.) Black. (Mr. Bird.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B, third
3. B. to Q. B fourth 3. B. to (L). |!, fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4/ B. takes Kt, P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B to q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. P. to Q. fifth 9. Kt. to t,). R. fourth
10. B. to Q. Kt, second 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. Kt, takes B.
12. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check) 12. P. to Q. B. third
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. Castles
4 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
14. P. to K. fifth 14. P. takes K. P.
15. P. to Q. sixth 15. Kt. to K. Kt. third (a)
16. B. to Q. E. third 16. B. to K. third
17. Q. to K. second 17. P. to K. B. third
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. Q. to Q. second
19. P. to K. E. fourth 19. B. to Q. fourth
20. Kt. to K. E. second 20. B. to Q. fifth
21. Q. E. to Q. B. square 21. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
22. K. E. to K. square (6) 22 Q to K. E. sixth
23. Kt. takes B. 23. P. takes Kt.
24. B. to Q. B. fifth (c) 24. Q takes P. (check)
25. K. to E. square 25. Q. takes K. E. P.
26. K. E. to Q. square 26. K. E to K. square (d)
27. B. takes B. 27. P takes B.
28. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. 28 Q takes K. B. P. (e)
29. P. to Q. seventh 29 E. to K B. square
30. Q. takes P. (check) 30. K. to E. square
31. Q. takes Q. E.
And Black resigned.
NOTES.
(a) Taking the Q. P would have subjected Black to an immediate and embarrassing
attack.
(b) Kt. takes B. at once is much to be preferred.
(c) An oversight, as it loses an important pawn, and in fact the game,
(d) Black should have exchanged Bishops, and played Kt. to K. B. fifth, securing an
easy victory.
( e ) Throwing away the game at once. Kt. to K. B. fifth is the only correct move.

No. 4.
The following is the final game in one of the matches between
Messrs. Bird and Wisker, played December 9, 1873.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Wisker.) Black. (Mr. Bird.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 5
3. P. to Q. E. third 3. Kt. to K B. third
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. P. to Q. Kt. third
5. P. to Q. fifth (a) 5. B. to Q. third
6. P. to K. Kt. thirds; 6. P. to K. fourth
7. B. to K. E. third 7. P. to K. B. fifth (c)
8. P. takes P. 8. P takes P.
9. Kt. to K. B. third (d) 9 Castles
10. E. to K. Kt. square 10 Q. to K. second
11. Q. to Q. fourth (e) 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. Q. to Q. third 12. B. to Q. E. third
13. P. to Q. Kt. third 13. B. to K. fourth
14. B. to Q. Kt. second 14. P. to Q third
15. Kt. to K. E. fourth 15. P. to K Kt. third (f)
16. B. to K. sixth (check) 16. K to E. square
17. E. takes P. 17. B. to Q. B. square (g)
18. B. takes B. 18. E. takes B.
19. Kt. to K. B. fifth 19. Q. to K. B. square
20. E. to K. Kt. fifth 20. Q. Kt. to Q. second
21. Castles 21. Kt. to K. Kt. square
22. Q. E. to K. Kt. square 22. Kt. to K. E. third
23. Q. to K. E. third 23. Kt. takes Kt.
24. E. takes Kt. 24. Q. to K. second
25. Kt. to K. fourth (h) 25. E. to K. B. square (i)
26. B. takes B. (check) 26 Kt. takes B.
27. E. takes E. (check) 27. E. takes E.
28. Q to K. sixth 28. Q. takes Q.
29. P. takes Q. 29. E to K. square (k)
30. Kt. to K. B. sixth
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
(a) This move at once insures White a great advantage. In this species of opening, it
is indispensably necessary to prevent the advance of the Pawn to Queen's fifth. On his
previons move, Black therefore, ought to have played (4) P. to Q. fourth.
(6) The proper sequel, increasing adequate protection for the Q. P.
6 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
£c) A rash venture. Even thus early Black has a lost game. The only move at this
juncture was (7) P. to K. Kt. third.
(d) 9. Q. to Q. fourth would also have been good, for if
!). P. toQ. B. fourth
10. P. takes P. (en passant) 10. P. takes P.
11. B. takes B. and wins a piece.
(e) To draw the advance of the Q. Ii. P., and thus render the White Q. P. unassailable.
if) This loses a Pawn, but there is no better move, for if (16) Kt. to K. R. fourth,
White checks at K. sixth, and then moves Q. to K. R. third, threatening Kt. to Kt.
sixth, check, &,c.
(g) This also is his best play, to avoid the effect of White's castling and doubling the
rooks.
(A) The winning move, releasing the Q. B.
(i) Had Black seized the opportunity of winning a piece at this point, he would have
lost the game :—
25. B. takes B. icheck)
26. K. takes B. 26. Q. takes Kt.
27. Q. takes P. (check) 27. K. takes Q.
28. R. to K. R. fifth, mate.
(k) The game cannot be saved. For if (29) R. to Q. square, then follows P. to Q,
seventh, and Kt. to K. B. sixth ; and if Kt. to K. Kt. third, White takes off the Q. P.,
threatening B. takes Kt. and P. to K. seventh.
A most singular feature of this game is, that White's King's Pawn was never moved
throughout.

No. 5.
Another Game in the Match, played December 8th, 1873.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Bird.) Black. (Mr. Wiskeh.)
1. P. to K. B. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to K. third 2. P. to K. Kt. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3 B. to K. Kt. second
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. P. to Q. E. third
5. Kt. to Q. E. third 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. Kt. to Q. B. second (a) 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. B. to K. second 7. Kt. to K. E. third
8. Castles 8. Castles
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. P. to Q. B. fifth
10. Q. Kt. to K. square 10. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
11. P. to Q. Kt. third 11. 11. to Q. Kt. square (b)
12. B. to Q. second 12. Kt. to K. IS. fourth
13. Kt. to K. fifth 13. Kt. takes Kt. (c)
14. B. P. takes Kt. 14. P. to K. B. third
15. P. takes K. B. P. 15. E. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 7
16. B. to K. B. third (d) 16. B. to Q. Kt. second
17. P. to Q. E. fourth (e) 17. B. to K. E. third
18. Q. to K. second 18. P. takes Q. Kt. P. (/)
19. P. takes P. 19. P. takes P. (g)
20. Kt. to Q. third 20. B. to Q. B. third
21. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square (h) 21. P. to Q. Kt. fifth (i)
22. P. takes P. 22. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
23. P. to K. Kt. fourth (k) 23. Kt. to K. E. fifth (I)
24. E. takes P. 24. Q. to Q. second (m)
25. B. to K. Kt. second 25. Kt. takes B.
26. E. takes E. 26. P. takes E.
27. Q. takes Kt. 27. B. to Q. E. square
28. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 28. E. to Q. E. eighth (check)
29. K. to B. second 29. Q. to Q. third
30. Q. to K. Kt. third 30. Q. to Q. Kt. third
31. E. to Q. Kt. second 31. B. to K. B. square
32. P. to K. fourth 32. P. takes P. (n)
33. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check) 33. K. to E. square
34. Q. to K. B. seventh (o) 34. Q. to Q. third
35. K. to K. third (p) 35. E. to K. B. eighth
36. Kt. to K sixth 36. B. to K. E. third (check)
37. P. to K. Kt. fifth 37. B. takes P. (check)
And Black wins.
NOTES.
(a) The objection to this play of the Knight is that it gives Black too much time to
develope his forces on the Queen's side,
(6) 11. Kt. to K. B. fourth at once is rather better. The Rook seems as effective on
Q. E. as on Q. Kt. square.
(c) Ill-played. Taking the Knight in this position serves only to develope the first
player's game. Black should have moved R. to Q. Kt, third, or Q, to Q. B. second, and
then have driven back the Q. by P. to K. B. third.
(rf) Surely the Knight might have been posted here,
{e) A bad move.
(/) Not less bad. By now moving B. to Q. B. third he would have retained his
advantage and position. Or' what is perhaps better, he might have taken R. P. with P.
and if the Pawn re-took, have doubled the Eooks,
(g) The play on both sides is a little careless at this point. 19. R. to Q. Kt. third would
have been better; for if in that case White took the Pawn with Pawn, P. to Q. Kt.
seventh, would win.
8 THE CHESS PLAYEES' CHRONICLE.
(A) The correct move here was Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth, the result being an even game.
(i) The proper play, enabling Black to pin half his adversary's pieces.
(k) The only resource. If the Pawn be taken at once, Black gains a decisive advan
tage by R. to K. third.
(I) If 23. Kt. takes K. P. White gives up his Queen for the three pieces :—
28. Kt. takes K. P.
24. B. takes Kt. 24. E. to K. third
25. B. takes B. 25. R. takes Q.
26. B. takes R. &c.
(m) Threatening Kt. takes B. and Q. takes Kt. P.
(n) 32. B. to Q. third would have been the best reply to White's last hazardous move.
(o) Losing the game at once. If however, he had played 34. B. to K. B. fourth,
recommended afterwards by a leading Amateur, Black might have given up the exchange,
34. B. to Q. B. fourth 34. R. to K. B. eighth (cheek)
35. K moves 35. R. takes B.
36. K. takes R. 36. B. to Q. third icheck; &c.
(jo) There is no better course, bad as this is.

No. 6.
The first game in one of the matches in the Correspondence
Tourney.
(Euy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. Sonneborn ) Black. (Mr. Walker )
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. B. to Q. E. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. third (a) 5. B. to Q. B. fourth (b)(1)
6 Castles 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q Kt third 7. P. to K. E. third
8. P. to Q. B. third 8. Castles
9. P. to Q. fourth (c) 9. B to Q. Kt. third
10. Kt. takes P. 10. Kt. takes Kt.
11. P. takes Kt. 11. Kt. takes P. (d)
12. B. to Q. fifth (e) 12. Kt. takes K. B. P.
13. E. takes Kt. 13. B. takes E. (check)
14. K. takes B. 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. B. to Q Kt third 15. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
16. K. to Kt. square 16. Q. to K. fifth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 9

17. Kt. to Q. second 17. Q takes K. P.


18 Kt. to K. B. third 18. Q. to Q B. fourth (check)
19. Q. to Q. fourth 19 Q. takes Q. (check)
20. Kt. takes Q. 20. E. to K. square
21. B. to K. B. fourth 21. P. to Q. E. fourth (/)
22. P. to Q. E. third 22. K. to E. second (g)
23. B. to Q. sixth 23. P. to K. B. third
24. E. to K. B. square (2) 24 B. to Q. E. third
25. B to Q. B. second (check) 25. K. to E. square
26. B. to K. Kt. sixth 26 P. to Q Kt. fifth (A)
27. E. to Q. B. square (i) 27. P. takes Q. B. P.
28. P. takes P. (k) 28. K. E. to Q. B. square
29. E. to K. square 29. P. to Q. B. fourth
30. Kt. to K. B. fifth 30. B. to Q sixth
31. E to K. seventh 31. E. to K. Kt. square
32. E. takes Q. P. (I) (3) 32. Q. E. to Q. square
33. E. takes E. 33. E. takes E.
34. B. to K. seventh (m) 34. E. to Q second (n)
35. B. to K. B. eighth 35. P. to Q. B. fifth
36. B. takes P. (check) 36. E takes B.
37. Kt. takes E. 37. B. takes B.
38. Kt. to K. sixth 38. B to K. B. second
And the game was eventually drawn.
NOTES BY THE PLAYERS,
(a) A favourite move with Mr. Anderssen.
(6) This, though adopted by Morphy in his match with Anderssen, is, we believe, a
bad move, as leading to loss of time and position. P. to Q. third is better.
(c) Black's fourth move is already telling against him.
(d) Black is now compelled either to submit to the loss of a pawn, with his pieces all
driven home and out of play, or to sacrifice his Kt. and B. for a rook and two pawns. As
the lesser of two evils he chose the latter course.
(0 If 12. Q. to Q. fifth 12. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
13. Q. takes E. (if) 13. P. to Q. B. third &c.
and the White Queen seems to have no escape.
(f.) The object of this move will be apparent hereafter.
it/) The only way to save the K. B. P.
If 23. B. takes K. B. P. 23. R. to K. B. square, &c.
10 CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(h) This was the contingency which Black had in view at his 21st move, as affording
the best chanee of saving his K. R.
(i) If 27. B. takes R. 27. B. takes E.
28. B. takes Q. P. 28. B. takes P.
29. K. takes B. 29 R. to Q square
or perhaps 29. P. take3 Q. Kt. P,
(k) If 28. B. takes R. 28. P. takes Q. Kt. P.
and Black has three pawns for the piece.
CO He would have done better to have taken the Q, B. P. with his Bishop, Taking
the Q. P. just gives Black the opportunity he was watching for, of freeing his game.
(m) He would have lost a piece by taking tne Q. B. P. Suppose—
34. B. takes P. 34. B. takes Kt.
85. B. takes B. 35. R. to Q. fourth, &c.
(ra) He should rather have played R. to Q. Kt. square.
NOTES BY THE EDITOR.
(1; B. to Q. 3, playing presently B. to K. 2, is a much safer defence.
(2; A serious loss of time. K. to B. 2, preventing the Black Rook coming down, would
have bsen a useful move. Suppose—
24. K. to B. second if 24. B. to Q. R. third
25. B. to Q. B. second (check;, playing next move P. to Q, Kt, fourth, and White
has a good position,
(3) This move is premature, B. to K. B. fourth, threatening to take the K. R. P.
would have made the defending player a little uneasy.

No. 7.
The second game in the match.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Walker.) Black. (Mr. Sonneborn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt, to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q B third
3. B. to Q. B fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q Kt fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. P takes P.
8. Q. to Q Kt. third 8. Q. to K. B third
9. P. to K. fifth . 9. Q. to K. Kt. third
10. Kt. takes P. 10. K Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to K. second 11. P. to Q Kt. fourth
12. B. to Q. third 12. Q. to K. third
13. Q to Q. Kt. second 13. Kt to K. Kt third
14. Kt. to K. B. fourth 14. Kt. takes Kt. (a)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 11
15. B. takes Kt. 15. P. to K. E third (b)
16. Q. R. to Q. square (c) 16. P, to Q. E. third
17. B. to K. fourth 17. B. to Q. Kt. second
18. B to Q. fifth 18. Q. to K. Kt. fifth (d)
19. B. toK. Kt. third 19. Q to Q Kt. fifth (e)
20. Q. to Q. B. second 20. Kt. to Q. square (/)
21. B. takes B. 21. Kt. takes B.
22. P. to K. sixth (g) 22. Kt. to Q. square
23. P. takes Q. P. (check) 23. K. to K. second
24. B. takes P. 24. B. takes B.
25. Q. takes B. 25. K. to B. third
26. K. to Q. fourth 26. Q. to K. B. square
27. Q. to K. fifth (check) 27. K. to Kt. third
28. Q. to K. fourth (check) 28. P. to K. B. fourth
29. Q. takes E.
And after a few more moves Black resigned
NOTES BY THE PLAYERS.
(a) In the match between Anderssen and Zukertort, Black here played in every instance
Q. to K. 2, but the move made in the present game seems quite as good.
(b) This appears necessary.
(c) White would have done better here by playing K. R. to Q, square. The Q. B.
square is the proper position for the Q. R.
(d) Q. to K. second was the proper move.
(e) Weak, enabling White's K. R. to move to K. square if necessary. Why not have
castled?
(f) Suicidal. Again Black might have castled and made a good fight,
(g) The winning move.

No. a
Cheltenham, February, 1873.
(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Eev. C. E. Eanken.) Black. (Dr. Philson).
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
12 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (a)
10. B. takes P. (b) 10. Kt. takes E.
11. Kt. to K. fourth 11. Q. takes P. (check)
12. P. to K. Kt. third 12. Kt. takes P. (c)
13. Kt. takes Kt. 13. P. to K. B. third
14. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 14. K. to B. square
15. Q. to Q. second (d) 15. P. takes Kt.
16. P. takes P. 16. B. to K. second
17. B. to K. B. sixth (check) 17. K. to Kt. square
18. Q. to K. B. fourth 18. B. to K. B. fourth
19. Castles 19. B. to K. Kt. third
20. B. to Q. B. fourth 20. B. to K. B. second
21. P. to Q. sixth
And White mates in six moves.
NOTES.
(a) Dangerous in the extreme. 9. Q. to K. second, or 9. Castles is the proper play.
(b) A perfectly sound sacrifice.
(c) Black may also play Q. to K. R. seventh. The following notes occurred in a game
between Messrs. Wayte and Rhodes, Chess Players' Magazine, 1866, p. 367.
White. Mr. W. Black. M. R.
12. P. to K. Kt. third 12. Q. to K. R. seventh
13. Q. to Q. third 13. Q. to K. Kt. eighth (check)
14. K. to Q. second 14. Q. to K. Kt. seventh (check)
[Black may also take the second Rook if he pleases, but White's remaining forces being
in full co-operation against the King, would insure him a speedy victory.]
15. K. to B. third 15. Kt. to K. B. seventh
16. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 16. K. to B. square
17. B. toK. R. sixth (check) 17. K. to K. second
18. Q. to K. third 18. Kt. to K. fifth (check)
19. Kt. takes Kt. 19. B. takes Kt.
And White mates in six moves.
(d) This is all very elegant and finished. Black has no hope of extrication.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 13

No. 9.
(Remove White's Queen's Knight.)
White. (Rev. C. E. Ranken.) Black. (Mr. Butcher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to K. second (a)
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. B. third (b)
5. P. to K. fifth 5. P. to K. B. third
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Q. to Q. Kt. third
7. Castles 7. P. to K. Kt. fourth
8. K. to E. square 8. P. takes P.
9. P. takes P. 9. Kt. to Q. E. third (c)
10. Kt. takes P. 10. B. takes Kt.
11. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 11. K. to Q. square
12. Q. takes B. (check) 12. Kt. to K. second
13. B. takes P. 13. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. Q. takes Kt. (check) 14. K. takes Q.
And White mates in eight moves, (d)
NOTES.
(a) Leading to the Cunningham Gambit.
(6) The usual move is B. to K II. fifth [check]. In that case White's same best reply
is K. to B. square; but most players, especially in giving odds, would adopt the more
brilliant :>. P. to K. Kt, third, 5. P. takes P., 6. Castles, 4c.
(c) Black is evidently unconscious of the danger to which he is exposed. His Queen
is too far removed from the defence of the King.
(d) A beautiful termination.

No. 10.
Played in the Handicap Tournament at the Glasgow Chess
Club. (Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Gilchrist.) Black. (Mr. Jenkins.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1.
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. Kt. to Q. second (a)
14 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
4. B. to Q. third 4. P. to K. fourth
5. Q. P. takes P. 5. P. takes P.
6. P. to K. B. fifth 6. K. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. B. to Q. B. fourth
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. Q. to K. second
9. P. to K. Kt. fourth 9. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
10. Kt. to K. E. fourth 10. B. to Q. second
11. Q. to Q. second 11. Castles (Q. E.)
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. B. to Q. B. third
13. Q. to K. second 13. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. Castles (K.E.) 14. B. takes Kt.
15. P. takes B. 15. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)
16. K. to E. square 16. Q. takes P.
17. B. to Q. second 17. Kt. takes K. P. (b)
18. B. takes Q.
And Black mates in two moves.
NOTES.
(a) A bizarre defence at these odds, but one which at all events has the merit of taking
the adversary out of the "books."
(6) This is very ingenious, and gives rise to an extremely pretty termination.

No. 11.
Chess in New York, Mr. Mackenzie giving the odds of the
Knight. (Eemove White's Queen's Knight.)
White. (Mr. Mackenzir.) Black. (Mr. Jones.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. I r>

8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third


9. E. to K. square 9. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
10. P. to K. fifth 10. P. to Q. fourth
11. B. to Q. third 11. B. to K. Kt. fifth
12. Q. to Q. B. second (a) 12. B. takes Kt.
13. P. takes B. 13. B. takes P.
14. E. to Q. Kt. square 14. B. to Q. Kt. third
15. P. to K. sixth 15. P. to K. B. third
16. B. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 10. K. to B. square
17. B. to K. E. fifth 17. Q. to Q. third
18. Q. to K. B. fifth (b) 18. Kt. to K. second
And White mates in three moves.
NOTES.
(a) White sacrifices the Queen's Pawn for the purpose of more rapidly developing his
game.
(6) Tempting Black to attack the Queen with his Knight.—Turf, field, and Farm.

.. 12.
Chess in America. (Ieregular Opening.)
White (Mr. Max Judd.) Black (Mr. Cadman.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to K. third 2. P. to Q. B. fourth
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. P. to K. Kt. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. B. to K. Kt. second 6. Q. to K. B. third (a)
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. ' B. takes Kt.
8. Kt. to K. fourth 8. B. to Q. B. sixth (check) (b)
9. P. takes B. 9. Q. to K. fourth
10. P. to K. B. fourth 10. Q. to Q. E, fourth
11. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 11. K. to K. second
12. Castles 12. Kt. to K. B. third
13. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 13. Q. takes Q. B. P.
1G THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
14. B. takes Kt. 14. Q. takes Kt.
15. B. to Q. E. third (check) 15. K. to Q. square
16. B. to K. Kt. second 16. P. to Q. fourth
17. Q. to K. square 17. P. to Q. Kt. third
18. E. to Q. square 18. B. to Q. second
19. E. to Q. fourth 19. Q. takes E. P.
20. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 20. E. to K. square
21. Q. to Q. sixth 21. E. to Q. B. square
22. E. to Q. E. fourth 22. E. to Q. E. square
23. Q. takes Kt. P. (check) (c) 23. P. takes Q.
24. E. takes E. (check) 24. K. to B. second
25. B. to Q. sixth (check) 25. K. takes B.
26. E. takes Q.
And White won the game.
NOTES.
(a) This is premature, and gets Black into trouble immediately.
(b) Q. to K. second seems to afford a more satisfactory defence.
(c) A pretty move, bj which White wins the exchange, and ultimately the
Turf, Field, and Farm,

No. 13.
Played recently by Correspondence.
(Buy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. C. Benbow.) Black. (Mr. G. W. Faerow.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. B. to Q. E. fourth 4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
5. B. to Q. Kt, third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Castles 6. B. to K. second
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. third 8. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
9. Kt. takes K. P. 9. Kt. takes B.
10. E. P. takes Kt. 10. B. to Q. Kt. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 17
.
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. Q. to K. second 12. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
13. Kt. takes Q. P. 13. Kt. takes Kt.
14. P. takes Kt. 14. Q. takes P.
15. B. to K. third 15. P. to Q. E. fourth
16. P. to Q. B: fourth 16. Q. to Q. square (a)
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. B'. to K. B. third
18. P. to Q. fifth 18. E. to K. square
19. Q. to K. B. second 13. P. to K. Kt. third
20. Q. E. to Q. square 20. B. to K. Kt. second
21. B. to Q. fourth 21. P. to K. B. fourth
22. Kt. to K. B. third 22. Q. to Q. third
23. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 23. B. takes B.
24. Q. takes B. 24. P. to Q. B. fourth
25. Q. to K. E. eight (check) (b) 25. K. takes Q.
26. Kt. to K.B. seventh (check) 26. K. to Kt. square
27. Kt. takes Q. 27. E. to K. second
28. K. E. to K. square 28. E. to Q. second
29. E. to K. sixth 29. E. to Q. E. third
30. Kt. takes B. 30. E. takes E.
31. Kt. takes Q. B. P.
And Black resigns,
NOTES.
[a] Black has sacrificed a Pawn for an attack, but he does not make the most of his
position. He should rather have played— 15. P. to K. B. third, and afterwards K. R. to
K. square.
[6] Very well played. We give this little game on account of the neat termination.

No 14.
Played at the meeting ofthe Counties' Chess Association in Class 1 .
(French Opening.)
White. (Mr. Burn.) Black. (Mr. Archdall.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
18 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. B. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. E. to K. square (check) 7. B. to K. third
8. B. to K. B. fifth 8. Castles
9. B. takes B. 9. P. takes B.
10. B. takes P. 10. Kt. to K. fifth (a)
11. P. to Q. B. fourth 11. E. takes Kt. (a)
12. P. takes E. 12. Q. to K. B. fifth
13. P. takes Kt. 13. Q. takes B. P. (check)
14. K. to B. square 14. Q. toK. E. sixth (check)
1 5. K moves 15. Q. takes E.
And Black won the game.
NOTES.
(a) This brilliant and decisive little attack is not new to us. It was played by Mr, De
vere about two years ago, against Mr. Burn, the loser also on this occasion. The reader
will find the game in Vol. II., p. 233 of this Magazine. We can scarcely understand Mr.
Burn adopting in a match game a variation which he knew was a losing one, unless it
was that his place on the list (in Section B. of Class I.) could not be affected by any result
from this one game—we believe the last game played by Mr. Burn in that Section.

No. 15.
Played at Clifton, in Class I.
(CENTRE COUNTER GAMBIT.)
White. (Mr. Thomson.) Black. (Mr. Ellis.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. takes P. 2. Q. takes P.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Q. to Q. E. fourth
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. B. to K. Kt. fifth
5. B. to K. second 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Castles 6. P. to K. third
7. P. to K. E. third 7. B. takes Kt.
8. B. takes B. 8. P. to Q. B. third
9. P. to Q. E. third 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 19
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. B. to K. second
11. B. to Q. second 11. Q. tc Q. Kt. third
12. B. to Q. B. square 12. Q. E. to Q. square
13. Kt. to K. second 13. Kt. to K. fourth (a)
14. P. to Q. B. third (6) 14. Kt. takes B.
15. P. takes Kt. 15. B. to Q. third
16. K. to Kt. second 16. Castles
17. Q. to Q. B. second 17. Kt. to K. E. fourth
18. B. to K. third 18. Q. to Q. B. second
19. Q. to K. fourth 19. B. to K. second
20. E. to K. Kt. square 20. E. to Q. fourth
21. P. to K. B. fourth 21. B. to Q. third
22. K. to E. square 22. E. to K. B. fourth
23. E. to K. Kt. fifth (c) 23. Kt. takes P.
24. E. takes E. 24. P. takes E.
25. Q. to K. B. third 25. Kt. takes Kt.
26. Q. takes Kt. 26. E. to K. square
27. Q. to K. B. third 27. Q. to Q. second
28. E. to K. Kt. square 28. P. to K. B. fifth
29. B. to Q. second 29. Q. to K. B. fourth
30. E. to K. Kt. fourth 30. P. to K. Kt. fourth
31. E. to K. Kt. square 31. E. to K. third
32. E. to K. Kt. fourth (d) 32. P. to K. E. fourth
33. E. to K. Kt. square 33. E. to K. E. third
34. B. takes P. (e) 34. Q. takes B.
35. Q. takes Q. 35. B. takes Q.
And Black wins.
NOTES.
(a) Very well played.
(b) In order to escape the loss of an important Pawn, White is obliged to submit to
the disadvantage of having his Pawns doubled.
(cl R. to K. Kt. fourth would obviously have lost the exchange.
[d] A fatal move ; but play as he may Black has a strong game.
[e] Desperate, but White had no resource.
20 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 16.
Played at Clifton, in Class I.
(Two Knights Opening.)
White. (Mr. Skipworth.) Black. (Mr. Waytr.)
1. P. to R. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth (a)
5. Castles 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Kt. takes P. 7. B. to Q. second
8. Kt. takes Kt. 8. P. takes Kt.
9. B. to K. second (b) 9. Q. to K. second
10. B. to K. B. third 10. Castles (K. E.)
11. B. to K. B. fourth 11. Kt. to K. square (c)
12. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. Kt. takes B. 13. E. P. takes Kt. (d)
14. Q. to Q. second 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. P. to K. fifth 15. P. takes P. (e)
16. Q. B. takes P. 16. Q. takes B.
17. Q. takes B. 17. Q. takes Q. Kt. P.
18. B. takes P. 18. E. to Q. Kt. square
19. B. to Q. E. fourth 19. P. to Q. B. fourth
20. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square 20. Q. to K B. third
21. Q. to Q. E. seventh 21. Q. to Q. third
22. B. takes Kt. (/) 22. K. E. takes B.
23. K. E. to Q. square 23. Q. to K. second
24. Q. takes Q. 24. E. takes Q.
25. K. to B. square 25. K. to B. second
26. E. to Q. sixth (g) 26. E. to K. third
27. E. to Q. fifth 27. E. to Q. E. square (h)
28. E. takes K. B. P. (check) 28. K. to Kt. third
29. P. to K. Kt. fourth 29. E. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 21

30. E. to Q. B. square 30. E. to K. fifth


31. P. to K. E. third 31. E. to Q. B. fifth
32. E. to K. square 32. P. to K. E. third
33. E. to K. sixth (check) 33. K. to E. second
34. E. takes Q. Kt. P. 34. K. E. takes Q. B. P.
35. E. to Q. Kt. seventh (() 35. E. to Q. E. third
36. K. R. to K. B. seventh (k) 36. E. to K. Kt. third
37. K. E. to Q. B. seventh 37. P. to Q. B. fifth
38. P. to K. B. fourth (I) 38. P. to Q. B. sixth
39. P. to K. B. fifth 39. E. to Q. third
40. E. takes P. (check) 40. K. to R. square
41. K. R. to Q. seventh 41. E. takes E.
42. E. takes E. 42. E. to Q. Kt. seventh
43. E. to Q. B. seventh 43. P. to Q. B. seventh
44. K. to K. square 44. E. to Q. Kt. eighth (check)
45. K. to Q. second 45. E. to K. E. eighth
46. K. takes P. 46. E. takes P.
47. K. to Q. second 47. E. to K. Kt. sixth
48. E. to Q. B. fourth 48. K. to Kt. second
49. K. to K. second 49. P. to K. E. fourth
50. E. to Q. B. seventh (check) 50. K. to B. third
51. E, to Q. B. sixth (check) 51. K. to B. second
52. P. takes P. 52. E. to K. Kt. fifth
53. K. to B. third 53. E. takes B. P. (check)
54. K. to Kt. fourth 54. E. to K. B. third
55. E. to Q. B. seventh (check) 55. K. to Kt. square
56. K. to Kt. fifth 56. E. to K. B. second
Drawn Game.
NOTES.
(at The following line of play is noticed in The Handbuch :—
4. B. to Q. Kt fifth
5. Kt. to Q. fifth 5. Kt. takes Kt.
P. takes Kt. 6. Kt. to Q. fifth
7. Kt. takes Kt. 7. P. tales Kt.
8. Q. to K. second [check] 8. Q. to K. second
And the game is even.
22 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(i) This is much better than playing B. to Q. third, as Black would then have replied
with B. to K. Kt. fifth, &c.
(c) The proper move—preparing for the advance of K. B. P.
(d; Much better than taking with the Bishop's Pawn.
(e) The advance of the Queen's Pawn would have been dangerous, on account of
White's reply, B. takes P. (check), Sic.
(/) White selected here the best moves. Any other line of play would have consider
ably improved Black's game, by bringing his Kt. into a commanding position at K. fifth.
(g) This, we believe, loses time ; it would have been better to have played this E. at
once to Q. fifth.
(h) This counter attack is well-timed, and is the best resource to secure, at least, a drawn
game.
(i) White should rather have played the K. R. to K. B. seventh.
(*) R. to Q. B. seventh would not have led to any better result, e.g.—
86. R. to Q. B. seventh 36. P. to Q. B. fifth
37. R. to K. B. fourth 37. P. to Q. B. sixth
38. R. to K B. third 38. R. to Q. B. eight [check]
39. Z. to Kt. second 39. P. to Q. B. seventh
40. K. R. to Q. B. third 40. R. to Q. R. seventh
41. K. R. to Q. B. fifth 41. R. to Q. Kt. seventh
42. P. to K. B. fourth 42. R to Q. R. seventh
43. P. to K. B. fifth 4tf. K. to R. square
44. K. R. to Q. B. sixth 44. R. to Q. Kt. seventh
45. P. to K. B. sixth 45. R. to Q. eighth (best)
(If 45. P. takes P. White mates in
three moves.)
46. P. takes P. (check) 46. K. to R. second
47. R. takes Q. B. P. 47. R. takes R.
48. E. takes R, 48. K. takes P.
And the game is drawn.
(i) No advantage would have accrued from White's playing R. to Q. Kt. fourth, as
Black would have moved the R. to K. B. third in reply.

No 17.
(Vienna Opening.)
White. (Mr.WiLLiAMsHocKin.) Black. (Mr. W. Searlr.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (a)
4. B. takes Kt. P. 4. P. to Q. B. third
5. B. to Q. B. fourth (b) 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. P. takes P. 6. P. takes P.
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. B. to K. Kt. fifth
8. K. Kt. to K. second 8. B. to Q. B. fourth
9. Castles 9. P. to Q. fifth (c)
10. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
11. P. to Q. third 11. Kt. to Q. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. P. takes P.
13. P. takes P. 13. P. to K. fifth
14. P. to Q. fourth (d) 14. B. to Q. E fourth
15. B. to Q. E. third (e) 15. Kt. to Q. fourth
16. Q. to Q. B. second 16. B. takes Kt. (/)
17. Q. takes B. 17. Kt. takes Q. B. P. (?)
18. Kt. takes Kt. 18. B. takes Kt.
19. Q. takes P. (check (h) 19. K. to Q. second
20. B. to Q. E. fourth 20. Q. to Q. B. second (()
21. Q. E. to Q. B. square 21. K. E. to K. square
22. Q. to Q. fifth (check) 22. K. to B. square
23. E takes B. 23. E. to K. third
24. K. E to Q. B. square 24. K. to Kt. second
25. B. takes Kt. (check)
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
[a] This leads to a lively game, but the sacrifice of the Pawn, in this instance, is not
to be commended. White, with careful play, will be able to repel the attack, and main
tain the advantage.
[b] B. to Q. R. fourth is a better move.
[c] This tends to relieve White from his cramped position. Black should rather have
castled.
[d] It is obvious that White could not have taken the K. P. without immediate loss.
[«] A good move, which gives White a superior game.
[/] Castling is a much safer line of play.
[a] This only hastens defeat, and it is difficult now to suggest a better move for Black.
If P. to K. B. fourth, Q. to Q. Kt. fifth in reply is immediately decisive. Kt. to K. B.
third would not lead to any better result.
[A] White might with equal effect have played Q. to Q. B. fourth.
[<] If R. to Q. B. square, White wins easily by Q. to Q. fifth [oheck], Sic

ENIGMAS.
1.
White: K. at Q. R. second, Q. at Q. R eighth, R. at K. Kt. second, B. at Q. Kt. third,
Kts. at K. B. sixth and Q. Kt. second, Ps. at K. third and Q. R. third.
Black: K. at Q. B. sixth, Rs. at K. fourth and Q. fifth, B. at Q. seventh.
White to mate in two moves.
2.
White : K. at Q. seventh, Rs. at K. B. third and Q. R, fifth, B. at Q. Kt. third, Ps. at
K. B. sixth, K. Kt. fifth, K. R. fourth.
Black: K. at K. R. fourth, Ps. at K, B. second, K. Kt. third, Q. R. third.
White to mate in three moves.
24 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
CHESS AT GRANTHAM.
On Thursday evening, January 27th, Mr. Skipworth played fourteen simultaneous
games against ten of the principal chess players in Grantham, winning ten games, losing
three, and drawing one. Grantham was represented by the Eev, C. J. K. Bowstead, Dr.
James Eaton, Mr. Symons, Mr. Walton, Mr. Fishenden, Mr. Brown, Mr. Cockman, Mr.
Taylor, Mr. Smalley, and Mr. Collingwood, the successful players being Mr. Cockman, who
scored two games, and Mr. Walton, one game. Mr. Skipworth found his opponents more
formidable than when he last had the pleasure of meeting them. Mr. Cockman's games
were steadily and well played throughout ; Mr. Walton's End game was very well managed ;
and the play, generally, was of a lively and interesting nature. Dr. Eobbs was present
during the evening, but took no active part in the play. A vote of thanks was given to
Mr. and Mrs. Walton for their kind hospitality, and the excellent arrangements they had
made.
REVIEWS.
Chess Problems, by James Pierce, M.A., and W. T. Pierce (Longmans, Green, and
Co.)—This book has already been rather severely criticised, and in some cases perhaps
rather unfairly. A very impartial, and, to our mind, correct review appeared a short
time ago, in the Chess column of the Illustrated London News, which has long been con
sidered to speak with world-wide authority. Quoting from that paper, whose criticism
we thoroughly endorse— The collection of Chess Problems just issued by Messrs. Pierce
is a welcome addition to the too few books upon the subject which we possess. Without
pretension to the highest faculties in the composition of these ingenious subtleties, the
authors of the volume before us, by fertility of invention, and occasionally by originality
and beauty of idea, have entitled themselves to a conspicuous place among those
who have devoted themselves to this branch of chess. The collection comprises
not less than 300 positions, of which each brother contributes nearly half ; the
few remaining being joint compositions with Mr. Meyer and Mr. Victor Gorgias. Nearly
the whole of these problems have been printed before, in the various chess organs in this
country and abroad, a fact which, if it detract from their novelty, is a good guarantee
for their correctness. The following [No. 28] is a pleasing and well-constructed position:
White: K at K. B. second, Q. at K. B. square, R. at Q. sixth, B. at Q. R. fourth, Ps.
at K. Kt. third, K. third, Q. fourth, and Q. E. third.
Black : K. at K. B. fourth, Q. at K. Kt. fifth, Kt. at Q. Kt. square, Ps. at K. Kt. second
and fourth, Q. B. fifth and sixth, and Q. E. third.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
Still better is No. 71 . No. 200 is not difficult, but will be a delightful morsel for young
students. Of the joint compositions by Messrs. W. T. Pierce and H. Meyer, one of
the most attractive will probably be No. 275."
A Supplement to the "Key to The Chess Openings," by T. Long, Esq.,
B.A., T.C.D. (W. W. Morgan, London).— In reviewing Mr. Long's book on the Openings
(Vol. ii. p. 281 ) we predicted its usefulness, and we are glad to find from the preface in the
book before us that it has been so acceptable as to induce the Editor to publish a supple
ment. The supplement appears to carry us a step forward in the openings without goin£
fully into the analysis. This to our mind is an advantage Very few players profit by
elaborate analysis, and it is very easy to carry analysis too far, and to spoil the game by
too much book lore. The only use many of our best players make of long chapters on the
openings, or on any particular move which has occupied the composer weeks and months,
is to adopt some slight deviation of play, and so disappoint an opponent who has given
hours of study on the chance of being able to overturn an adversary by making use of the
ingenious conceptions of the analyst. Let players examine more for themselves, positions
as they play, instead of trusting too much to books, and carefully written notes to their
published games will generally then be all that is required. Mr. Long's books are very
useful in bringing such notes to bear upon the several openings, which in outline and on
diagram are so clearly brought before the reader.
By using Mr. Long's books, " The plan of operations in the various ddbufs can be
examined over and over again, without the trouble of constantly setting np the men.
Sitting in his easy arm chair, the reader can at any moment study the aim of, or refresh
his memory in regard to, manoeuvres of daily occurrence in games of Chess."

Game 155, in the last Number.—Mr. Burt points out an obvious mode of winning in
the early part of the game—(White) 11. B. to Q. B. square, and Black must lose his
Queen.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

PEOBLEM L
By " Ultima Thule."
BLACK,

WHITE.
White to mate in two moves.

A NEW MOVE IN THE SCOTCH GAMBIT.


White. Black.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Q. to K. R. fifth
5. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. Q. takes K. P. [check]
6. B. to K. second 6. K. to Q, square
7. Castles 7. P. to Q R. third
8. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. Q. to K. square
9. Kt. takes P. [a] 9. K. takes Kt.
10. Kt. to Q. fifth [check] 10. K. to Q. square
11. B, toK. B. fourth [6] 11 . Kt. to K. fourth
12. Q. to Q. fourth [c] 12. P. to Q. third
13. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth [check] 13. K. to Q. second
14. Q, to Q. B. seventh [check] (d) 14. K. to K. third
15. B. to Q. B. fourth . 10. K. to B. fourth
26 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

PEOBLEM n.
By " Ultima Thule."
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.

16. B. takes Kt. 16. P. takes B.


17. P. to K. B. fourth, &c.
NOTES.
[a] This is the new move.
[6] Threatening mate.
[c] Again threatening mate.
[d] Or simply Kt. to Q. B. seventh.
The above is taken from the Dubuque Chess Journal for last month.
[Black does not necessarily play, 8. Q. to K. square ; nevertheless, the variation given
is ingenious, and deserves attention.—EdITors.]

ChESS at LinColn.—Rev. J. Coker recently paid a visit to Lincoln, when he and


Mr. Skipworth had several good games—many of the them were particularly
interesting, and we hope to publish some of them next time.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHKONICLE. 27
PEOBLEM III.
By F. C. Collins
BLACK.

White to play, and mate in three moves.

BRISTOL AND CLIFTON CHESS ASSOCIATION.


On Saturday, December 20th, another series of eight simultaneous games was played
at the Clifton Club between eight of the strongest members, and Mr. Thorold. The result
of this friendly encounter was that the single player won of Messrs. Franklin. Moseley,
Perry, Vines, Crawfurd, Onslow, and Lewis, losing the solitary game to Miss Rudge,
whose play was marked with the utmost accuracy and judgment.

SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS IN NO. XII.

PROBLEM LXXVI.
White. Black.
L B. to Q. B. fifth, ic.
*»» This Problem is imperfect without a Black Pawn at Black's K. R. third.
THE CHNSS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

PROBLEM IV.
By James Pierce, M.A.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

PROBLEM LXXVII.
1. Q. to K. square 1. R. takes B.
2. Q. takes K. P. (check) 2. K. takes either R.
3. Q. to Q. third, or K. B. third, mate.
PROBLEM LXXVIII.
1. R. to Q. B. sixth. 1. B. to K. third (a)
2. R. to K. B. seventh, iic.
(o) If 1. B. takes R.
2. R. to Q. sixth, lie.
PROBLEM LXXIX.
1. Kt. to K. sixth (disc, check) 1, K. takes Kt. (o)
2. Q. takes Kt. (check) 2. K. takes Q.
3. B. mates.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM V.
By George C. Heywood.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to move and mate in four moves.

(o) If 1. K. to B. third
2. Q. to Q. B. fifth (check) 2. K. to Kt. second
3. Kt. mates.
PEOBLEM LXXX.
1. Kt. takes P. 1. B. takes Kt. (a)
2. Q. to Q. B. third (check) 2. B. to Q. fifth
3. Q. to Q. B. second 3. Anything
4. P., Kt., or Q., mates accordingly.
(a) If 1. P. takes Kt.
2. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (check) 2. Kt. takes Kt.
3. Q. to Q. B. seventh (check) Sic.
PEOBLEM LXXXI.
1. Q. takes R. P. 1. Kt. P. takes P.
2. Q. to Q. Kt. third (a) 2. Kt. to Q. R. fifth
3. Q. takes P. (check) 3. P. takes Q.
4. Kt. to Q. Kt, thitd mate.
30 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
PEOBLEM VI.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

w PI fB ilB

mm ii n

m
WMz? wfiitfy


WHITE.
White to move and mate in four moves.

The above is the Author's solution, but Sretrow gives the following in three moves :—
(a)
2 Q. to K. R. fourth 2. Anything.
3. Q. or Kt. mates.

SOLUTION TO CHESS CURIOSITY No. IV.


White.
1. B. to K.Kt. fourth. 2. B. toK. Kt. fifth. 3. K. to Kt. third. 4. K. to B. fourth.
5. K. to B. fifth. 6. K. to K. sixth. 7. Q. to K. B. square. 8. Q. R. to K. B. eighth
[check]. 9. K.R. to K. B. seventh [check]. 10. B. to Q. eighth. 11. K. R to Q. R.
seventh. 12. Q. R. to K. B. sixth [check]. IS. B. to Q. square. 14. Q. R. to K. B.
seventh [disc check]. 15. K. R. to Q. R. second. 16. Q. R to Q. R. seventh. 17. Q. R.
toQ. R. sixth. 18. K. to B. seventh. 19. K. to B. eighth. 20. P. to Q. B. fourth [disc,
check]. 21. R. to K. Kt. second [check]. 22. R. to Q. B.second [disc check]. 23. Q. to
K. Kt. second [check]. 24. Q. to K. B. third [check]. 25. Q. to K. Kt. third [check].
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 31
PEOBLEM VII.
By Herr Kling.
BLaCK.

WHITE.
White mates with the Eook in five moves.

26. Q. to K. Kt. fourth [check], 27. Q. to K. Kt. fifth [check]. 28. Q. to K. B. sixth
[check]. 29. B. to K. Kt. fourth [check].
Black.—The first 30 moves of Black are forced or indifferent.
30. P. to Q. B. fifth 30. K. to Kt. second
81. B. to Q. B. eighth [check] 81. K. takes B. [A] [B]
32. P. to Q. B. sixth 32. K. to Kt. square
33. K. R. to Q. R. second 33. K. to B. square
34. Q. R. to R. seventh 34. K. to Kt. square
35. R. to Q. Kt. seventh rcheck] 35, K. to B. square
36, Q. to K. sixth [check] 36. K. takes B.
37. P. mates.
31. K. to B. third
32. B. to Q. B. seventh 32. K. takes B.
33. P. to Q. B. sixth 33. K. takes B. [C]
34. Q. R. to R. seventh 34. K. to Kt. square
32 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

PEOBLEM VIII.
By C. W., of Sunbury.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play and mate in nine moves with the King's Pawn.

35. K. R. to Q. R. second 35. K. to B. square


36. Q. to K. sixth [check] 36. K to Q. or Kt. square
37. P. mates.
31. K. to Kt. square
32. P. to Q. B. sixth 32. K. takes B.
33. K. R. to Q. K. second 33. K. to Kt. square
34. Q. R. to R. seventh 34. K. to B. square
35. Q. to K. sixth [check] 35. K. to Kt. square.
36. P. mates.
33. K. to Kt. square
34. B. to K. sixth 34. K. to B. second
35. Q. to Q. seventh [check] 35. K. to Kt. square
36. P. mates
$otitts to €orr£Sponb«nts.

SOLUTIonS TO—
Problem LXXVI. B. S., Saxon, W. N., Sretrow.
„ LXXVII. E. S., Saxon, W. N., Sretrow.
,. LXXVIII. E. S., Saxon, W. N., Sretrow.
„ LXXIX. E. S., Saxon, W. N., Sretrow.
„ LXXX. E. S., Saxon, W. N., Sretrow.
„ LXXXI. E. S., Saxon, W. N., Sretrow.
Curiosity No. IV. Sretrow, though his solution, in the earlier moves, differs slightly
from the Author's.
Enigmas. Saxon, Sretrow.
F. C. C, E. T. (Bath), E. W. (Kew), B. W. P. (Malvern), C. B., T. B. (Clifton), Lord
Ravensworth, F. Y. (Cheltenham), R. W. T., are thanked for their communications.
E. S. Many thanks for your kind congratulations, and your direct and indirect support.
F. W. L. We are afraid the Problem is still faulty.—1. K. to Kt. second, &c.
T. L. [Dublin]. Circular and Book duly received.
W. N. The variation you speak of has not been sent to us. Glad to hear of the well-
being of an opponent of early days.
A- T. We regret that your Problem, which was held over for this month, admits of a
second solution—1. R. to K. seventh. 2. Kt. to Q. fourth [check], &c.
J. Stonehouse. Many thanks for the Problem.
Editor of City of London Magazine . Thanks for the first number. We shall be glad to
exchange.
M. A. D. [Paris]. Thanks for letters duly received. We are informed by the Post
master that the money will be paid in a few days.
Editor of Chess Eecord. October, December, January, and February numbers not
received.
Editor of Watertown Morning Despatch. We acknowledge with thanks three or four
copies of your paper.
*** We decide not to carry out our programme with regard to further Supplements,
containing games played at Clifton. The Supplements appear to have only a locaj
interest, and many of the games sent us are either too poor for publication, or
incorrectly recorded. Those who have subscribed for the Supplements will receive,
instead of the remaining Four which were to have been issued, the February and
April numbers of the Magazine, and those who have already subscribed to the
Magazine are asked to bear their account in mind when they next pay their Sub
scriptions.
Mr. Lovrenthal, we are very sorry to state, is unable to promise us any regular
help. We shall gladly, however, avail ourselves of his valuable services whenever
it is in his power to offer them.
Solutions to Problems and other editorial communications should be addressed to the
Rev. A. B. SKIPWorTh, Lincoln.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to JAmes WiLLIAmSon, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, Lincoln,
to whom P. O. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post, 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
*** The debt upon the last Volume having been most unexpectedly cleared off by the
liberality of a friend, who desires to remain anonymous, more help from various
quarters being promised for the future, and universal regret having been expressed
at even the possibility of the discontinuance of this Magazine, we have pleasure in
continuing the work, and in now issuing the February number of the seventh year—
No. I. of Vol. IV.
*** NoTice op RemovaL.—Mr. B. W. Fisher begs to announce the removal of his School
from Bredon House, Malvern, to Berkeley Hall, Cheltenham, where he will have
ample accommodation for a large number of pupils.—Advt.
August No., 1872 —Several copies have been found on the removal of the stock from
York. ' Orders for it should be renewed.
Also some soiled sets (only covers generally soiled) of the Magazine from the beginning
may be had at half price.
The Correspondence Tourney.—Amateurs desirous of joining in the play, must
address—Rev. J. H. ELLis, Stourton Rectory, Bath Post-office Orders must be
made payable to him at the Office, Mere, Wilts. For particulars with regard to this
Tournament and the prizes, see the August No of last year, p. ?13.
We have pleasure in noticing Mr. Ellis's preferment to the Rectory of Stourton.
The NewcasTle WeeKly Chronicle. Mr. J. Charleton now edits a chess column
in this Paper. We hope to give some further notice of it in our next.
AdverTisemenTs on this page.—Terms on application to James Williamson, Lincoln.

James WILLIAmsOn, PrinTer, hIgh STrEET, LinColn.

J
Vol. IV. No. II.

THE CHESS PLAY EES

CHEONICLE.

APRIL, 1874.

CONTENTS.
Games—played between— Page
No. 18. Mr. B. M. Neil and Mr. P. Ware 36
1!'. Mr. Minckwitz and Dr. Goring 37
20. Dr. Lindehn and Mr. Delmar 38
21. Mr. Ldwenthal and Mr. Wayte 311
22. Mr. Fedden and Mr. C. E. Ranken 41
23. Mr. Steinitz and Mr. Fish 42
24. Mr. De Soyres and Mr. Newham 43
25. Mr. Archdall and Mr. Minchin . 44
26. Mr. Lambert and Mr. Fisher 4G
27. Mr. Thorold and Mr. Fisher 47
28. Mr. Minchin and Mr. Wisker 48
29. Mr. De Soyres and Mr. Parratt 50
30. London and Vienna 61
Select Reprints-
Mo. XXI. Mr. Shulten and Mr. Kierseritzky 33
„ XXII Mr. Ranken and Mr. Boden ■ 3.5
Chess InTelligence—
The Oxford and Cambridge Chess Match 55
Chess at Birmingham 56
Chess at Cheltenham 56
Chess at Worcester 56
A. New Move in the Scotch Gambit 56
Solutions to Problems 61. 64
Problem IX. 67
X. 58
XI. 59
XII. 60
XIII. 61
93 XIV.
,t XV.

LINCOLN : JAMBS WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET.


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q, Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.

White.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 33
Select Reprints. No. XXI.
A game played many years ago in Paris.

(Bishop's Gambit.)

White. (Mr. Schulten.) Black. (Mr. Kieseritzky.)


1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
1 K. to B. square 4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (a)
5. B. takes Kt. P. 5. B. to Q. Kt. second
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. Q. to K. E. third
8. Kt. to Q. fifth 8. Castles
9. Q. to K. second 9. Kt. to Q. Kt. square (b)
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. P. to K. Kt. fourth
11. Kt. to K. fifth 11. Q. to K. Kt. second
12. Q. to Q. B. fourth 12. B. to Q third
13. Kt. takes K. B. P. (c) 13. Q. takes Kt. (d)
14. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (check) 14. E. P. takes Kt.
15. Q. takes Q. 15. B. takes P.
16. P. to Q. B. fourth 16. B. to K. Kt. third (e)
17. Q. to K. Kt. seventh (/) 17. Kt. to K. second
18. P. to Q. B. fifth 18. K. E. to K. Kt. square
19. Q. to K. E. sixth 19. P. takes P.
20. B. to Q. B. fourth 20. Kt. to K. B. fourth
21. Q. to K. E. third 21. K. E. to K B. square
22. P. to Q. fifth 22. Kt. to K. sixth (check)
23. B. takes Kt. 23. P. takes B. (disc, ch.)
24. K. to Kt. square 24. B. to K. fourth (g)
25. E. to K. square (A) 25. P. to K. seventh
26. E. takes P. 26. B. to Q. fifth (check)
27. Q to K. third (/) 27. E. to K. B. fifth
D
34 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
28. P. to Q. Kt. third 28. Q. E. to K. B. square
29. P. to K. E. third 29. B. takes Q. (check)
30. E. takes B. 30. E. to K. fifth
31. E. to K. Kt. third 31. P. to K. E. third
32. K. to E. second 32. E. to Q. fifth
33. P. to Q. E. fourth 33. P. to Q. third
34. P. to Q. E. fifth 34. Kt. to Q. second
35. E. to Q. E. square 35. K. to Kt. square
36. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 36. Kt. to K. fourth
37. P. to Q. E. sixth 37. K. to E. second
38. E. to Q. B. third 38. B. to K. fifth
39. E. to Q. E. fourth 39. E. takes E.
40. P. takes E. 40. E. to K. B. seventh
41. E. to K. Kt. third 41. B. takes Q. P.
42. P. to K. E. fourth 42. P. to Q. B. third
43. P. takes P. 43 P. takes P.
44. E. takes P. 44. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
45. K. to Kt. third 45. E. takes P. (check)
46. K. takes E. 46. Kt. takes E. (disc, ch.)

And White resigned.

NOTES.
(a) Always a favourite defence with Mr. Kieseritzky.
(6) Losing time, and exposing him to a fierce attack, Kt. to K. B. third was the proper
play.
(c) This stage of the game is finely played by Mr. Scbulten.
(d) Black can do nothing better than give up the Queen for the two Pieces.
(e) The attack now begins to change hands, but it ought not to have become dangerous
for White.
(/) Putting the Queen out of play, Q. to Q. fifth would have been far better,
(g) Black has now the better game, though inferior in force.
(A) B. to K. second would have been greatly preferable ; after this move, the game
cannot be saved.
( i ) A sad necessity, but better than interposing the Rook.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 35
Select reprints. No. XXII.
Played in the Provincial Tournament, 1851, (Staunton's Chess
Tournament, p. 214).
(Giuoco Piano.)
White. (Mr. Ranken ) Black. (Mr. Boden.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. takes P.
6. P. to K. fifth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 7. Kt. to K. fifth
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. B. to K. third 9. Castles
10. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. P. to K. B. third
11. Q. to Q. Kt. third 11. Kt. takes Kt.
12. B. takes Kt. 12. P. takes B.
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. Q. to K. square
14. Castles K. E. (a) 14. B. to K. Kt. fifth
15. P. takes P. 15. B. takes Kt.
16. P. takes P. 16. Q. to K. Kt. third (b)
17. P. tks E. becomes Q. (ch. ) (c) 17. E. takes Q.
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
19. B. to K. B. fourth 19. E. takes B.
20. Q. to K. third 20. Q. to K. E. sixth
21. Q. to K. eighth (check) 21. E. to K. B. square
And White resigns.
NOTES (by Mr. Staunton).
(a) P. takes P. seems to me far preferable. Let us suppose :—
14. P. takes P. 14. R. takes P. (or A.)
15. Kt. to K. fifth 15. B. to Q. second
(This appears to be as good a move as he can find. If he play the B. to Q. R. third
White wins a Piece by P. to Q. R. fourth, and if he play it to Q. Kt. second, the i
reply will involve him in great difficulties.)
16. Castles (K. R.), and has a otter position than his opponent.
36 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

114. P. takes P.
15. B. to Q. second
With a better disposed game.
(6) The termination is beautifully played,
(c) It is quite immaterial what he does. No ingenuity can possibly.save him after
Black's capital move of Q. to K. Kt. third.

No. 18.
A pretty game recently contested between Messrs. B. M. Neil and
P. Ware, two of the best players in the Boston Club, U.S.
(King's Gambit.)
White. (Mr. B. M. Neil.) Black. (Mr. P. Ware.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. tcyK. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to K. Kt. second
5. P. to K. E. fourth 5. P. to K. E. third
6. P. takes P. 6. P. takes P.
7. E. takes E. 7. B. takes E.
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Q. to K. B. third (a)
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. P. to Q. B. third
10. P. to K. fifth 10. Q. to K. Kt. third
11. B. to Q. third 11. P. to K. B. fourth
12. P. takes P. (en passant) 12. Q. takes P.
13. Kt. to K. fourth 13. Q. to K. E. third
14. Q. Kt. takes P. 14. B. takes P.
15. Q. to K. second (check) 15. Kt. to K. second
16. B. takes P. 16. B. takes P.
17. E. to Q. Kt. square 17. B. to Q. B. sixth (check)
18. K. to B. second 18. P. to Q. fourth
19. E. to K. E. square (b) 19. Q. takes E. (c)
20. B. to Q. sixth 20. B. to K. B. third
21. B. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 21. K. to Q. square (d)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 37
22. Kt. to K. B. seventh (oh.) 22. K. to Q. second
23. K. Kt. to K. fifth (check) 23. B. takes Kt.
24. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check) 24. K. to K. square
25. Kt. takes B. (dis. cL) 25. K. to B. square
26. Q. takes B. (check) 26. K. to Kt. second
27. B. takes K. Kt.
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) An injudicious move, giving White ample time to develop his forces.
(b) This is very ingeniously conceived, and leads to an elegant termination,
(c ) There appears to be nothing better left.
(d) K. to B. square is equally disastrous, as White can capture the Kt, with the B.,
afterwards checking at K. R. seventh with Kt., thereby winning the Queen or check
mating.—(Turf, Field, and Farm .)

No. 19.
A dashing little game between Messrs. Goring and Minckwitz,
in Germany.
(Centre Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Minckwitz.) Black. (Dr. Goring.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. Kt. takes P. 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Kt. takes Kt. 5. Kt. P. takes Kt. (a)
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. to K. fifth (6) 7. Kt. to K. fifth
8. Castles 8. Kt. takes P.
9. Q. to K. B. third 9. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (dis.ch.)
10. K. to E. square 10. Q. to K. E. fifth
11. B. takes P. (check) 11. K. to Q. square (c)
12. P. to K. E. third 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. B. to K. B. fourth 13. Kt. to K. B. seventh (ch.)
14. E. takes Kt. 14. B. takes E. (d)
38 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
15. Kt. to Q. B. third' 15. E. toK. B. square
16. Kt. to K. fourth (e) 16. P. takes Kt. (/)
17. Q. takes B. (g) 17. Q. takes Q.
18. B. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 18. Q. to K. B. third (h)
19. P. takes Q.
And White wins.
NOTES.
(o) Decidedly inferior to Q. to K. B. third.
(6) A premature advance which throws the attack into the hands of the second player,
(e) K. second is a safer place for the King.
(d) If Q. takes E. White mates in three moves, or wins the Queen.
(«) This, though not strictly sound, is very elegantly conceived and deservedly wins
the game for White.
(/) R. takes B. is the coupjuste.
(g) Beautifully decisive.
(A) If K. moves, mate follows in two moves.— Turf, Field, and Farm.

No. 20.
An interesting skirmish between Dr. Lindehn and Mr. Delmar,
played last week at the Cafe International, New York.
(Danish Gambit.)
White. (Dr. Lindehn.) Black. (Mr. Delmar.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. P. to Q. B. third (a) 3. P. takes P. (6)
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. to Q. fourth
5. P. takes Q. P. 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Kt. takes P. 7. Castles
8. Castles 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. Q. to Q. third 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
10. B. to K. Kt. fifth 10. B. takes Kt.
11. P. takes B. 11. Kt. to K. fourth
12. Q. to K. second 12. Kt. takes B.
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. B. to K. second
14. K. to E. square 14. Q. to Q. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 39
15. E. to K. Kt. square 15. Q. to Q. second
16. Q. to K. E. fourth 16. Q. to K. B. fourth
17. E. to K. Kt. third 17. B. to Q. third
18. P. to K. B. fourth 18. Kt. takes P.
19. B. to K. E. sixth 19. Kt. takes P.
20. E. takes P. (check) 20. K. to E. square
21. E. to K. Kt. fifth (c) 21. Kt. to K. Kt. third
22. Q. to K. E. fifth (d) 22. Q. takes P.
23. B. takes E. 23. E. takes B.
24. Q. E. to K. Kt. square 24. E. to K. square
25. E. to K. B. fifth 25. E. to K. fourth (e)
26. E. takes Q. 26. E. takes Q.
And the game was ultimately drawn.
NOTES.
(a) A favourite opening with Dr. Lindehn. See Vol. II., p. 225 of the Chess Players'
Chronicle.— EdITorS.
(6) P. to Q. fourth gives the second player at least an equal game,
(c) At this stage of the game Dr. Lindehn, as was afterwards pointed out by Mr.
Delmar, might have obtained a winning advantage, e.g. :—
21. R. takes P. (check) I 21. Q. takes R.
22. Q. to K. B. sixth (check) 22. K. to Kt. square
23. B. takes Kt. I and Black has no resource.
(<*) Q. to Q. fourth (ch.) would enable him to maintain the K. B. P.
(c) After his escape on the 21st move, Mr. Delmar plays extremely well.

No. 21.
(Allgaier Kieseritzky Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Wayts.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt to K. E. fourth
40 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHEONICLE.
9. Kt. to Q. B. third (a) 9. Castles
10. . Kt. toK. second (b) 10. P. to K. B. third (c)
11. Kt. to Q. third 11. P. to K. B. sixth
12. P. takes P. 12. P. takes P. (d)
13. E. to K. Kt. square (check) 13. K. to E. square
14. Q. Kt. to K. B. fourth (e) 14. Kt. takes Kt.
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. E. to K. square (check)
16. K. to B. second 16. P. to K. B. fourth.
17. B. to K. Kt. fifth 17. B. to K. second
18. B. to K. B. fifth 18. B. takes P. (check)
19. K. takes P. 19. E, to K. eighth
20. Q. to Q. third 20. B. to K. B. third
21. Kt. to K. sixth 21. B. takes Kt.
22. P. takes B. 22. Q. takes P.
23. B. takes P. (check) (/) 23. K. takes B.
24. Q. takes P. (check) 24. K. to B. square (g)
25. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 25. K. to Kt. square
26. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 26. K. to B. square
27. B. to K. B. fourth
And White wins (h.)

NOTES.
(a) White may also castle at this point, and if Black capture the E. P. with Queen
play Q. to K. square having a good game.
(S) This we believe to be the best mode of proceeding with the attack.
(c) Q. to K. second may be played here with advantage.
(d) The capture of this Pawn subjects Black to an immediate and embarrassing attack.
He should rather have played either Kt. to K. Kt. sixth, or R. to K. square.
ie) Obtaining an immediate and decisive advantage.
(/) A happy resource which enables White to bring the game to a speedy termination.
(g) If— 24. K. to Kt. square.
25. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 26. B. to K. Kt. second (best)
26. Q. to K. eighth (check) 26. K. to R. second (best)
27. B. to Q. third (check) and wins.
(h) Because if Black takes R. with R. White checks with Q. at K. R. sixth, and mates
in two moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 41
No. 22.

Played at Bath, March 24th, 1871.

(Allgaier Kieseritzky Gambit.)


White. (Mr. Fedden.) Black. (Mr. C. E. Banken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. B. to K. Kt. second
6. Kt. takes Kt. P. (a) 6. P to Q. fourth
7. P. to Q. third (b) 7. Kt. to K. B. third (c)
8. Kt. takes Kt. (check) 8. B. takes Kt.
9. Q. to K. E. fifth 9. P. takes P.
1 0. P. takes P. 10. E. to K. Kt. square
11. Kt. to Q. second (d) 11. B. to K. Kt. fifth
12. Q. to K. E. sixth 12. Q. to Q. third
13. B. to Q. B. fourth 13. Kt. to Q. second
14. E. to K. B. square (e) 14. Kt. to K fourth
15. Q. takes K.B. P. 15. B. takes P. (check)
16. P. to K. Kt. third 16. B. to K. Kt. fourth
17. Q. to K. B. second 17. Castles.
And Black wins (/)

NOTES (by Mr. RanKEn).


(a) This is not considered so strong as P. to Q. fourth.
(6) Kt. to K. B. second is a much better move at this point.
(c) He should rather, perhaps, have played P. takes P.
(d) White's game is not at all an easy one, but before making this move it would
have been better to have played B. to Q. B. fourth.
(e) Had he castled, Black's reply would probably have been B. to K. R. sixth.
(/) There is clearly nothing to be done ; if B. to Q. third, Black takes B. with Q.; and
if to Kt. third, then Black checks with Kt. at K. B. sixth.
42 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 23.
The following lively little game was played at Manchester a few
days ago by Mr. Steinitz, giving the odds of the Queen's Knight
to a Member qf the Union Chess Club :—
(Remove White's Queen's Knight.)
White. (Mr. Steinitz.) Black. (Mr. Fish.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to K. Kt. second
5. Castles 5. P. to K. E. third
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Kt. to K. second
7. P. to Q. B. third 7. Castles
8. P. to K. Kt. third (a) 8. P. takes P. (b)
9. Q. B. takes P. 9. P takes P. (check)
10. K. to E. square 10. P. takes B. (c)
11 Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 11. Kt. to K. B. fourth (d)
12. E. takes Kt. 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. Q. to K. E. fifth 13. B. takes E.
14 P. takes B. 14. Q. takes Kt. (e)
15 Q. takes Q. 15. P. takes B.
16. P. to K. B. sixth
And White mates next move.
(a) This move is generally played before the second player has castled, but it seems to
be safe even at this juncture.
(6) P. to K. Kt. fifth is much better here, in which case it is preferable to retreat the
Kt. to K. square.
(c) Singularly enough, after accepting this sacrifice Black's game seems to be hopelessly
lost, although he is two pieces ahead. P. to Q. fourth at once might have saved the game.
(d) What else could Black do ? The only other plausible move, B. to K. R. third, would
not have been of any avail. Let us suppose—
WhITE. blACK. WhITE. bLACK.
11. B. to K. R. third 14. B. takes P. Kt. to Kt. square
12. Q. to K. R. fifth B. takes Kt. 15. Q. to K. R. fifth (ch) K. to Kt. second
13. Q. takes B. (check) K. to E. square 16. Q.toK.Kt.sixth(ch) K. to R. square
best ; for if the Kt. interposesinstead, 17. B. takes Kt., and White must win.
the Queen can take it off, as the B. P.
is pinned.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 43
(«) Probably under the belief that he would get out with three pieces for the Queen,
and overlooking White's reply on the 16th move; but the game must have been lost
speedily even if Black had adopted the only other move at his disposal, viz., R. to K.
square ; e.g. :—
WhITE. blACK. WhITE. blACK.
14. R. to K. square 18. Q.toK.R.fifth(ch.) B. to K.R. third
15. Q. takes P. (ch.; K. to R. square 19. Kt.toK.B.seventh(ch) K. to Kt. second
16. P. to K. B. sixth Q. takes P. best 20. R. to K. B. square Q.toK.Kt. third
17. Q. takes R. (ch.) B. to K. B. square 21. Q. to K. fifth (check) and wins.
The Field.
__

No. 24.
Played in Class L at the Counties' Meeting at Clifton,
August, 1873.
(Allgaier Kieseritzky Gambit.)
White. (Mr. De Soyres.) Black. (Mr. Newham.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Castles
10. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 10. E. to K. square (check)
11. K. to B. second 11. P. to K. B. sixth (a)
12. Kt. to K. E. sixth (ch.) (b) 12. K. to B. square
13. P. takes P. 13. B. to K. Kt. sixth (check)
14. K. to Kt. second 14. Q. to Q. third
15. Q. to Q. third (c) 15. B. takes P. (d)
16. Kt. to K. fourth (e) 16. Q. to K. Kt. third (check)
17. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (/) 17. E. to K. seventh (check)
18. Q. takes E 18. B. takes Kt.
19. E, takes Kt. 19. B. takes B. (disc, ch.)
20. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 20. Q. takes E.
44 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
21. E. takes B. 21. P. to K. B. fourth
22. E. to K. square 22. Q. to K. B. second
23. P. to Q. sixth 23. Q. to Q. second
24. Q. to K. seventh, (check) 24. Q. takes Q.
25. P. takes Q. (check) 25. K. to K. square
26. B. to K. B. seventh (check)
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) Stronger in appearance than in reality.
(61 This is much better than taking the Pawn at once.
(c) Kt. to K. fourth is also a good move, but scarcely so strong as the move in the
text.
(d) Threatening mate in two moves.
(e) The best move.
(/) This portion of the game is exceedingly well played by White.

No. 25.
Another Game in Class I. at Clifton.
(King's Knight's Opening.)
WJrite. (Mr. Archdall.) Black. (Mr. Minchin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. Castles 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. third 5. P. to K. E. third
6. B. to K. third 6. B. to K. Kt. fifth
7. Kt. to Q. B. third (a) 7. Kt. to Q. fifth
8. B. takes Kt. 8. B. takes B.
9 P. to K. E. third 9. B. to K. E. fourth
10. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. B. to Q. Kt. third (b)
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. P. to Q. B. third
12. Q. to K. second 12. Kt. to. K. B third
13. K. to E. second 13. Q. to Q. second
14. Kt. to Q. square 14. P. to K. Kt. fourth
THE CHES8 PLAYER'S CHRONICLE. 45
15. Kt. to K. third 15. P. to K. Kt. fifth
16. P. takes P. • 16. Kt. takes P. (check) (c)
17. K. to E. square 17. Kt. takes Kt.
18. P. takes Kt. 18. Castles (Q. E.)
19. Q. to K. B. second 19. Q. E. to K. Kt. square
20. Kt. to K. E. fourth (d) 20. E. to K. Kt. fifth
21. Kt. to K. B. fifth 21. B. to K. Kt. third
22. Q. B. to K. square 22. B. to Q square
23. Q. to K. B. third 23. P. to K. E. fourth
24. P. to Q. B. third 24. K. to Kt. square
25. B. to Q. Kt. third 25. B. takes Kt.
26. Q. takes B. (e) 26. Q. takes Q.
27. E. takes Q. 27. P. to K. B. third
28. B. to Q. square 28. E. to K. Kt. fourth
29. Q. E. to K. B. square 29. K. E. to K. Kt. square
30. E. takes E. 30. E. takes E.
31. E. to K. B. third 31. P. to K. E. fifth
32. K to B. second (/) 32. E. to K. Kt. third
33. E. to K. E. 'third 33. R. to K. E. third
34. P. to K. Kt. third 34. P. takes P. (check)
35. K. takes P. 35. E. takes E. (check)
36. K. takes E.
And the Game was Drawn.
NOTES.
(.a) Taking off the Bishop is in some respects preferable.
(b) Better than taking Q. Kt. P. with Bishop.
(c) Black has improved his situation in the last few moves, and has now a slight
advantage.
(d) This part of the game is skilfully conducted by both players.
(c) Safer than taking with Pawn. The game after the exchange of Queens is naturally
drawn.
(/) To prevent Black from playing R. to K. Kt. sixth.
46 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
No. 26.
Another Game in Class I. at Clifton.
(Buy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. Lambert.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. K. Kt. to K. second (a)
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. Kt. takes P. ' 5. P. to Q. E. third
6. B. to Q. E. fourth 6. Kt. to K. Kt. third
7. B. to K. third 7. B. to K. second
8. Castles 8. Castles
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. takes Kt. (6)
10 B. takes Kt. (c) 10. P. to Q. B. fourth
11 B. to K. third 11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
12. B. to Q. Kt. third 12. P. to Q. B. fifth
13. Kt. to Q. fifth (d) 13. E. to Q. Kt. square (e)
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. P. takes B.
15. P. to K. B. fifth 15. P. takes Q. B. P.
16. Q. to K. E. fifth 16. Kt. to K. fourth
17. P. to K. B. sixth 17. B. takes P.
18. Kt. takes B. (check) (/) 18. P. takes Kt.
19. E. to K. B. fourth 10. Kt. to K. Kt. third (g)
20. E. to K. B. third 20. P. to Q. fourth .
21. P. to K. Kt. fourth (h) 21. P. takes P.
22. E. to K. E. third 22. Q. to Q. eighth (check)
23. K. to B. second 23. E. to Q. square
24. Q. takes P. (check) 24. K. to B. square
And White resigned.
NOTES.
(a) This is not a good defence. See some games in the last volume.
(6) Black acted wisely in not attempting the combination before Castling, for he does
not necessarily win a piece, and he might, with correct play on the part of his adversary,
have been brought into trouble.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 47
(c) He should have retaken with the Queen. Suppose—
10. Q. takes Kt.. 10. P. to Q. B. fourth
11. Q. to Q. fifth, and White has time to provide for the safety of his
Bishop.
(d) The attack commencing here is very good.
(e) Preventing B. to Q. Kt. sixth, &c.
(/) White had now an opportunity of bringing his hitherto well managed attack to
a successful issue ; he should have played R. takes B. and Black would have had no
escape.
18. R. takes B. 18. P. takes R.
19. Q. to K. R. sixth 19. Kt. to K. Kt. third
20. B. to Q. fourth, and White must win.
(g) This is an extremely interesting game. Mr. Fisher, who has been playing well
throughout, and who should have lost merely on account of the defence adopted and the
excellent attack set up by Mr. Lambert, now skilfully turns the tables upon his adversary
and speedily closes the game in his favour.
(A) Good, but unavailing.

No. 27.
Another Game at Clifton
I in Class I.
(Allgaieri Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)•
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to K. B. third
6. Kt. takes P. 6. K. takes Kt.
7. P. to Q. fourth (a) 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. B. takes P. 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. Kt. to Q. second 9. Kt. takes P.
10. Kt. takes Kt. 10. P. takes Kt.
11. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 11. K. to K. square
12. Castles 12. E. to K. B. second
13. Q. to K. second (b) 13. Q. takes Q. P. (check)
14. B. to K. third 14. Q. to K. fourth
15. Q. B. to Q. square 15. P. to Q. B. third
16. B. to K. B. fourth 16. B. to Q. B. fourth (check)
17. K. to B. second 17. Q. to K. second
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
46 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
19. B. to Q. Kt. third 19. P. to Q. E. fourth
20. P. to Q. E. third 20. P. to Q. E. fifth
21. B. to Q. E. second 21. B. to K third
22. B. takes B. 22. Q. takes B.
23. B. takes Kt. 23. E. takes B.
24. E. to K. B. fourth 24. E. to K. B. second (c)
25. E. takes K. P. 25. E. to K. B. seventh (ch.) (d)
26. Q. takes E. 26. Q. takes E.
27. Q. to Q. second 27. Q. to K. B. fourth
28. Q. to K. second (check) 28. B. to K. second
29. E. to K. B. square 29. Q. to K. Kt. third
30. E. to K. B. fourth 30. P. to K. E. fourth
31. E. to K. fourth 31. E. to Q. Kt. second
32. E. to K. sixth 32. Q. to K. B. second
33. Q. to K. fifth 33. K. to Q. second
34. E. to K. E. sixth 34. E. to Q. Kt. square (e)
35. Q. takes E.
And Black mates in four moves.
NOTES.
(a) Mr. Thorold plays the same opening in Game I. in our last number.—See our notes
there on this and the following move.
(6) There must have been some miscalculation about this move. If White thought to
make the game open for his adversary, he was at least equally exposing his own position.
(c) Very well played—an unexpected resource.
(d) The same reply would have been made to R. takes K. Kt. P.
(e) Very good again ; if the Rook is taken Black can mate in four moves ; if not, it is
played over to the King's side, giving Black an irresistible attack.

No. 28.
In the Handicap Tournay at Clifton, Mr. Wisker giving Pawn
and move.
(Remove Black's King's Bishop's Pawn.)
White. (Mr. Minchin.) Black. (Mr. Wisker.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. Kt. to Q. B. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. to K. fifth 3. B. to K. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 49
4. B. to Q. third 4. Q. to Q. second
5. B. to K. third 5. P. to K. third (a)
6. B. takes B. 6. P. takes B.
7. P. to K. B. fourth 7. Kt. to K. E. third
8. P. to K. E. third 8. B. to K. second
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. Kt. to Q. square
10. Castles 10. K. Kt. to K. B. second
11. Q. to Q. third 11. P. to K. Kt. third
12. P. to Q. B. fourth (b) 12. P. to Q. B. third
13. P. takes P. 13. P takes P.
14. Kt. to Q. B. third 14. Kt. to Q. B. third
15. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (c) 15. Castles (Q. E.)
16. Q. E. to Q. B. square 16. P. to K. E. third
17. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 17. P. to K. Kt. fourth
18. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 18. B. takes Kt.
19. E. takes B. 19. K. E. to K. Kt. square
20. K. R. to Q. B. square 20. E. to K. Kt. third (d)
21. P. takes P 21. P. takes P.
22. Kt. takes P. 22. P. to Q. E. third (e)
23. Q. to Q. E. fourth 23. Kt. takes Kt.
24. B. takes Kt. 24. Q. E. to K. Kt. square (f)
25. P. to K. E. fourth 25. K. to Kt. square
26. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 26. P. to K. B. fifth
27. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 27. Kt. to Q. E. second (g)
28. Q. to Q. Kt. third 28. Kt. takes P.
29. Q. takes P. 29. Q. to K. Kt. fifth (h)
30. Q. E. to Q. B. fourth 30. E. takes B.
31. P. takes E. 31. Q. takes P.
32. Q. to K. B. third
And Black resigned
NOTES.
(a) Injudicious, giving White a formidable passed Pawn.
(b) White has played the opening extremely well.
E
50 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(c) The winning move—Black saves his Pawn, bnt White obtains an overwhelming
attack.
(d) If 20. K. to B. second
21 Q. to Q R. fifth fcheck) &c.
(e) There was no better resource.
(/) If 24. R. takes B., White plays 25. R, takes Kt. (check), and wins easily.
(g) Better than taking the Pawn.
(A) Exchanging Queens would have availed nothing. White having two passed and
advanced Pawns. Black never recovers from his error on the fifth move.
(i) Having a hopeless position especially against a player of Mr. Minchin's calibre.
Mr. Minchin occupies a high place on the list of British Amateurs.

No. 29.
The following is one of the games played in the Oxford and
Cambridge Chess Match, Mr. De Soyers and Mr. Parratt being
considered the two strongest players on their respective sides.
(Vienna Opening.)
White. (Mr. De Sotres.) Black. (Mr. H. Paeratt.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third (a)
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (b)
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. P. to Q. third
5. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to Q. third 6. P. to K. E. third
7. Castles 7. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) (c)
8. K. to E. square 8. Castles
9. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 9. B. to Q. Kt. third
10. Kt. takes B. 10. E. P. takes Kt.
11. P. takes P. 11. P. takes P.
12. B. to Q. second 12. B. to K. Kt. fifth
13. Q. to K. square 13. Kt. to K. E. second
14. Kt. to K. E. fourth (d) 14. B. to K. E. fourth
15. Kt. to K. B. fifth 15. Kt. to K. second
16. Q. to K. Kt. third 16. Kt. to K. Kt. third
17. E. to K. B. second 17. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
18. Q. E. to K. B. square 18. K. to E. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 51
Here time was called, and the umpire accordingly adjudged
the game to White. There can be no doubt that by taking off
the K. Kt. the first player obtains a clear course : —
NOTES.
19. B. takes Kt. | 19. Q. takes B.
(If he play 19. P. takes B., White wins a piece by 20. Q. to K. R. third.)
20. Q. takes Q. | 20. P. takes Q.
21. Kt to K. Kt. third, Sic, and the game is hopeless for Black. The position is not
one, however, that will permit a brilliant sacrifice on the part of White.
(a) The best reply.
(b) The G ambit can be safely accepted and effectually defended. The position soon
merges into some variation of the ordinary King's Gambit. The move in the text is poor.
(c) Instead of driving the White King to a secure abode, Black should have taken off
the Q. Kt. in order to eventually release his game by P. to Q. fourth.
{d) The first player prosecutes his attack with vigour, whilst Black hardly realizes the
danger to which he is exposed. His twelfth and thirteenth moves merely afford Mr. De
Soyres time and opportunity.—Land and Water.

:<o. 30.
The Great Match between Vienna and London.
(ieregular opening).
White. (London.) Black. (Vienna.)
1. P. to Q. B. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth (a)
2. Kt. to Q. B. third (b) 2. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
3. Kt. to Q. fifth 3. B. to K. second (c)
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. B. to K. B. fourth 5. P. to Q. B. third (d)
6. Kt. takes B. 6. Kt. takes Kt.
7. Q. takes P. 7. Castles
8. P. to K. fourth 8. P. to Q. fourth
9. Castles (e) 9. B. to K. third (/)
10. Kt. to K. B. third 10. Kt. to Q. second
11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 11. P. to K. E. third (g)
12. K. P. takes P. 12. B. to K. B. fourth (h)
13. Kt. to K. fourth 13. P. takes P.
14. Kt. to Q. B. third (i) 14. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
15. B. to K. fifth (k) 15. Kt. to Q. B. third (I)
16. Q. to K. B. fourth 16. Kt. takes B.
17. Q. takes Kt. 17. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)
52 THE' CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
18. P. to K. B. fourth 18. Q. to K. Kt. third
19. P. to Q. B. fifth 19. Kt. to Q. second
20. Q. to Q. fourth (m) 20. K. E. to Q. square (n)
21. Kt. takes P. 21. K. to B. square (o)
22. Kt to K. third 22. K. to Kt. square
23. B. to Q. B. fourth 23. Q. E. to Q. B. square
24. K. E. to K. square (p) 24. B. to K. fifth (q)
25. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (r) 25. P. to Q. Kt. third
26. Q. to Q. sixth 26. P. takes P. (s)
27. Q. to K. seventh 27. P. takes P.
28. E. takes Kt. 28. E. to K. square
29. Q. to Q. sixth 29. Q. takes Q. (t)
30. E. takes Q. 30. B. takes P.
31. E. to Q. fourth 31. B. to Q. fourth (u)
32. E. takes B. 32. E. takes B. (check)
33. Kt. takes E. 33. E. takes E. (check)
34. K. to Kt. second 34. E. to K. fifth
35. E. to Q. eighth (check) 35. K. to E. second
36. K. to Kt. third 36. E. takes P.
37. E. to Q. E. eighth 37. P. to K. Kt. fourth
38. E. takes P. 38. P. to K. E. fourth
39. K. takes P. 39. P. to K. Kt. fifth (v)
40. P. to Q. E. fourth 40. E. to K. B. seventh
41. P. to Q. E. fifth 41. P. to K. E. fifth
42. E. to Q. seventh 42. E. takes P.
43. E. takes P. (check) 43. K. to Kt. third
44. P. to Q. E. sixth 44. E. to K. seventh (w)
45. P. to Q. E. seventh 45. E. to K. square
46. E. to Q. Kt. seventh 46. E. to Q. E. square
47. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth 47. P. to K. E. sixth (x)
48. Kt. takes E. 48. P. to K. E. seventh
49. E. to Q. Kt. sixth (check)
And Vienna resigned (</).
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 53
NOTES.
By the Chess EdiTor op Land and Water.
(a) By no means the best reply. A close opening should be met by a close defence. It
is noteworthy that in the consultation game between English and foreign players,
contested at Vienna last year, P. to K. B. fourth was the reply to P. to Q. B. fourth
selected by the Continental party. The best answer we consider to be 1. P. to K. third—
a move which holds good for all forms of the close game.
(6) A hasty rejoinder, in fact a mistake. Vienna place their opponents in a position of
embarrassment on the next move. In reply to 2. B. to Q. Kt. fifth, London cannot proceed
with the development of their game, and allow the Q. B. P. to be doubled. The answer
to 3. Q. to Q. Kt. third is, of course, 3. Kt. to Q. B. third. The only course, therefore,
was to post the Knight at Q. fifth—a position altogether unnatural at such a stage.
ic) Black have now the better game, If their Bishop be taken they retake with
Knight, and all their King's pieces are developed, whilst all those of London are at home.
If the Bishop be not taken the Knight is driven back, and White lose time.
(d) A poor move for such a contest. Of course, if White check at Q. B. seventh Black
take off the Knight with Queen, and when their Queen is taken, check at Q. Kt. fifth with
their Bishop, winning the adverse Queen, with a far better game in return. But White
do not check with their Knight. The best course, therefore, for Black was to bring out
their K. Kt., instead of laying a trap which only a "coffee-house" amateur would have
fallen into. If
5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. takes Q. B. P. [check] 6. Q. takes Kt.
7. B. takes Q. 7. B. to Q. Kt. fifth [check]
8. Q. to Q. second 8. B. takes Q. [check]
9. K. takes Q. 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
And Black surely have the superiority.
(e) White must Castle at once to get out of danger. All their King's forces are at
home. Black have Castled. If White wait till they can castle on the King's side, they
will never castle at all. From this point to the close, the game of chess is played to
perfection by the London party.
(f) Black still appear to have the better game, but their advantage is more apparent
than real. Owing chiefiy to the unfortunate position of their Q. B. P., they can make no
assault upon the position—seemingly exposed—of White.
(cr) These moves finally end in the loss of a Pawn. Almost anything would have been
better in such a game. At their tenth move Vienna would have done better to have
protected themselves by P. to K. E. third.
(h) If the Knight be taken with Pawn, London, of course, take off the Bishop.
(t) Protecting their King's fiank, and at the same time assailing the Queen's Pawn.
About this point, it is fair to say, the London party was broken up. Mr. Blackburne left
town for a time ; Herr Horwitz fell seriously ill ; Mr. Lowenthal and Mr, Wisker were
prevented by pressure of business from assisting. The work, therefore, was left almost
entirely to Messrs. Steinitz and Potter. It by no means follows that these unavoidable
secessions did the London cause any harm. On the contrary, the withdrawal of four
cooks probably accounts for the very superior broth produced by the remaining two.
(k) There is no comparison between the play on the two sides. This profound move
turns the scale for London. We have not space for the variations at this point ; but the
general object of this move is to tempt the advance of P. to K. B. third. White then
withdraw their Bishop to K. Kt. third, and in subsequent variations they can capture the
Q. P. with a check, thus gaining invaluable time.
(0 Vienna decides not to advance theK. B. P. The course actually chosen leads to no
better result.
(m) White have the Q. P. at their mercy, but they judiciously retire the Queen at this
point. The Q. P. cannot be saved, and it is better that it should be taken with the Knight.
(n) Badly played. The weakness of this move is shown in subsequent positions, where.
London would be happy to exchange their Queen for the two Eooks.
(o) Black cannot allow the Knight to occupy K. seventh. This and the next move
show that they would be willing to draw. They have evidently overrated the chances
of an attack.
(p) London have a won game. They are a Pawn ahead ; all their forces are developed,
whilst the exposure of their King is a mere delusion.
54 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(g) The Q. B. P. cannot be taken, as White win by giving up their Queen for the two
Rooks.
(r) Not only defending the Q. B. P., but enabling them, if need be, to play B. to Q. Kt,
fifth, and win a piece.
(s) Exchanging Queens would have given them an utterly hopeless game, with a Pawn
behind, and their Knight so awkwardly placed. Vienna accordingly sacrifice the Knight.
(0 Obviously their only chance is to exchange Queens, and obtain a Pawn or two for
the piece.
(u) This course leads to an exchange of pieces, and facilitates White's victory ; but
Black have a lost game. They can do nothing.
(v) The only remaining question is whether these united Pawns will counterbalance
White's single Rook's Pawn, supported by the Knight. A few moves serve to show that
they will not.
(u>) If they take the Rook, the game proceeds :—
4fi. P. to Q. R. seventh | 45. R. to Q. R. seventh
46. Kt. toQ. E. third |
And the Pawn cannot be prevented from queening.
(x) Whatever Black do, they lose. If they take Pawn with Rook the White forces stop
the two Pawns, and win. By leaving their Rook to be captured, Black are enabled to
make a Queen, but White also make a Queen, and their forces are overwhelming.
(y) There is no chance of perpetual check.

THE MATCH BETWEEN LONDON AND VIENNA.


Resignation of The Vienna Chess Club. '
The following correspondence took place in the course of last week between the City of
London Chess Club and the Vienna Schachgesellshafc :—
[Translation.]
" To The CommITTee oF The CITy oF London CHeSS CLUb.
"Gentlemen,—In consequence of your telegram of the 19th, we resign the London
game, and offer you a draw in the Vienna game. If you aerree to these conditions the
match between us has come to a termination in your favour, and in that case we shall
remit you the amount of £100 without delay. " Yours respectfully,
" Weinbrenner, Hon. Sec. "Joseph Berger.
"Vienna, March 1874." "D. Fleissig.
[Reply.]
" Gentlemen of the Managing Committee of the Vienna Chess Club,—In reply to your
communication just received, we beg to say that we consent to your resignation of the
match on the terms you propose, and, without prejudice to our own opinion upon the
Vienna game, we agree to that game being considered as drawn.
" We certainly feel highly gratified at having had the good fortune to be so successful
against undoubtedly the strongest Continental club. It is also a source of great satisfac
tion to us that the conduct of the match should have been free from all dispute, and
characterised by the display of such thorough good feeling on both sides.
" City of London Chess Club, " W. N. PoTTer,
" 34 Milk-street, London. April 1, 1874. " W. STeinitz,
" P. H. DoWn, Hon. Sec."
Thus ends one of the most remarkable chess centests that has taken place within our
time. Matches by telegraph between chess clubs separated by long distances are not
uncommon on the other side of the Atlantic and in our colonies, but they rarely extend
over a day or two, and are generally conducted between two teams who are paired accord
ing to strength. The consultation match just finished is certainly the first of its kind in
Europe, both as regards the strength of the players arrayed on each side, and on account
of the novelty of its being chiefly carried on by telegraph between two such remote
capitals as London and Vienna,
The credit of having started this match belongs to Herr Lowenthal, who in the early
part of 1872, proposed in the committee of the City of London Chess Club that a challenge
should be sent to the Vienna Schachgesellschaft, which was reputed to be the strongest
Continental chess club, and numbered amongst its members such names as Kolisch,
Hampe, Fleissig, Meitner, and Gelbfuhs. This motion was enthusiastically received and
unanimously adopted, and an invitation sent to the Vienna Chess Club to engage in a
friendly contest, which was to consist of two simultaneous games, to be played by
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 55
correspondence, with the alternate first move. The Viennese promptly replied with the
counter-challenge that the match should be played for £100 aside—a proposition which was
ultimately accepted by the City Club, after which the negotiations for the settlement of the
detailed conditions were carried on for some time. It was agreed that the side which won
one game, and at least drew the other, should be the victor, and that in the event of even
games being made, or both games being drawn, the match should be declared as drawn-
and neither party be bound to commence another. The moves were to be transmitted by
telegraph, and confirmed by correspondence, a time limit of four clear days being granted
to each party for deliberation. Six players were to be elected on each side, and to be
empowered to sign the moves ; the signature of any two, countersigned by the secretary
of the club to which they belonged, to be binding. In accordance with the latter rule
the City Cub elected originally Messrs. Blackburne, Horwitz, Lowenthal, Potter, Steinitz,
and Wisker as their council ; while the conductors of the match on the Viennese side
consisted of Herren Berger, Czank, Fleissig, Gelbfuhs, Kolisch, and Meitner. The match
had, however, not progressed very far when the London council lost the assistance of
several of their members. Messrs. Lowenthal and Wisker early declared that they could
not regularly attend on account of professional engagements. Mr. Horwitz had to resign
in consequence of a serious illness, and Mr. Blackburne had to leave London during
several months for various parts of the country, where he had accepted engagements for
blindfold play . By general consent the remaining two players, Messrs. Potter and Steinitz,
were soon entrusted with the chief work of analysing the games, and those gentlemen
may be considered even solely responsible for the conduct of the match after the four
teenth move. <
The Viennese council were much more fortunate in keeping their strength and number
intact, as, according to announcements made in the Vienna Schachzeitung, and in the last
annual report of the Vienna Club, only Herr Czank had resigned early in the contest, but
he had been immediately replaced by Herr Adolph Schwartz ; and Dr. Meitner retired in
November last.
The first moves were despatched on the 1st June, 1872, after which an adjournment,
stipulated for in the conditions, took place during the grand tournament of the British
Chess Association of the same year. The game then proceeded without any further
interruptions, excepting for more than two months during the Vienna Congress.
Altogether the match seems to have excited the highest interest, even beyond ordinary
chess circles, throughout the world, as was manifested not alone by the chess columns of
newspapers in America and the Colonies, but also by the daily press of Austria and
Germany, which faithfully recorded the moves of both games, and the progress of the
match. We hope to give the games in full.
THE OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE CHESS MATCH,
On Friday, March 27th, 1874.
Last year, on the eve of the contest on the River between the two Universities, an inter-
TJniversity Chess Match was played for the first time. The precedent thus set seems likely
to become a permanent institution, if we may judge from the eagerness with which the
proposal to repeat the match this year was accepted by the parties concerned, and the
amount of interest it has excited in the chess world. The invitation to the University
players to meet for the competition in the metropolis was given, as on the last occasion,
by the City of London Chess Club. The rooms of the club at the City Restaurant, Milk
Street, Cheapside, were placed at the disposal of the Universities for the contest, and
about 800 people attended to witness the match, among them being most of the chess
celebrities of the metropolis, besides a large number of members of both Universities.
The conditions of the match were, that each University should be represented by seven
players, to be paired according to strength, each pair to play three games, and the majority
of games was to decide the match. Play was to commence at 6 o'clock p.m., and all games
remaining unfinished by 11 o'clock p.m. were to be adjudicated upon by Herr Steinitz, the
winner of the Emperor's prize in the Vienna International Tournament of last year, who
had been appointed umpire for the purpose, and whose decision upon the question of rela
tive advantages was to be final. It was also agreed that any player might call for sand
glasses, in order to measure the time occupied by each player, and that the time-limit
should be 20 moves per hour.
Adequate preparations had been made for the reception of the two University teams,
and the room in which the match was played was decorated with University colours aud
various emblems. For the greater comfort of the players, a portion of the room was
screened by a wooden barrier, inside of which no one was allowed to enter excepting the
players, the umpire, and the secretaries to each board, who had been appointed by the
City of London Chess Club to score the moves.
56 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
Play commenced at the appointed time, and the first move, being drawn for on board
No. 1, fell to Mr. De Soyres on the Cambridge side, and then was taken alternately on the
other boards. At half-past 7, Mr. Keynes, of Cambridge, who played the Petroff defence,
scored the first game for his University, Ogden, who had opened the with Scotch gambit,
soon followed suit with a victory for the same side. Parratt, who played the Sicilian defence,
drew his first game, after a protracted struggle of 43 moves, against De Soyres. Ball, who,
as second player, played the French opening, won in 48 moves. May played against
Plunkett the Queen's gambit, and the game ended in a draw. The longest game in the
first round, as regards the number of moves, was played between Tracy and Nicholson, the
latter having played the Queen's fiancbetto as second player, won his game after 74 moves.
The longest game in point of time, and therefore the last in the first round, ended in
favour of Mr. Connell, of Oxford, at a quarter past 9 o'clock.
Thus the first round gave a score of 4 to 1 and 2 draws in favour of Cambridge.
In the second round Cambridge still more increased their score by winning 4, losing 1 .
and 2 more draws. In the third round the Cantabs scored 1 over. At 1 1 o'clock the
umpire decided five of the remaining games, 4 in favour of Cambridge and 1 for Oxford,
the score at the end standing thus—Cambridge, won 13 ; Oxford, 3 and 4 draws.
Birmingham Chess Club.—The Tournament played during the past year has
terminated in favour of Mr. J. F. Ryder, who takes the first Prize, value £2 2s., and the
Rev. C. T. Yarranton, the second Prize, £1 Is. The Secretary. Mr. S. G. Kempson, has
liberally offered a Prize of £3 3s.. for competition at once in another Tournament," as an
additional inducement for close study of the game, preparatory to the visit of the Counties'
Chess Association." Two prizes in another Tournament are offered by the Club.
Cheltenham Chess Club.—At the usual weekly meeting on Tuesday, March 3rd
Mr. E. Pindar, the well known Russian player, was present, and conducted eight
simultaneous games against the strongest team the Club could bring against him. Un
fortunately for them, Dr. Philson, one of their best players, was absent. A large
attendance of members and their friends witnessed the play, which terminated at a late
hour, with the following result : Mr. Pindar won of Messrs. Moore, Lee, and Jeanneret ;
drew with Messrs. Coates, Baxter, F. Young, and H. Young ; and lost only one game to
Mr. B. W. Fisher.
WorcesTer v. ChelTenham.
A friendly match between these Clubs was played at Worcester, on Thursday, April
9th. It will be seen by the subjoined score that the home team was victorious by one
game. Many of their best players were absent on both sides, and the result can hardly
be taken as indicating the real relative strength of the twoclubs.
Won. WORCESTER. Drawn. CHELTENHAM. Won.
1 Lord Lyttelton — Dr. Philson 2
2 Rev. C. E. Ranken — Mr. W. Coates —
1 Rev. F. Drew 2 Mr. F. J. Young —
— Rev. F. J. Eld 2 Mr. H. H. Young I-
— Rev. Sir G. F. Lewis — Rev. C. M. Moore 3
3 Mr. F. Dingle — Dr. Jeanneret —
7 4 S
{Communicated.)
*** Some of the best games played will appear in our next.
A NEW MOVE, IN THE SCOTCH GAMBIT.
Dear Sirs,—In the Variation from the American Chess Journal, given in your last
No., p. 25, a move is not considered, which appears to give Black the advantage.
Suppose—
I 10. K. to Kt. square
11. B. to K. B. fourth (check) (a) ] 11. P. to Q. three
12. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth I 12. Kt. to K. fourth
13. Kt. takes R. I 13. K. takes Kt.
And White has given up two pieces for the Rook.
(a)
If 1 1 . Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth ] 1 1 . P. to Q. third
12. B. to K. B. fourth I 12. Kt. to K. fourth, &c, as before.
I am, Dear Sirs, very faithfully yours,
Southsea, March 1874. J. BURT.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 57

PEOBLEM IX.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play and mate in two moves.

OXFORD. CAMBRIDGE.
Won. Drawn. Won. Drawn.
1. W. Parratt, Magd. 0 . 2 1. J. De Soyres, Caius 2
2. F. Madan, Brasenose .. n 1 2. J. N. Keynes, Pemb. .. 1
3. S. R. Meredith, do. .. Ii 3. C. B. Ogden, Magd. ..
i. W. Grundy, Wore. 4. W . W. R. Ball, Trinity.
5. Hon. R. C. Plunkett, 6. T. H. D. May, Trinity .
University 6. J. S. Nicholson, Trinity
6. C. Tracey, Lincoln 7. W. Hooper, Clare
7. A. R. C. Connell, Trin..

With a view of dividing the crowd which attended the rooms, the Prussian player
Herr Zukertort, had been engaged by the City of London Chess Club to play in another
part of the establishment six games simultaneously against that number of players with
out seeing boards or men, and this performance appeared to excite great interest among
the spectators. In the result the blindfold player won one, lost one, two were drawn, and
two unfinished. In another room Mr. Blackburne, the winner of the second prize at the
Vienna International Chess Congress, played seven games simultaneously over the board,
allowing fresh opponents to enter as each game was finished. In the result Mr Blackburne
won 17 and lost three. The teams of the two Universities, were then entertained by the
City of London Chess Club.— The Timet.
58 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM X.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

Not the least interesting and pleasing part of the affair, says the City of London Chess
Magazine, was the appearance of Mr. Staunton among the crowd of spectators who
witnessed the match. There were many present who had never seen him, and who were
consequently glad to have the opportunity of doing so afforded to them. We are happy
to observe that Mr. Staunton had apparently recovered from his late illness.
We should be glad also to see the veterans of each University facing one another
in friendly contest. Such a match might probably be played annually, and we would
gladly render any assistance towards the arrangements.—Editors.
CiTy oF London Chess Club Handicap.- Mr. Sothers, who received the odds
of Knight wins the first prize, and Herr Zukertort the second.
Prince Leopold as a Chess Player.—There has been a tournament at the
Oxford University Chess Club, though we have not been informed of the result. We
notice, however, that the ties in the second round were Mr. Connell v. Hon. H. C.
Plunkett, Mr. Tracey v. Mr. Coles, Mr. Gent v. Mr. Woods, and H. R. H. Prince Leopold
constituted a " bye." The fact of a member of the Royal Family taking part in a chess
tournament may be alluded to as a further indication of the increasing popularity of the
game with all classes.—City of London Chess Magazine.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 59
PROBLEM XL
By F. C. Collins.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

CORRESPONDENCE TOURNEYS.
Eesults op PLAy.—In Tourney I.
Archdall has won of Major Martin. W. T. Pierce has won of B. W. Fisher.
Coker „ „ J.Burt. I G. H. Gossip „ „ S. G, Kempson.
The second pairs are now playing as follows :—
Gossip v. Archdall. [ Coker v. Pierce.*
In Tourney II.
W. Garraway has won of A. Godwin. | J. F. Ryder has won of G. B. Cocking.
E. Walker „ „ W. Sonneborn. 1 H. Brewer w. H. Molson, not finished.
The second pairs are as follows :—
Garraway v. Ryder. Walker v. Brewer or Molson.
Tourney HI. is sTill open.
Rev. T. S. Carnsew t>. J. Burt.
*Since going to press, Mr. Coker has won his match .
60 THT CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XII.
By James Pierce and Victor Gorgias.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

EVANS' GAMBIT.
Mr. Long has published in Westminster Papers the following reply to a new move in
the Defence of this Gambit, mentioned in the last Vol. of this Magazine, p. 289.
9. Q. to K B. third (the new move)
10. P. takes Kt. 10. Q. takes R.
11. B. takes P. (check; 11. K. to B. square Chest)
12. B. takes Kt. 12. R. takes B. (best)
If Black takes with the King, White soon wins a piece ; and if any other move, he
quickly wins.
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Q. takes P. (best)
If any other move, White wins Q. R.t or gains a decisive advantage.
14. Kt. to Q. B. third 14. Q. to Q. B. fifth
15. Kt. to Q. fifth 15. K. to K. square (best)
16. Q. to K. R. fifth (check) 16. P. to K. Kt. third (best)
17. Q. takes K. R. P.
And Black cannot, I think, save the game.
BrisTol and ClifTon Chess AssociaTion ». Sheffield.—These clubs are playing
a match by correspondence. The former club is, according to the notice in the last
number, also playing against Cambridge.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XIII
By F. W. Lord.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to move, and mate in three moves.
ERRATA IN No. I.
Page
7.—Note (c). For develope, read develop.
., „ Last line should read, then have driven back the Kt.t <kc.
9.—Note (c). For fourth, read fifth
10.—Note (1). For B. to Q. third, read P. to Q. third.
20.—White's 1st move should he P. to K.fourth.
„ „ 2nd move should be Kt. to K. B. third.
21.—Black's 52nd move should be E. to K. Kt.fourth. ,
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS IN No. I.
PROBLEM I.
White. Black.
1. Q. to Q. B. eighth, «sc.
PROBLEM II.
1. B. to Q.R. second 1. R. takes R.
2. Q. to K. B. seventh 2. Anything
3. Mates.
PROBLEM III.
1. B. to Q. B. sixth 1. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth, Sic.
2. R. to K. R. fifth 2. Anything
3. Mates.
62 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XIV.
By C. W., of Sunbury.
BLACK.

White to play, and mate in three moves.


PROBLEM IV.
1. Q. to K. R. seventh LP. takes K. P., «io.
2. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 2. E. takes Kt.
3. R. to K. Kt. fourth, double check and mate.
This Problem, as the Author, Saxon, and others have pointed out, admits of a second
solution in three moves,—1. Kt. to Q. sixth (check}, &c. It appears, however, Mr.
Pierce tells us, in a correct form (No. 68) in the Book of Problems, by Messrs. Pierce.
The Problem was sent to us by a Correspondent, not by Mr. Pierce.
PROBLEM V.
1. B. to Q. R. fourth 1. K. to K. third (a)
2. B. to K. eighth 2. K. to B. fourth
3. B. takes P. 3. Anything
4. B. or Kt. mates.
(a) If 1. P. toK. third
2. Kt. to K, B. sixth 2. P. to K. fifth
3. K. to Q. sixth, &c.
PROBLEM VI.
1. R. to K. B. fourthf 1. B. takes R, &c.
2. Q. to K. Kt. second 2. P. takes Kt.
3. B. takes P. (check; 3. K. takes B.
4. Q. to K. Kt. seventh mated.
t Saxon and others give a similar Solution -1. R. to Q. third, Sic.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
PEOBLEM XV.
By A. Townsend.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

PROBLEM TIL
1. P. to K. third (check; 1. P. takes P.
2. P. takes P. (check) 2. K. takes P.
8. R. to Q. B. third (check 8. Q. to Q. sixth
4. R. takes Q. (check) 4. K. to B. fifth
5. R. to K. B. third mate.
Saxon and Sretrow also give—
3. Kt. to Q. fifth (check) and mate follows next move.
PROBLEM VIII.
1. Kt. takes Q. P. (double check) 1. K. to Q, second
2. Kt. to K. B. sixth (double check) 2. K. to K. second
3. R. to Q. seventh (check) 3. B. takes R.
4. Kt. to Q. fifth [double check] 4. K. to Q. third
5. B. to Q. B. seventh [check] 5. K. takes Kt.
6. Kt. to Q. second [disc check] 6. R. takes B.
7. Q. takes K. P. [check] 7. B. takes Q.
8. R. to Q. fourth [check] 8. B. or P. takes R.
9. P. to K. fourth mate.
64 THE CHES8 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
END GAME.
We promised the solution of an end game brilliantly won by
Mr. Eosenthal which we gave in our Select Reprints at page
246 of the last April number. We now give a diagram of the
position after Black's 27th move.

BLACK.

WHITE.

White might now have mated in three moves by 28. P. to K. Kt. fourth [check] and
29. B. to K. B. fourth, mating next move. The moves actually played were
28. B. to K. third 28. P. to Q. B. fifth
29. P. to K. Kt. fourth [check] 29. K. to R. fifth
and White mated in four moves.
30. R. to Q. B. fifth 30. B. takes R.
31. B. takes B. 31. R. to K. B. third [best]
32. R. takes R. and mates next move.
$foiias to (Corasponbenig.

SOLuTIOnS TO—
Problem I. Sretrow, Saxon, E. 8., F. C. C, W. N.
„ II. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., W. N.
„ III. Sretrow, Saxon, E. 8., W. N.
„ IV. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., W. N.
„ V. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., P. C. 0., W. N.
„ VI. Sretrow, Saxon, E. 8., W. N.
„ VII. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., P. C. C, W. N.
„ VIII. Sretrow.
Enigmas. Sretrow, Saxon.
T. Y. and B. W. P. (Cheltenham), 0. E. E. (Malvern), J. B., S. G. K., C. W. of Snnbury,
J. Pierce, W. T. Pierce. J. H E., P. C. Collins, A. Townsend, G. H. D. G., T. B.,
W, N., are all thanked for their communications,
M. D. (Paris). The order is now paid, thank you, by the Post-Offlce authorities.
F. W. L. Thanks for the Problems. No. I. is still faulty, 1 Q. to Q. 4 (check), &c.
E. S. Thanks for your letters. Your criticisms are very just.
M. Mercier (Argelliere). We hope you regularly receive the Magazine ?—It is always
posted to you.
W. N. You can join the Correspondence Tourney at any time.—Address, Rev. J. H. Ellis,
Stourton Rectory, Bath.

Solutions to Problems and other editorial communications should be addressed to the


Rev. A. B. SKIPWorTh, Lincoln.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to JAmeS Williamson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, Lincoln,
to whom P. O. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post, 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
BIrminghaM ChesS CLub.—The Annual Meeting of this Club was held on Tuesday
March 19th, when the following resolution was unanimously adopted, proposed by
Mr. Kempson, and seconded by Mr. Avery—" That a Local Committee be at once
formed, for the purpose of carrying out all arrangements necessary for the forthcoming
meeting, in August next, of the * Counties' Chess Association/ and that the following
ladies and gentlemen be requested to act on such Committee, with power to add to
their number," viz. :—Mrs. Ryder, Miss Ryder, Mrs. Kempsou, Messrs. James Deykin,
Thofl. Avery, H. A. Fry, J. Halford, C. Benbow, T. C. Yarranton. Jos. Price, H.
Haselden, J. Lilly Smith, J. F. Ryder, E. P. Warren, T. F. Best, Jas. Harmer, A
Browett, Thos. Green, Dr. Freeman, H. T. Hassell, G. F. Sutton, E. Breese, H. E.
Syndercombe, H. A. Ward, W. H. Ratcliff, E. Shorthouse, F. A. Badams, H. H.
Badams, C. Wallbank, Hy, Martin, A. Freer, H, Freer, J. W. Franklin, J. Doughty,
W. A. Baxter, W. Soott.
BIrd versus GOSSIP.—In the City of London Chess Magazine, some remarks are made
upon the publication of two games in our last number, played between the above
named gentlemen, and won by Mr. Gossip. Mr. Gossip wishes to reply to those
remarks, and we give the substance of his letter :—
" The exact score of the last thirteen games between Mr. Bird and myself, was,
Bird 7, Gossip, 4, drawn 2. Out of ten consecutive games played in May, 1873, the
score was, Bird 5, Gossip 3, drawn 2. I did not forward you, Mr. Editor, for publica
tion, any games won by Mr. Bird, because I had not taken them down, and I had
none taken down, because Mr. Bird was unwilling to go over the games after they
were played. Among the games sent to you was one won of me by Herr Zukertort.
G. H. D. Gossip."
The CounTies' Chess Association.—The Annual Meeting will be held in Birming
ham in August.

JAmES WILLIAmson, PrinTer, hIgh STrEET, LinColN.


Vol. IV. No. III.

THE CHESS PLAT EES'

CEEOMCLE.

JUNE, 1874.

CONTENTS.
Games—played between— Page.
No 81 Mr B. W. Fisher and Mr. W. T. Pierce 66
„ 32 Mr. W. T. Fierce and B. W. Fisher 66
„ 33 Mr. T. H. D. May and Hon. H C. Plunkctt 68
„ 34 Vienna and London 69
85 Dr. Spencer and Mr. Hosmer 72
„ 36 Dr. Lindehn and Mr. Mackenzie 72
„ 37 Mr, Wayte and Mr. Lowenthall 74
„ 38 Mr. Lowenthal and Mr. Wayte 75
„ 89 Mr. Wayte and Mr 77
„ 40 Mr. Coker and Mr. Skipworth 78
„ 41 Mr. Mosley and Mr. Kerr.pson 80
„ 42 Mr. Ryder and Mr. Skipworth 81
„ 43 Mr. Fisher and Mr. De Soyres 83
., 44 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Hallord 83
Chess InTelligence—
Chess at Birmingham 87
Chess at Worcester 88
Chess at Manchester 93
Correspondence Tourney 95
Review 98
Enigmas 93
SoluTions To Problems 94
Problem XVI. 89
XVII 90
XVIII " 91
XIX 92
XX 93
XXI 94
XXII 95
XXIII 96

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN
Price One Shilling
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.

White.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 65
No. 31.
In the Chess Players' Chronicle Correspondence Tourney.
(King's Bishop's Opening.)
White. (Mr. B. W. Fisher.) Black. (Mr. W. T. Piercs.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Q. to K. second 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Castles
5. P. to Q. third 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. B. to Q. Kt. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third (a)
7. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. P. to K. E. third
9. B. to K. E. fourth 9. P. to K. Kt. fourth
10. B. to K. Kt. third 10. Kt. to K. second
11. P. to K. E. fourth (b) 11. Kt. to K. Kt. third
12. P. takes P. 12. P. takes P.
13. Kt. to second 13. B. to K. Kt. fifth
14. P. to K. B. third (c) 14. Kt. to K. E, fourth (d)
15. Kt. to K. B. square 15. Q. Kt. to K. B. fifth
16. B. takes Kt. 16. Kt. takes B.
17. Q. to Q. second 17. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
18. K. to K. second 18. Kt. to K. B. fifth (check)
19. K. to Q. square 19. B. to K. third
20. P. to K. Kt. third 20. B. takes B. (check)
21. P. takes B. 21. Q. takes q. (check)
22. K. takes Q. 22. Q. E. to Q. square (check)
23. K. to B. second 23. Kt. to K. Kt. seventh
24. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 24. Kt. to K. sixth (check)
25. K. to Kt. third (e) 25. B. to Q. Kt. third
26. R. to K. E. fifth 26. P. to K. B. third
27. Kt. to K. E. third 27. Kt. takes Kt.
28. E. takes Kt. 28. E. to Q. seventh
66 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
29. Kt. takes P. (/) 29. P. takes Kt.
30. E. takes P. (check) 30. K. to B. second
31. E. takes P. 31. E. to K. E. square
32. P. to K. B. fourth 32. K. E. to K. E. seventh
33. P. to K. Kt. fourth (g) 33. P. to Q. B. third
34. P. to K. Kt. fifth 34. B. to K. sixth
35. E. to K. B. fifth (check) 35. K. to Kt. second
36. E. to K. B. sixth 36. E. takes P. (check)
And White resigns.
NOTES by A. B. SkipwokTh and W. WAtte.
(a) We prefer P. to K. R. third. Black having castled, it is disadvantageous to him
to be pinned.
(4) If 11. B. takes K. P. I II. Kt. to K. Kt. third
12. B. to K. Kt. third 12. Kt. takes P., &c.
If 12. B. takes Kt. I 12. Q. takes B.
And Black has a good game, threatening Kt. to K. B. fifth, &c. We believe White
acted wisely in not taking the King's Pawn,
fc) After this move White has no good opportunity of bringing hisK. Kt into the
field ; but Kt. to K. B. third is also open to some objections.
(d) All this series of moves is excellently played by Black.
(e) It would be of no use playing to keep out Black's Rook. Suppose :—
25. Kt. takes Kt. 25. B. takes Kt.
26. R. to Q. square 26. R. takes R.
27. K. takes R. 27. R. to Q. square (check)
28. K. to K. second 28. B. to Q. B. eighth, &c.
(/) There is nothing better. The Kt. is hopelessly cramped, while Black threatens
R. to K. R. seventh
(g) If R. to Q. Kt. square, the Pawns would shortly be lost on the King's side.
No. 32.
Another Game in the Correspondence Tourney.
(Allgaier Kieseritzky Gambit.)
White, (Mr. W. T. Pierce.) Black. (Mr. B. W. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth.
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to K. Kt. second (a)
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Castles
9. Castles 9. P, to Q. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 07
10. B. takes P. (b) 10. P. takes P.
11. Q. takes Q. P. 11. Kt. to K. E. fourth
12. Q. to Q. second 12. Kt. takes B.
13. Q. takes Kt. 13. B. takes Kt.
14. Q. takes B. 14. Q. takes E. P. (c)
15. P. to K. Kt. third 15. Kt. to Q. second
16. Q. to K. B. fourth 16. Q. to K. E. fourth
17. Kt. to Q. B. third 17. P. to Q. E. third
18. P. to Q. sixth 18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
19. B. to Q. fifth 19. E. to Q. Kt. square
20. Q. E. to Q. square 20. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
21. Q. to K. third (d) 21. Kt. to Q. second
22. E. to Q. second 22. B. to Q. Kt. second
23. E. to K. E. second 23. Q. to K. Kt. third
24. E. to K. E. sixth 24. Q. to K. Kt. second
25. E. to K. B. fifth 25. K. to E square
26. Q. to K. B. fourth 26. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
27. Kt. to K. fourth 27. B. takes B.
28. E. takes B. 28. P. to K. B. fourth (e)
29. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 29. Q. takes E.
30. Kt. to KB. seventh (check) 30. E. takes Kt.
31. Q. takes Q 31. E. to Q. Kt. fourth
32. E. takes E. 32. P. takes E
33. Q. to K. B fourth
And Black resigns.
NOTES by A. B. SkIPWorTh and W. Wayte.
(a) We now think this defence may be adopted without danger,t but the Bishop might
have been played here at the fifth move with greater advantage.
(6) Had White played simply P. takes P., his Pawns would have occupied a com
manding position ; and we do not see that he had anything to fear from the counter
attack.
. (c) This capture turns out a loss in the end. See the 22nd and subsequent moves.
(d) White plays admirably throughout, every move tells.
(e) Q. takes P., though not a good style of move, is less immediately fatal. P. to K. B.
third might have been answered by Q. R to K. R. fifth.
t If White reply with P. to Q. sixth, as suggested in a note at p. 355 of our last Volume,
Black can apparently castle in safety.
68 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

No. 33.
(Queen's Gambit declined.)
White. (Mr. T. H. D. May.) Black. (Hon H. C. Plunkett.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to K. third 3. Kt. to K. B third
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
5. B. to Q. third 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. K. Kt. to K. second 6. P. to K. fourth
7. P. to Q. E. third 7. Q. P. takes P.
8. B. takes P. 8. B. takes Kt. (check)
9. Kt. takes B. (a) 9. P. takes P.
10. Kt. to K. second 10. P. takes P.
11. Q. takes Q. (check) 11. Kt. takes Q.
12. B. takes K. P. 12. Castles
13. Castles (K. E.) 13. B to K. third
14. Q. E. to Q. B. square 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. Kt. to K. Kt. third 15. Kt. to Q. fourth
16. B. takes Kt. (6) 16. B. takes B.
17. B. to Q. B. fifth 17. E. to K. square
18. Kt. to K. B. fifth 18. Kt. to K. third
19. Kt. to K. seventh (check) 19. K. to E. square
20. Kt. takes B. 20. P. takes Kt.
21. K. E. to Q. square 21. P. to Q. Kt. third
22. B. to Q. fourth (c) 22. Q. E. to Q. B. square (d)
23. E. takes E. 23. E. takes E.
24. P. to K. Kt. third 24. P. to K. E. third
25. K. to B. square 25. Kt. takes B. (e)
26. E. takes Kt. 26. R: to Q. B. seventh
27. E. takes P. 27. E. takes Q. Kt. P.
28. E. to Q. seventh 28. P. to Q. E. fourth
29. E. takes P. 29. E. to Q. Kt. sixth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 69
30. P. to Q. E. fourth 30. E. to Q. Kt. fifth
31. E. to Q. Kt. seventh 31. K. to Kt. square
32. P. to K. E. fourth 32. E. takes Q. E. P.
33. E. takes Q. Kt. P.
And the game was drawn. ( /)
i
NOTES by A. B. SKIPWorTh.
(a) A mistake, undoubtedly.
(b) B. to Q. B. fifth, followed by K. R. to K. square, would have been much better
play.
(c) This allows Black time—the Bishop should rather have gone to K. third.
Cd) Properly taking advantage of the last move.
(e) We should have preferred K. to R. second &c., instead of remaining a prisoner.
if) It was continued to the 4;ird move.

No. 34.
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Vienna.) Black. (London. )
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Q. to K. E. fifth (a)
5. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q.Kt. fifth (check) (b)
6. B. to Q. second (c) 6. Q. takes K. P. (check)
7. B. to K. second 7. K. to Q. square (d)
8. Castles 8. B. takes B.
9. Kt. takes B. 9. Q. to K. B. fifth (e)
10. P. to Q. B. fourth (/) 10. Kt. to K. B. third (g)
11. Kt. to K. B. third 11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
12. P. to K. Kt. third 12. Q. to K. B. third
13. Kt. to Q. B. third 13. E. to K. square (h)
14. Kt to Q. second 14. Kt. to K. E. third
15. Q. Kt. to K. fourth 15. Q. to K. Kt. third
16. B. to K. E. fifth (i) 16. Q. to K. B. fourth
17. B. to K. B. third 17. P. to Q. Kt. third
18. B. to K. Kt. second (k) 18. B. to Q. Kt. second
70 THE CHESS PLATERS' CHRONICLE.
19. Q. to Q. second 19. P. to K. B. third (I)
20. Q. E. to Q. square 20. Kt. to K. B. second
21. K. E. to K. square 21. E. to Q. Kt. square (m)
22. P. to K. B. fourth 22. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
23. Q. to Q. third 23. Kt. to Q. third (n)
24. P. to Q. Kt. third 24. B. takes Kt.
25. Kt. takes B. 25. E. to K. second
26. K. to E. square (p) 26. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. second
27. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (q) 27. P. to Q. E. fourth
28. P. to Q. E. third 28. P. takes P.
29. P. takes P. 29. Q. to K. third (r)
30. P. to Q. B. fifth 30. P. takes P.
31. Q. to Q. Kt. square (s) 31. q. to Q. B. fifth
32. P. takes P. 32. Kt. takes Kt.
33. E. takes Kt. 33. E. takes E.
34. B. takes E. 34. K. to B. square (t)
35. B. to Q. fifth 35. Q. takes Q. B. P.
36. Q. takes P. 36. Q. to K. B. square
37. Q. to Q. third 37. Q. to K. square (u)
38. Q. to Q. B. third 38. Kt. to Q. third
39. B. to K. B. third 39. Q. to K. third
40. E. to Q. B. square (v) 40. Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth
41. Q. to Q. second 41. P. to Q. B. third
42. E. to K. square 42. Q. to K. B. second
43. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 43. Q. to Q. E. seventh
44. B. to K. Kt. second 44. K. to B. second
45. E. to Q. Kt. square 45. E. to Q. E. square
46. E. to Q. B. square 46. Q. to K. seventh
47. B. to K. B. square 47. Q. to K. B. sixth (check')
48. B. to K. Kt. second 48. Q. to K. sixth
49. E. to K. square 49. Q. to K. B. seventh (w)

Abandoned as drawn.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 71
NOTES.
By ThE Chess Editor op Land and Water.
(a) Opinions differ as to the merits of this defence, which secures the gain of a Pawn
The result of the game between London and Vienna would seem to prove that the defence
is safe, but that, like Newgate, it is also uncomfortable.
(6) It is necessary to check before taking the Pawn, otherwise White may interpose his
B. at K. third.
(c) The Bishop must be interposed. If White play P. to Q. B. third, Black retires his
Bishop to E. fourth, after taking the Pawn, and has a safe position with Pawn plus. If
the Knight be interposed, Black takes the K. P. checking, &c.
(d) The only mode of defending the Pawn and the Rook. Q. to K. fourth is bad, on
account of P. to K. B. fourth, which happens shortly.
(e) The best square for the Queen. This retreat was first proposed by Herr Neumann.
(/) A good move, preventing the advance of the Q. P., since, if that Pawn be played.
White answer with P. to Q. B. fifth, and gain an opening on the King.
(g) At this point London acknowledged a feeling of decided discomfort. Their pieces
are almost all at home, the enemies' are rapidly coming into action, whilst the surplus
Black Pawn is at present as fiat, stale, and unprofitable as the beer which excursionists
from Hoxton take out in stone bottles on Easter Monday.
(A) It would be very unwise on the part of London to attempt any attack at present
by P. to K. R. fourth. Such an attack would be easily met by P. to K. R. fourth in
reply, and the development of Black's game would be further retarded.
(t) It does not appear that any advantage is gained by driving the Queen to another
square. On the contrary, she is more effectually posted at K. B. fourth than at K. Kt.
third.
(i) White simply wait. They cannot attempt any fierce attack, and unfortunately,
their enforced dilatory policy gives Black the opportunity of improving their game every
move.
(I) Nothing can be more wearisome than such a plodding defence. Happily the two
London representatives are descended in a direct line from Job, and differ from that
illustrious sage only as regards the freedom with which he parted with his possessions.
Mr. Steinitz and Mr. Potter, in this respect unworthy of their ancestor, stick to their Pawn
with the tenacity of leeches.
(m) Very finely played. The motive for this apparently purposeless move is to allow
the Knight to be played to Q. R. fourth. Then Black follows with B. takes Kt., and after
wards the Kt. is retreated to Q. Kt. second, and one of the two cavaliers is speedily posted
at Q. third. This manoeuvre would be impossible if the Rook were not moved, for when
Black played B. takes Kt., White, by retaking with Bishop, would attack both Queen
and Eook.
(n) Owing to White's twenty-second move, Black can play their Knight to Q. third
earlier than they expected.
(o) If Kt. takes Kt., Black would exchange Rooks and check at Q. B. fourth, afterwards
retaking the Knight.
(p) This move is made with the view of avoiding the check at Q. B. fourth.
(q) This really assists Black, but so strong are the London entrenchments that no
impression can be made upon them.
(r) In this game, also, London is quite willing to give up the Queen for two Rooks.
(s) A clever move, to avoid the exchange of the Queen for the two Rooks.
(0 In order to avoid several unpleasant things, of which B. to K. B. fifth is one.
(u) The White attack is exhausted ; Black keep the Pawn, and every move improves
their position.
(v) Nothing but purposeless movements are left to White.
(to) Beyond a doubt, Black would soon get their Rook as well as their Queen upon this
file, and with^this attack, as well as their two Pawns, would win eventually.
72 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 35.
Played at the Chicago Chess Club.
(Bishop's Gambit.)
White. (Dr. Spencer.) Black. (Mr. Hosmer.)
1. P. to K fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. P. to K. B. fourth (a)
4. Q. to K. second 4. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
5. K. to Q. square 5. P. takes P.
6. Q. takes P. (check) (b) 6. B. to K. second
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
8. E. to K. square 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (c) 9. P. to Q. E. third
10. B. to Q. Kt. second 10. K. to Q. square
11. B. takes Kt. 11. E. takes B.
12. Q. takes K. E. P. 12. E. to K. square
13. Q. to K. fourth 13. P. to Q. third
14. Kt. to Q. B. third 14. B. to K. B. fourth
15. Q. to K. second 15. Kt. to Q. fifth (d)
16. Kt. takes Kt. 16. B. to K. E. fifth (e)
And White resigns.
NOTES.
(a) A defence recommended by Philidor,
(b) Mr, Neumann's move of Kt. to Q. B. third appears to be the strongest mode of pro
ceeding with the attack.
(c) A novelty, and one which appears worth consideration.
(d) An excellent coup, to which their seems to be no satisfactory reply.
(e) This brilliant stroke of play changes in a moment the whole aspect of the game.
White must now lose his Queen or be mated.—Turf, Field, and farm, *

No. 36.
Played recently in New York.
(Danish Gambit.)
White. (Dr. Lindehn.) Black. (Mr. Mackenziz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 73

3. P. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. K. P. takes P. 4. Q, takes P.
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. B. to K. Kt. fifth
6. Q. to Q. E. fourth (check) 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Kt. takes P. 7. Castles
8. B. to K. third 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. Kt. to Q. second 9. Kt. takes Kt. (a)
10. P. takes Kt. 10. K. to Kt. square
11. B. to K. Kt. square 11. B. to Q. third
12. B. to Q. B. fourth 12. Q. to K. E. fourth
13. P. to Q. fifth 13. P. to Q. Kt. third
14. P. to K. E. third 14. B. to Q. second
15. Q. to Q. Kt. third 15. K. E. to K. square
16. P. to Q. E fourth 16. E. takes B (check) (b)
17. P. takes E. 17. B. to K.'Kt. sixth (check)
18. K. to B. square 18. Q. to K. B. fourth (check)
19. Kt. to K. B. third 19. Kt. to K. fifth
20. K. to K. second 20. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
21. Q. to Q. B. third 21. E. to K. square
22. K. E. to K. B. square 22. B. to K. B. fifth
23. Kt. to Q. fourth 23. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
24. E takes B. (c) 24. Q. takes E.
25. E. to K. B. square 25. Q. to K. Kt. sixth
26. E. to K. Kt. square 26. P. to K. B. fourth
27. Kt. to K. sixth 27. B. takes Kt.
28. P. takes B. 28. Kt. takes K. P.
29. K. to Q. square 29. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
30. E. to K. square id) 30. E. to Q. square (check)
31. K. to B. second 31. Kt. to K. fifth
32. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 32. P. to Q. B. fourth

And Black wins.


74 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
NOTES.
(a) In a former game at this opening between the same opponents, Black played here
B. to Q. B. fourth with the following continuation :—
9. B. to Q. B. fourth
10. Kt. takes Kt. 10. B. takes B.
11. Kt. to K. seventh fcheck) 11. K. to Kt. square
12. Kt. takes Q. . 12. B. takes Kt. (check)
18. K. takes B. 13. R. takes Kt. (check)
14. K. to K. third 14. B. to Q. second
15. Q. to Q. B. fourth 15. R. to K. square (check)
16. K. to B. third 16. R. to K. B. fourth (check)
17. K. to Kt. third 17. Kt. to K. fifth (check)
18. Q. takes Kt. 18. R. takes Q.
And Mr. M. finally won the game.
(6) Probably the best move, as it throws White at once on the defensive and prevents
the dangerous advance of the Q. R. P.
(c) If 21 R. to K. B. third then follows 24. Q. takes P. (check)
25 R. to K. B. second I 25. Q. takes R. (check)
26 K. takes Q. | . 26. Kt. to K. fifth (check) Sic. 1
. (d) A fatal error, involving the loss of a clear Rook.—Turf, Field, and Farm.

No 37. f
Played at Eton.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Wayte.) Black. (Mr. Lowenthal.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Q. Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. P. to Q. fifth 9. Kt. to Q. E, fourth
10. B. to Q. Kt. second 10. Kt. to K. second
11. B. to Q. third 11. Castles
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. Kt. to K. Kt. third
13. Kt. to K. second 13. P. to K. B. third
14. E. to Q. B. square 14. P. to Q. B. fourth
15. Kt. to K. Kt. third 15. B. to Q. second (a)
6. Kt. to K. B. fifth 16. B. to Q. B. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 78
17. K. to E. square 17. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
18. P. to K. Kt. fourth 18. Kt. to Q. Kt. second
19. P. to K. Kt. fifth 19. Kt. to K. fourth
20. P. takes P. (6) 20. B. takes Kt.
21. P. takes B. 21. P. takes P.
22. Kt. takes Kt. 22. K. B. P. takes Kt.
23. Q. to K. E. fifth (c) 23. Q. to K. B. third
24. E. to K. Kt. square (check) 24. K. to E. square
25. E. to K. Kt. sixth 25. Q. to K. B. second
26. B. to K. fourth 26. B. to Q. square
27. Q. E. to K. Kt. square 27. B. to K. B. third
28. P. to K. B. fourth 28. Q. E. to K. square
29. P. takes P. 29. B. takes P.
30. B. takes B. (check) 30. E. takes B. (d)
31. Q. to K. E. sixth 31. E. takes B. (e)
32. E. to K. Kt. seventh 32. Q. takes K. B. P.
And White mates in three moves.
NOTES by W. WAyte.
(a) To enable him to play P. to Q. Kt fourth ; but we prefer B. to Q. B. second at
once.
(6) White must now take to ensure the opening for his Rooks.
(c) B. takes Q. Kt. P. is also not to be despised.
(d) This is final. If P. takes B., White would still have had a good game.
(e) There is no resource. If R. to K. second, White wins by P. to K. B. sixth.

No. 38.
Played at the St. George's Chess Club, April 1874.
(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Wayts.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
76 THE CHESS players' chroniclr.
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third .*
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Castles. —
10. Kt. to K. second 10. P. to K. B. third (a)
11. Kt. to Q. third 11. Q. to K. second (b)
12. B. takes P. (c) 12. B. to K. B. fourth
13. B. takes B. 13. P. takes B.
14. Castles. 14. Q. to K. sixth (check)
15. K. to E. square 15. Q. takes Q. Kt. (d)
16. Q. takes Q. 16. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (check)
17. K. to E. second 17. Kt. takes Q.
18 E. takes B. 18. Kt. takes P.
19. E. to K. B. fourth 19. Kt. takes P.
20. E. takes P. (check) 20. K. to E. square (e)
21. E. to Q. B. square 21. Kt. to K. sixth
22. R. to K. fourth 22. Kt. takes B.
23. Q. E. takes Kt. 23. Kt. to Q. E. third
24. E. to K. seventh 24. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square
25. Kt to K. B. fourth 25. K. E. to K. square
26. R. to K. B. seventh 26. E. to K. B. square
27. E. takes E. (check) 27. E. takes E.
28. Kt. to K. sixth 28. E. to K. square
29. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 29. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
30. R. to K. B. fourth 30. K. to Kt. square
31. P. to Q. E. third 31. K. to B. second
32. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 32. K. to Kt. third
33. Kt. to K. fourth 33. E. to K. fourth
34. E. takes P. (check) 34. K. to Kt. second
35. E. takes P. 35. Kt. takes P.
36. Kt to Q. B. third (/) 36. Kt. to Q. B. seventh
37. Kt. takes P. 37. P. to Q. E. third
38. Kt. to Q. B. seventh 38. Kt. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 77
39. E. takes P. 39. Kt. to Q. B. seventh
40. Kt. to K. sixth (check) 40. K. to B. second
41. E. to Q. B. sixth 41. Kt. to K. sixth
42. Kt to K. Kt. fifth (check) 42. K. to Kt. second
43. E. to Q. B. seventh (check) 43. K. to Kt. third
44. P. to Q. sixth 44. P. to K. E. third
45. P. to Q. seventh 45. E. to Q. fourth
46. Kt. to K. sixth
And Black resigns.
. NOTES by W: WayTe
(a) It is perhaps better to play Q. to K. second at once, attacking the K. R. P. if White
(b) This was a momentary slip. Q. to K. square was the move which had suggested
itself to Mr. Wayte in an examination of the opening, and he played it successfully in a
subsequent game.
fc) Wide awake, as usual, to the slightest break in his favour.
(d) Black wins back his Fawn by these exchanges, and ought to have remained with a
, perfectly even game.
(e) K. to B. second was the correct move. The end game from this point, is played in
masterly style by Mr. Lowenthal.
C/) The only move to preserve his advantage.

No. 39.
On Wednesday, April 22, Mr. Wayte paid a visit to the
Camhridge Staunton Chess Club, and played 13 games (10 at a
time) with 10 of the strongest members of the Club. In the
result Mr. Wayte won 7 games, lost 3, and drew 3 ; the winners
among his opponents being Messrs. Ball, Jacobs, and Murray.
The following is one of the shortest and most lively of these
encounters.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Wayte.) Black. (Mr. )
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
78 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
8. P. takes P. - 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. P. to K. fifth 9. P. to Q. fourth
10. P. takes Kt. 10. P. takes B.
11. E. to K. square (check) 11. K. to B. square
12. B. to Q. E. third (check) 12. K. to Kt. square
13. P. to Q. fifth 13. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
14. B. to K. seventh 14. Q. to Q. second
15. P. takes P. 15. K. takes P.
16. Q. to Q. second 16. P. to K. E. third (6)
17. B. to K. B. sixth (check) 17. K. takes B.
18. Q. to Q. B. third (check) 18. K. to B. fourth
19. Kt. to K. E. fourth (ck.) (c) 19. K. to Kt. fourth (best)
20. Q. to K. fifth (check) 20. K. takes Kt (d)
And White mates in three moves.
NOTES by W. WAyTe.
la) This move, the best when Black's B. has retreated to Q. R. fourth, is nothing less .
than fatal when he is at Q. B. fourth.
(6) There is nothing better. If Q. to K. B. fourth, the reply is R. to K. fifth ; and if
Q. to K. Kt. fifth, then
17. Q. to Q. B. third (check) 17. K. to Kt. square
And White mates in three moves by Q. takes R. (check) and B. to B. sixth (check).
(c) White can do better than win the exchange. He must now win the Queen, or force
checkmate.
(d) If P. to K. B. fourth, White mates in four moves by checking at K. Kt. third.

No. 40.
A skirmish at Lincoln, January 1st, 1874.
(Queen's Bishop's Pawn's Gams.)
White. (Mr. Coker.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (a) 4. P. to K. B. third (6)
5. Kt. to K. E. fourth 5. P. takes P.
6. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 6. K. to Q. second
7. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) (c) 7. K. to K. second
8. Q. to K. fourth (taking P.) 8. P. to K. Kt. fourth
9. Kt. to K. B. third (d) 9. P. to K. B. fourth (e)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 79
10. Q. to Q. E. fourth 10. P. to K. Kt. fifth
11. B. takes Kt. 11. P. takes Kt.
12. B. takes K. B. P. 12. Q. to Q. sixth (/)
13. B. to K. second 13. Q. to Q. fourth
14. Castles H. B. to Q. second
15. Q. to K. E. fourth (check) 15. Kt. to K. B. third
16. P. to Q. fourth 16. E. to K. Kt. square
17. B. to K. Kt. fifth 17. K. to B. second (g)
18. P takes P. 18. Q. takes K. P.
19. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 19. B. to K. third
20. B. takes B. (check) 20. Q. takes B.
21. Kt. to Q. second 21. Q. to Q. B. third
22. Kt. to K. B. third (h) 22. B. to Q. third
23. Q. E. to K. square 23. E. to K. Kt. third
24. B. takes Kt. 24. Q. takes Kt.
25. Q. takes P. (check) 25. K. takes B.
26. Q. takes E. (check) 26. K. takes Q.
27. P. takes Q. 27. E. to K. E. square
28. E. to K. sixth (check) 28. K. to Kt. fourth
29. E. takes B. (i) 29. P. takes E.
And White won the game.
NOTES.
Q to Q. R. fourth is now more generally played here.
The following moves occurred in a game between the game opponents :—
Mr. C. Mr. a
4. P. takes P.
5. Kt. takes P. 5. Q. toK. B. third (1)
6 Q. to Q. E. fourth 6. K. Kt. to K. second
7. Q. takes K. P. 7. P. to K. Kt. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. B. to K. Kt. second
9. B. takes Kt. (check) 9. P. takes B.
10. Castles. 10. Castles
11. Q. to K. B. fourth 11. B. to K. B. fourth
12. P. to Q, B. fourth 12. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square
13. P. to Q. Kt. third 13. Q. R. to Q. square
14. B. to K. third 14. P. to Q. B. fourth
15. R. to Q. square (2) 15. P. takes P.
16. B. takes P. 16. R. takes B.
17. R. takes R. 17. Q. takes Kt.
18. Q, takes Q. 18. B. takes Q.
And White resigned.
(1) Q. to Q. fourth is recommended in the Handbooks, White playing in reply Q.
fourth, and Black K. Kt. to K. second.
(2) A weak move.
80 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(c) If Kt. to K. Kt. sixth, Black plays Q. to K. square.
(d) White should first, we think, have taken Knight with Bishop.
(e) This loses a Pawn, as we shall see presently.
(f) Kt. to K. B. third is better,
(<7) Threatening to win a piece by P. to K. R. third.
(A) White has now a won game.
(i) The latter part of the game is very well played by Mr. Coker.

No 41.
The following End Game was played at the last Counties'
Meeting, between Mr. Mosely, the winner of the First Prize in
Class II., and Mr. Kempson.
BLACK. Mr. L. MOSELY.

WHITE. Mr. S. G. KEMPSON.


Black to move.
Black. Write.
1. Kt takes K. B. P. (check) 1. K. to E. second
2. Q. to Q. third (a) 2. E. takes Kt. (b)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 81
3. P. to K. fifth (disc, check) 3. Q. to K. Kt. third
4. B. takes E. 4. Q. takes Q.
5. E. takes Q. 5. E. to Q. square
6. P. to K. sixth 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (c) 7. B. takes P. (d)
8. K. E. to Q. square 8. B. takes P. (check)
9. K. takes B. 9. Kt. to K. fifth (check)
10. K. to K. third
And White resigned.
NOTES by A. B. SKIPWorTh.
(a) The End Game is artistically managed by Mr. Mosely.
(6) A mistake—P. to K. Kt. third, playing afterwards Q. to K. Kt. second, when Black
pushes on the King's Pawn, was the correct play.
(c) A bait—purposely leaving the Queen's Pawn undefended.
(d) If R. takes P., Black equally wins—
I 7. R. takes P.
8. R. takes R. 8. B. takes R.
9. P. to K, seventh, &c.

No. 42.
In the Handicap at Clifton, Mr. Skipworth giving Pawn and
Move.
(Eemove Black's King's Bishop's Pawn.)
White. (Mr. Eyder.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. Kt. to Q. B. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. fourth
3. P. to Q. fifth 3. Q. Kt. to K. second
4. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. takes Kt. 5. P. takes B.
6. P. to K. B. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. Kt. to K. Kt. third
8. B. to Q. B. fourth 8. Q. to K. second
9. Q. Kt. to Q. second 9. P. to Q. third
10. P. to Q. B. third 10. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a)
11. Q. to Q. E. fourth (check) 11. K. to B. second
12. Q. to Q. Kt. third 12. B to K. E. third
13. P. to K. E. third (b) 13. B. takes Kt, (c)
82 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
14. P. takes B. 14. K. E. to Q. Kt. square (d)
15. Castles (Q. E.) 15. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
16. B. to K. second 16. K. to Kt. square (e)
17. Q. to Q. B. second (/) 17. Kt. to K. fourth
18. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 18. P. to Q. E. fourth
19. Kt. to Q. fourth 19. Q. to Q. second
20. Kt. to K. B. fifth 20. B. to EL B. square
21. K. E. to K. Kt. square (ck.) 21. K. to E. square
22. E. to K. Kt. second (g) 22. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
23. Q. E. to K. Kt. square 23. Kt. to K. Kt. third
24. P. to K. E. fourth 24. P. to Q. Kt. sixth (h)
25. Q. to Q. Kt. square (i) 25. P. takes P.
26. Q. takes P. 26. P. to Q. E. fifth
27. P. to K. E. fifth 27. Kt. to K. second
28. B. to Q. B. fourth (j) 28. P. to K. E. third
29. Kt. takes Kt. 29. Q. takes Kt.
30. E. to K. Kt. eighth (check) 30. K. to E. second
31. P. to K. fifth 31. Q. takes P.
32. B. to Q. third (check) (k) 32. P. to K. B. fourth
33. Q. to Q. Kt. square 33. Q. to K. sixth (check) (I)
34. K. to B. second 34. Q. to K. B. seventh (check)
35. K. to Q. square 35. Q. takes K. B. P. (check)
36. K. to Q. second (m) 36. Q. takes Q. P. (??)
37. K. to B. second (o) 37. P. to Q. E. sixth
38. K. to B. square 38. P. takes P. (check)
39. K. to Q. second 39. E. to Q. E. eighth
And "White resigned.

NOTES, by A. B. SKIPWorTh.
(a) B. to Q. second and B. to K. Kt. second are, we believe, stronger moves.
(6> Very well played. Black is now almost compelled to take off the Knight.
(c) 14. Q. takes P. &c. If 13. B. to Q., second.
Black would, if he conveniently could, have kept his Queen's Bishop on the Board. His
absence is felt presently, about the nineteenth move, when the adverse Knight quietly
Steps into the game.
THE CHESS PLAYEKS' CHRONICLE. 83
(d) The Pawn could still have been left unprotected. Suppose : —
14. K. R. to K. square.
15. Q. takes P. 15. K. R. to Q. Kt. square
16. Q. to Q. B. sixth Kt. to K. fourth
17. Q. moves 17. R. takes P., &c.
Black played 14. K. R. to Q. Kt. square with the view of pushing the Pawns on the
Queen's side, anticipating his opponents castling on that side.
(e) P. to Q. R. fourth is the correct move ; besides the King is quite as safe on K. B .
second as in the corner.
(/) Very good; stealing a march upon his opponent. Nothing can now present the
Knight going to Q. Kt. third and posting himself in the very heart of Black's game.
(g) The game from this point assumes an excitingly interesting aspect.
(A) Only Immediate counter attack can give Black any hope of success. He has
temporary safety in Kt, to K. second.
(i) P. takes P. was probably the best move.
(/) B. to Q. third would have been a very threatening move.
If 28. P. to K. R. sixth 28. Kt. to K. Kt. third
And Black has a safer game.
(£) Provokingly near, but not quite.
(I) Now it's Black's turn, at least he can draw.
(m) White should now have gone back to Bishop's square, forcing a draw, for Black
could only save mate by giving perpetual check.
(re) Black can bring his Rook into play defending the K. B. Pawn, and must now win
easily.
(o) White's play has been extremely good until the last move. The position however
was too tantalising. Victory had long been within a hair's breadth of hisgrasp, he makes
a grasp and falls. Mr. Ryder falls here, only, if we mistake not, to rise on some more
important occasion.

• No. 43.
Another Clifton Game.
(King's Bishop's Opening.)
White. (Mr. Fisher )
1 . P. to K fourth
2 . B. to Q. B. fourth
3.. Q. to K. second

5. P. to Q B third
6. Kt. to K. B. third
7• B. to K. third
8. Q. Kt to Q. second
9. P. to K. R third I6)
10
11. Kt. to K. B. square
12 Kt to K. Kt. third
84 THE CHESS PLACERS' CHRONICLE.
13. Kt. to K. B. fifth (d) 13. Q. to Q. second
14. B. to Q Kt. fifth 14. P. to Q. fourth
15. B. takes B. 15. Q B. P. takes B.
16. Castles (Q. E.) 16. Kt to K. E. fourth
17. P. to Q. B. fourth (e) 17. Kt. to K. B. fifth
18. Q. to Q. B. second 18. P. to Q. fifth
19. P. to Q. B. fifth 19. K. to Kt. square (/)
20. K. to Kt. square 20. P. takes P.
21. Q. takes P. 21. Kt. to K. third
22. B. takes Kt. 22. Kt. takes Q
23. B. takes Q. 23. Kt. takes B.
24. P. to K. E fourth 24. P. to K. B. third
25. E. to Q. B. square 25. E. to Q B. square
26. E takes E. (check) 26. K takes E.
27. P. takes P. 27. B. P. takes P.
28. E. takes P. 28. E. takes E.
29. Kt. takes E. 29. Kt. to K. B. square
30. Kt. to K. B. seventh 30. Kt to K. Kt. third
31. Kt. takes Kt. P. 31. K. to Q. second
32. Kt. to K. E. third 32. K. to K third
33. K. to B. second 33. K to B. third
34. K. to Q second 34. K. to Kt. second
35. K. to B. second 35. K. to E. third
36. K. to Kt third 36. K to E fourth
37. P. to K. B. fourth (g) 37. P. takes P.
38. K. to B. fourth 38 K. to E, fifth
39. Kt. to K. Kt square 39 K. to Kt. fifth
40. K. takes P. 40. K. to E fifth
41. P. to K. fifth
And Black shortly resigned.
NOTES.
(a) If 4. B. takes P. (check) 4. K. takes B.
5. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check) 5. P. to Q. fourth
G. Q. takes B. 6. Kt. takes P.
And Black has the better game.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 85
(6) The correct play here is probably :—
9. B. takes B. 9. R. P. takes B.
ID. Q. to K. third, &c.
(c) Black could have prevented White's Knight occupying shortly the commanding
position on K. B fifth, if he had now exchanged Bishops, and played afterwards Kt. to
K. R. fourth.
(d) White has now a very good game.
(e) P. takes P. leads to some interesting variations .— ,
17. P. takes P. 17. Q. takes Kt. Z1)
18. P. takes Kt. 18. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
19. Q. to K. third, kc.
(1) If 17. Q. takes P.
18. B. takes Kt. If 18. Q. or P. takes B.
19. Kt. to K. seventh (check,; and wins the Queen.
(/) If 19. P. to Q. R. third
20. B. takes Kt. 20. P. takes B.
21. P. takes P. &c.
(?) An excellent move, bringing about a speedy termination.

No. 44.
Played in the Match between the Cheltenham and Birmingham
Clubs at Birmingham, May 9, 1874.
(Bishop's Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Eanken.) Black. (Mr. IIalford.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
4. K. to B. square 4. P. to Q. third
5. Kt. to Q. B. third (a) 5. B. to K. Kt. fifth
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Q. to K. E. fourth
7. Kt. to Q. fifth 7. B. takes Kt.
8. Q. takes B. 8. Q. takes Q. (check)
9. P. takes Q. 9. K. to Q. second
10. Kt. takes K. B. P. 10. Kt. to K. E. third (b)
11. P. to Q. fourth 11. Kt. to Q. B. third
12. Kt. to K. second 12. Kt. to Q. E. fourth (c)
13. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) (d) 13. P. to Q. B. third
14. B. to Q. third 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
15. B. takes Kt. 15. P. takes B.
16. B. to K. Kt. square 16. B. to K. second
86 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
17. E. to K. Kt. seventh 17. Q. E. to K. B. square
18. P. to K. fifth 18. P. takes P. (e)
19. P. takes P. 19. K. to B. second
20. P. to K. sixth (/) 20. B. to K. B. third
21. E. takes B. P. (check) 21. E. takes E.
22. P. takes E. 22. B. takes P. (g)
23. E. to Q. Kt. square 23. B. to Q. E. sixth
24. Kt. to Q. fourth 24. B. to Q. third
25. E. to K. square 25. K. to Q. square
26. Kt. to K. B. fifth 26. Kt. to Q. Kt. second
27. Kt. to K. Kt. seventh 27. B. to K. second
28. Kt. to K. sixth (check) 28. K. to Q. second
29. B. takes E. P. 29. Kt. to Q. square
30. B. to K. Kt. eighth 30. Kt. takes Kt.
31. E. takes Kt. (i) 31. P. to K. E. fourth
32. P. to K. B. fourth (J) 32. P. to K. E. fifth
33. P. to K. B. fifth 33. E. to K. E. fourth
34. P. to K. B. sixth 34. E. to K. B. fourth (check)
35. K. to K. second 35. B. to Q. B. fourth
36. P. to K. E. third 36. P. to Q. E. fourth
And in a few moves the e was abandoned as drawn.

NOTES by C. E. Rakken.
(a) Mr. Staunton's Handbook gives Q. to K. B. third as White's best move here.
(b) Perhaps P. to K. B. third would have been less objectionable.
(c) The only move, and that not a good one, to save the Pawn.
(d) B. to Q. third at once is perhaps stronger.
(e) In this and the next move Black plays his adversary's game ; he ought rather now
to have brought his Kt. round, or have advanced P. to K. B. fourth.
(/) Kt. to K. B. fourth first seems better.
(g) A dangerous capture, the R. should at once be played to K. B. square.
(h) Checking with Kt. at K. sixth looks stronger, but is not really so; perhaps the
best play would be to take R. P. with B.
(i) White's Rook is of course quite safe.
fj) White here lets slip a won game. He had only to play P. to K. R. fourth before
advancing the B. P., and Black would have been helpless.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 87
ChelTenham v. Birmingham.
On Saturday, May the 9th, a match was played between these clubs, at the New Mid
land Hotel, Birmingham. As Cheltenham is but a young club,—in fact, this is the first
match in which its full strength has been engaged—it is decidedly to be congratulated
on the somewhat surprising; result. After the greater part of the day's play was
over, the members of the two clubs proceeded to the discussion of "a feast fit for the
gods"— and chess players, under the genial presidency of T. Avery, Esq. The following
is the score :—
Won. CHELTENHAM. Drawn. BIRMINGHAM. Won.
— Rev. C. E. Ranken '1 Mr. J. Halford
2 Mr. W. coates Rev. G. T. Yarranton —
1 Mr. B. W. Fisher Mr. C. Benbow —
1 Mr. F. J. Young Mr. J. F. Ryder 1
— Dr. Philson Mr. T. Avery 1
2 Mr. H. H. Young Dr. Freeman 1
2 Rev. C. M. Moore Mr. II. A. Fry —
2 Mr. J. Bridges Lee Mr. II. E. Syndcrcombe —
— Mr. R. Prowde Smith Mr. J. Price —
2 Rev. J. H. C. Baxter Mr. S. G. Kcmpson —
12
One of the games in the above match.
(ScoTch GambiT.)
While. (Mr. F. Young.) Black. (Mr. J. Ryder.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. B. to K. third 5. B. to Q. Kt. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. Kt. to K. fourth
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. P. toQ. B. third fA)
8. Kt. to K. B. fifth 8. B. takes B.
9. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 9. K. to B. square
10. P.takes B. 10. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
11. Castles (a) 11. Q. takes K. P. (check)
12. K. to R. square 12. Kt. to K. B. third
13. Kt. to K. B. fifth 18. Q. to Q. B. fourth (f>)
14. Kt. to Q. B. third 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (c)
15. Q. to Q. second 15. P. to Q. R. fourth (d)
16. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. 16. R. to K. Kt. square
17. R. takes Kt. 17. R. takes Kt.
18. Q. R. to K. B. square 18. P. to Q. R. fifth (e)
19. B. to K. sixth 19. Q. to K. second
20. B. to K. R. third 20. P. to Q. fourth
21. B. takes B. 21. R. takes B.
22. P. takes P. 22. R. to Q. square
23. P. to Q. sixth 23. Q. to Q. R. second
24. Q. to K. B. fourth 24. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (0
25. R. to K. sixth 25. R. to K. square (g)
26. R. takes R. (check) 26. K. takes E.
27. P. to K. R. third 27. Q, to" Q. second (A)
28. P. takes Kt. 28. R. takes P.
88 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
29. R. to K. square (check) 29. ,K. to B. square
30. Q. to K. B. sixth 30. R. to K. Kt. third
81. Q. to K. R. eighth (check) 31. R. to K. Kt. square
32. Q. to K. fifth 32. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
33. Q. to K. seventh (check) 33. K. to Kt. second
84. P. to Q. seventh 34. K. to R. third
85. Q. to Q. sixth (check) 3S. R. to K. Kt. third
36. Q. to K. R. second (check) And Black resigned (t) .
NOTES by Mr. YOung.
(a) By giving up the pawn, White gets all his pieces out.
(b) The only move to save the game.
(c) He must guard against 15. Kt. to Q. E. fourth.
(d) The counter attack is useless, as will soon be seen.
(e) Entirely overlooking that White can save the piece.
(/) A very risky move.
(g) If R. to Q. second, then probably 26. P. to K. R. third.
(A) He cannot save the Kt.
(0 Mr. Ryder won the second game between the same two players.
(A) Black has lost time by his last three moves, and has thus early a bad game. The
correct defence has been indicated in previous games published in this Magazine,— see
Index to previous Vols. Mr. Young's play exhibits no little chess power, and after
practice with strong players, we shall probably find him a dangerous opponent.—Editor.

The following games were played at Worcester in the recent match between the
Cheltenham and Worcester Clubs, April 9th, 1874.
(Bishop's GambiT.).
White. (LOrd LyTTelTon,) Black. (Dr. PhILSon).
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Q. to K. R. fifth (check)
4. K. to B. square 4. P. to K. Kt. fourth
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. P. to Q. B. third
6. P. to K. Kt. third 6. P. takes P.
7. K. to Kt. second 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. R. P. takes P. 8. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
9. B. to K. second 9. Q. to K. third
10. P. takes P. 10. P. takes P.
11. Kt. to K. B. third 11. B. to K. second
12. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 12. K. to B. square
13. P. to Q. third 13. P. to K. Kt. fifth
14. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 14. B. takes Kt.
15. B. takes B. (a) 15. Kt. to Q. B. third
16. R. to K. square 16. Q. to K. B. fourth
17. B. to K. B. fourth 17. B, to K. third
18. Q. to Q. second 18. P. to K R. fourth
19. B. takes Kt. 19. P. takes B.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

PEOBLEM XVI.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.
20. R. to K. fifth 20. Q. to K. B. third
21. R. to K. Kt. fifth 21. P. to K. R. fifth
22. B. to Q. sixth (check) 22. K. to K. square
23. R. to K. B. square 23. P. to K. E. sixth (check)
24. K. toKt. square 24. P. to K. R. seventh (check)
26. Q. takes P. 25. Q. takes K. E. (6)
26. Q. takes R. 26. Q. to K. sixth (check)
27. R. to K. B. second 27. K. to Q. second
28. B. to K. B. fourth 28. Q.to Q. B. fourth
29. Q to K. fifth 29. E. to Q. B. square
30. P. to Q. fourth 30. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth
31. B. to Q. B. square 31. Q. to Q. third
32. Q. to K. third 32. Kt. to K. second
33. Kt. to Q. H. fourth 33. E. to K. R. square
34. Kt. to Q. B. fifth (check> 34. K, to B. square
35. Q. to-Q. Kt. third 35. R. to K. R. sixth (c)
?6. B. to K, B. fourth And Black resigned.
90 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XVII.
By W. T. Pierce.

m / mm
,j i Jjj a

•Mid

'lie ii

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

NOTES.
(a) Why not play,— If 15. Q. to K. B. fourth
16. R. to K. square. 16. K. to Kt. secoud
16. R. to K. eighth (check)
17. B. takes B. &c.
(6) Black should have played,— 25. Q. takes Q. R. (check)
20. K. takes Q. 26. R. takes Q.
27. R. takes Kt. (check) 27. K. to Q. second
28. R. takes R. 28. K. takes B.
29. R. takes P. 29. R. takes P.
And the game would probably have been a draw.
(c) A fatal oversight ; but Q. to Q. Kt. square (probably Black's best move) would still
have yielded White some advantage by—
86. Q. takes Q. (check) 30. K. takes Q.
37. Kt. takes B. 37. P. takes Kt.
38. R. to K. B. sixth, &o.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XVIII.
By C. W., of Sunbury.
BLACK. .

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

Game.)
White. (Mr. RAnKEn.; Black. (Mr. W. COatES.)
1. P. toK. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. Kt. to Q.B. third <, B. to Q. Kt. fifth
4. P. takes P. 4. P, takes P.
5. B. to Q. third 5. B. to K. third (a)
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. Castles 7. P. to K. R. third
8. Kt. to K. second 8. Castles
9. Kt. to K. Kt. third 9. Q. Kt, to Q. second (b)
W. Kt. to K. fifth 10. Kt. to K, R. second
11. Kt. to K. B. fifth 11. B. takes Kt.
12. B. takes B. 12. Kt, takes Kt. (c)
13. P. takes Kt. 13. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
92 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XIX.
By F. W. Lord.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
14. P. to Q. B. third 14. B. to K. second
15. B. to Q. B. second 15. P. to K. B. fourth
16. P. takes P. (en passant) 16. B. takes P.
17. Q. to Q. third 17. R. to K. B. second
18. B, takes Kt. 18. B. takes B.
19. Q. to K. R. seventh (check) 19. K. to B. square
20. Q. R. to K. square 20. E. to Ki B. third
21. P. to K. B. fourth (.1) 21. B. takes P.
22. B. to K. Kt. sixth
And Black resigns,
NOTES by C. E. RanKEn.
(a) It is generally better in this opening to get out the Knights before moving the
Q.B.
(6) He should have prevented the advance of the adverse Kt. by playing his Kt. to
Q. B. third.
[c; This is not satisfactory, but it difficult to say what he should have done,
(d) Winning a piece, B. to K. Kt. sixth at once, would only have gained the exchange.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XX.
By F. W. Lord.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
MATCH BETWEEN LIVERPOOL AND MANCHESTER,
The annual match between the Liverpool and Manchester Chess Clubs took place at
the rooms of the latter, and resulted in the victory of the Liverpool players, who won
six games, lost four, and four games were drawn. Several strong players on the Liver
pool side, including Messrs. Wood, Kidson, Beakbane, and Born, were unable to take part
in the match, and the contest was a very severe one, "Nemo" and Mr. Archdall being
the only two Liverpool players who succeeded in winning a majority of games.— Liverpool
Albion,
REVIEW.
The CiTy of London Chess Magazine. (London : W. W. Morgan). Nos. i.—iv.—
We must congratulate our friends of the City of London Club on the vigour and brilliancy
of their d&mt Besides games and problems (the former elaborately annotated and with
the commentators' names appended) we find a careful and critical Review, by Mr. Potter
(the Editor), of Messrs. Pierce's book of Problems; an analysis of the Vienna Match
Games, by Messrs. Steinlta and Potter, the players chiefly responsible for the conduct of
them; and an article by Mr. Zukertort, still unfinished, on a variation of the Giuoco
Plana We were struck with the importance of this variation when we first saw it in a
game of Mr. Zukertort's in the f kid, which we re-published at page 166 of our last
volume. It adds further proof how disadvantageous to the first player the Giuoco Piano
tends to become ; and we observe that the opening is now scarcely ever adopted in im
portant games.
Of the thirty-seven games contained in the four numbers the most attractive, to our
taste, are those in which Mr. Zukertort gives the Knight. Since the days of Alexander
Mac Donnell, we doubt if any player (not excepting Morphy himself i has shown such
marvellous power in giving large odds to opponents of a skill little short of the first rank.
94 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XXI.
By Dr. J. Heral.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PEOBLEMS IN No. II.


IX.
White.
I. B. to K. B. fifth. Sic.
X.
Admits of more than one Solution. The Author corrects it by removing the White
King from Q. eighth to Q. R. eighth. The Solution is withheld until the next number.
XI.
1 . R. to K, second 1. P. becomes Kt
2. Kt. takes P., &c.
XII.
1. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth taking Kt. 1. P. takes Kt. (a)
2. P. to Q.B. fourth (check) 2. Anything.
3. Q. mates.
(a) If 1 . K. moves
2. Q. takes P. &c.
XIII.
1. B, to K. seventh 1 . Kt. to Q. sixth, fee.
2. XI. to Q. B. fifth 2. Kt. takes H.
3. B. mates.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 95
PEOBLEM XXII.
. By A. Townsend.
BLACK.

i HP H 99 W»
W&7'A VWiW' - '///////////,W/WZM
" v////;m
HI
x

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

1. Q. to Q. third XIV.
2. Q. to K. fourth (check) 1. P. to Q. B. fourth &c.
3. E. to K, Kt. fifth, mate 2. P. takes Q.
J. F. Ryder gives a second Solution —1 . Q. to K. Kt. third (check), &c.
1. Kt. to Q. fourth XV. 1. K. takes Kt.
2. P. to Q. B. third (check) 2. K. to Q. fourth
3. K. to Kt fifth 3. P. moves
4. P. to K. fourth mate
This Problem is not sound,—it admits of other solutions.
Correspondence Tourney.—Coker v. \V. T. Pierce. Mr. Pierce is the winner, not
Mr. Coker as stated in our last.

ENIGMAS 1.
Chess Eecord.
White. K. at Q. R. fifth, Q. at Q. R. seventh, B. at K. Kt. third, Ps. at K. fifth, Q. B. second
foci. K. Q.at Kt. sixth.Ps. at Q. fourth, Q. B. third, fifth, and sixth.
Q. fifth,
White to mate in three moves.
96 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XXIII.
In the B. C. A. Problem Tourney.
By " Ultima Thule."
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in four moves.

2.
By. W. T. Pierce.
While. K. at Q. Kt. sixth, Q. at K. Kt. square, B. at Q. fourth, Kt. at Q. second.
Black. K. at Q. R. eighth,, Bs. at Q. Kt. seventh, and Q. R. seventh, Kt. at Q. Kt. eighth,
Ps. at Q. third, Q. Kt. second.
White to mate in four moves.
3.
By F. C. Collins.
White. K. at K. Kt. sixth, Bs. at K. R. fourth and Q. square, Ps. at K. B. third, Q. fifth
Q. B. third, Q. Kt. second. Q. B. fifth.
Black. K. at K. sixth, Ps. at K. B. fifth, Q. third, sixth, seventh, Q. Kt. fourth.
White to mate in four moves.
4.
Turf. Field, and Farm.
While. K, at K. Kt. sixth, R. at Q. square, P. atK, R. seventh.
Black. K. at K. R. square, B. at Q. B. sixth, P. at Q. seventh.
White to play and win.
^otices lo Corwsponbents.
SoluTions to—
Problem IX. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S„ No. 3., J. F. Ryder, W. N.
„ X. Is corrected, and the Solution withheld.
„ XI. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S.. No, 3„ J. F. R., W. N.
„ XH. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S. No. 3„ W. N.
„ XIII, Sretrow, Saxon, E. 8., W. N.
„ XIV. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., No. 3., J. F. R., W. N.
XV. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., No. 3., J. F. R., W. N.
All give Solutions to X, but only Sretrow and W. N. have hit upon the Author's, pointing
out at the same time the others.
Sretrow, S. G, Kempson, C. E. Ranken, E, S„ Tudor Castle, Jas. Pierce, W.T.Pierce,
are thanked for their communications.
W. N, Potter. Thanks for your letter duly received.
G. 6. L. We should be glad to see the Problem (with full Solution) which suggested
itself, placing the Queen on the square you mentioned.
G, H, D. G. Thanks for the games—they shall be examined. I1.) We only, as a rule,
publish old games as Select Reprints. (2.) We cannot help you about the Italian
Books beyond publishing a query, if you like, on our Correspondence page.
F. Young. Our best thanks for the enclosures, especially for many carefully written
notes to the games, all of which are marked for insertion—some held over.
P. W. L. We are indebted to you for two capital Problems, and particularly after an
oversight on our part.
J. W. (Huddersfleld;. Thanks for the account of the West Yorkshire Meeting, We duly
appreciate your annual communication, though we should be glad to know more of
Yorkshire Chess. It is often also a source of regret that the leading West Yorkshire
players do not compete at the meetings of the Counties' Chess Association. Could not
Bome be present at the Meeting at Birmingham in August ?
J. Lbwenthal. Many thanks for good work done for us. We have still a few games on
hand.
Editor of Dubuque Journal, Letter, Rooks, &c„ just arrived—very much obliged.
J. H. E. Your Problem, is now, we believe, sound and good. It is however held over for
our next Number that we may give it further examination.
*»* We are unfortunate in our last Problems—we were unable to give them sufficient
time in examination. No impossible Mates appear, but many of the Problems can be
solved by easy moves.
V We learn, at the last moment, that between £70 and £80 will be given away in
Prizes at the Counties' Meeting (held in the Masonic Hall), at Birmingham. Ladies
are particularly invited.
*** A Supplementary Number of the Magazine (price fid.) will be issued about the
middle of August, containing a full account of the Counties' Meeting, Games played,
&c, &c,
•** It is intended to give in the August Number as many as possible of the games in the
Match (to be played in July) for the Provincial Champion Cup.

Solutions to Problems and other editorial communications should be addressed to the


Eev. A. B. SkIPWobTh, Lincoln.
Ail Subscriptions should now be paid to James WILLiamson, Lincoln.
.i
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James WILLiamson,
Bookseller, LinColn.
to whom P. 0. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post, 6s. per annum, payablt In
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen Btamps.
MESSES. PIEECE'S "BOOK OF PEOBLEMS.'
No, 4. corrected by the Authors.
BLACK.

White to play, and mate in two moves.

The CounTies' Chess AssociaTion. —The Annual Meeting, we remind the Chess
public, will be held at Birmingham in August next, commencing on the 3rd of the
month. The prizes, we are informed, will be at least on the same liberal scale as
last year (see our last August number)* The best rooms in the town have been
secured, and no endeavour on the part of the Birmingham Committee will, we are
sure, be wanting in order to render the meeting a great success. The programme is
not out at the time of our going to press, but any particulars may be obtained on
application to the Honorary Secretary, S. G. Kempson, Old Library, Union Street,
Birmingham .
ThE PrOVInCIal Champion Cup.—Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Owen (the present holder)
play another match for this cup next month. According to the regulations, there is a
Time Limit of twenty moves to the hour, and the firstfour games scored decide. If
Mr. Owen is again successful, and if he holds the cup until the latter part of the year,
he will be able to claim it as his own property, having then held it for three years.
Mr. Skipworth, so far, has been Mr. Owen's only opponent—Mr. Burn, of Liverpool,
had some idea of playing Mr. Owen a match, having, as we thought, sent him a chal
lenge, but nothing has come of it. If Mr. Skipworth fails to carry away the cup
from Hootan, we still hope, even at this late stage, that some other strong Amateur
will come forward and contend for the Provincial Honours. Challenges are sent
through the Editors of this Magazine.
WkT YorKshire Chess MeeTing.—No space. Will appear next issue.

JAmes WILLIAmson, PrinTer, hIgh STrEET, LinColn.


Vol. IV. No. IV.

THE CHESS PLAT EES'

CHKONICLE.

AUGUST, 1874.

CONTENTS.
GAMeS—played between— Page.
No 45 Hcrr Zukertort and Mr. De Vere 97
„ 46 Lord Lyttelton and Dr. Philson 98
„ 47 Mr. F. Young and Rev. F Drew 99
„ 48 Mr. Young and Rev. F. Drew 100
„ 49 Mr. Coates and Rev. C. E. Ranken 101
„ 50 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Avery 102
„ 61 Mr. Eanken and Mr. Ryder 103
„ 62 Herr Zukertort and M. S 104
„ 63 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Fisher 105
„ 64 Mr. Fisher and Mr. Minchin 107
„ 55 Mr. Mosely and Mr. Thomson 108
„ 56 Mr. Mosely and Mr. Highfleld 110
„ 57 Saumchurn Gutrack and Mr. Cochrane . . Ill
„ 68 Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Owen 113
„ 59 Mr. Owen and Mr. Skipworth 115
Chess Intelligence—
Mr. Staunton as a Chess Flayer 117
Testimonial to Mr.. Lowenthal 118
The Provincial Chess Champion Cup 120, 123
Chess in Buckinghamshire 121
Chess>at Lincoln 121
WestOforkshire Chess Association 121
Correspondence Play 122
American Chess Congress 123
SoLuTIOns To Problems 124
Problem XXIV 121
„ XXV 122
XXVI 123
XXVII 124
„ XXVIII 125
XXIX 126
XXX 127
„ XXXI 128
supplement.
The Annual meeting of the counTies' Chess association 1
Gamb , played at the Chicago Congress between Mr. Hosmer and Captain Mackenzie 3
Chess InTelligence—
Bristol and Clifton Chess Association 4
Chess Literature 4
Problem 4

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN
Price One Shilling
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Eook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.— Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.

White.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHEONICLE.

No. 45.

END GAME.

BLACK. HErr ZuKerTorT.

WHITE. Mr. De VErE.

White. Black.
1. P. takes P. 1. Q. P. takes P.
2. Kt. takes P. 2. P. takes Kt.
3. B. takes P. (check) 3. K. to E. second
4. E. to K. sixth 4. Q. to Q. B. fourth
5. E. takes K. E. P. (check) 5. P. takes E.
6. B. to Q. third (check)
And White wins.
98 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 46.
Games in the Cheltenham and Worcester Match, continued from the last Number.
(ScoTch Gambit.)
While. (Lord LyTTelTon.) Black. (Dr. Philson.)
1. P, to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt, to K, B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q, fourth 3. P. takes'P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. Kt. to K. R. third
6. Kt, takes B. P. 6. Kt. takes Kt.
7. B. takes Kt. (check) 7. K. takes B,
8. Q. to K, R. fifth (check) 8. P. to K. Kt. third
9, Q. to Q. fifth (check) 9. K. to Kt. second
10. Q. takes B. 10. P. to Q. fourth
11. Castles 11. P. takes P.
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. R. to K. B. square
13. P. takes P. 13. R. to K, B. fourth (a)
14. Q. to Q. B. third 14. Q. takes P.
15. B. to K. third 15. Q. takes Q.
16. Kt. takes Q. 16. B. to K. third
17. Q. R. to Q. square (6) 17. Q. R. to K. B. square
18. E. to Q. R. third 18. B. to Q. B. fifth
19. R, to Q. seventh (check) 19. K. R. to K. B. second
20, K. R. to Q. square 20. B. to Q. sixth
21. R. takes R. (check) 21. R. takes R.
22. Kt. to Q. fifth 22. P. to Q. Kt. third
23. Kt. to K. B. fourth 23. R. to Q. second (r)
24. R. to Q. B. square 24. Kt. to K. fourth
25. Kt. to K. sixth (check) 25. K. to B. second
26. Kt. takes P. 26. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
27. B. to K. B. fourth 27. Kt. takes Kt. P.
28. P. to K. R. third 28. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
29. K. to R. second 29. P. to K. Kt. fourth
30. B. to K. Kt. third 30. P. to K. R. fourth
31. K. to Kt. square 81, P. to K. R. fifth
32. B. to K. R. second 32. Kt. takes P.
33. R. to Q. R. square 33. B. to Q. Kt. eighth (<i)
34. B. to K. fifth 34. K. to Q. eighth (check)
35. K. to R. second 35. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
36. B. to K. R. eighth 36. P. toQ. R. fourth
37. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 37. Kt. to Q. seventh
38. Kt. to Q..B. third 38. R. to K. eighth
39. Kt. takes B. 1
And Black mates in three moves.
! NOTES by W. WAyTE.
(a) It is soon apparent that this move does not gain time. Q. takes P. at
have been more effective.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 99
(» We see no objection to White's taking the Pawn—a further proof that the opening
has been slightly mismanaged by Black.
(c) This series of moves is well and carefully played by Black. The Bishop must be
kept from Q. fourth.
(d) By this and the two next moves the passed Pawns are cleverly protected.

No. 47.
(Petrofp's Defence.)
White. (Mr. F. Young.) Black. (Rev. f. Drew.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1 . P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. Q. to K. second (a)
4. Kt. to K. B. third (6) 4. Kt. takes P.
5. B. to K. second 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. Castles 6. B. to K. third
7. P. toQ. third 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. B. to K. B. fourth 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. P. toQ. fourth 9. P. to Q. R. third
10. P. to Q. B. third 10. P. to K. R. third
11. Q. Kt. to Q. second 11. P. to K. Kt. fourth
12. B. to K. Kt. third 12. Castles
13. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 13. Kt. to K. fifth
14. Kt. takes Kt. 14. P. takes Kt.
15. Kt. to Q. second 16. P. to K. B. fourth
16. P. to K. B. fourth 16. B. to K. Kt. second
17. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 17. P. takes P.
18. B. to K. B. second (<•) 18. K. R. to K. Kt. square
19. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 19. P. takes P.
20. B. takes P. 20. Kt. to K. fourth
21 . Kt. to Q. B. fifth 21. P. to K. sixth
22. Q. to Q.R. fourth 22. P. takes B. (check)
23. E. takes P. 23. K. to Kt. square
24. Kt. to Q. R. 6ixth (check; 24. K. to B. square
25. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 25. K. to Kt. square
26. R. to Q. Kt. square (d) 26. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
27. R. takes Kt. (e) 27. B. takes Q. P. (check)
28. P. takes B. 28. B. to Q. fourth
29. B. to Q. seventh (f) 29. R. takes P. (check)
30. K. to E. square 30. E. takes P. (check;
31. K. takes R.
And Black mates in a few moves.
NOTES by W. WayTe and P. YOung,
la) Not so good as P. to Q. third.
(6) P. to Q. fourth, as played by Mr. Young in another game against Mr. Drew, is
rather stronger.
(c) White feared—18. B. takes Kt., and then 19. Kt. takes Q. P., 20. B. takes P.
(check) &c.
633642 A
100 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
(d) Perhaps White should here have been content with a draw, but the attack was
tempting.
(tf) K. to R. square would have been safer.
(/) Immediately fatal, but White does not appear to have a saving move.
No. 48.
(PeTroff's Defence.)
White. (Mr. YounG.) Black. (Rev. P. Drew.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. Q. to K, second
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. Kt. takes P.
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to K. B. third
6. Q. to K. R. fifth (check; 6. P. to K. Kt. third
7. Kt. takes Kt. P. 7. P. takes Kt.
8. Q. takes R. 8. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (dis. check)
9. B. to K. third 9. Kt. takes R.
10. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. P. to Q. B. third
11. Castles 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. B. to Q. third 12. P. to K. B. fourth
13. R. takes Kt. 13. B. to K. third
14. P. to K. R. fourth (a) 14. Kt. to Q. second
15. R. to K. square 15. Q. to K. Kt. second
16. Q. takes Q. 16. B. takes Q.
17. B. to K. Kt. fifth 17. K. to B. second
18. Kt. to K. second 18. R. to K. square
19. P. to Q. B. third 19. Kt. to K. B. third
20. P. to K. B. third 20. B. to Q. second
21. K. to Q. second 21. R. toK. R. square
22. Kt. to K. B. fourth 22. P. to Q. Kt. third
23. P. to K. Kt. third 23. B. to K. B. square
24. P. to Q. R. third 24. B. to Q. third
25. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (b) 25. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
26. P. to Q. R. fourth 26. P. to Q. R. third
27. P. takes P. 27. R. P. takes P.
28. R. to Q. R. square 28. B. to Q. Kt. square (c)
29. R. to Q. R. sixth (tr) 29. Kt. to K. R fourth
And the game was drawn.
NOTES by A. B. SkIFWorTh.
(a) White should now have availed himself of the opportunity of bringing back his
Queen, playing :—
14. Q. to K. fifth If 14. Kt. to Q. second
15. Q. to K. Kt. third, having a good game.
(6) Being a Pawn ahead, I should rather have considered P. to Q B. fourth, or some
move to break rather than block the position.
(c) A good move, effectually preventing the Rook coming in.
(d) Threatening, as Mr. Young remarks,
30. B. takes Kt. 30. K. takes B.
31. Kt. takes Q. P. (check,) &c.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 101
No. 49.
(ScoTch GambiT.)
White. (Mr. COates.) Black. (Rev. C. E. RAnKEn.)
1. P. toK. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. B. toQ. B.cfourth
5. B. to K. third 5. Q. to K. B. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. K. Kt. to K. second
7. B. to Q. B. fourth (a) 7. Q. to K. Kt. third
8. Castles 8. Q. takes K. P.
9. Kt. to Q. second 9. Q. to K. fourth
10. Q. Kt. to K. B. third 10. Q. to K. R, fourth
11. R. to K. square 11. B. takes Kt.
12. B. takes B. 12. Castles
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. P. to Q. third
14. B. to Q. third 14. B. to K. Kt. fifth
15. Kt. to Q. second 15. Kt. takes B.
16. P. takes Kt. 16. Kt. to Q. fourth
17. B. to K. fourth 17. P. to Q. B. third
18. P. to K. R. third 18. B. to K. third
19. B. to K. B. third 19. Q. toK. R. third
20. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 20. Q. R. to Q. square
21. Kt. to K. third 21. Kt. to K. B. fifth
22. Q. R. to Q. square 22. P. to Q. fourth
23. Kt. to K. B. fifth 23. Q. to K. B. third
24. Kt. to K. Kt. third 24. Kt. takes R. P. (check)
25. P. takes Kt. 25. Q. takes B.
26. R. to Q. third (5) 26. Q, to K. B. third
27. R. to K. fifth 27. P. to K. Kt. third
28. Q. to K. second 28. Q. to K. R. fifth
29. Kt. to R. fifth 29. P. takes Kt.
30. R. takes K. r. P. 30. Q. to K. fifth
31. R. to K. third 31. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth (check)
32. K. to R. second 32. B. to K. B. fourth
33. R. to K. Kt. third (check; 33. B. to K. Kt. third
34. Q. to K. fifth 34. Q. R. to K.'square
35. Q. toK. B. sixth 35. R. to K. third
36.- Q. to K. R. fourth 36. K. to R. square (c)
37. R. to K. fifth id) 37. R. takes E.
38. Q. to K. B. sixth (check) 38, K. to Kt. square
39. P. takes E. 3<(, R. to K. square
40. P. to K. R. fourth 4 P. to K. E. fourth
41. P. to K. B. fourth 41 K. to R. second
42. . oK.Kt. fifth 42. R. to K.third
102 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
43. Q. to Q. eighth . 43. Q. takes Kt. P. (check)
44. R. to K. Kt. second I 44. Q. to Q. fifth
Anil White shortly resigned.
NOTES by W. WAyTE.
(a) B. to K. second is the correct move. 7. P. to K. B. fourth, as Mr. Zukertort has
lately observed, is decidedly premature.
(b) With two Pawns less, and no attack, White has not the slightest chanceof drawing
against Mr. Ranken.
(c) Not only attacking the Rook, but enabling him to retake with Queen, and protecting
the K. E. P. if White played E. takes B.
(d) Mr. Young (Cheltenham Club) to whom we are indebted forthese games, gives the
following variation :—
If 37. R. to K. R. sixth 37. B. to K. fifth
38. R. to K. Kt. square 88. Q. takes R. (check;
39. K. takes Q, E. to K. Kt. square (check)
And Black wins.

No. 50.
A skirmish played at Birmingham, May 9th, 1874.
(Two Knights' Opening. )
White. (Mr. Eanken.) Black. (Mr. Avery.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Kt. takes Kt. (a)
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. Q. to K. second
6. P. takes B. 6. Q. takes P.
7. B. to K. third 7. Q. to K. second
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. B. to Q. third 9. P. to Q. third
10. Castles 10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. P. to K. E. third 11. Castles
12. Q. to Q. second 12. B. to (,). second
13. Q. E. to K. square 13. Q. E. to K. square (b)
14. P. to K. fifth (c) 14. P. takes P.
15. P. takes P. 15. Q. takes P. (d)
16. K. to E. square 16. Q-. to K. E. fourth
17. E. takes Kt. 17. P. takes E,
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 103
18. Kt. to K. fourth 18. E. takes Kt. (e)
19. B. takes E. 19. B. to K. third
20. B. to K. E. sixth 20. E. to Q. square
21. Q. to K. B. fourth 21. P. to K. B. fourth
22. B. takes Kt. 22. P. takes B.
23. E. to K. third
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) The proper course is first to take K. B. P. (check).
(6) We should prefer Q. R. to Q. square.
(c) Premature, the K. ought to have first been played to R. square, or R. second,
(rf) He would surely have done better to retake with Kt.
(e) Had he, instead, moved E. to K. third, White could have played Kt. to K. Kt. third
and afterwards to K. B. fifth with a strong attack.

No. 51.
One of six simultaneous Games played at the Birmingham
Chess Club by Mr. Eanken, May 7th, 1874.
(Vienna Opening.)
Wlrite. (Mr. Eanken.) Black. (Mr. Eyder.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. P. to Q. third
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. B. to K. Kt. fifth
6. P. to K. E. third 6. B. takes Kt.
7. Q. takes B. 7. Kt. to Q. fifth
8. Q. to Q. square 8. P. takes P. (a)
9. P. to Q. third 9. P. to Q. B. third
10. Q. B. takes P. 10. Q. to Q. Kt. third (b)
11. Kt. to K. second 11. Kt. takes Kt. (c)
12. Q. takes Kt. 12. Q. takes P.
13. Castles 13. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check)
14. K. to E. square 14. Q. to Q. B. second
104 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
15. P. to K. fifth (d) 15. Q. to K. second
16. Q. E. to K. square 16. Kt. to Q. second
17. Q. to K. E. fifth 17. P. to K. Kt. third
18. P. takes P. 18. P. takes Q.
19. P. takes Q. 19. B. to K. Kt. second
20. B. to K. E. sixth 20. B. to K. B. third
21. B. to K. Kt. seventh
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) Lost time, unless he followed it with P. to K. Kt. fourth.
(6) Well played, preventing White from castling or moving B. to K. third.
(c) This and the next move are not good ; B. to K. second, or P. to Q. fourth
here the correct play.
(d) White now obtains an irresistible attack.

No. 52.
The following Game from Land and Water is a capital illustration
of Herr Zukertort's skill in giving odds.
(Eemove White's Queen's Knight.)
White. (Herr Zukertort.) Black. (M. S .)
1. P. to K. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third (a)
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. P. to Q. Kt. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. B. to Q. Kt. second 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to K. third 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. P. to Q. E. third (b) 6. B. to Q. second (c)
7. B. to Q. third 7. B. to Q. third
8. Q. to K. second 8. Castles
9. P. to K. Kt. fourth (d) 9. Kt. takes P.
10. Q. to K. Kt. second 10. P. to K. B. fourth
11. B. takes K. Kt. P. (e) 11. K. takes B.
12. P. to K. E. third 12. Q. to K. B. third
13. K. to K. second (/) 13. Q. to K. Kt. third (g)
14. P. takes Kt. 14. Q. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 105
15. E. takes P. (check) (h) i 15. K. to B. third
16. Q. to K. E. square (i) I 16. B. takes P. (A:)
17. E. to K. Kt. square j 17. B. to K. Kt. sixth
18. E. takes B. I 18. Q. takes E.
And White mates next move.
NOTES.
(a) As good an answer as any to all forms of Irregular Opening.
(b) White intends to play B. to Q. third, and therefore makes this preparatory move to
prevent the Knight advancing to Q. Kt. fifth.
(c) Weak ; otherwise Black has played the opening very well.
(d) The obvious purport of this sacrifice is to gain an opening on the adverse King.
Black takes the Pawn, unwisely we think, but he makes some remarkable moves after
wards.
(e) Quite unexpected by Black. If he take the Bishop, the piece is immediately
regained by White with a fine game ; yet there is no better course than to take it. If
the Black Rook be moved, the Bishop simply retires.
if) Castling of course leads to immediate mate.
(g) This looks a good move, but it was made in oblivion of a remarkable coup Whita
has in store. From this point the game is very interesting.
(A) Well played. This is decisive. If the Rook be taken, White takes off the Queen ;
if K. to Kt. square, the fatal answer isQ. to K. R. second. There is, therefore, no better
move than that in the text.
(i) It was very necessary to prefer this square to K. R. second ; for if 16. Q. to K. R.
second, Black plays 16. B. takes P., and White is compelled to retake with Queen, losing
the game ; since if he retake with Pawn, the consequences are equally deadly by Kt. to
Q. fifth fcheck.)
(kj He cannot prevent the loss of the Queen, or a disaster not less melancholy.

No. 53.
Instructive Game between Messrs. Eanken and Fisher, played
at Malvern, August, 1871.
(Evans' Gambit. Compromised Defence.)
White. (Mr. Eanken.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. P. takes P.
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. Q. to K. B. third
106 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Q. to K. Kt. third
10. Kt. takes P. 10. K. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to K. second 11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
12. B. to Q. third 12. Q. to K. third
13. Q. takes P. (a) 13. E. to Q. Kt. square
14. Kt. to K. B. fourth 14. E. takes Q.
15. Kt. takes Q. . 15. E. takes P. (b)
16. Kt. takes Kt. P. (check) 16. K. to B. square
17. B. to K. E. sixth 17. Kt. to K. Kt. square
18. Kt. takes E. 18. Kt. takes Kt.
19. Kt. to K. sixth (dble. ck.) 19. K. to K. second
20. B. to K. Kt. seventh 20. K. takes Kt. (c)
21. B. to Q. B. second 21. B. to Q. B. sixth
22. B. to Q. Kt. third (check) 22. P. to Q. fourth
28. B. takes E. (d) 23. B. takes E.
24. E. takes B. 24. P. to K. B. third
25. E. to Q. B. square 25. P. to Q. B. third
26. P. to K. B. fourth 26. Kt. to K. Kt. third
27. E. takes P. (check) 27. K. to Q. second
28. E. takes B. (e) 28. K. takes E.
29. B. takes Q. P. 29. Kt. takes B.
30. B. takes Kt. 30. P. to K. E. third (/)
31. P. to K. B. fifth 31. K. to Q. second
32. K. to B. second 32. K. to K. second
33. K. to K. third 33. Kt. to K. B. second
34. B. takes Kt. 34. K. takes B.
35. K. to Q. fourth 35. K. to K. second
36. K. to B. fifth 36. K. to Q. second
37. K. to Kt. fifth 37. K. to B. second
38. K. to E. sixth 38. K. to Kt. square
39. P. to K. Kt. fourth 39. K. to E. square
40. P. to K. E. fourth 40. K. to Kt. square
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 107
41. P. to K. Kt. fifth 41. E. P. takes P.
42. P. takes P.
And White wins.
NOTES by C. E. RAnKen.
(a) Q. to Q. Kt. second is now considered best.
(6) E. to Q. fourth seems the right move here.
(c) Better to take the Kt. with K. B. P.
(d) He must evidently take the R. now or never on account of the check of the K .
threatened at K. B. sixth.
(e) The shortest and best road to victory.
if) Kt. to K. Kt. third was preferable to this, but the game was lost in any case.

No. 54.
Played in Class I. at Clifton.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White (Mr. Fisher.) . . Black, (Mr. Minchin.)
1. P. to Q. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to K. third 2. P. to Q. B. fourth
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. takes P. 4. P. takes P.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to Q. Kt. third 6. P. takes P.
7. Q. takes P. 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 8. B. to Q. third
9. K. Kt. to K. second 9. Castles
10. B. takes Kt. 10. P. takes B.
11. Castles 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. Q. to Q. square 12. B. to Q. Kt. second
13. Kt. to K. Kt. third 13. E. to Q. B. square
14. B. to Q. E. third 14. B. to K. square
15. Q. Kt. to K. second 15. Kt. to K. fifth
16. Kt. takes Kt. 16. E. takes Kt.
17. Kt. to K. Kt. third 17. E. to K. third (a)
18. Kt. to K. B. fifth (b) 18. B. to K. B. square
19. B. to Q. Kt. second 19. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
108 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
20. Kt. to K. Kt. third 20. E. to K. E. third
21. E. to Q. B. square 21. B. to Q. third
22. P. to K. B. fourth 22. Q. to K. E. fifth
23. Kt. to K. B. fifth (c) 23. Q. takes E. P. (check)
24. K. to B. second 24. E. to K. Kt. third
25. Q. to K. B. third 25. P. to Q. fifth
26. Q. takes B. (d) 26. P. takes P. (check)
27. K. to K. square 27. E. to K. square
28. B. to K. fifth 28. E. takes P.
29. Q. to K. B. third 29. E. takes P.
30. Q. takes P. 30. B. takes B.
31. K. to Q. square 31. E. to Q. square (check)
32. K. to K. square 32. Q. E. to Q. seventh
33. Kt. to Q. fourth 33. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
34. E. to K. B. second 34. E. takes E.
And Black wins.
NOTES.
(a) Q. to K. R. fifth is a very strong move.
(6) The correct play.
(c) Q. to K. B. third would have been better. Suppose-
23. Q. to K. B. third If 23. P. to Q. fifth (a)
24. Q. takes B. 24. R. to Q. Kt. square
25. Q. to K. B. third, and wins.
(o; If 23. Q. takes P. (check)
24. K. to B. second * 24. P. to Q. fifth
25. Q. takes B. 26. P. takes P. (check)
26. K, to B third, and wins.
* Threatening to win the Queen.
(d) He should rather have played P. to K. fourth.

No. 55.
In the Handicap at Clifton, Mr. Thomson giving the Pawn and
Two moves.
(Remove Black's King's Bishop's Pawn.)
White. (Mr. Mosely.) Black. (Mr. Thomson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1.
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 109
3. B. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. second
6. P. to K. fifth 6. Q. to K. second
7. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 7. Q. to K. B. second
8. Q. takes Q. (check) (a) 8. K. takes Q.
9. P. to K. B. fourth 9. B. to K. second
10. Kt. to K. B. third 10. Kt. to K. E. third
11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 11. B. takes Kt.
12. E. P. takes B. 12. Kt. to K. B. fourth
13. P. to K. Kt. fourth 13. K. Kt. to K. second
14. Kt. to Q. E. third 14. P. to Q. E. third
15. B. to Q. second 15. P. to K. Kt. third
16. P. takes P. 16. P. takes P.
17. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 17. Kt. to Q. B. square
18. E. to K. E. sixth 18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth .
19. Kt. to K. third 19. K. Kt. to K. second
20. Castles 20. Q. E. to K. B. square
21 P .to K. B. fifth 21. K. P. takes P.
22. P. takes P. 22. Kt. takes B. P.
23. Kt. takes Kt. 23. B. takes Kt.
24. B. takes B. 24. P. takes B.
25. E. takes Q. P. 25. Kt. to K. second
26. E. takes P. 26. E. to Q. Kt. square
27. B. to K. B. fourth 27. E. to Q. Kt. second
28. E. to K. B. sixth (check) 28. K. to K. square
29. E. to K. square 29. E. to K. Kt. square
30. E. takes P. 30. E. to K. B. square
31. E. takes E. (check) 31. K. takes E.
32. B. to Q. sixth
And Black shortly resigned.
NOTES by A. B. SKipworth.
(a) It is not well generally for the player, who has received the attacking odds of the
Pawn and Two, to change off the Qneens, but in this case, however, it answers very well.
Mr. Mosely has the better position after the exchange, and vigorously prosecutes the
attack until the end.
110 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE,
i
No. 56.
Another Clifton Game played in Class II.
(King's Bishop's Opening.)
White. (Mr. Mosely.) Black. (Mr. Highfield.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. Castles (a) 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 5. B. takes Kt. P.
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. B. to Q. B. fourth (b)
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. to K. fifth (c) 8. P. to Q. fourth
9. P. takes Kt. 9. P. takes B.
10. E. to K. square (check) 10. B. to K. third
11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 11. Q. to Q. fourth
12. P. takes Kt. P. 12. E. to K. Kt. square
13. Kt. to K. fourth 13. B. to K. second
14. P. takes P. 14. E. takes P.
'15. B. to Q. 11. third 15. Castles
16. B. takes B. 16. Kt. takes B.
17. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 17. Q. takes P. (d)
18. Q. to Q. E. fourth ' 18. Q. E. to K. Kt. square)
19. P. to K. Kt. third 19. Kt. to Q. B. third (e)
20. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 20. Q. to Q. Kt. third
21. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square . 21. Q. to Q. E. fourth
22. Q. to Q. square 22. P. to Q. E. third
23. Q.Kt. to Q. sixth (check) (f) 23. P. takes Kt.
24. Kt. takes P. (check) 24. K. to Kt. square
25. Kt. takes Kt. P. 25. Q. to Q. fourth
26. Q. to Q. E. fourth 26. K. to E. second
27. K. E. to Q. square 27. Q. to K. B. sixth
28. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 28. B. to Q. B. square (g)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 11l
29. E. to Q. seventh (check) 29. K. to E. squaie
30. Q. takes B. P. (h) 30. E. to K. Kt. fifth
31. Kt. takes P. 31. E. takes Q.
32. Kt.toQ.B. seventh (check) 32. K. to E. second
33. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 33. K. to Kt. third
34. Kt. to Q. fourth (check) 34. K. to B. fourth (i)
35. E. to Q. Kt. fifth mate
NOTES by C. E. RAnKEn.
(a) The position is now that of the Two Knights' game where White's proper move is
4. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth.
(b) Badly played. By this move Black subjects himself to an unfavourable form for
the defence of the Evan's Gambit.
(c) Taking P. with P. perhaps gives a stronger attack.
(d) Black has unquestionably now the best game, and ought never to have let it slip.
U) He ought rather to have played P. to Q. R. third.
ff) Well played, being the only chance of retrieving his position.
(g) Throwing away the game at once. Kt. to Q. Kt. square might still have afforded
a safe defence, or he could have ensured a draw by the sacrifice of the Rooks.
(h) Surely Kt. takes R. P. is more conclusive.
(0 This absurd end spoils an otherwise pretty game.

No. 57.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (SadmchurnGutrack.) Black. (Mr. Cochrans.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to K. Kt. third 2. P. to K. third
3. B. to K. Kt. second 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to K. third 4. P. to K. B. fourth (a)
5. Kt. to K. E. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Castles. 6. P. to Q. E. fourth
7. P. to Q. B. third 7. P. to Q. E. fifth
8. P. to Q. E. third 8. B. to K. second
9. Kt. to Q. second 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
10. Kt. to K. B. third 10. Castles (b)
11. Kt. to K. square 11. P. to Q. B. fifth
12. P. to K. B. third 12. B. to Q. second
112 THE CHESS 'ERS' CHRONICLE.
13. Kt. to K. B. second (c) 13. Kt. to Q. E fourth
14. P. to K. fourth 14. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth
15. E. to Q. Kt. square 15. P. to K. E. third
16. Kt. to Q. B. second 16. B. to Q. B. third
17. P. takes B. P. 17. P. takes P.
18. B. to K. B. fourth 18. B. to Q. third
19. B. to K. fifth 19. Q. to Q. B. second
20. P. to K. B. fourth 20. Kt. to K. fifth
21. Kt. takes Kt. 21. B. P. takes Kt. (d)
22. Q. to K. second 22. B. takes B.
23. Q. P. takes B. (e) 23. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
24. Kt. to Q. fourth 24. Q. to K. se»nd
25. P. to K. E. third (/) 25. Kt. to Q. sixth
26. K. to E. second 26. Q. E. to K. square
27. P. to K. sixth 27. Q. to K. B. third
28. Q. to K. E. fifth • 28. E. to K. second
29. P. to K. E. fourth 29. K. E. to Q. square
30. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 30. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
31. B. to K. E. third 31. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth
32. Kt. to K. B. fifth (g) 32. Kt. to Q. seventh
33. Kt. takes E. (check) 33. Q. takes Kt.
34. Q. E. to Q. square (h) 34. Kt. takes E. (check)
35. B. takes Kt. 35. K. to E. square (i)
36. B. to K. E. third 36. Q. to Q. B. second
37. P. to K. B. fifth 37. Q. to K. fourth
38. Q. to K. Kt. sixth 38. E. to K. B. square
39. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 39. E to K. B. third
40. Q. to K. B. fourth (k) 40. Q takes Q.
41. P. takes Q. . 41. K. to Kt. square
42. K. to Kt. third 42. K. to B. square
43. P. to K. E. fifth 43. K. to K. second
44. K. to B. second 44. K. to B. square
45. K .to K. third 45. K. to K. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 113
46. E. to K. Kt. square 46. K. to B. square
47. K. to Q. fourth 47. K. to Kt. square
48. K. to K. fifth 48. K. to B. square
49. B. to K. B square 49. K. to Kt. square
50. B. to K. second 50. K. to B. square
51. E. to K. Kt. sixth (I) 51. E. takes E.
52. B. P. takes E. 52. K. to K. second
53. P. to K. B. fifth I
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) It is generally considered good play to advance this Pawn two squares, as it gives
eventually more scope of action to the King's Rook. In this case moreover it is especially
advantageous, as the progress of the game will show.
(b) Kt. to K. fifth would have given Black a good game.
(c) Preparing for the advance of the King's Pawn.
(d) Our remarks in note {a) are now corroborated.
(e) White should rather have taken the Bishop with the other Pawn. The move in the
text afforded Black a favourable opportunity of liberating a piece which was completely
ont of the field. The Brahmin however had his designs, as will lie seen presently.
(/ ; To render the contemplated advance of the Pawns on the King's side more secure,
(fit) Veiy well played, White's advanced Pawn ought ultimately to win the game.
(h) Losing time. It would have been better for White to have played Q. to K. U. fifth,
(t) Black might here have boldly taken the Pawn.
(k) The best move.
(I) The latter part of the game is well played by White.

No. 68.
Game in the Match for the Provincial Champion Cup.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Skipwortii.) Black (Mr. Owen.)
1. P. to K. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. to K. third 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. B. to K. second 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. Kt. third 5. P. to Q. fifth
6. B. to Q. Kt. second 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Castles 7. Kt. to K. E. third
8. P. to Q. E. third 8. B. to K. second
I
114 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
9. P. to K. fourth 9. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
10. Q. to K. square 10. Castles
11. Q. to K. Kt. third (a) 11. P. to K. B. third
12. P. to Q. third 12. K. to E. square
13. Q. Kt. to Q. second 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. P. to K. E. third 14. P. takes P.
15. P. takes P. 15. B. to Q. third
16. Kt. to K. fifth 16. Q. to Q. B. second
17. Q. Kt. to K. B. third 17. B. to Q. Kt. second
18. Q. E. to Q. square (b) 18. E. to K. B. third
19. B. to Q. B. square 19. Q. E. to K. B. square
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. Q. takes Kt.
21 . Kt. to K. fifth (e) 21. B. takes Kt.
22. P. takes B. 22. E. takes E. (check)
23. E. takes E. 23. E. takes E. (check)
24. B. takes E. 24. Kt. to K. B. second (d)
25. B. to K. second 25. Q. takes P.
26. B. to K. B. third 26. Q. takes Q. B. P.
27. B. takes B. 27. Q. takes B. (check)
28. K. to E. second 28. Q. to Q. B. sixth
29. B. takes' P. 29. P. to Q. B. fifth
30. Q. to K. B. second 30. K. to Kt. square
31. P. takes P. 31. P. takes P.
32. B. to Q. B. eighth 32. P. to Q. sixth
33. B. takes P. (e) 33. Q. to K. P. (check)
34. Q. to K. Kt. third 34. Q. takes Q. (check) (/)
35. K. takes Q. 35. P. to Q. B. sixth
And White resigns.
NOTES by A, B. SkIPWorTh.
(a; Scarcely a judicious move—the Queen comes out rather too early, and Black is
enabled almost immediately to commence an attack.
(6) Q. It. to K. square would have been better, the King's Pawn needed support as
the sequel shows.
(c) This move was made without much consideration and really loses the game.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 115
(d) There is little to notice in this game beyond Mr. Owen's deep analyses and steady
play throughout.
(e) White does not lose a piece by this move.
if) If Q. takes B., White plays Q. to Q. Kt. eighth (check;, winning the Knight in
relnm.

No. 59.
Another Game in the Match, played July 20th, 1874.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Owen.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. third 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. E. third 2. P. to K. B. fourth
3. P. to R fourth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. to Q. B. third
5. Kt. to B. third 5. P. to Q. Kt. third (a)
6. P. to Q. fifth 6. B. to Q. Kt. second.
7. P. to Cj. sixth (b) 7. Kt. to Q. E. third
8. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 8. Q. to Q. Kt. square (c)
9. P. to Q. B. fifth 9. P. takes P.
10. P>. takes Kt. 10. B. takes B.
11. P. takes P. (d) 11. <j. to Q. B. square (t)
12. E. to (<,>. Kt. square 12. Kt. to Q. fourth
13. B. to Kt. second 13. K. to B. second
14. K. Kt. to K. second 14. Kt. to K. B. third
15. Oj. to Q. fourth 15. Q. to K. square (/)
16. Castles 16. P. to K. fourth
17. to Q. R. fourth 17. B. to Q. sixth
18. Q. E. to square 18. B. takes Kt.
19. Kt. takes B. 19. P. to K. Kt. third
20. Q. to Kt. third (check) 20. Q. to K. third
21. Q. to Q. B. third 21. 11. to K. square
22. P. to K. B. third 22. B. to K. Kt. second (g)
23. P. to K. fourth 23. P. to K. B. fifth
24. E. to Q. second 24. P. to K. E. fourth
116 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
25. P. to K. Kt. third 25. P. to K. Kt. fourth
26. P. takes P. 26. Kt. P. takes P.
27. Kt. to Q. B. square 27. P. to K. E. fifth
28. E. to K. Kt. second 28. Kt. to K. E. second
29. Kt. to Q. third . 29. B. to K. B. third
30. K. to E. square 30. E. to Q. Kt. square (h)
31. K. E. to K. Kt. square (i) 31. Q. E. to K. square
32. E. to K. Kt. sixth 32. Q. to K. E. sixth (k)
33. Kt. takes B. P. 33. P. takes Kt.
34. E. takes B. (check) 34. Kt. takes E.
35. Q. takes Kt. mate.
NOTES by A. B. SKipworTii.
Co) P. to Q. fourth was the correct move.
(6) Very well played.
(c) Hastily played, not observing the combination.
(d) White's advanced Pawns are strong for the present, though they might have been
weak had the game terminated in a Pawn ending, and Black has just time, apparently,
for getting his pieces into play.
(e) Probably P. to K. Kt. third was better.
(/ ) The key move to the defence.
(g) Kt. to Q. fourth was the best move, but Black played timidly, fearing White could
play R. takes Kt. giving up the exchange. Several variations however were tried when
the game was over, and all were in favour of Black . The following is an interesting one.
22. Kt. to Q. fourth
23. R. takes Kt. 23. P. takes R.
24. Kt. to K. B. fourth 24. P. to Q. fifth
25. P. takes P. 26. P. takes Kt.
26. P. to Q. fifth 26. Q. to K. sixth (cheek)
27. Q. takes Q. 27. P. takes Q.
28. B. takes R. 28. P. to K. seventh
29. R. to K. square 29. B. to K. E. third
30. B. to Q. fourth 30. B. to Q. seventh
And Black, we believe, must win.
(A) A mistake which loses the game almost immediately, the positions appear to have
been even before this move.
(i) The proper move, and Black must bring back the Rook.
(k) Very bad, but the game in any case is lost. Mr. Skipworth never gave Mr. Owen
less trouble than in the present match, and Mr. Owen was never in better form. The
first two games were spoiled by blunders, and neither of the competitors desires to see
them in print.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 117
MR. STAUNTON AS A CHESS PLAYER.
Some weeks have now elapsed since the death of Mr. Staunton, and various notices of
the leading events of his life have appeared in the newspapers. We desire however to
give our own independent criticism of his career in the present article, regarding him
| exclusively as a Chess player, and endeavouring to arrive at an impartial estimate of his
position in the Chess world.
We had often enjoyed the charm of his conversation, generally admitted to havo been
unsurpassed at the present day, and we had as often lamented the asperity of his i>en in
matters of Chess controversy. We were glad to see the Westminster Papers, a periodical
started expressly to protect the Chess world from Mr. Staunton's dictation, speak of him
as "the grand old man who has just left us," and we fully endorse their opinion, that "in
his prime he was the finest player of his day."
In order to justify this opinion, we feel called upon to notice in detail some of the obser
vations of a weekly contemporary, which " while far from denying that Staunton had good
claims to be considered at least one of the strongest players of his time fl) and that it
may be matter of fair argument whether, in his prime, he was not the best player in his
day," proceeds to explain away its own admissions and to "damn with faint praise" nearly
every one of Mr. Staunton's principal achievements. We shall hope to criticise in all
fairness and friendliness. The period of Staunton's pre-eminence—whether English or
European- dates from about 1840, the year in which La Bourdonnais died, to 1851, the
year of the first Tournament. In the former year he won his match with Popert ; in
1841-2 occurred the long series of games with Mr. Cochrane, who lost an enormous
majority ; in 1 843 his match with St. Amant ; in 1 846 those with Horwitz and Harrwitz.
In all these matches Mr. Staunton was successful. Eefore the close of the decade, how
ever, we have been assured by a highly distinguished player and well known opponent
tat odds) of Mr. Staunton, symptoms of a decline of his Chess powers hod began to
manifest themselves. His health had already grown less robust, and at the age of forty
lie no longer retained the physical vigour and endurance so indispensable for match
playing. Close observers of his game would naturally discover this sooner than Mr.
Staunton himself, the more so, as for some years after 1846, he was not tried by any
severe match- It was probably the events of 1851 which revealed to him the fact that
he was no longer what he had been. We have no wish to excuse, or even to palliate
the ungenerous criticism which Mr. Staunton, in the " Chess Tournament " and else
where, lavished upon his victorious opponents ; but we cannot doubt the fact that his
defeats were, as he alleged, due solely to his failing powers of endurance. The perusal of
the games with Anderssen is sufficient, we think, to show that Staunton almost invariably
obtained a winning advantage early in the game, and subsequently relaxed, through
sheer exhaustion, the tenacity of his grasp. The combination is mostly on Staunton's
side, Anderssen showing little of the synthetical genius, and scarcely any of the
brilliancy which then, and since, have marked his play with other antagonists. The
defeat by Mr. Williams, in the some tournament, should still less be quoted as a proof of
the inferiority of Mr. Staunton. The latter had, but a short time previously, yielded Mr.
Williams the Pawn and two moves with success. Mr. Williams was subsequently
defeated by Mr. Wyvill ; and to those who remember Mr. Williams as a Divan player
from 1851 to his death, the notion of his being equal to Mr. Staunton is simply pre
posterous.
We ore told, again, that Heury Thomas Buckle (whom the reviewer deprives of his
first Christian name) was by far the greatest player England ever produced, and much
superior to Staunton. We hear also of Buckle's wonderful genius, and the imperishable
monument he raised for himself. " The History of Civilisation" was a remarkable, though
one.sided book, and for a time made its authortme of the " lions " of London society ; but
its reputation has steadily declined since Mr. Buckle's death, and the subsequent publi
cation of his so-called " Remains " (really little more than commut,place book) has not
tended to raise him to the position once claimed for him by his admirers. In them he
appears rather as the omnivorous reader and extractor than as the creative genius. When
speaking of him as the first of English Chess players, the writer surely forgets Alexander
Macdonnell. We have no hesitation in saying that we think Buckle not immeasurably
but decidedly inferior to Staunton, His style is much more deserving of the epithet
* heavy " than Staunton's is : his published games bear no comparison with Staunton's ;
and he never disputed the palm with Staunton, or played with him except at odds.
Against these facts we have two " achievements with which none of Staunton's can be
compared ;" his winning a match with Lowenthal by four games to three, and his
defeating Anderssen by a majority of one in a set of serious games. But Mr. Lowenthal,
like Mr. Staunton, was not} himself in 1851, and was thrown out of the Grand Tourna
ment in the first round by Mr. Williams. Of the games between Buckle and Anderssen,
we know only one (Chess Praxis, p. 125), it is well won by Buckle, but is short, bearing
also marks of slightness. We should like to know of how many the "set " consisted
and whether the games were considered as " serious" by Mr. Anderssen, who had plenty
118 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
of matches on hand in 1851, and who has always been chivalrously ready to lose casual
games even to an inferior player.
In support of our view, Mr. Owen informs us, that while he (Mr. Owen) could make even
games, in serious play, with Mr. Buckle, and with Messrs. Boden and Williams, Mr.
Staunton could always give him, for a long time after that period, the odds of Pawn and
move. Mr. Owen played a number of games both with Mr. Staunton and with Mr.
Lowenthal at the Pawn and move, and while Mr. Staunton was in good play, Mr. Owen
was not able to overcome the odds.
.Returning once more to the earlier period of Mr, Staunton's career, we are surprised at
the attempt to detract from his victory over St. Amant by denying the Frenchman any
high rank in the Chess world. If St. Am ant received the odds of Pawn and two from
Deschapelles, it was part of the latter's ridiculous vanity to insist on giving odds eveu to
La Bourdonnais. If St. Amant was subsequently easily defeated by Boden, Falkbeer and
others, this was not till after 1851, when M. St. Amant, who was ten years older than Mr.
Staunton, had passed the prime of life. And we never heard of his playing a match with
either of the players named.
If Mr. Staunton, in the years 1840—47, had a superior anywhere, he must be sought,
we think, in Germany, and in the person either of Von Heydebrand der Lasa or of
Hanstein. Unfortunately, Staunton never met Hanstein and Von der Lasa until 1852,
when he was already in the decline of his Chess powers. To judge, however, from the
result of his match with Horwitz, and from what we have always heard of Horwitz's
position among the first players of Germany at that time, we think it probable that
Staunton could at least have held his own against the players named, or any others of
the Berlin Pleiads.
His absolute rank among the great players whose games are on record is, no doubt,
more difficult to decide. The present writer adheres to an opinion he expressed ten years
ago (Chess Players' Magazine, 1864, p. 263; that the three greatest players of the century,
up to that time, had been La Bourdonnais, Staunton, and Morphy, arranging them in
chronological order. This is said without prejudice to the claims of others, who have
culminated since 1864.
Our review of Mr, Staunton's Chess career would be incomplete were we not to say
something of his style. We have seen various criticisms adverse to his originality and
genius, as if he belonged to a merely hard-headed, not brilliant or imaginative, class of
players. It appears to us that in all his great contests—even in those with Mr Cochrane
—his synthetical powers exceed those of his antagonists. On this point we are glad to
avail ourselves of the high, and certainly not partial, authority of Mr. George Walker
(Preface to Chess Studies, 1844j, "Brilliancy of imagination—thirst for invention-
judgment of position—eminent view of the board—untiring patience—all are largely
his. In Mr. Staunton we are proud to recognise a champion worthy to succeed
Macdonnell."
We reserve for a future occasion some notice of Mr. Staunton's career as an author
both on Chess and general literature. An essentially many-sided man, he requires to be
considered from different points of view.
TESTIMONIAL TO MR. LOWENTHAL.
An influential movement is being made to present Mr. Lowenthal with a Testimonial.
We give that movement our best wishes and our best support, for we feel Mr. Lowenthal's
able and devoted service (always friendly, gentlemanlike, and courteous) in the interests
of Chess deserve universal recognition. We publish below a circular which has recently
been issued. It is. we believe, intended that the testimonial shall take the form of an
annuity, to be purchased with the amount subscribed, and subscriptions from any1 of our
readers may be made payable, by cheque or otherwise, to the Rev. A. B. Skipworth,
Lincoln. So far the list, we are happy to say, shews only large figures, sums beyond the
reach of the general public, but we earnestly hope that this satisfactory state of things
will not prevent any one from giving his mite (where it must be a mite;, according as he
is able. We offer a suggestion which we feel many may be glad to adopt—let subscrip
tions extend over, say, three years. Rather smaller sums, £1 Is., 10s. 6d.,.5s., &c, which in
many cases could only now be paid, would be rather handsome sums, if paid each year
for three years. Mr. Skipworth wishes to carry out the suggestion, and gives £1 Is. for
three years,
ComMITTee.
The Earl of Dartrey, H. G. Cattley, Esq. George Samuel, Esq.
The Earl of Ravcnsworth D. B Chapman, Esq. F. L. Slous, Esq.
Lord Lyttelton. John Cochrane, Esq. N. W. J. Strode, Esq.
Viscount Walden. T. 1. Hampton, Esq. Henry Waite, Esq.
Lord Randolph Churchill. Capt. H. A. Kennedy. The Rev. W. Wayte.
Sir Charles Rowley, Bart. George W. Medley, Esq, J W.RimingtonWilson,Esq
Sir John S. Trelawny, Bart. A. Mongredien, Esq. Marmaduke Wyvill, Esq,
Sir John T. Metcalfe, Bart. The Rev. C. Puller, M.A H. T. Young, Esq.
THE CHESS PLAYERS1 CHRONICLE. 119
SIr,— London. 20(A June, 1874.
A Committee, consisting of the gentlemen whose names appear in the above list, has
been formed for the purpose of raising and presenting a testimonial to Mr. Lowenthal,
in recognition of the high service rendered by him to the cause of Chess,
These services, they feel convinced, are too well known to require more than the briefest
possible recapitulation During the past 2;i years he has devoted to the promotion of
the game, its practice and theory, an amount of energy, perseverance and ability, which
must in any other calling have secured to him a large and substantial reward. His con
tributions to Chess literature during this period have been many and valuable. For 12
years, 1854— 1866, he edited the Chess column of the Era, and produced a long series of
articles, critical and analytical, which for extent of information, kindly and impartial
criticism, and profound knowledge of everything connected with the game, have never
been surpassed. His more recent connection with Land and Water and with various
other periodicals, his numerous contributions to the Chessplayers' Chronicle, &c, will
also be fresh to your recollection. In the year 1860 appeared his edition of Morphy's
Games, followed, in 1864, by The Games of the Chess Congress, both of which may now
fairly be regarded as standard works of reference in connection with the game. During
the years 1865— 1867, he conducted the Chess Players' Magazine in a manner fully worthy
his high reputation as a Chess Editor.
Mr. Lowenthal has also at various times delivered lectures on Chess at the Polytechnic,
Sussex Hall, Westbourne College, and other Institutions, with great success. In the year
1861 he was appointed to the responsible and arduous post of Manager of the British Chess
Association. The manner in which he has discharged the onerous duties of that office
calls for high commendation, and to him in no small degree is to be ascribed the success
which has attended the meetings of that body in the years 1862, 1866, 1868, 1870, and 1872,
It may be stated as a fact that since Mr. Lowenthal first came to this country, in 1851,
there has been no movement of importance, in connection with English Chess, in which
he has not taken a prominent and most useful part.
His constant attendance at the MetroIxjlitan Clubs, and his readiness to play with and
impart instruction to all comers, are too well known to call for more than cursory
mention.
Mr. Lowenthal is now in the decline of life, and failing health renders it imperatively
necessary that he should retire from the more active labours in which he has hitherto
been engaged.
In conclusion, the Committee would put on record their estimation of him as a man
although they are conscious that they only express the feelings of all who have come in
contact with him, when they state that his singleness of purpose, strict honour, unvarying
courtesy, and amiablity of disposition, have made friends in every circle he has entered,
and have gained for him universal respect and esteem.
Should you be willing to subscribe to the object in view, the Committee will feel obliged
by your forwarding your contribution to T. I. Hampton, Esq., St. George's Chess Club,
20, King Street, St. James's, who has kindly consented to act as Treasurer.
I have the honour to be, Sir, on behalf of the Committee,
Your obedient Servant,
GEO. W. MEDLEY, Hon. Secretary.
FIrsT LIsT oF subsCriPTIons.
e p. d. £ s. d.
The Efrrl of Dartrcy 20 ii n John Jaques, Esq 2
The Earl of Ilavensworth . 5 Ii li Capt. H. A. Kennedy 5
Lord Lyttelton '.' '.' 0 J. L. Keir, Esq 5
Viscount Walden Hi 0 0 W. A. Lindsay, Esq 1
Sir Charles Rowley, Bart. . in 0 0 The Rev. Sir Gilbert Lewis .... 2
Sir J. T. Metcalfe, Bart. . 10 0■2 11 Col. Lumsden 1
Arthur Ashton, Esq 2 II C. MaiTctt, Esq 1
W. F. Ball, Esq, 10 0 0 G. W. Medley,
T. Barrow, Esq III 0 II A. Mongredien, Esq.
Rev. W. Beckett 5 II George Samuel, Esq 10
H. G. Cattlcy, Esq in II ii John Samuel, Esq 10
D. B. Chapman, Esq 20 I) ii C. J. Shaw, Esq 't
J. Coburn, Esq 1 1 n F. L Slous, Esq 10
John Cochrane, Esq 1 i 0 0 N. W. J. Strode, Esq 10
Hon. H. Devereux 2 0 II J. Theobald, Esq 1
C. F. Detmold, Esq 10 II II The Editor of Land and Water... 5
F. Greenaway, Esq 1 1 II Henry Waite, Esq 25
S. Greenhough, Esq 1 1 II Georpe Waiker. Esq 2
T. I. Hampton, Esq 1 1 II Rev. W. Wayte 10
10 0 0 J. W. Rimington Wilson, Esq. . . 25
H.E. 10 II o M. Wyvill, Esq 6
Charles Horsley, Esq 92 2 0 H. T. Young, Esq 5
120 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
The BrisTol and ClifTon Chess AssociaTion has been busily engaged during
the winter season, Chess matches with Oxford, Cambridge, and Sheffield having taken up
a large portion of the time. The two latter matches are still going on by correspondence,
and that with Oxford University, it is hoped, will shortly take place at Clifton, the
Oxford club having accepted an invitation, forwarded some time since, to play the return
match, Bristol being victorious on the last occasion. The following is the result of the
Handicap Tournament played in the club room :—Section A. Class 1—W. Berry won 19,
lost 5 ; E. M. Baufield retired early, games scored against him ; H. J. Francillian ditto,
ditto ; C. F. Lewis won 14, lost 12 ; A. T. Perry won 19, lost 8 ; L. Mosley won 18, lost 5 ;
Rev. N. Tibbits won 7, lost 13 ; W. Tribe won 10, lost 10. Class 2 (the above giving the
odds of pawn and two moves) : G. Davis won 5, lost 11 ; G. Harding won 19, lost 8;
H. Pearce won 5, lost 8 ; T. W. Walton won 2, lost 12. It will be observed that Messrs.
Berry, Perry, and Harding have each made a score of 19, and will consequently have to
play off for the first, second, and third prizes.—Section B. Class 1 : Mrs. Vivian won 8,
lost 4 ; C. J. English won 10, lost 2 ; W. Hall won 7, lost 6. Class 2 (receiving odds of
rook) : C. Giles won 2, lost 9 ; J. Stone won 4, lost 8 ; J. Fawn won 6, lost 6. A very
interesting match is being played at the Clifton Chess Club, between Messrs. Thorold
and Minchin, two well-known first-class English players. They play on Saturday
afternoons.
THE PROVINCIAL CHESS CHAMPION CUP.
The Editors of "The Chess Players' Chronicle " brought this Cup before the Public
reserving to themselves the right of altering and amending from time to time the
regulations in connection with it, to meet the requirement of Chess players generally,
and they now issue the following—
ruLES AnD COndITIonS OF PLAy
Which shall be observed from this date, July 1st 1874, until further notice.
1.—All challenges for the Cup shall be sent through the Editors of this Magazine.
2.—The Competitors shall in all cases stake £3 3s. each, the winner shall receive the
£6 6s, staked, and shall pay £1 Is. to the Editors of this Magazine for the Cup Fund to
meet incidental expenses, and the cost of the cup, which in not yet paid off.
3.—The player, who first scores four gamesin any match shall be considered the winner
of that match, drawn games counting nothing,
4.—The holder of the Cup may be bound, at the option of the challenger, to fix or
accept a time of play within fourteen days, and to commence play within sixty days of
receiving the challenge, or, in default, be required to give up the Cup to the challenger,
along with a forfeit of £1 Is., to be paid to the Editors of this Magazine for the Cup
Fund.
5.—The Matches may be played anywhere by mutual arrangement, or the place shall
be selected by the Editors according to Rule 9.
(>,—During every match either party may stipulate, that at least one game shall, if
possible, be played every day, Sundays excepted, and that no adjournment of any game
shall take place before the expiration of a five hours sitting, excepting in cases of decided
illness.
7.—There shall be a time limit of twenty moves to the hour.
8.—The games shall be played in accordance with the rules laid down in Staunton's
Chess Praxis.
9.—All difficulties and disputed points shall be referred to the Editors of this Magazine,
and their decision shall be final. Exception.—If the Editors are at any time taking part
in the competition, all difficulties and disputed points shall be referred to the Secretary,
and two other Members of the Club chosen by him, of some leading Metropolitan Club
(the St. George's Club to have the preference; and their decision in like manner to be
final.
10.—Any Competitor refusing to comply with the Rules and Conditions of play (so
that any match may not be played out) may be required by the Editors of this Magazine
to return the Cup to them if he is the holder, or to pay them £1 Is. forfeit if he is not
the holder.
11.—Any player rightfully holding the Cup according to the Conditions, against all
comers, for the space of three years, shall, at the expiration of that time, claim the Cup
as his own property.
12.—That the winner in every match shall forward correct copies of all the games
played in the Match to the Editors of this Magazine.
*»* Should Mr. Owen continue to hold the Cup until the 21th of October next, he will
claim the Cup as his own property. Mr. Owen will not be bound to accept any challenge
after the 1 7th of October next, though he should play out any match proposed before
that date.
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 121
PEOBLEM XXIV.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

Chess in BuCKInchamshIrE.—Mr. Ellis, Stourton Rectory, Mr. Skipworth, Lincoln,


and other friends were hospitably entertained at Tingewick Rectory, by Mr. and Mrs.
Ooker in June last. Chess, archery, croquet, &c, were the order of the ctay, and the week
was thorough holiday and enjoyment. Mr. Coker was particularly successful in his
games at Chess with Mr. Skipworth.
ChesS aT LincoLn.—Mr. Lciwenthal has been on a visit to Mr. Skipworth. The
veteran was in good form (his health being so much better during the summer months),
and the result of the play decidedly in his favour.
WesT YorKshire Chess AssociaTion held its annual meeting at Huddersfield,
under the presidency of Mr. Watkinson. The First Tournament was a handicap, and
Mr. Godwin and Mr. A. Finlinson divided the prizes. In the Second Tournament, Mr. T.
Fieldsend and Mr. Shaw divided the prizes. Mr. Hawkins won in the Third Tournament.
The Leeds and Wakefield Clubs played a match on the occasion, the latter club scoring
eleven games to three, and one draw on the part of the former. The Huddersfield College
Magazine informs us that " the meeting was generally pronounced to have been orje of
the most enjoyable ever held in connection with the Association."
122 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XXV.
By James Pierce, M.A.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

CORRESPONDENCE PLAY.
Tourney No. 1 has been brought to a conclusion by Mr. Gossip winning of Mr. W. T.
Pierce. Mr. Gossip, therefore, takes the first prize, value £1 10s. Od. ; Mr. W. T. Pierce
takes second prize, value 10s.
In Tourney No. 2, no further advance has been made.
In Tourney No. 3, Dr. Vines has won of Mr. Fry, the second game being drawn.
Mr. Archdall has won of Mr. E. W. Johnson, the second game being still unfinished.
One more pair is required to complete the number in this 3rd Tourney.
Two prizes are given in each Tourney of 8 players—the first, value £1 10s. Od. ; the
second, value 10s. In addition to these, each winner in the first round receives a prize,
value 6s.
J. H. ELLIS,
STourton RecTory,
July 2lst, 1874. BATH.
Mr. BlacKbourne has returned from Holland, where he was most successful, as
usual, in his wonderful and unequalled exhibitions of blindfold play.
Mr. R. B. Wormald, B.A., has been appointed successor to the late Mr. Staunton, as
Editor of the Chess column of the IllusTrated London NEWS.—The City of London
Chess Magazine.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLe. 123
PEOBLEM XXVI.
By Herr Kling.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White mates in three moves.

The Provincial Champion Cup.—In the Match for this Cup played last month,
Mr. Skipworth lost all the four games to Mr. Owen without even drawing one. Mr.
Skipworth not being at all in form for serious play (as the games could testify), had a
week's holiday in Wales, and then commenced another match, and the score now is—
Owen, 2 ; Skipworth, 2 ; Drawn, 0.
In one of the games, Mr. Owen lost through time, having made only 37 moves in two
hours, the time limit being 20 moves to the hour, calculated at the two hours' end.
Mr. Owen considering it hard lines that the lime Law should be acted upon, Mr. Skipworth
proposed a compromise—that the game should be played out, that he (Mr. S.) would not
score it unless he won it, and that if the game was lost by Mr. S. through a mistake
(the position being such that only a mistake could lose it for him; it should not be scored
against him. The game was played out, and Mr. Skipworth won. The match is
adjourned until after the Counties' Meeting at Birmingham, and 4he remaining games
will probably be played, ere very lohg, at Lincoln.
The American Chess Congress held at Chicago, Captain Mackenzie has won the
first prize, Mr. Hosmer the second, and Mr. Judd the third. To Mr. Perrin, the veteran
of the Brooklyn Chess Club, is due the honour of having won the prettiest game of the
session. We are indebted for the information to Turf, Field, & Farm.
124 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XXVII.
By J. H. Ellis.
BLACK.

%. v////Jm.

%/////////.
•JP ffl

IS ■ 'mm.
rf wm wm tm
..^Mm^^^m/A

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PEOBLEMS IN No. III.


XVI.
While. Slack.
1. B to Q. B. eighth, &a
XVII.
1. B. to Q Kt. square 1. K. takes P. (a, Sic)
2. Q. to K. R. eighth (chock) 2. K. moves
3. Q. mates. (a) If 1. K. to Q. fifth
2. Q. to Q. Kt. second (check) 2. K. takes P., or moves
3. R. or Q. mates. XVIII.
1. Q. to K. R. eighth 1. P. takes B. (a)
2. Q. to Q. Kt. second 2. Anything
8, Q. mates. (a) If 1 . K. to B. fifth
2. Q. to Q. fourth (check) Sic.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 125

PROBLEM XXVIII,
By Mr, G. Chocolousch.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

XIX.
1. Q. to Q. seventh (check) 1. B. to Q. fourth (a)
2. Q. to Q. eighth, mating next move.
(a) If 1. K. moves
2. P. to Q. fourth (check; &c.
xx.
1. Q. to Q. second 1. P. to Q. fourth (a, b)
2. Q. takes B. P. (check) 2. K. takes Q.
3. Kt. to Q. third, mate.
(0) If 1. P. to Q. third
2. Q. to Q. B. third (check) Sic.
(1) If 1. K. to B. third
2. Q. to Q. sixth (check) &c.
XXI.
1 . K. to R. seventh 1. P.toK.B.fifth(o,&o.)
2. Q. to Q. R. fifth (check) mating next move.
(o) If 1 . P. to K. Kt. third
2. B. takes B. P. (check) 2. K. takes B, or moves
8. Q. mates.
126 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XXIX.
By W, A. Shinkman.
Chess Record.
BLACK.

mm
Wm
w warn.
is. ill.

i B JB

IB ipi
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

XXII.
1. Q. to Q. B. second 1. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
2. K. to Q. square 2. P. takes Q. (check)
3. K, takes P, 3. K. moveB
4. R, takes R. P. mate.
1. Q. to K. seventh 1. B. takes P. (a)
2. B. to K. fourth (check) 2. K. takes B.
3. Kt. to K. B. fourth 3. K. takes P.
4. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth mate.
[a] If 1. K.to'B. third
2. B. to K. fourth (check) 2. K. to Kt. fourth
3. Q. to Q. B. fifth (check) 3. K. to R. fifth
4. B. to Q. B. second mate.
THE CHESS PLAYEB8' CHRONICLE. 127
PROBLEM XXX.
A competing Problem in the Problem Tourney of the British
Chess Association,
Motto,—" Fortiter in re."
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

ENIGMA 1 .
White. Black.
1 . Q. to K. B. seventh 1, K. to B, fourth
2. Q. to K. B. fifth, &c.
1. B. to K. Kt. seventh 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. Q. to Q. fourth, &c.
1. P. to Q. Kt. third 1. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
2. P. to B. fourth, Jio.
128 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE,
PEOBLEM XXXI.
Another B. C. A. Problem.
Motto. —" TJie more haste the less speed."
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

1 . K. to B. seventh 1. B. to Q. R. fourth or Q. Kt. fifth


2. R. to Q. R. square 2. B. to Q. B. sixth
3. R. to Q. Kt. square 3. B. to Q. fifth or Q. Kt. seventh
4. R. to Q. square 4. B. to Q. B. sixth
5. K. to Kt. sixth 6. B. to Q. R. fourth
6. R. to K. B. square 6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
7. R. to Q. R. square, and wins. (Sretrow.j

X. IN No. II.
White. Black.
1. B.toK. R. fifth 1. K. takes P., 4ic
2. Q. to K. B. sixth (check) 2. K. takes Q.
t. B. to Q. B. third mate.
SUPPLEMENT.

The Annual Meeting op The CounTies' chess AssociaTion was held at


Birmingham during the week commencing Monday, August 3rd last, and was a great
success. The Lord Lyttelton, Thomas Avery, Esq., J. Lowenthal, Esq. ILondon),
Dr. Philson (Cheltenham), Lilley Smith, Esq., H. A. Fry. Esq., &c, were among the
visitors, who took no part in the Tournaments. Several ladies were present, and
Miss Rudge (Leominster) proved herself a most formidable opponent in the Second Class.
The following Table shews the entries and results of play in
THE FIRST CLASS:
Total No. of
1 2 a 4 « 6 i s 9 10 11 12 Games won.
( i I 1 1 1 1 1 4 0 "<S
1 i 0 1 0 1 I I i 1 H
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 5
abs.
1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 10
0 0 0 0 0 r. 0 0 r
0 1 (i 0 1 (1 1 I 0 0 4
(> 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 i H
0 r. (> r. r. 0 r. 0 0 0 r.
0 (i 1 0 1 0 0 I (1 0' 3
4 J 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 i «4
i 0 () 0 1 1 i 1 1 i ! 6
The numbers at the head of the columns represent the names as numbered in the first
column.
0 Signifies a lost game.
£ a drawn game.
r. resigned.
* Mr. Skipworth, being unwell, resigned his games to Messrs. Thorold and Wayte,
without playing.
Mr. Burn, Liverpool, takes the 1st Prize, £12 ; Mr. Archdall 2nd Prize, £5 ; Mr. Ranken
and Mr. Wayte equal, take the 3rd and 4th Prizes, £$.
THE SECOND CLASS.
Games won. Games won.
Mr. W. Coates . . Mr. F. Badhanis . .
Miss Rudge . . .. 81 Mr. Newbani 5
Mr. 8. G. Kempson Mr. W. Berry . .
Mr. De Soyres .. Mr. J. F. Ryder . . :: '74
Mr. Burt .. Mr. Price . . . . resigned
Mr. Maddbrs n Mr. Best .. .. 8
Mr. Syndercombe s
Mr. Burt, therefore, wins the 1st Prize ; Miss Rudge, 2nd Prize ; Mr. Best, Mr. Coates,
Mr. Syndercombe (equal), for the two remaining Prizes.
2 SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
THE THIRD CLASS.
Mrs. J. F. Ryder. Mr. E. P. Warren.
Mr, A. Browett. Mr. J.W. Franklin.
Mr. E. Shorthouse. Mr. E. Breese.
Mr. C. Wallbank. Mr. E. C. Hadby.
Mrs. S. G. Kempson.
Mr. Franklin won in this Class without losing a single game.
THE HANDICAP.
Twenty-four entered, and they were arranged in three Sections—A, B, C.
SecTion A.—1st Round.
Mr. Skipworth (giving Pawn and move) won of Mr. Burt.
Mr. Madders (receiving Pawn and two moves) won of Major Martin.
Mr. Newham (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Shorthouse.
Mr. De Soyres won of Mr. Murray,
2nd and 3rd Rounds.
Mr. De Soyres (receiving Pawn and move) won of Mr. Skipwoith.
Mr, De Soyres won of Mr. Newham.
Mr. De Soyres, the winner in Section A.
SECTIon B.—1st Round.
Mr. Berry (receiving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Gossip.
Mr. Fry (receiving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Archdall.
Mr. Ranken won of Mr. Thorold.
Mr. Wayte (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Breese.
2nd Round.
Mr, Wayte (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Fry.
Mr. Ranken (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Berry.
3rd Round.
Mr. Wayte won of Mr. Ranken.
Mr. Wayte, the winner in Section B.
Section C—1st Round.
Mr. Burn (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Warren.
Mr. Wallbank (receiving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Coates.
Mr. Fisher (giving Pawn and move* won of Mr. Kempson.
Miss Rudge (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Collins.
2nd Round.
Mr. Burn (giving Pawn and move) won of Miss Rudge.
Mr. Fisher (giving Pawn and two moves) won of Mr. Wallbank.
3rd Round.
Mr. Burn (giving Pawn and move) won of Mr. Fisher.
Mr. Burn, the winner in Section C
The winners in the Sections— Messrs. Burn, De Soyres, and Wayte, divide the two
First Prizes.
All the losers in the first round played for the Third and Fourth Prizes, which were
divided among the three winners, Messrs. Burt, Coates, and Thorold.
On the Thursday Evening, Mr. Lowenthal played a number of simultaneous games
(21 we believe) , and was particularly successful.
The Annual MeeTing for the transaction of business was held on the Friday, Lord
Lyttelton (the President of the Association) presiding, when Mr. Burn was elected a
Member of the Committee in the place of Mr. Feddon, who has been absent the last two
years. The Association having received no invitation for next year, it was resolved that
the place of meeting should be left to the Committee to determine.
ThE Luncheon was held in the Banqueting-room of the Masonic Hall, and every
seat, we believe, was filled, many ladies also being present. Lord Lyttelton occupied the
Chair. The speeches were never more interesting than on the present occasion.
Mr. Lowenthal in his speech paid a graceful tribute of respect to the memory of
Mr. Staunton.
SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 3
We cannot speak of the general play at this Congress, not having been able as yet to go
through many of the games. The play of Mr. Burn, who won all his games, was doubt
less of a high order. Mr. Bum, it will be remembered, carried off the Second Prize in
the Tournament of the British Chess Association in London, in 1868 ; and he, last year,
won the First Prize at the Meeting of the Counties' Association at Clifton.* We scarcely
think the play of some of his adversaries was up to their best standard. The admirable
arrangements of this meeting were chiefly carried out by Mr. Kempson, whose zeal and
energy deserve our warmest acknowledgement, especially when his «are for others must
have been a serious drawback to his own interests, while playing in the Tournament,
A most friendly reception was accorded to the visitors, and the hospitality on this
occasion was never surpassed.
A place of meeting for next year has not yet been chosen. Manchester, Edinburgh,
Glasgow, and other places have been suggested.
Played at the Chicago Congress,
(Bishop' s Gambit.)
White. (Mr. 1Iosmer.) Black. (Captain Mackenzie.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B, fourth 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. B. takes P. 4. Q. to K. R. fifth (check)
5. K. to B. square 6. P. to Q. B. third
6. B. toQ. B. fotuih 6. B. to K. Kt. fifth
7. Kt. to K. B. third (a) 7. Q. to K. R. fourth
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. to K. Kt. fourin
9. P. to K. R. fourth 9. B. to K. Kt. second
10. K. to Kt. square 10. B. takes Kt.
11. P. takes B. 11. Kt. to Q. second
12. P. takes P. 12. Q. takes P. (check.)
13. K. to B. square 13. Castles
14. K. B. takes P. 14. Q. to K. B. third
15. B. to K. R. fifth 15. Q. takes P.
16. Q. takes Q. 16. B. takes Q.
17. P. to Q. B. third 17. B. to K fourth
18. Kt. to Q. R. third 18. K. Kt. to K. B. third
19. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 19. B. to Q. B. second
20. B. to K. B. seventh 20. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
21. Kt. to Q. second 21. Kt. to K. fourth
. 22. B. to K. sixth (check) 22. K. to Kt. second
23. P. toQ. R. fourth 23. P. to Q. R. third
24. P. takes P. 24. R. P. takes P.
25. R.toK. R. sixth (f>) •25. K. R. to K. B. square
26. K. to K. second 26. R. to Q. sixth
27. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 27. R. takes K. B. P.
28. Kt. to K. B. fifth (check) 28. K. to Kt. third
29. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 29. B. to Q. Kt. square
30. B. to K. B. fifth 30. R. to K. B. second
31. B, to Q. R. sixth (cheok) 31. K. to B. second
32. Kt. to K. sixth (check) 32. K. to Kt. ^econd
33. Kt. to Q. B. fifth (check) 33. K. to B. second
* We should much like to see a Match arranged between Mr. Burn and the holder of
the Provincial Champion Cup.
4 SUPPLEMENT TO THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
84. R. to Q. R. eighth 34. R. takes P.
86. B. takes P. 35. R. takes Kt. (c;
86. P. takes R. 36. Kt. to Q. second
87. B. to K. R. second (d) 37. K. to Kt. second
38. R. takes B. (check) 38. Kt. takes R.
38. B. takes Kt. 39. Kt. to Q. second
40. B. to Q. fourth 40. Kt. to K. B. square
41. R. to K. B. sixth 41. R. takes R.
42. B. takes R. 42. K. to B. second
48. K. to K. third 43. Kt. to Q. second
44. B. to K. seventh 44. P. to K. R. fourth
44. K. to Q. fourth 45. K. to B. square
46. P. to K. fifth 46. P. to Q. Kt. filth
47. P. to K. sixth
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) Threatening, B. takes P. (check).
(b) White maintains his advantage ably to the end.
(c) Black's game is without resource.
(d) To avoid, R. takes B., on King's Bishop taking Knight.—Chess Record.
BrisTol and Clifton Chess AssociaTion.—The Handicap Tournament has been
concluded—in Class I.—Mr. W. Berry takes the tat Prize, Mr. W. Harding the second, and
Mr. A. T. Perry the third ; in Class II., Mr. England the first, Mrs. "Vivian the second.
Chess LiTeraTure.—The Chess Players' Manual. A handsome volume, containing
nearly 900 pages, and edited by Mr. Gossip; has been received by us just as we go to press.
We shall best set forth its purport by quoting from the Title Page :—" A complete Guide
to Chess, containing the laws of the game according to the revised code laid down by the
British Chess Association in 1862 ; all the most important modern discoveries in the
openings, illustrated by numerous diagrams, and a collection of carefully selected
illustrative games between the best English and foreign players, with analytical, critical,
and explanatory notes. Also a collection of curious and difficult Problems, comprising
some of the Prize Problems in the London Tournaments." At this late period we are
quite unable to give a review, and we merely for the present remark that the book
appears to be well got up, the type is large and very readable, and the general appearance
is decidedly attractive. Messrs. Boutledge and Sons are the Publishers.
Cbess Literature, as The Illustrated London News informs us, is looking up, Mr. Wisker
and Herr Zukertort being each about to publish. We have heard also of another book
being in course of preparation, the Editor, an amateur well up in modern languages, and
well read in the new German Handbuch.
PROBLEMS.
The best two-mover in the Problem Tourney of the British Chess Association.
By Herr Kling.
White. K. at Q. Kt. square, Q. at Q. R. sixth, Rs. at K. Kt. fourth and Q. B. sixth,
Bs. at K, B. third and Q. eighth, Kt. at K. sixth, Ps. at K. R. fifth and Q. fifth..
Black. K. at K. B. fourth. B. at Q. third, Kts. at K. second and K. Kt. square, Ps. at
K. fourth and K. R. third.
White to mate in two moves.
One from the First Prize set.
White. K. at Q. Kt. fourth, Q. at K. R. third, R. at Q. eighth, Kt. at K. R. second,
Ps. at K. second, K. R. stxth, Q. B. fifth.
Black. K. at Q. fifth, Bs. at K. fourth and fifth, Kt. at Q. Kt. fourth, P. at Q. fourth.
White to mate in three moves.
glotitts to Comsponbenis.
SOLuTIonS TO—
Problem X. Sretrow, Saxon.
„ XVI. Sretrow, Saxon, J. F. Ryder, E, S.
„ XVII. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S,
„ XVIII. Sretrow, Saxon, J, F. R., E. S.
„ XIX. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S.
XX. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S,
XXI, Sretrow, Saxon, E. S.
„ XXII. Sretrow, Saxon, J. F. R., E. S.
XXIII, Sretrow, Saxon.
„ 4 (on cover; Sretrow, Saxon.
Enigmas. Sretrow, (all) Saxon (1, 2, 3.J J. F. E. (I, 2, 'S.j E. S. (1, 2, 3.)
J. Cochrane, W. T. Pierce, J. Pierce, J . G. (Clifton), C. E. Ranken, G. H. D. G., E. S.,
C. B. (Birmingham), A. C. (Worcester), Herr Kling, T, B. (Clifton), are thanked for
their communications.
J. H. E. Several of the games in the Correspondence Tourney are not good enough for
publication, and the players themselves will not, we believe, call in question our
verdict.
EdITor or "Dubuque Journal."- We have forwarded, by post, 3 Nos. each of
February, April, and October, ] S7H, according to request. Many thanks for the game,
we are much pressed for room or we should have published it at once. It shall not
be forgotten.
P. W. L. We are much obliged to you for another Problem; it is, we believe, quite
correct in all variations, but the first move is very obvious, and the position is no^
equal to those with which you have lately favoured us. We hope however to find a
corner for it.
J. W. A. Message received through our mutual friend. We are always glad to hear from
you, we shall have pleasure in reserving space in the next Number.
%* This Number being unavoidably late, the Editors, in order to give the result at the
Comities' Meeting, issue, instead of an Extra 6d. Number, a short Supplement, gratis.
»»• We should be glad if all Secretaries of Club6 would furnish us with any information
that is desired to be made public.

Solutions to Problems and other editorial communications should be addressed to the


Rev. A. B. SKipworTh, Lincoln.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to JamES WiLLIAMSOn, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
, Bookseller, Lincoln.
to whom P. O. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post, 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
MESSES. PIERCE'S "BOOK OF PEOBLEMS."

Xo. 10, corrected by the Authors.


BLACK.

• B
i 111 il? Ill

mi

Pip *
1 H H
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.—Some back Numbers slightly soiled (chiefly


on the covers) may be had half-price.
mHE DUBUQUE CHESS JOURNAL.—Some copies of this Monthly American Magazine
1 can be regularly supplied on application at the Office of this Magazine.
ARCHERY and FISHING TACKLE.—THOMAS ALDRED, Manufacturer to the 1
Prince and Princess of Wales, &c, and holder of six Prize Medals, maker of the
celebrated glued,up Triangular Trout. Salmon, Spinning, and Trolling Rods.—126, Oxford
Street, London, W. Catalogues gratia.
SETTER DOG FOR SALE—Has been shot over three seasons. Good looking, has been
well trained, and is equal to any amount of work. The Keeper would be glad for
any one to see him out.—Address, Mr. Marshall, Gamekeeper, Rothwell, Caistor, Lincoln
shire.
WANTED, a second-hand copy of ROBERTSON'S SERMONS (3 vols.)—Address to
the Office of this Magazine.

James WILLiamson, PrinTer, hIGh sTreeT, LinColn.


VoL IV. No. V.

THE CHESS PLATERS

CHKONICLE.

OCTOBER, 1874.

CONTENTS.
Select Reprints— Page.
No. XXV. Mr. Harrwitz and Mr. Staunton 129
„ XXVI. Mr. Staunton and Mr. 130
Games—played between—
No 60 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Fisher 181
„ 61 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Fisher 133
M 62 Captain Mackenzie and Mr. Hosmcr 134
„ 63 Mr, Bum and Mr. Gossip 136
„ 64 Mr. Burn and Mr. Halford 187
„ 66 Mr. Burn and Mr. Ranken 139
„ 66 Mr. Halford and Mr. Skipworth 140
„ 67 Mr Skipworth and Mr. Fisher 141
„ 68 Mr. Wayte and Mr. Fisher 144
„ 69 Mr. Halford and Mr. Wayte 145
„ 70 Mr. Wayte and Mr. Burn 147
„ 71 Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Owen 149
Chess InTelligence—
Mr. Gossip's Book and the Reviewers 152
Helensburgh Chess Club 163
Mr. Lowenthal 153
Obituary—Lord Benholme 153
Synopsis of Chess Openings 153
Contest for the Provincial Champion Cup 154
Counties' Chess Association 156
Counties' Chess Meeting at Birmingham 156
SoluTions To Problems 157, 158, 159, 160
Problem XXXII 153
XXXIII ; 154
XXXIV 156
XXXV 156
XXXVI 157
XXXVII 168
XXXVIII 159
XXXIX 160

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the" board' remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 129

Select Reprints. No. XXV.


Chess Players' Companion.
(Remove Black's King's Bishop's Pawn.)
White. (Mr. Harkwitz.) Black. (Mr. Staunton.)
1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to Q. B. fourth 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. fifth 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to K. B. fourth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to {). B. third
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. B. to K. second
8. P. to Q. R. third 8. Castles
9. B. to Q. third 9. B. to K. E. fifth (check)
10. P. to K. Kt. third 10. B. to K. second
11. P. to K. E. third 11. Kt. to K. B. second
12. B. to K. third 12. Kt. to Q. B. second
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. P. to K. fourth
14. Castles (Q. R.) 14. B to K. B. third •
15. Q. E. to K. Kt. square 15. P. to Q. E. third
16. P. to K. Kt. fourth 16. P. takes P.
17. B. takes P. 17. Kt. to K. fourth (a)
18. B. takes Kt. 18. B. takes B.
19. Kt. takes B. 19. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)
20. K. to Kt. square 20. Q. takes Kt.
21. P. to K. E. fourth 21. B. to Q. second
22. P. to K. Kt. fifth 22. P. to Cj. Kt. fourth (h)
23. P. to K. B. fifth 23. E. to K. B. sixth
24. E. to K. Kt, second 24. E. to Q. Kt. square (c)
25. Kt. to K. second (d) 25. P. takes P.
26. B. takes P. 26. B. to q. E. fifth (e)
27. Q. to Q. B. square 27. E. takes Q. R. P. (/)
28. Kt. to K. Kt. third (y) 28. E. takes Kt.
130 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
29. E. takes E. 29. Q. takes E.
30. P. to K. Kt. sixth 30. P. to K. E. third
31. E. to K. B. square 31. Q. to K. fourth
32. B. to Q. third 32. Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth
33. E. to K. B. fifth 33. Q. to Q. fifth
34. E. to K. B. third 34. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (check)
35. K. to E. square 35. Kt. to Q. eighth
And White resigned.
NOTES by Mr. STaunton.
(a) This is preferable to taking the Knight.
(6) Black has now an excellent game ; and the attack already begun by him on the
King's quarters, if well sustained, must lead to victory.
(c) This is far more advantageous than the obvious move of Q. R. to K. B. square,
since he now threatens to gain a piece immediately by taking the Q. B. P.
(d) Saving the piece, and, which was important, preventing the Black Queen being
played to her fifth.
(?) B. to Q. Kt. fourth would perhaps have been still stronger.
(/) Threatening a speedy mate by Q. takes K. P. (check), &c.
(g) The game was not to be retrieved, but it might have been prolonged by playing
R. to K. R. fourth.

Select Reprints. No. XXVI.


Chess Players' Companion.
With one of our first.rate players.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Staunton.) Black. (Mr
1 . P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. Q. to Q. Kt. third 7. Q. to K. second
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. takes P.
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Q. P. takes K. P.
10. B. to Q. E. third 10. Q. to K. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 131

11. P. takes P. 11. P. to K. fifth


12. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 12. Kt. to K. E. third (a)
13. Kt. takes K. P. 13. Q. takes Q. P.
14. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 14. B. takes Kt.
15. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 15. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
16. B. takes P. (check) 16. K. to Q. square (h)
17. Kt. to K. sixth (check) 17. B. takes Kt. (c)
18. Q. takes Q. B. 18. Kt. to Q. B. third (d)
19. Q. E. to Q. square 19. B. to Q. seventh
20. K. E. to K. square 20. Kt. takes B.
21. Q. takes K Kt.
And Black resigns.
NOTES by Mr. STAUnTon.
(a) He would have lost a piece in return, and have got a broken bad position by taking
the Knight.
(b) If Kt. takes B., mate evidently ensues in two moves.
(r) Had he played his King, the following moves shew the game must have been
equally lost.
17. K. to Q. second
18. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (check; 18. P. to Q. B. third (best)
19. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 19. Q, toK. B. third
20. R. to Q. square (check) and wins.
((/) This appears to be his best move. If Q. to Q. second, White plays R. to Q. square
and wins; and if, instead, Kt. takes B., mate follows immediately.
18. Kt. takes B.
19. B. to K. seventh (check) 19. K. to K. square
20. B. to Q, sixth (disc, check) and mating in two moves.

No. 60.
(Evans' Gambit Befused.)
White. (Mr. Ban ken.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. P. to Q. fourth
5. P. takes P. 5. Kt. takes P.
6. Kt. takes P. 6. Q. to K. second (a)
7. Castles 7. B. to K. B. fourth
8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) (b) 8. K. to B. square
132 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
9. E. to K. square 9. Q. to K. E. fifth
10. Q. to K. B. third 10. Kt. to K. second
11. B. to Q. E. third 11. P. to K. B. third
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. B. to Q. third
13. B. takes Kt. 13. B. takes B.
1.4. P. to K Kt. third 14. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
15. P. takes B. (c) 15. P. takes Kt.
16. P. to K. B. fourth 16. Q. to K. E. third
17. P. to K. Kt. fourth 17. Q. to K. Kt. third
18. B. to Q. seventh. 18. P. to K. Ii fourth
19. B. takes B. 19. Kt. takes B.
20. R. takes P. 20. P. takes P.
21. E. takes Kt. (check) 21. K. to Kt. square
22. Q. to K. fourth. 22. E. to K. E. third
23. P. to K. E. fifth 23. R. to K. square
24. P. takes Q. 24. E. takes Q.
25. Kt. to Q. B. third 25. Q. E. takes P.
26. B. to K. square 26. E. takes P.
27. B. to K. eighth (check) 27. K. to R. second
28. E. to K. E. fifth (check) 28. E. to K. E. third
29. E. takes E. (check) 29. P. takes E.
30. E. to K. fourth 30. E. to Q. Kt. seventh
31. E. to K. seventh (check) 31. K. to Kt. third
32. R. takes P. 32. E. takes Q. P.
33. E. takes P.
And White wins.
NOTES by W. WayTe.
(a) We are a little surprised to find that neither this move nor (!. Q. to K. B. third, is
noticed iu the new Handbuch, especially as the former, at least, had been analysed by Mr.
Lowenthal so far back as 1871. The variations in question will be found at p. 134 of
our second volume. Another move is 6. Q. to K. Kt. fourth, on which we give a variation
by Mr. Lowenthal, hitherto, we believe, unpublished :—
6. Q.to K. Kt. fourth
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. Q. takes K. Kt. P.
8. Q. to K. second (check) 8. Kt. to K. second
9. R. toK. Kt. square.

THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 133


Now if 9. B. takes P. (check)
10. Q. takes b. 10. Kt. takes Q. B. P. (check)
11. K.to K. second 11. Q. takes Q. (check;
12. K. takes Q. 12. Kt. takes E.
13. Kt. to Q. R. third
And as the Kt. must fall, Mr. L. prefers White's game.
(6) Mr. Ranken afterwards thought he should have played P. to Q. third, or Kt. to Q. R.
third ; but the move he selected seems vigorous enough. Mr. Lowenthal's analysis gives
R. to K. square, which does not turn out so well for White.
(c) The first player cleverly preserves his advantage throughout all these variations,
*** In vol. II., p. 28!*, we gave some interesting variations by M. Rosenthal, on the
"Evans' Gambit Refused." We beg to notice, en passant, that M. Eosenthal's move
10. P. to Q. B. third, from which the variations sprung, is answered in the new Handbuch
by 11. B. to Q. E. third, and the game is continued to the advantage of White.

No. 61.
Played in August, 1871.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Ranken.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. P. takes P.
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. Q. to K. B. third
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Q. to K. Kt. third
10. Kt. takes P. 10. K. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to K. second (a) 11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
12. B. takes Kt. P. 12. E. to Q. Kt. square
13. Q. to Q. E. fourth 13. P. to Q. E. third
14. B. takes Kt. 14. Kt. takes B.
15. B. to Q. E. third 15. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (b)
16. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square 16. P. to Q» E. fourth
17. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth 17. Kt. takes Kt.
18. Kt. takes Kt. 18. B. to Q. Kt. second
19. P. to K. B. third 19. Castles (e)
134 THE CHESS PLAYERS1 CHRONICLE.
20. B. takes B. 20. P. takes B.
21. Q. takes Q. P. 21. P. to Q. B. fourth
22. Kt. to K. B. fifth 22. Q. to Q. Kt. third
23. Q. to Q. sixth 23. B. to Q. B. third
24. K. B. to Q. square 24. P. to Q. B. fifth (disc, ch.)
25. Q. takes Q. 25. B. takes Q.
26. E, to Q. sixth (d) 26. K. E to Q. Kt. square
27. Q. B. to Q. square 27. P. to K. E. third
28. E. takes B. 28. E. takes E.
29. B. to Q. sixth 29. E. takes E.
30. P. takes E. 30. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
31. Kt. to K. third (e) 31. P. to Q. Kt sixth
32. P. takes P. 32. P. takes P.
33. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 33. K. to B. square
34. Kt. to Q. Kt. second 34. K. to K. square
35. K. to B. second
And the game was ultimately drawn. (/)
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) In an Analysis published lately in the Westminster Papers, Herr Zukertort has shewn
that this variation of the Evans yields Black a safe defence. Perhaps B to Q. R. third
is stronger than Kt. to K. second here.
(6) At this point Zukertort gives R. to Q. Kt. fourth as Black's best move, but Mr.
Fisher's play seems equally good .
(c) Q. to Q. sixth would have been more to the purpose.
(d) He should rather have checked with Kt. at K. seventh, and then played Kt. to Q.
fifth, winning a valuable Pawn.
(e> Better than Kt. to Q. fourth, for in that case Black could advance P. to Q. E. sixth.
( f ) It is questionable if Black ought not to have won the game.

No. 62.
Played at the Chicago Congress.
(Euy Lopez.)
White. (Capt. Mackenzie.) Black. (Mr. Hosmer.)
1. P. to K. fouryi 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. B. third
4. B. to Q. R. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 135
5. Castles 5.. Kt. takes P.
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to K. third (a)
9. B. to K. third 9. B. to K. second
10. Q. Kt. to Q. second 10. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
11. Q. to K. second 11. P. to Q. fifth
12. B. to K. B. fourth 12. Kt. takes B.
13. E. P. takes Kt. 13. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (b)
14. P. to Q. B. third 14. Kt. to Q. B. seventh
15. E. takes P. (c) 15. P. to Q. sixth
16. E. takes E. 16. P. takes Q.
17. E. takes Q. (check) 17. K. takes E.
18. E. to Q. B. square 18. B. to K. B. fourth
19. P. to K. Kt. fourth 19. B. to Q. sixth
20. K. to Kt. second 20. P. to K. Kt. fourth
21. B. to K. third 21. P. to Q. B. fourth
22. Kt. to K. square 22. Kt. takes Kt.
23. E. takes Kt. 23. P. to K. E. fourth
24. P. to K. E. third 24. P. takes P.
25. P. takes P. 25. P. to K. B. third
26. Kt. to K. B. third 26. P. takes P.
27. Kt. takes K. P. 27. B. to K. fifth (check)
28. P. to K. B. third 28. B. to Q. fourth
29. E. takes P. 29. E. to K. B. square (d)
30. E to Q. second
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) Kt. to K. second, or B. to Q. Kt. second is sometimes played, and not without good
results.
(6) Black precipitates his attack ; he should have castled.
(c) Evidently overlooked by Mr. Hosmer.
(d) This loses the game right off, but it could hardly have been saved.
Chess Eecord.
136 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

No. 63.
The following Games were played during the recent meeting of
the Counties' Chess Association at Birmingham.

(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Burn.) Black. (Mr. Gossip.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Q. to K. E. fifth (a)
5. Kt. to K. B. third (b) 5. Q. takes K. P. (check)
6. B. to K. second 6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) (c)
7. P. to G> B. third 7. B. to B. fourth
8. Castles 8. K. to Q. square (d)
9. Q. Kt. to Q. second 9. Q. to K. second (e)
10. E. to K. square 10. Kt. to K. E. third (/)
11. B. to Q. B. fourth 11. Q. to K. B. square
12. Kt. to K. fourth 12. B. to Q. Kt. third
13. T5. to K. B. fourth (g) 13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
14. B. to K. Kt. third 14. P. to K. E. third
15. P. to K. E. third 15. Kt. to K. B. third
16. B. to K. E. fourth 16. P. to K. Kt. fourth
17. K. Kt. takes P. (h) 17. P. takes Kt.
18. Q. B. takes P.
And White wins.
NOTES by the Editor of The Illustrated London News.
Ial This defence always leads to a lively, interesting game; and on the whole, we ure
inclined to prefer it to 4. B. to Q. B. fourth.
(b) One of Mr. G B. Fraser's many happy suggestions. The soundness of the sacrifice
has been questioned, but, so far as our examination has gone, the first player appears to
obtain an ample equivalent in attack for the loss of the King's Pawn.
(c) It is not easy to decide on Hlack's best move at this juncture. We are rather in
clined to prefer 6. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth to the check of the Bishop.
(d) If this is Black's best resource, his position is indeed precarious.
(e) lie appears to have no more promising retreat. If he play Q. to K. Kt. third, then
follows—
10. Kt. to K. R. fourth 10. Q. to K. B. third
11. Kt. to K. fourth, &c.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 137
(/) Had he plaved, instead, 10. Kt. to K. B. third, the following is probable—
10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. B. to Q. B. fourth 11. Q. to K. B. square
12. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. Kt. to Q. Kt. third, &c.
(?) A quiet but very effective move. If Black now play P. to Q. third, White rejoins
with Kt. takes P.
(h) Mr. Burn conducts this little game in capital style. Black never has a chance
from start to finish.

No. 64.
(Philidor's Defencs.)
White. (Mr. Burn.) Black. (Mr. Halford.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. B. to K. second
6. B. to Q. third (6) 6. Kt. to Q. B. third (c)
7. Kt. takes Kt. 7. P. takes Kt.
8. Castles 8. Castles
9. P. to K. B. fourtli 9. B. to Q. second
10. P. to K. E. third 10. E. to K. square (d)
11. B. to K. third 11. E. to Q. Kt. square
12. P. to Q. Kt. third 12. P. to Q. E. fourth
13. Q. to K. B. third 13. B. to K. B. square
14. Q. E. to Q. square 14. Q. to Q. B. square (e)
15. B. to Q. fourth 15. K. to E. square
16. P. to K. fifth 16. P. to Q. B. fourth (/)
17. P. takes Kt. 17. P. takes B.
18. Kt. to Q. fifth 18. P. to Q. B. third
19. P. takes P. (check) 19. B. takes P.
20. Kt. to K. B. sixth (g) 20. B. takes Kt.
21. Q. to K. E. fifth 21. K. to Kt. square (h)
22. B. takes P. (check) 22. K. to B. square
23. Q. to K. E. sixth (check) 23. B. to K. Kt. second
138 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
24. Q. takes P. (check) 24. E. to K. second
25. Q. E. to K. square 25. B. to K. third (i)
26. P. to K. B. fifth 26. Q. to Q. square
27. Q. takes Q. (check) 27. E. takes Q.
28. P. takes B. 28. Q. E. to K. square
29. P. takes P. 29. E. to Q. square (J)
30. B. to K. Kt. sixth 30. B. to K. E. third
31. P. to K. E. fourth 31. B. to K. sixth (check)
32. K. to E. second 32. K. to Kt. second
33. P. to K. E. fifth 33. E. to K. E. square
34. P. to K. Kt. fourth 34. E. to K. fourth
35. K. to Kt. third 35. P. to Q. B. fourth
36. K. to Kt. second 36. E. to K. Kt. fourth
37. K. to E. third 37. K. to B. square
38. B. to K. B. sixth
And Black shortly resigned.
NOTES by the Editor of The Illustrated London News.
(o) The best reply, though P. to Q. fourth may be played without danger.
(b) We prefer this move to either B. to K. second or P. to K. B. fourth.
(c) The correct continuation, according to Jaenisch, is—
6. Castles
7. Castles (best) 7. P. to Q. B. fourth
8. K. Kt. to K. second 8. Q. to Q. Kt. third, &c.
(d) We should have preferred R. to Q. Kt. square at once.
(e) Black has never recovered from the ruinous consequences of his sixth move.
Already his position is so hopelessly locked as to be practically lost.
(f ) A plausible counter-move, but, in reality, inferior to retiring the attacked Knight.
(g) Very ingenious and admirably followed up.
(A) We should have preferred playing the K. to Kt. second, e.g. —
21. K. to Kt. second
22. Q. takes E. P. [check] 22. K. to B, square
23. Q. to K. R. sixth [check] 23. B. to Kt. second
24. Q. takes P. [check] 24. K. to Kt. square
25. P. to K. B. fifth 25. R. to K. sixth
26. P. to K. B. sixth 26. B. to K. E. third
27. Q. takes Q. P. 27. Q to K. square
And White has three Pawns against a piece, and a fine position.
(t) He cannot avoid the loss of a piece, play as he may.
(;) If 29. R. takes P.
30. R. takes Q. R. (check) 30. K. takes R.
3^. B. to Kt. sixth, and wins.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 139

No. 65.
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Burn.) Black. (Mr. Ranken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. Kt. to K. B. fifth (a) 5. Q. to K. B. third
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. K. Kt. to K. second
7. Kt. to K. third 7. P. to Q. third
8. B. to K. second 8. Castles
9. Castles 9. B. to K. third
10. K. to E. square 10. Kt. to Q. fifth
11. B. to Q. third 11. Q. to K. E. fifth (b)
12. P. to K. Kt. third 12. Q. to K. B. third (c)
13. P. to K. B. fourth 13. B. to K. E. sixth
14. E. to K. B. second 14. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third
15. B. to Q. second (d) 15. Q. to K. E.- third
16. Q. to K. second 16. P. to K. B. fourth
17. E. to K. square 17. Q. E. to K. square
18. .P. takes P. 18. P. to Q. fourth (e)
19. Q. Kt. takes P. 19. Kt. takes Kt.
20. B. to Q. B. fourth 20. Q. Kt. to K. second
21. Kt. takes Kt. 21. Kt. takes Kt (J)
22. B. takes Kt. (check)
And Black resigns (g)
NOTES by the Editor of The Field.
(a) A novelty which may turn out of considerable importance for the theory and
practice of this opening. It seems at any any rate stronger than B. to K. third, which
enables Black to equalise the game by adopting Anderssen's continuation of exchanging
Kt. and B. first, followed by Kt. to K. second.
(&} A useless device, which seems to have been the result of a miscalculation. Black
probably discovered only subsequently that he could not establish his Q. at K. R. sixth
without getting her into trouble.
(c) Our Liverpool contemporary points out that, in answer to Q.to K. R. sixth, White
could have played with advantage E. to K. square, followed by B. to K. B. square.
140 THE CHESS PLAYEKS' CHRONICLE.
(d) We should have preferred here P. to K. B. fifth, and the game might have then gone
on as follows :—
15. P. to K. B. fifth 15. Kt. to K. fourth
16. Kt. to Q. fifth 16. Kt. takes Kt.
17. Kt. takes Kt. 17. Q. to Q. square
18. B. to K. third 18. P. to Q. B. third
19. Kt. to K B/fourth 19. B. takes B.
20. Q. takes B. 20. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
21. Q. to K. second 21. Kt. takes E. [check]
22. Q. takes Kt. 22. B. to K. Kt. fifth
23. P. to K. R. third 23. P. to K. Kt. fourth
24. P. takes P. en pass. 24. B. to Q. second; if B. P. takes
P. instead, White checks first with the B. at Q. B. fourth, and
either wins two Pawns or removes the Q. with a check, Q. fourth
winning a piece.
25. P. takes P. (check) with a fine attack.
(e) Kt. to Q. fifth first, as suggested by the Liverpool Albion, would have been un
doubtedly stronger.
(/ ) By this deplorable error Black throws away a good game, which, if we are not
mistaken, he could have turned into his favour by simply moving the King. Supposing :—
21. K. to R. square
22. P. to K. B. sixth
We see nothing better ; for, if Kt. to K. third instead, Black takes
the P. with the Kt. [threatening to exchange pieces and to win
the B. by Q. to Q. B. third, [check,] and White cannot take the
Kt. on account of Black's answer, R. takes Q. followed by E.
takes R.
22. Kt. takes Kt.
23. Q. takes R. [if P. takes P. [check] instead, the K. retakes the P.
23. Kt. takes P. at K. B. third
24. Q. to K. second 24. B. to Q. second, with a fine
attack ; for if 25. B. to K. third, Black takes the B. followed by
Kt. to K. Kt. fifth, and ultimately wins the B. by Q. to Q. B.
third [check.]
[g] For if the K. move now. White takes the R. with the Q. winning easily.

No. 66
(French Gams.)
White. (Mr. Halford.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. B. to Q. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Castles 6. Castles
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. Kt. to K. second (a) 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. P. to Q. B. third 9. B. takes Kt.
10. P. takes B. 10. Kt. to K. E. fourth
11. Kt. to K. Kt. third 11. Q. to K. E. fifth (b)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 141
12. Q. to Q. B. second. 12. P. to K. Kt. third
13. E. to K. square (c) 13. K. E. to K. square
14. B. to K. third 14. E. to K. third
15. Q. to Q. second 15. Q. E. to K. square
16. B. to K. B. square 16. Kt. to K. B. fifth
17. P. to Q. B. fourth 17. P. to K. Kt. fourth (d)
18. B. takes Kt. 18. B. takes B.
19. E. takes E. 19. E. takes E.
20. Q. to Q. third 20. E. to K. E. third (e)
21. B. to K. Kt. second 21. Q. takes P. (check)
22. K. to B. square 22. P. takes P.
23. Q. takes Q. B. P. 23. B. takes Kt.
24. P. takes B. 24. Q. takes P.
25. E. to K. square 25. E. to K. E. seventh
26. E. to K. second 26. E. to K. E. fifth
27. E. to K. fourth 27. E. takes E.
28. P. takes E. 28. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
And White shortly resigned.
NOTES by the Editor of Land and Water,
(a) Premature. The Q. B. should have been brought out. White ought not to allow
his K. B. P. to be doubled so early in the game.
(6) The consequences of White's eighth move are now plain. Black has a very fine
attack.
(c) Playing the Rook to this file certainly does not mend matters.
(d) Black might have won the exchange by 17. B, to Q. Kt. fifth; but he rightly
preferred to proceed with the attack.
(c) White's game is now hopeless.

No. 67.
(Ieregular Opening.)
Wlrite. (Mr. Skipwouth.) i Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to Q. B. fourth | 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to K. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to K. third
4. P. to Q. E. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. B. to K. second
142 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. P. takes P. 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. P. to Q. Kt. third (a) 8. Castles
9. B. to Q. third 9. P. to K. E. third (b)
10. Castles 10. P. to Q. E. third
11. B. to Q. Kt. second 11. P. takes P.
12. P. takes P. 12. Q. to Q. B. second
13. E. to Q. B. square 13. E. to Q. square
14. P. to Q. fifth (c) 14. Kt. to Q. E. fourth (d)
15. Kt. to K. fourth (e) 15. Kt. takes Kt.
16. B. takes Kt. 16. B. to Q. B. fourth
17. Q. to Q. B. second (/) 17. B. to Q. second
18. Q. to Q. B. third 18. B. to K. B. square
19. P. to Q. sixth (g) 19. Q. to Q. B. fourth
20. B. to Q. Kt. square 20. Kt. to Q. B. third
21. Q. to Q. third 21. P. to K. B. fourth
22. B. to Q. E. second 22. B. to K. square
23. K. E. to K. square 23. E. takes P.
24. Q. to K. third 24. P. to Q. Kt. third
25. Q. E. to Q. square 25. Q. takes Q. (h)
26. P. takes Q. 26. Q. E. to Q. square
27. E. takes E. 27. E. takes E.
28. Kt. to Q. fourth 28. B. to K. B. second
29. E. to Q. Kt. square 29. B. to K. second
30. B. to Q. B. third (i) 30. B. to K. Kt. fourth
31. K. to B. second 31. Kt. to K. fourth
32. E. to Q. square (/) 32. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
33. K. to Kt. third 33. Kt. takes K. P.
34. E. to K. square 34. P. to K. fourth
35. E. takes Kt. 35. P. to K. B. fifth (check) (*)

And White resigns.


THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 143
NOTES by the Editor of the Field.
(a) We are rather sceptical about the efficiency of this move, though It forms part of
the orthodox line of play usually adopted by the most experienced practitioners of this
opening. The transition into the Queen's Fianchetto is right enough so long as the
Q. E. P. is unmoved : but the Kt. P., unsupported by another Pawn, becomes a source of
a hampering weakness in the first player's game, which is only slightly diminished after
the exchange of Pawns.
(6) This seems loss of time. It would have been much better to develop the Q. B. at
once.
(e) The advance of the Pawn was probably premature. White ought to have nursed
his well-supported centre until he could strike a more decisive blow, and in the mean
while he might have fortified his attack against the opponent's King's side by bringing
his Q. Kt. over to K. second and K. Kt. third.
(d) This Kt. is much out of play now ; we should have preferred Kt. to K. fourth, and
the game might have gone on thus :—
14. Kt. to K. fourth
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. Q. takes Kt.
16. Q. to Q. second. If Kt. to Q. R. fourth instead, Black retreats the Q. to Q.B.
second, followed by B. to Q. B. second.
16. B. to Q. third
17. P. to K. B. fourth (best ; for, in answer to P. to K. Kt. third, Black plays
Q. to K. R, fourth, with a fine game)
17. B. to Q. B. fourth (check;
18. K. to R. square 18. Q. to K. sixth, and, after ex
changing Queens, Black obtains a good game by B. to Q. fifth.
(e) A very good move. Black has no better reply than to take the Kt., after which,
his K. side is left quite bare of the minor pieces.
(/) Here it was where Mr. Skipworth most decidedly failed. Q. to Q. second would
have been much better, as it would have retarded the development of the hostile Q. B.
Of course Black's answer of Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth was quite out of question, on account of
Q. to Q. B. third ; and if Black attempted to bring out his Q. B., White could, we believe,
sacrifice the Kt. with telling effect, e.g,:
17. Q, to Q. second 17. B. to Q second
18. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 18. P. takes Kt. (best;
19. Q. takes P. 19. P. to K. B. third (best; for if
B. to K. B. square instead, White wins by playing B. to K.B. sixth,
followed by Q. to K. R. fifth on the next or second next move.
20. B. takes P. 20. B. to K. square
21. P. takes P., threatening P. to K. seventh 21. B. to Q. fifth
22. B. takes R. 22. E. takes B.
23. P. to K. seventh 23. R. to Q. Kt. square or Q. B.
square. There seems nothing better ; for if the Rook moves any
where on the Queen's file White wins immediately, as Black, in
answer to the check by the B at Q. fifth, cannot cover with the B.,
on accoont of White's advanced Pawn queening.
24. B. to Q. fifth (check) 24. B. to K. B. second
25. Q. to K. R. fifth 2h. Q. takes K. P.
26. B. takes B. (check ), winning the Kt. and coming out with the exchange
and two Pawns ahead.
(g) A flashy sort of move, and altogether unsound, as the Pawn must now fall sooner
or later. White's best plan would have been at once to retreat the B. to Kt. square, and
if then Black took the P. the game might have gone on as follows :—
19. B. to Q. Kt. square 19. P. takes P.
20. Q. to Q. third 20. P. to K. B. fourth
21. Q. takes P. (check) 21. K. to R. square
22. Q. to K. B. seventh 22. Q. to Q. Kt. third
23. B. to Q. fourth 23. Q. to K. third
24. Kt. to K. fifth ; ami there seems no good defe. ee for Black.
(h) Consistently with his last move. Black ought to have doubled the Rooks at once,
and waited for the opponent being compelled to exchange pieces. Black's Q. side is now
much weaker than it was before, and the advantage of isolating the opponent's K. P. is
now neutralised by White's Rook obtaining at once greater freedom of action no account
of his King having an outlet.
144 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
the(i)Q.IfB.weP.,mistake
e.g. : not, White might have drawn the game, at least by boldlv• sacriflcinee
30. P. to Q. B. fifth 30. P, takes P.
31. Kt. takes Kt. 81. R. takes Kt.
32. B. to Q. B. third 32. B. to Q. third. If P. to Q. B.
fifth instead, White wins by checking with the R., followed by
R. to Kt. seventh ; and if B. to K. B. third, White takes the B.,
followed by check with the R. and B. to Q. B. fourth, after which
the Q. R. P. cannot be saved.
33. B. to Q. B. fourth. And we even prefer White's game, as Black's Q. R. P.
must fall soon, and the latter's Rook and Bishop are out of play.
0 ) This is a blunder ; but the game could not be saved, though it might have been
prolonged by P. to K. R. third,
(*) Black played the greater part of the game remarkably well,

No. 68.
(Two Knights' Opening.)
Write. (Mr. Wayte.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third (a) 3. B. to Q. B. fourth (b)
4. Kt. takes P. ^ 4. B. takes P. (check) (c)
5. K. takes B. 5. Kt. takes Kt.
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Kt. to K. Kl. third
7. Q. to K. B. third 7. P. to Q. third
8. B. to Q. third 8. Q. to K. E. fifth (ch.) (d)
9. P. to K. Kt. third 9. Q. to K. B. third
10. Q. takes Q. 10. Kt. takes Q.
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth 11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
12. K. to B. third (e) 12. P. to K. B. third (/)
13. B. to Q. second 13. P. to K. E. fourth
14. P. to K. E. third (g) 14. Kt. to K. E. third
15. P. to K. fifth 15. Kt. to K. B. fourth
16. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 16. Castles
17. Kt. takes B. P. 17. E. to Q. Kt. square (h)
18. P. takes Q. P. 18. Kt. takes Q. P. (check)
19. K. to K. third (i) 19. Kt. to K. B. fourth (check)
20. K. to B. second 20. Kt. to K. fourth
21. B. to K. second 21. P. to K. Kt. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 145
22. B. to Q. Kt. fourth 22. B. to Q. second
23. Q. E. to Q. square 23. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
24. P. to K. Kt. fourth (J) 24. P. takes P.
25. P. takes P. 25. Kt. to K. Kt. second
26. K. to Kt. third 26. P. to K. B. fourth
27. Kt. to Q. fifth 27. P. takes P.
28. Kt. to K. seventh (check) 28. K. to B. second
29. Q.E. to K.B. square (check) 29. Kt. to K. B. fourth (check)
30. K. to B. fourth (k) 30. K. to K. third
31. Kt. takes Kt. 31. P. takes Kt. (1)
32. E. to K. E. sixth (check) 32. E. to K. B. third
33. E. takes E. (check) 33. K. takes E.
34. B. to Q. B. third 34. E. to K. square
35. E. to K. square 35. B. to Q. B. third.
36. B. to Q. third
And Black resigns.
NOTES by the Editor of The Field.
(a) This is Paulsen's favourite opening, and was, we believe, first introduced by him at
the Baden Congress.
(6) The best defence here is P. to K. Kt. third, followed by B. to K. Kt. second. The
move in the text affords White just the opportunity of sacrificing the Kt. which forms
the gist of this attack.
(c) We should like to see the following line of play practically tested :—
4. Kt. takes Kt.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. B. to Q. third
6. P. takes Kt. 6. B. takes P., &c.
The move actually adopted enables White to come out with a combination of several
advantages, viz. :— a well supported centre, two Bishops against Kt. and B., and the open
K. B. file for the R. after the removal of the K.
(d) A useless move. K. Kt. to K. second, threatening to commence an attack by P. to
K. B. fourth after castling, would have been certainly stronger play. White had already
a great superiority of position for the ending game, and nothing could therefore have been
more suitable to him than his opponent's aim at forcing the exchange of Queens.
(e) The movement of the K. towards the centre of the board could serve no good
purpose, and has much the appearance of bravado. K. to Kt. second was simpler and
better, as it would have allowed the Rooks to be brought sooner into action.
(/) Weak. P. to K. R. third was the correct move.
(g) P. to K. fifth at once appears to us stronger.
(A) A bold player might have been tempted here to sacrifice the exchange, which would
have given Black some good chances of winning, e.g. :—
17. B. P. takes P.
18. Kt. takes R. 18. Kt. takes Q. P. (check)
19. K. to K. third, or (1) 19. R. to K. B. sixth (check)
20. K. to K. fourth 20. B. to K. third
21. Kt. to Q. B. seventh, or P. to Q. B. fourth
P. to Q. fourth (check) and mate? next move by B. to K. B. fourth.
L
146 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
Or(l).
19. K. to Kt. second 19. B. to Q. second
20. B. to K. fourth, best; for if B. takes Kt. instead, Black wins by B. to
Q. B. third, (check,) followed by Kt. to K. B. sixth (check,) ic.
20. R. takes Kt.; and again, White
cannot take the Kt. with the B. on account of Black's reply, B. to
Q. B. third (check,) followed byR. to K. B. square (check,) or Kt.
to K. B. sixth (check) according whereto the White K. moves,
(i) A very clever manoeuvre. White perceived with fine judgment that it was
essential for him to preserve his two Bishops, and properly preferred this move to retreat
ing the K. to B. second at once.
0' ) Dangerous. We should have preferred Kt. to Q. fifth at once, or Kt. to Q. R.
sixth, followed by Kt. to Q. B. fifth
(k) White plays the ending extremely well. This was better than taking the Kt. at
cnce, which would have only led to an even game, e.g. :—
80. Kt. takes Kt. 30. P. takes Kt.
31. R. to K. R. seventh (check) 31. K. to Kt. square (best;
32. R. to K. seventh 32. K. R. to K. square, &c.
((; A fatal error, of which White takes advantage in correct style, R. takes Kt.
(check) was the only move to save the game.

No. 69.
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Halford.) Black. (Mr. Wayte.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
5. Castles 5. Kt. takes P. (6)
6. E. to K. square 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. B. takes P. 7. Q. takes B.
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. Q. to Q. B. fifth (c)
9. Kt. takes Kt. 9. B. to K. third ,
10. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (d) 10. Castles
11. Kt. takes B. 11. P. takes Kt.
12. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (e) 12. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (/)
13. E. takes P. 13. P. to K. E. third
14. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 14. K. to Kt. square
15. Kt. to K. B. seventh 15. Q. E. to K. square
16. Kt. takes E. 16. E. takes E.
17. B. to K. B. fourth . 17. Q. takes Q. E. P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 147
18. E. to Q. square 18. P. to K. Kt. fourth
19. P. to K. E. fourth (g) 19. E. to K. square
20. Q. to Q. seventh. 20. E. takes Kt.
21. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check) 21. K. to E. square
22. P. takes P. 22. P. takes P.
23. B. takes P. I 23. Q. takes P.
And White resigns.
NOTES by the Editor of The Illustrated London Netrn.
(a) Black's fourth move is quite as efficient as the stereotyped defence of 4. B. to Q.
B. fourth, and, as a rule, leads to a more lively and interesting game. The same position,
the young player will observe, is brought about in the Two Knight's Game by—
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
S. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
i. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P., &c.
(6) A good reply ; but Black may also play 6. B. to Q. B. fourth, reducing the opening
to Max Range's variation of the Giuoco Piano.
(c) A stronger defence, we think, than 8. Q. to K. R. fourth, though, strange to say, it
is not analysed in the new edition of the German Handbuck.
(d) The correct move is 10. B. to K. Kt. fifth.
(e) The combination springing from this move, at first sight, promises well ; but as
the sequel shows, it is unsound.
(/) Well played. Mr. Wayte takes admirable advantage of his opponent's error,
(gr) This loses a piece ; but, 19. B. to Q. B. square would have been equally disastrous,
tg.:—
19. B. to Q. B. square 19. R. to K. square
20. Kt. to Kt. sixth 20. Q. to K. B. second
21. Q. to K. R. fifth 21. Kt. to K. fourth, and wins.

No. 70.
(French Gams.)
White. (Mr. Wayts.) Black. (Mr. Burn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. Kt. to Q. B. third (a) 3. Kt. to K. B. third (b)
i. P. takes P. (c) 4. P. takes P.
5. B. to Q. third 5. B. to Q. third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Castles
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. B. third
8. Kt to K. second (d) 8. Kt. to K. fifth
9. P. to Q. B. fourth 9. Kt. to Q. second
10. P. takes P. (e) 10. P. takes P.
148 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11. Q. Kt. toK. B. third


12. P. to K. E. third 12. B. to K. third
13. Q. to Q. Kt. third 13. E. to Q. B. square
14. B. to K. third 14. P. to Q. E. third
15. Q. takes Kt. P. 15. Kt. takes Kt.
16. P. takes Kt. 16. E. takes P.
17. B. takes Q. E. P. 17. Kt. to K. fifth
18. K. E. to Q. B. square 18. E. to Q. E. sixth (/)
19. B. to K. second 19. Q. to K. B. third
20. E. to Q. B. second 20. Kt. to Q. B. sixth
21. Q. to Q. B. sixth 21. Kt. takes B. (check)
22. E. takes Kt. 22. B. takes P.
23. Q. takes P. 23. B. to K. Kt. fifth
24. E. to Q. Kt. second 24. P. to K. E. third
25. Kt. to K. fifth 25. B. to K. B. fourth
26. E. to Q. B. square 26. E. to Q. square
27. P. to K. Kt. third (g) 27. B. to K. third
28. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 28. E. to Q. Kt. square
29. Q. to K. second 29. E. takes E.
30. Q. takes E. 30. E. takes P.
31. Q. to Q. B. third 31. B. to Q. fourth
32. Q. to Q. third (h) 32. Q. to K. third
33. K. to E. second (i) 33. P. to K. B. third
34. Kt. to Q. B. fourth. 34. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
And White resigns.
NOTES by the Editor of The Illustrated London Neva,
(a) We question whether this modern innovation is really stronger than the old move
of P. takes P.
(b) The only satisfactory reply. If he play instead, 3. B. toQ. Kt. fifth—a move which
was at one time greatly in vogue—White answers advantageonsly with 4. P. takes P. and
not with 4. B. to Q. third, on account of 4. P. to Q. B. fourth.
(c) In one of the games of the Vienna Congress Mr. Steinitz tried, at this point, 4. P.
to K. fifth : but the policy of this line of play is open to question. The following is a
probable continuation :—
4. P. to K. fifth 4. K. Kt. to Q. second
5. Q. Kt. to K. second 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
And Black, we think, has the better opening.
(d) We should have preferred 8. B. to K. third. The move in the text looks like lost
time.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 149
(e) This exchange of Pawns rather assists the development of Black's game than other
wise ; 10. Kt. to Q. B. third at once, or 10. B. takes Kt. looks more to the purpose. In
the latter case the following might have occurred :
10. B. takes Kt. 10. P. takes B.
11. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 11. P. to K. R. third
If Black play instead Kt, to K. B. third, White rejoins with 12. Kt. to Q. B. third
followed by P. to K. B. third.
12. Kt. takes K. P. 12. B. takes R. P. (check)
13. K. takes B. 13. Q. to R. fifth (check)
14. K. to Kt. square 14. Q. takes Kt.
15. Kt. to Kt. third,
With at least an equal position.
(/) Threatening Q. to Q. R. fourth next move.
(g) It is difficult to find a good move for White at this point.
(A) His best chance was, apparently, 32. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check), followed by 33. Q
to K. Kt. fourth.
(0 He might have defended himself for a few moves longer by 33. Q. to K. B. square.

No. 71.
The following game was played in the last match between
the Rev. J. Owen and the Eev. A. B. Skipworth for the Pro
vincial Champion Cup.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Skipworth.) Black. (Mr. Owen.)
1. P. to Q. B. fourth (a) 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to K. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third (b)
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. B. to Q. second (c)
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (d)
6. Q. to Q. Kt. third (e) 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. B. to Q. second (/) 7. Castles
8. B. to Q. third 8. P. takes P.
9. B. takes P. 9. B. to Q. third
10. B. to Q. third 10. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
11. B. to Q. Kt. square 11. P. to Q. E. fourth
12. P. to Q. E. third 12. P. to Q. E. fifth
13. Q. to Q. square 13. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth
14. Castles (g) 14. B. to Q. B. third
15. Kt. takes Kt 15. B. takes Kt.
16. B. to Q. B. third 16. Kt. to K. fifth
150 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
17. Q. to Q. third 17. P. to K. B. fourth
18. B. to Q. Kt. fourth (h) 18. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth (i)
19. Kt. takes Kt. 19. Q. takes Kt.
20. P. to K. B. third 20. E. to K. B. third
21. B. takes B. 21. P. takes B.
22. B. to Q. E. second 22. E. to K. Kt. third
23. Q. to K. second (J) 23. B. to Q. B. third.
24. E. to K. B. second 24. K. to E. square
25. E. to Q. square 25. E. to K. square
26. B. to Q. B. fourth 26. P. to K. B. fifth
27. P. takes P. 27. Q. takes B. P.
28. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (k) 28. E. to K. E. third
29. P. to K. Kt. third. 29. Q. to K. B. fourth
30. B. takes B. 30. P. takes B.
31. P. to Q. fifth (I) 31. B. P. takes P.
32. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (m) 32. E. to Q. E. square
33. Q. to Q. B. sixth 33. Q. to K. B. square
34. E. to Q. fourth 34. E to K. B. third
35. B. takes E. P. 35. E. to Q. B. square
36. Q. to Q. E. sixth 36. P. to K. fourth
37. Q. to K. second 37. P. to Q. fifth
38. Q. to K. fourth 38. P. to K. E. third
39. K. to Kt. second 39. E to K. B. second
40. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 40. Q. to Q. square
41. E. to Q. E. sixth 41. E. to K. B. third
42. Q. to Q. fifth 42. P. to K. fifth (n)
43. Q. takes K. P. 43. P. to Q. fourth
44. Q. to Q. third 44. E. to Q. B. sixth
45. Q. takes P. 45. E. to Q. B. fifth
46. Q. to Q. E seventh 46. E. to Q. B. second
47. Q. to Q. E. eighth 47. E. to. Q. B. square
48. Q. to Q. Kt. seventh 48. P. to Q. fifth
49. E. to Q. E. seventh (o) 49. E. to K. Kt. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 151
50. Q. to K. B. seventh 50. K. to E. second
51. E. to Q. seventh 51. Q. to Q. Kt. third
52. E. to Q. second 52. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth
53. Q. E. takes P. 53. E. to Q. B. eighth
54. Q. E. to Q. third 54. E. to Q. third
55. Q. to K. seventh (p) 55. E. to Q. fifth
56. Q. to K. second 56. K. E. to Q. B. fifth
57. E. to Q. fifth 57. Q. to Q. Kt. third.
58. Q. to Q. third (check)
And Black resigned.
NOTES by the Editor of The Field.
(a) Both players have frequeEtly shown a partiality for the close game, and we are,
therefore, not surprised to learn that in their last matches none of the regular openings
occurred. Nor would we ascribe to mere temerity their reluctance to venture upon the
open debuts. With memory and book knowledge it requires little courage to step on the
trodden path of the gambits, where the way has been paved by the ablest analysts and
the strongest masters of the game ; while the comparatively unknown irregular debuts
put the independent and unassisted judgment of both players to a severe test early in the
game. We are also disposed to think that the charge of dullness brought against the
close openings rests in a great measure on prejudice, since a brilliant player will be able
to infuse more vivacity into some of the close openings than could ever be attached to
some of the weary variations of the Ruy Lopez, the Giuoco piano, or the Petroff.
(b) By playing here P. to K. B. fourth, Black might soon give his game the aspect of
Morphy's defence to the Q. P. opening, since the move of P. to Q. fourth on the part of the
first player is only a question of time.
(c) An unusual move, and one which we are not inclined to recommend.
(d) We do not recognise in Black's play the style of an expert in the close opening
such as Mr. Owen undoubtedly is from long practice. The pinning of the Q. Kt. after
P. to Q. fourth has been played by both parties is absolutely a loss of time, as the B. must
be retreated subsequently to a more favourable posi ; for, if he be exchanged for the Kt.,
the opponent obtains a strong centre, supported by two Bishops, and combined with the
advantage of having an open file for the Q. R. and Q. B., while the doubled Pawn is even
favourable to him, on account of his being enabled to choose his own suitable time for
dissolving it.
(e) Precipitately throwing away all his prospective advantages. He ought to have left
well alone, and brought out his B. to Q. third, followed by Q. to Q. B. second if Black
replied with Kt. to K. fifth.
(/) By thus preparing for retaking the B. with the B., White practically abandoned
all idea of forming a strong centre, and certainly exercised wise discretion in doing so,
for he could not now safely retake with the P. if Black took the Kt. as shown by the
following continuation, which might have ensued if White had played B. to Q. third for
instance, instead of the move in text.
7. B. to Q. third 7. B. takes Kt.
8. P. takes B. 8. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
9. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 9. P. to Q. B. fourth
10. P. takes P. best ; for if the Q. take, Black obtains an excellent game
by R. to Q. B. square
10. P. takes P.
11. B. takes P. 11. Kt. takes B.
12. Q. takes Kt. 12. Q. to Q. E. fourth
13. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 13. Q. to Q. E. third, with a very
All this was, however, only the consequence of White's good gameweak move of Q. to
preceding
Q.Kt. third. —
152 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(g) An unaccountable omission. White could have obtained at once a great superiority
of position by first advancing the P. to K. fourth, attacking the Kt. Black would then
have been compelled to exchange the Kt. on account of the impending loss of a piece, in
which case White, py retaking with the B., followed by Q. to Q. third, would have gained
a formidable range for his Q. and two Bishops, which would, in all probability, soon have
turned the game decidedly in his favour.
(A) White was justly afraid in the present position to leave his adversary the oppor
tunity of exchanging the B. for the Kt., whereafter Black would have remained with two
well-posted Bishops against Kt. and B. But we believe he could have more safely
retreated the B. toK. square, followed by Kt. to Q. seeond, or Kt. to K. fifth, and after
wards P. to K. B . third ; while by the move above he gravely imperils the left wing of
his game.
00 Nor do we understand why Black did not seize the occasion, on this move or the
next, for exchanging Bishops first, and thus leave White with an unhealthy, isolated
doubled Pawn on the Q. side.
CO Better than R, to K. B. second at once, in which case the game might have gone on
thus :—
23. R. toK. B. second 23. B. takes P.
24. B. takes P. (check) 24. R. takes B.
25. R. takes B. 25. R. to K. fifth, with a good game
(k) Having in view the combination shown by move 31.
(I) A capital move, which cuts off all communication between Black's general-in-chief
and his flank,
(m) Why not at once Q. to Q. R. sixth ?
(n) Black could do little more than look on, how the adversary's Pawns were gradually
worked up ; but, for all that, the present venture must have been the result of an
erroneous calculation, and he seems to have laboured under the delusion that he could
draw the game by keeping on attacking the opponent's Queen. The error is not apparent
until after six moves, and in the meanwhile, true enough, White is always limited to
only one good move in answer to Black's attack ; but unfortunately for the latter, that
only move is always good enough.
(a) White might have also here exchanged Rooks, followed by Q. to K. B. seventh,
with great effect.
(p) This part of the game is exceedingly interesting. White has played all this with
remarkable care and superior judgment. Evidently he could not take the R. on account
of the threatened mate with the Q. at K. B. eighth ; but he selects the best move in reply,
for if now Black take the R., White recovers it by checking with the Q. at K. fourth.
Mr. GossIP's Book and The Retiewers.—Considering the storm which has been
raised in the chess world by the publication of this book, we shall probably best advance
the interests of chess by being rather silent indoors, at all events until the storm has
somewhat abated. We intend, however, in our next number, to have something to say.
The book and its title page appear to be open to criticism, though it undoubtedly con
tains most of the new materials of recent analysis. It has already been very severely
reviewed by some of our contemporaries, and Mr. Gossip complains to us that he has been
unfairly treated, inasmuch as he has not been allowed an opportunity of vindicating
himself. It seems rather hard that the press should be closed against him, and we have
decided to publish in our December number, along with our own remarks, Mr. Gossip's
answer to his Reviewers. Some Editors rejoice in an occasion of this sort, to hit right
and left, and not altogether irrespective of those who are near. One Editor, young in his
work, though of considerable repute, seems to have aimed a back-banded blow at us,
and to have come into difficulty himself, for he is at least in as much error as he attributes
to Mr. Gossip, whose book he was reviewing. Enough, however, on this score,—we do
not wish to be tempted, as others frequently are, to speak ill one of another. We have
sufficient useful matter for our pages. We cannot speak too highly of the tone of the
City of London Magazine—an example for us all—a Magazine brought out under the con
centrated strength of the Metropolis. As soon as that Magazine appeared (and so ably
conducted), we thought we had done our work, and we contemplated resignation, but our
friends at home and abroad bid us go on and prosper. Our Magazine only appears every
alternate month, and though we cannot counsel our friends to desert us, we still think
they would do well to take in along with ours the City of London Magazine, only 6d. a
month, and to be increased next year from 24 to 32 pages.
The Rev. G. A. McDonnell and Mr. Wisker.—A match between these dis
tinguished players is likely, we hear, shortly to be played.
AnoTher Chess MatCh.—Mr. Bird, we hear from City of London Magazine, has
challenged Herr Steinitz.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 153 •
PROBLEM XXXII.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.
Helensburgh Chess Club.—Mr. Sheriff Specs, as we learn from the GUugov
Herald, delivered a very interestmg lecture on the occasion of the opening of the new
Club. Mr. H. E. Crnm-Ewing, Lord Lieutenant of Dumbartonshire, is the President.
Mr. LoWenThaL, while a guest of Mr. J. W. Himington Wilson, at Broomhead Hall,
paid a visit to the Sheffield Athennum Chess Club, when he played six simultaneous
games against members of the Club, winning three, drawing two, and losing one. The
City of London Magazine justly remarks that Mr. Lowenthal must have been opposed by
skilful players.
obITuary.
Many of our readers will regret to hear of the death of Lord Benholme (H. Robertson).
He took great interest in chess, was present at several of our Counties' Meetings—most
affable, most agreeable, a thorough personification of a gentleman of the old school.
Mr. Barnes, an accomplished Metropolitan amateur of some years standing, also died
recently.
The Cambridge UniversiTy Chess Club has just won two games by correspond
ence from the Bristol and Clifton Chess Club. We congratulate the University Club on
their success against so strong a club.
synopsis of the Chess Openings—a Tabulated Analysis wiTh Illustrated
Games Appended, by William Cook, a Member of the Bristol and Clifton Chess Associa
tion (W. W. Morgan, 67, Barbican. London). We have received a copy of this book at the
last moment, and by the same post a letter from an esteemed correspondent who has care-
hillyexamined it, and in whose examination we can place every confidence, and he writes—
" I think it a most useful little affair, well and concisely arranged, and likely to prove a
valuable help to players." The book is an inexpensive one.
154 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XXXIII.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

The ConTests for The Provincial Champion Cup.—Since our last issue, the
match between Mr. Owen and Mr. Skipworth has been played out, and Mr. Owen won,
the score being Owen 4, Skipworth 2, Drawn 0. On the conclusion of the match, Mr.
Gossip challenged, and was accepted, and that contest has also terminated in Mr. Owen's
favour, Mr. Gossip being very unwell and resigning when the score stood—Owen 2, Gossip
1, Drawn 2. Dr. Vines (Littlehampton) was anxious to play Mr. Owen, but it is not pro
bable that his challenge will be accepted. The Cup, according to the Rules, becomes Mr.
Owen's property if held until the 27th of this month ; he need not play within 60 days of
receiving a challenge ; he has already played three matches within the last three months,
and he is fully entitled to claim exemption from any further contest. He remained un
challenged, excepting by Mr. Skipworth, for at least 2| years, and no amateurhas reason to
be disappointed if the Cup, and the honour of holding it, is no longer open to competition.
We cannothelp regretting that some few other of our strongest players in the provinces
have not played with Mr. Owen, though we do not say that we believe they would have
been successful. Mr. Owen, in match games, is a very profound player, and analyses very
thoroughly and correctly. He was the first English player in the Grand Tournament of
1862 ; he was able to hold his own in all serious games with Mr. Buckle ; and Mr. Staunton
used to consider that he and Mr. Owen in consultation would be equal to any two other
men in the world. He was unsuccessful against Morphy who gavehim the Pawn and move,
but we have reason to know that he was not well at the time. Mr. Owen played four
even games with Morphy, losing three and winning one, that one being only published a
week or two ago ; in one of the other three he had, at one point of the game, a winning
position. Mr. Owen also was not successful in the more recent London Tournaments. On
one of the occasions he attributed his defeat to a very long game between himself and Mr.
Skipworth, which lasted a great part of two days, and which, after many ups and downs,
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 155
PROBLEM XXXIV.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE
White to play, and mate in three moves.
resulted in his favour, when he had immediately to commence play with another opponent,
and a formidable one, Mr. De Vere. There may be something in this, besides a man is
not always at his best.
Mr. Skipworth, along with Messrs. Wayte, Bower, and Walker, was well known as a
member of the Cambridge University Chess Club some 20 years ago, and has latterly taken
an active part in the annual Tournaments of the Counties' Chess Association, carrying off
the Society's First Prize on three occasions. He is probably not so solid or steady a player
as Mr. Owen, who has also a decided advantage in physical power, a point not to be over
looked in severe match games. Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Owen have sometimes, however,
played very evenly. They, first met in a Tournament at Redcar, and the contest between
them was not decided until after a thirteen hours' sitting. Twogames were played—the first
lasted six hours and was drawn ; the second lasted seven hours, and was won by Owen,though
the positions were even until quite at last when Mr. Skipworth made a mistake and very
quickly resigned. They afterwards met for a week and played six games with a perfectly
even result, two each and two draws. In the four matches, however, for the Champion
Cup, Mr. Skipworth has not been able to make nearly so good a stand, though the last
match ought to have been a very close one, for when the score stood Owen 3, Skipworth 2,
the next game* was most decidedly in Mr. Skipworth's favour, so much so, that we believe
he ought, with mere ordinary care, to have won. Having taken, as far as possible, an
impartial view of the play of these combatants, we have pleasure in congratulating Mr.
Owen on his success, and we shall watch with great interest the progress of his match
with Mr. Burn. Mr. Burn is considered the coming man in the provinces, and undoubt
edly the winner of this match will have a right to consider himself and be considered the
Provincial Champion for the time, though the Champion Cup with him passed away.
* To be given in the December Number.
156 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XXXV.
By James Pierce, M.A.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
The CounTies' Chess Association.—The Secretary informs us that the meeting
next year will be held at Glasgow, the cordial invitation received from the Glasgow
Club having been accepted by the Committee.
The CounTies' MeeTing aT Birmingham.—The score in the 2nd Class, with which
we were furnished, and which appeared in our last was not the latest. The following,
thanks to a Correspondent, is, we understand the correct one :—
Score.
1. Mr. W. Coates 8 Games won.
2. Miss Rudge 9J
3. Mr. S. G. Kem'pson 4
4. Mr. J. De Soyres
5. Mr. J. Burt 10
6. Mr. J. M. Madders
7. Mr. H. E. Syndercombe
8. Mr. F. A. Badhams 3
9. Rev. W. L. Newham 6
10. Mr. W. Berry 4i
11. Mr. J. J. Ryder 8f
12. Mr. J. Price 1
13. Mr. T. F. Best 8
Mr. Burt therefore won the 1st Prize, Miss Rudge the 2nd, Mr. Ryder the 3rd, and Mr.
Coates, after playing off the tie, the 4th.
%* Dr. Freeman's name should also have appeared as a visitor during the meeting.
Mr. LoWenThaL's TesTimonial.—Rev. J. Owen, subscribes £3 3s.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 157
PEOBLEM XXXVI.
By Mr. C. Schwede.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PEOBLEMS IN No. IV.


PROBLEM XXIV.
While. Black.
1. Kt. to K. B. third, Sic.
PROBLEM XXV.
1. Kt. to K. R. second, iic. '
PROBLEM XXVI.
1. P. to Q. fourth, Sic.
The above is the first move of the Author's Solution, which, however, is unfortunately
rendered impossible by Black's reply, 1. Q. to Q. B. square, a move overlooked by the
author and the examiners.
PROBLEM XXVII.
I. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 1. B. moves, &c.
S. Q. to K. fifth (check) 2. K. takes Q.
3. D mates.
158 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XXXVII.
British Chess Association Problem Tournament.
Motto: "Where's the master] Play the men!"
. BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

Mr. H. T. Young's prize of five pounds for the best three-move problem has been
awarded to the above position by the Problem Tourney Committee.
PROBLEM XXVIII.
1. Q. to K. R. eighth 1. P. takes R. (a)
2. Q. to Q, B. third 2. Anything
3. Mates accordingly.
(a) If 1. B. to K. Kt. seventh
2. R. to K. B. third (check) 2. B. takes R.
3. Kt. mates.
PROBLEM XXIX.
1. B. to Q. fourth 1. P. to K. Kt. fourth (a)
2. Q. to Q. sixth 2. P. takes B.
3. Q. takes Kt. P. mate.
(a) If 1. P. takes P. or P. takes B.
2. Q. to K. third, or K. B. fourth, &c.
THE CHE8S PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 159
PEOBLEM XXXVIII.
By F. M. Teed.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

PROBLEM XXX.
1. Q. to K. B. square 1. K. takes Kt. (a, 6)
2. Kt. to K. B. seventh 2. K. moves
3. Q. to Q. B. fourth mate.
(a) If 1. K. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 2. K. moves
3. Q. mates.
(6) If 1. K. to Q. fourth, or Kt. moves
2. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check), lie.
PROBLEM XXXI.
1. R. to K. B. sixth 1. B. to K. B. fourth, Q. B. seventh
# or Q. Kt. eighth (a, b, c)
2. Q. to K. second 2. Anything
3. Mates accordingly.
(a) If 1. B. takes Q.
2. Kt. (from B. eighth) to Q. Kt. sixth (check), 4ic.
(6) If 1. B. to Q. Kt. fourth, Sic.
2. Q. to Q. R. second (check), 4ic.
(c) If 1 . B. to Q. third
2. Kt. (from Q. seventh) to Q. Kt. sixth (check), itc.
160 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

PROBLEM XXXIX.

By J. W. Abbott.

BLACK.

WHITE.

White to play, and mate in four moves.

PROBLEMS IN THE SUPPLEMENT.


1st.
1. Q. to Q. R. square, &c.
2nd.
1 . R. to K. eighth 1 . B . takes Kt. (a)
2. Q. to Q. third (check) 2 B. takes Q.
3. P. to K. third mate
(o) If 1. B. to K. Kt. third
2. Q. to K. Kt. third 2, B. takes Q.
3. Kt. mates.
IJotitts lo Corresponbtnts.
SoLuTIons To—
Problem XXIV. E. 8., Sretrow, Saxon, W. N.
„ XXV. E. 8., Sretrow, W. N.
„ XXVI. Incorrect.
„ XXVII. E. a, Sretrow, Saxon, W. N.
„ XXVIII. E. S„ Sretrow, Saxon, W, N.
„ XXIX E. 8., Sretrow, Saxon, W. N.
XXX. E. S., Sretrow, Saxon, W. N.
„ XXXI. Sretrow, Saxon, W. N.
Other Problems. Saxon, E. S. (to the two moves.)
J. Stonehouse, J. W, Abbott, J. J, Ryder, E. 8, C. E. Ranken, G. B. C. (Sheffield), E.
Thorold, W. T. Pierce, E. Walker, (Kew;, are thanked (or their communications.
Messrs. W. T. Pierce and Nash, We are very much obliged to you for the games and the
carefully written notes, they will appear next time.
J. Pierce. Many thanks for correcting the mistake—the Problem, however, was in type,
and it may stand. Thanks also for the other Problems.
F. M. Teed. Thanks for the Problems of which we shall at once avail ourselves.
0. A. Brownson, Jun. Thanks for the games, we hope very shortly to publish them.
Letter received, and we at once replied,
V In game 65, the reader should pass over note (d) it is not correct. It was inserted
in the Editor's absence, though it had been pointed out by the examiner.
*** Not having at first received any of the games played at the Birmingham Meeting,
we have been compelled to borrow rather extensively from the weekly papers, and
we are greatly indebted to them for very valuable notes.
•** May we ask those subscribers, who have not yet paid their bills, to give early
attention to them. We particularly allude to some of long standing, which should
be discharged at once.
V Games between Messrs. Owen and Gossip in our next.

Solutions to Problems and other editorial matter should be addressed to the Rev. A.
B. Sk1PWorTh, Lincoln.
All Subicriptton* Mhould now be paid to 3ame8 Williamson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, LinoolK.
to whom P. O. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post, 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
THOMAS COLE,
CLEEICAL HI^TTEIR,
156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL FELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
Pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self-measurement
forwarded on application.
SOFT FELTS
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
THOMAS COLE.
THE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST aUALITY FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOR SCHOOLS, from 42s. per dozen.

(Four Doors City Side of Somerset House.)

THE SATURDAY REVIEW, and the ENGLISH MECHANIC may be had second
hand, when about a week old. Also several back numbers.—Address B. C, the
Office of this Magazine.
THE DUBUQUE CHESS JOURNAL.—Some copies of this Monthly American Magadne
can be regularly supplied on application at the Office of this Magazine.
ARCHERY and FISHING TACKLE.—THOMAS ALDRED, Manufacturer to the
Prince and Princess of Wales, &c, and holder of six Prize Medals, maker of the
celebrated glued-up Triangular Trout, Salmon, Spinning, and Trolling Rods.—126, Oxford
Street, London, W. Catalogues gratis.
WANTED, a second-hand copy of ROBERTSON'S SERMONS (S vol«.)—Address to
the Office of this Magazine.

JAmES WILLIAMSon, PrInTer, hIGh STrEET, LInColn.


Vol IV. No. VI.

THE CHESS PLAY EES'

CHEOMCLE.

DECEMBER, 1874.

CONTENTS.
Games—played between—
No 72 Mr. W. Nash and Mr. W. T. Pierce 16!)
„ 73 Mr. W. T. Pierce and Mr. W. Nash 170
„ 74 The Earl of Ravensworth and Lord Randolph Churchill 172
„ 7S Mr. Wisker and the ReT. G. A. Macdonnell 178
„ 76 Mr. Macdonnell and Mr. Wisker 170
„ 77 Mr. Macdonnell and Mr. Wisker . 177
„ 78 Mr. Wisker and Mr. Macdonnell 179
„ 79 Mr. Wayte and Mr. Ranken 182
Chess Intelligence—
Mr. Staunton as an Author 161
_ The Chess Flayers' Manual, and Letter from Mr. Gossip 164
*~ Letter from Mr. James Pierce 184
Sheffield Athenamm Chess Club 184
Chess at Grantham 186
Chess Problems—Supplement by Messrs. Tierce 186
Mr. Wormald. Mr. Wisker and Herr Zukertort. Cambridge and Glasgow Chess
Clubs. Mr. Morphy. Chess at Grimsby 187
Obituary—V. N. Portilla 187
The late Rev. H. Bolton's Unpublished Problems 188
Match between Cheltenham and Birmingham Clubs 188
Macdonnell v. Wisker 188
CHe8s CurIosITIes—No. V 192
SOLuTIons To ProbLems 189, 190, 191, 192
PRobLem XL 185
XLI 186
„ XLII 186
XLI11 187
XLIV 188
XLV 189
' XLVI 190
" . XLVII 191

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COTENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the Solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 161

Mr. STAUNTON AS AN AUTHOR.


In our August number, while noticing briefly Mr. Staunton's career as a
Chess Player, we proposed, on some future occasion to speak of him as a
writer. In the same month appeared the article in the City of London
Chess Magazine, and a second and more extended notice in the West
minster Papers; and we observe, with great pleasure, that the three
independent judgments thus simultaneously given to the world took sub
stantially the same view of Mr. Staunton's character, and of his position as
for some years the European Champion. The Westminster Papers added,
as the greatest player that England has ever produced; and, with all respect
for the counter claims of Alexander Mac Donnell, we believe that this pre
eminence may be fairly assigned to Howard Staunton. In common with
our contemporaries, but (as the date of publication showed) without any
concert, we felt bound to record our protest against some depreciatory
criticism. By this time our readers must have arrived at their final
estimate of Staunton's chess powers: and we have no wish to re-open the
controversy. But we do not think it too late, now that he has been dead
some months, to recur to the subject (still not without practical interest)
of the merits of his chess works, and of his contributions to general litera
ture. Of these his publications upon the game of chess, as having preceded
in point of time, will first claim our notice. The Chess Players' Chronicle
first appeared in 1841, almost exactly at the time when Mr. Staunton
emerged from the crowd of English players, and assumed a position of
almost undisputed supremacy. He did not, however, as is sometimes
thought, continue to edit it until the close of the uninterrupted series in
1856. The Chronicle was transferred to the late Mr. Brien in the middle
of the volume for 1854, and an address in the August number for that year
announced the change of proprietorship. In the course of two years, Mr.
Brien finding, little to the credit of English chess players, that the concern
was a losing one, brought the volume for 1856 to an abrupt conclusion
before the year was out. The third series, which was in entirely different
hands, began in 1859, and ended like its predecessor with an unfinished
volume in 1862. We have thought these facts worth recording for the
sake of the younger generation.
For the Chess Players' Chronicle, Staunton originated a greatly improved
and more literary style of note-writing. In this he has had many imitators,
or perhaps he should rather be called the founder of the modern school of
chess annotation. Where he led the way, other writers have followed of
high and varied merit in point of style.: but though many commentators
might be quoted more learned and more accurate than Staunton, none to
M
162 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

our mind have equalled him in power of expression. His command of


language, extraordinary if we remember the sameness of the ideas to he con
veyed, was only gradually developed. It is curious to observe, in the early
volumes of the Chronicle, how he scarcely rose above the " well played "
and "badly played," or the bare indication of a line of play which formed
the staple of previous note-writing. Long after his connection with the
Chronicle had ceased, he went on polishing and improving the style of his
notes in the Illustrated London News, almost to the close of his life.
Though a voluminous writer on chess, Staunton was never a " learned " or
"book" player; he often jotted down extremely crude notices in his
trenchant and dogmatic way, and he had a bad memory for the " book "
variations unless they happened to be of his own invention. In that case
he would defend them through thick and thin, however completely they
had been refuted, more perhaps from obstinacy than from carelessness. Thus
his notes were often illogical ; not nnfrequently they were ill-natured.
The Handbook was first published in 1847: the next year it was stereo
typed with a few corrections, and though we believe a new title page has
been issued from time to time, the book has remained unchanged for 26
years. Unfortunately Staunton had disposed of the entire copyright,
reserving no control over future' editions: and the publisher was probably
unaware that a treatise on chess was no more a fit subject for stereotype than
a treatise on chemistry. Until the last 30 years, indeed, chess theory had
advanced so slowly, that there was some excuse for thinking that a book
would not become obsolete while the stereotype plates lasted. Thus in
Italy, which still represents in some measure the old state of things,
Ponziani's treatise of 1782 was reissued as late as 1861 with a few supple
mentary chapters, which, it was thought, would suffice for all modern
improvements ; and Philidor and the Traite des Amateurs also continui d
to be reprinted until quite recent times. As most players are contend d
with a single book, —" homines unius libri "—the continued circulation of
an unrevised Handbook must be pronounced a serious evil to English chess :
and we are sorry to say that the work which is to supersede the Handbook,
as a complete treatise on the game, yet remains to be published. The
entire plan of the Handbook, the arrangement of the openings, and the
illustrative games at the end of each chapter, as well as most of the
materials, were borrowed from its German prototype : and Staunton must
be pronounced hardly candid enough in acknowledging the extent of his
obligations. Yet in many respects the book was far better adapted for
English readers than a mere translation would have been. Our country
men, lacking the patience of the Germans, would have been repelled by
the bulk and the mathematical dryness of the original: they were attracted
by judicious compression and by the grace of the style. Staunton did not
THE CHESS players' chronicle. 163

write from the fullness of knowledge ; he had " crammed" himself for the
occasion : but the book bears throughout the impress of the powerful and
independent judgment of a first-rate player, and if he does not always
carry conviction, he is like Bentley, always worth studying, even when he
is wrong. We doubt whether at the time of its appearance, a better book
of the size could have been compiled.
Staunton was still at the height of his fame, when his next work, the
Chess Players' Companion, appeared in 1849. This included a treatise on
games at odds, and so far was supplementary to the Handbook ; but it was
mainly devoted to the record of his own games. Through his long control
over the two principal chess organs, the Chronicle, and the Illustrated,
Staunton enjoyed unrivalled opportunities for self glorification. In this
work the selection was still more partial, and Mr. Cochrane, Captain
Kennedy, and others of his opponents had good reason to be dissatisfied
with the treatment they received. We have been assured by an eminent
foreign player, who appears in the Companion, as a loser of a game at the
odds of the knight, that the published game was the only one he lost, out
of twelve at these odds. This is a fact which must be borne in mind when
comparing a selection like the Companion, with a collection like Morphy's
Games, which contains nearly every game played by Mr. Morphy in Europe,
and gives not only what he wished to be remembered by, but his relative
score with each of his opponents. Such a comparison is no doubt favour
able to Mr. Morphy ; but the Chess Players' Companion remains a work of
the highest interest, and a noble monument for any chess player to have
raised for himself. The notes are in general as much distinguished by
their good taste as by their literary talent and critical value.
The Chess Players' Text-book, a slight affair, intended chiefly to accom
pany the Staunton chessmen, was published without a date, but we observe
it is referred to the same year, 1849. In 1852 appeared the Chess Tourna
ment, the least attractive of Staunton's publications. He was now no
longer the self-complacent world's champion, liberally dispensing praise to
his vanquished opponents, but the defeated of 1851 ; and he now fairly
dipped his pen in " viper's gall." His last work was the Praxis, in 1860.
This was an attempt to remedy the bad effects on the chess community of
a stereotyped Handbook, for which as we have seen Staunton was not
responsible ; the work is well and carefully done, but disfigured by a some
what grudging acknowledgment of Mr. Morphy's genius. Mr. Staunton
himself informed us that the Praxis was commercially a failure, as was to be
expected in the case of a book, however meritorious, of a supplementary
character.
In the last twenty years Mr. Staunton, though he continued to edit the
Illustrated London News column, gave but little time or attention to chess.
164 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLe.
This was the period of hi* greatest activity in general literature. He had
read almost the whole extant literature Jof the Elizabethan period, and he
brought his extraordinary knowledge to bear, with equal acuteness, on the
criticism of Shakespeare's text. He published more than one edition of
Shakespeare, besides superintending the reprint of the first folio of
1623 ; and he contributed largely on antiquarian and philological subjects
to the Atheruzumi and other leading newspapers. His merits as an eluci-
dator of Shakespeare have been acknowledged by such high authorities
as Dr. Badham (in the Cambridge Essays, 1856), and Messrs. Clarke and
Wright, the Cambridge editors. His method of criticism was eminently
inductive, founded on a wide comparison of contemporary usage ; he dis
trusted mere conjecture, however ingenious, when not built up upon this
foundation. We give as a specimen, a correction which lies so near the
surface, that one can only wonder it never occurred to anybody before, as
is often the case by the way, with the happiest emendations. In Henry
V., Act 1, sc. 2, instead of the unmeaning—
" They know your grace hath cause and means and might ;
So hath your highness."
Mr. Staunton by a simple transposition restores the true reading.
" They know your cause hath grace and means and might ;
So hath your highness."
In his critical works, and in those which, like the Great Schools of Eng
land, were written to supply a passing want, Mr. Staunton showed the
same facile pen as in his chess annotations. It is probably as an editor
of Shakespeare, rather than as a writer on chess, that he has left the most
permanent mark upon the literature of the nineteenth century.

*»* In our previous article one or two errors of the press (chiefly of
punctuation) had crept in, owing to the distance of the writer from the
press, which we desire now to correct. In the second sentence read,
"regarding him in the present article exclusively as a chess player." In
p. 118, line 19, read, "Staunton never met Hanstein ; and Von der Lasa
not until 1862."

"THE CHESS PLAYERS' MANUAL."


Dear Sirs, —The Westminster Papers of September last contains an
unjustly severe review of the above work, to which the author has replied.
The editor of the "Papers" has declined to publish his letter, thus de
priving him of a fair hearing.
The author says " that in average situations the Queen wins against any
two of the minor pieces. " Objection is taken to this statement by the
reviewer of the Westminster Papers, who terms this "an ingenious dis
covery." Staunton, however (Handbook, 2nd Edition, p. 428^ says :—
THE CBtfiSS fLaVERS' CHR0NICU4. 165
"On the whole it may be safely assumed that when you are left, at the
end of a game, with the Queen against any two of the minor pieces, the
probability is very great in favour of your easily gaining it, and that this
probability is converted almost into certainty when the two pieces are far
removed from each other or their King. "
In the notice of Philidor's Defence, no credit is given the author for
the move 4 Kt. to B 3 in Philidor's counter-gambit, recommended in the
Schachzeitung, 1867, but the critic of the Westminster Papers, in his
review of the fifth edition of the Handbook, does give credit to the authors
of that work for this same variation. The inaccuracy on p. 44 : " this is
not to be found in any of the books, " is explained by a misprint. For
any, read many.
In the Two Knights' Defence (p. 108 of the Manual) objection is
taken to the remark that the variation ending with 12. B. to K.B. square
gives Black a dangerous position, on the ground that the leading writers
pronounce an opposite opinion. The author begs to state that Mr. Steinitz
expressed to him the opmion that White has a strong attack in the posi
tion in question. The critic goes on to say: " In the third game of the
same opening wefind 3. Kt. to to K. B. 3, 4. Castles, &c, 9. B. to Q. 3 (?)etc.
On this we may remark, at move 9. White could obtain the superior game
by B takes P." The author replies that neither the Handbuch (5th edition)
nor La Stratigie notice the move 9. B. takes P. They both give 9. B. to
Q.S.
The critic of the Westminster Papers goes on to say: "The Scotch
Gambit begins with the variation 3. P. takes P, 4. B. to Q. B. 4, 4. B. to
B. 4, 5. Castles, 5. P. to Q. 3, to which the author remarks, if 5. Q. to
B. 3, 6. P. to B. 3, 6. P. to Q. 3, 7. P. to Q. Kt. 4, 7. B. to Kt. 3, 8. B.
to Kt. 2, 8. Kt. to K. 4 (?) 9. Kt. takes Kt. etc., with decided advan
tage for White; but had Black played 8. B. to K. Kt. 5, the result would
be a decided advantage to Black."
The author's reply to this is that the move 8. Kt. to K. 4 is given in the
Handbuch (fifth edition), which does not notice the move 8. B. to K. Kt.
5 for Black. In his review of the Handbuch, January, 1874, the critic of
the Westminster Papers does not notice the omission of this line of play,
but he points it out in the Manual. The author, however, denies this
assertion, and contends that 8. B. to K. Kt. 5 does not give Black a de
cided advantage on account of White's reply, 9. B. to K. 2, which gives
White a capital game. The whole variation beginning with the move 6.
Q. to B. 3 is not even noticed by La Stratigie Paisonnie. The critic pro
ceeds :—" We miss from this variation 3. P. takes P., 4. B. to Q. B. 4, 4.
Kt. to B. 3, 5. P. to Kt. 5, 5. P. to Q. 4, 6. B. to Kt. 6, 6. Kt. to K. 5,
7. Kt. takes P, the continuation 7. B. to Q. B. 4. The author purposely
omitted this continuation, because it is declared to be inferior by the
Handbuch (5th edition) p. 214 ; but he gives the best mode of play. Many
other variations of the Scotch Gambit occurring through a transposition
of moves are given on p. 104 of the Manual, this the critic has over
looked.
In the Rtnr Lopez, the critic suggests in the variation ending with 10.
P. to K. B. 4, the better continuation 10. B. takes Kt. (ch.) etc. (the line
of play is not noticed by other authorities), and proceeds :—" the main
line of play 6. P. to Q. 3, etc. seems to be unknown to the author." This
very of play is indicated on p. 216 of the Manual.
166 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
In the Evans' Gambit the move 7. Kt. to B. 3, does not give Black so
utterly a lost game (see Handbuch, p. 196, 5th edition). The critic pur
sues : " In the variation 7. Castles, 7. Kt. to B. 3, 8. B. to E. 3, the latter
move is ascribed to Mr. Riviere, but it is the invention of Dr. B. Suhle."
The author denies this, and refers to La Eegence, 1860, p. 27. In the Evans'
Gambit Declined, great stress is laid on the omission of one variation
beginning with the move 9. Q. takes P, which the critic declares gives
Black at least an even game. The authors of La StraUgie Eaisonnee, how
ever prefer White's game in this variation, (see La StraUgie SaisoniUe,
1867, vol. i. p. 265.
In his remarks on the Giuooo Piano the critic says, " the variation 4.
P. to Q. B. 3, 4. Kt. to B. 3, 5. Castles, 5. Kt. takes P., 6. B. to Q. 5, is
followed up by 6. Kt. to K. B. 3, etc., the better course, 6. Kt. takes P., 7.
E. takes Kt., 7. B. takes E. (ch.), 8. K. takes B., 8. Kt. to K. 2, is not
even mentioned." The author denies that 6. Kt. takes P. is the better
course, on account of the continuation (overlooked by the reviewer of the
Westminster Papers), 6. Kt. takes P., 7. E. takes Kt., 7. B. takes R. (ch.),
8. K. takes B., 8. Kt. to K. 2, 9. B. to Kt. 3, 9. P. to K. 5, 10. Kt. to K.
sq., 10. Castles, 11. P. to Q. 3, and White has the better game.
In the Allgaier Gambit, a move, 7. Q. to K. 2 (ch.), the invention of
which is claimed by the author, is attributed to Paulsen by the critic as
having been invented by him in 1859. Falkbeer overlooked this in 1863
(see Chess Players' Magazine). The critic does not deny that the correct
lines of play are indicated throughout this opening, and the author sub
mits that it is of comparatively little importance to chess players to know
the exact date at which a move was discovered, or the name of the inven
tor, provided they are shown the best modes of play. Ad unfortunate
misprint on p. 434 of the Manual is made much of. For " but that would
avail him nought," read "which would avail White nought."
The critic proceeds : " The Defence 5. B. to K. 2 gives the author the
opportunity to show his historical knowledge, etc. Polerio had therefore
an antediluvian age, etc. " The author here may demonstrate the igno
rance of his critic by stating that Paolo Boi died at Naples in 1598, that
Polerio accompanied him to Madrid prior to that date, and that Polerio's
treatise was published in 1610.
In the King's Bishop's Gambit, the critic, referring to the check of
the Queen on Black's fourth move, says : " We may inform him checking
with Quee-n is best, and followed up by 5. B to Q. 3 gives Black the supe
rior game." The author scarcely required this information, inasmuch as
this very line of play is indicated on p. 619 of the Manual, having been
actually adopted by himself against Mr. Burn in a game won by Mr. Burn,
and published in the Manual In the Gambit Declined the Handbuch
pronounces 2. P. to Q. 4 to be Black's best move.
In the Vienna Game, the author maintains that after the moves 1. P.
to K. 4, 1. P. to K. 4, 2. Kt. to Q. B. 3, 2. Kt. to K. B. 3, 3. B. to Q. B.
4 is correct play, having been adopted by Falkbeer with success against
Lbwenthal in the Birmingham Tourney 1859.
With regard to the designation of the Fkench Opening, the French
authorities agree with the author. The critic of the Athenaeum says: " It
is impossible for us to furnish many specimens of Mr. Gossip's blunders,
for one reason, because they have been already exhaustively demonstrated
elsewhere. But by way of a really colossal and comic blunder, commend
us to the following :—
THE CHESS PLAYERS' OHRONICLE. 167
Page 71. Page 658.
"The Petroff Defence is inferior "In the Petroff Defence, Black
to Q. Kt. to B. 3, or P. to Q. 3, ought to obtain the advantage, as
(which, according to him, lead to we have already demonstrated. "
an even game.")
This is making oneself safe with a vengeance, ete."
The author replies that he has committed no blunder whatever here, and
this would have been apparent, had his critic not omitted the context. On
p. 658, when the author says that Black ought to obtain the advantage in
the Petroff Defence, he merely refers to one variation of the Petroff De
fence, which, by a transposition of moves, occurs in the King's Bishop's
opening, and which Mr. Lbwenthal has proved to give Black the advantage,
as demonstrated on p. 79 of the Manual. The author only alludes to one
variation of the Petroff Defence when White, on his third move, plays the
weak move 3. B. to Q. B. 4, instead of 3. Kt. takes P., his strongest move,
whereas the statement of his critic leads to the conclusion that he not only
contradicts himself, but declares that Black, in the Petroff Defence, should
get the advantage with the best play: this he does not say. Had the critic
only played over the analysis on p. 79 he would have avoided making an
unfounded accusation. The critic proceeds to point out, as an example of
theoretic ignorance of the author, a game in the King's Bishop's Gambit,
between Steinitz and Zukertort, in the Handicap Tourney of 1872, which
he says " is distinctly the leading case upon the point." The author re
plies that this very game is given on p. 617 of the Manual, and is also
referred to on p. 611.
In condemning the 25 problems contained in the Manual, the critic of
the Athenaeum speaks of them as " representative :" this the author never
meant them to be any other than Mr. Staunton meant his to be which
are given in the Handbook, nearly all by Bolton. In order to have a " re
presentative" set of problems a volume of itself would have been necessary,
and such a book exists in Chess Gems. As to the ten problems by Messrs.
J. and W. T. Pierce, who are spoken of as comparatively obscure com
posers, the author submits that the compositions of these gentlemen ought
to be judged by their intrinsic merit solely, and that they have been pro
nounced to be good by the best judges.
In conclusion the author begs to point out the flagrant absurdity of his
critic's assertion, "that more is to be learned from Philidor's Treatise of
1749 than from the Manual," inasmuch as the latter work contains most of
the recent discoveries in the openings, with the analyses of a host of emi
nent authorities who have lived since Philidor's time, and further, that
not only are many new variations of the last few years to be found in the
Manual, but that it also contains a mass of new analysis written since the
works of Staunton, Boden, etc., were published, and numerous sound
variations that are totally omitted from the last edition of the Handbuch.
I am, etc.,
To the Editors of the O.P.G. G. H. D. GossIP.

We think it hardly fair that Mr. Gossip should have no opportunity of


answering his critics where he feels that justice has not been done him,
and we therefore readily open our columns to his letter. We have omitted
a concluding paragraph which seems to have been rather hastily added,
168 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
and which would lead us too far into personal questions. But in giving
insertion to Mr. 6. 's vindication, we do not identify ourselves with him, or
his grievances. We believe that the verdict of the majority of reviewers
is substantially right. We would refer especially to a short but masterly
article in Land and Water, for November 28. Coming after most of the
reviews of the Manual, the writer regrets his inability to reverse the
general judgment. He has summed up the grounds of condemnation in a
few words ; we will endeavour to do so in still fewer.
There is no attempt to deny the learning and laboriousness of Mr. G.'s
work. What the public have looked for in vain is strength of judgment
(now more than ever required in dealing with so vast a mass of materials),
clearness of arrangement, and a reasonable amount of literary skill. Some
readers may fancy that these qualities are not more conspicuous in the
letter we now publish. Mr. G. is not content to follow the logical order
of the Handbuch and subsequent works, he must needs be original, and the
openings follow one another in a very confused arrangement ; and after
every allowance for the corrections now put forward, and the possible
captiousness of some of his critics, the fact remains that it is often difficult
to know what Mr. G. really thinks, or what line of play he prefers.
It is known that considerable offence has been given by the selection of
Illustrative Games. We must own that we agree in the general condemna
tion of the course which Mr. G. has thought proper to take: and it may be
as well to state briefly the grounds of our opinion. We cannot admit the
validity of the plea which Mr. Minchin, in his able review in The Academy,
has put forward on Mr. G. 's behalf. It may be fair, and is certainly not
unusual, for the loser of a majority to publish in a periodical, games won by
himself, leaving it to his opponent to look after his own reputation by pre
serving and publishing his own games. But a work which aspires to com
pleteness and permanent value ought, we hold, rigidly to exclude all such
displays of vanity. Mr. Staunton at the height of his reputation abstained
from glorifying himself in the Handbook, and threw the record of his
games into a separate work, the Companion. With infinitely smaller
pretensions to Chess leadership, Mr. G. has apparently wished the Manual
to serve as his Handbook and Companion all in one. In this he
has signally failed : the Chess organs with one consent have set the unwary
on their guard. We do not think, however, that the strongest objection
to this course has been noticed by any reviewer. It is not merely the
unfair selection, but the intrinsic badness of some of the games selected
which is to be reprobated. If a game is worth publishing, the player who
has snatched it from a stronger opponent may be right in publishing it,
though many players (especially when the parties do not habitually play
together) practice the courtesy of stating the relative score. But nothing
can justify the publication of a bad game, which the loser (or even the
winner if he have good taste and good feeling) would wish buried in
oblivion, merely to show that Mr. A. has once or twice beaten Mr. B.
There are games in the Manual, not played by the author, the sight of
which must be equally annoying to both combatants : and it is difficult to
avoid the conclusion that a wish to appear to advantage by the side of other
players of his own strength must consciously or unconsciously have
influenced Mr. G. in his selection. The class of players who have
generally occupied the three or four first places in the tourneys of the
Counties' Chess Association are in general ■ ' conspicuous by their absence "
from the pages of the " Manual ": and the few games which occur, seem to
have been selected on the principle we have just indicated.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 169
No. 72.
Played recently by correspondence.
(Allgaier Kieseritzky Gambit.)
White. (Mr. W. Nash.) Black. (Mr. W. T. Piercs.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. B. to K. Kt. second
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. B. to Q. B. fourth 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. P. takes P. 8. Castles
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. to K. E. fourth
10. Kt. to K. fourth (a) 10. Q. to K. second
11. Q. to K. second 11. B. takes Kt.
12. P. takes B. .12. Q. takes K. P.
13. B. to Q. third 13. Q. takes P.
14. B. takes P. 14. B. to K. B. fourth (b)
15. Castles (K. E.) 15. Kt. to Q. B. third
16. B. takes P. 16. Q. E. to K. square
17. Q. E. to Q. square 17. E. to K. third (c)
18. Kt. to Q. B. third 18. E. takes Q.
19. Kt. takes Q. 19. B. takes B.
20. E. takes B. 20. E. takes Q. B. P.
21. E. to K. B. fifth 21. Kt. to K. Kt. second
22. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 22. K. to E. square
23. E. to K. Kt. fifth 23. Kt. to K. second
24. B. to Q. sixth 24. E. to K. seventh (d)
25. B. to Q. Kt. fourth 25. P. to K. E. third
26. E. takes P. 26. E. to Q. B. square
27. B. to Q. B. third 27. K. Kt. to K. B. fourth (e)
28. Kt. to Q. fifth (disc, ch.) 28. K. to E. second
N
170 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
29. Kt. takes Kt. 29. E. takes Kt.
30. E. to K. B. third 30. E. takes B.
31. E. takes E. 31. E. to Q. second
32. K. E. to Q. B. fourth 32. E. to Q. eighth (check)
33. K. to E. second 33. Kt. to Q. third
34. E. to Q. B. seventh 34. E. to Q. fifth
35. K. to E. third 35. K. to Kt. third
36. E. to Q. seventh 36. K. to B. third
37. E. to K. B. third (check) 37. K. to K. fourth
38. E. to K. seventh (check) 38. K. to Q. fourth
39. E. to K. B. sixth 39. P. to K. E. fourth
40. E. to Q. seventh 40. K. to K. fourth
41. Q. E. takes Kt. 41. E. takes E.
42. E. takes E. 42. K. takes E.
43. P. to K. Kt. fourth
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) This loses a Pawn.
(6) 14. Kt. takes B. would probably have brought about the following sequence :-
15. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 15. K. to R. square
16. Kt. takes Q. 16. Kt. takes Q.
17. B. takes Kt. 17. Kt. to Q. B. third
18. Kt. takes P. 18. R. to Q. Kt. square
19. Castles (K. R.,) &c.
(c) Perhaps Black's best move was B. takes Kt., and thus we have :—
18. Q. takes P. (check) 18. B. to K. Kt. third
19. B. takes B. 19. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)
20. K. to R. second 20. R. P. takes B.
21. B. to Q. sixth 21. Q. to K. sixth
And Black appears to have the better game.
(d) The only move to prevent the loss of a piece. For if—
24. R, to Q. square
25. B. takes Kt. 25. R. takes R.
26. B. to K. B. eighth, and wins.
(e) There is no better move.

No. 73.
Played recently hy correspondence.
(Al.LGAIER KlESERITZKY GAMBIT.)
White. (Mr. W. T. Pierce.) Black. (Mr, W. Nash.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 171
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. R fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth (a) 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (b)
10. B. takes P. (c) 10. Kt. takes E.
11. P. to K. Kt. third (d) 11. P. to K. B. third
12. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check). 12. K. to B. square
13. Q. to Q. second. 13. P. takes Kt.
14. P. takes P. 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. P. takes P. 15. P. takes P.
16. B. to K. E. sixth (check) 16. K. to K. square
17. P. takes B. 17. Q. to K. B. third
18. Castles 18. P. takes B. (/)
19. E, to K. square (check) 19. B. to K. third
20. Kt. to Q. fifth 20. Q. to K. B. sixth
21. E. takes B. (check) 51. K. to Q. square
22. Q. to Q. E. fifth (check) 22. K. to Q. second
23. E. to K. seventh (check) 23. K. to B. third
24. Kt. to Q.Kt. fourth (check) 24. K. to B. fourth
25. B. to K. third (check) 25. Q. takes B.
26. E. takes Q.
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
(a) If 8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 8. P. to Q. B. third
9. P. takes P. 9. Castles, 4ic
(b) Here 9. Q. to K. second is better, or 9. Castles, perhaps best of all.
(c) The sacrifice of the Rook is perfectly sound .
(<J) Kt. to K. fourth would not have been good :—
11. Kt. to K. fourth 11. Q. takes P. (check)
12. P. toK. Kt. third 12. Kt. takes P.
13. Kt. takes Kt. 13. P. to K. B. third
14. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. P. takes P. 15. P. takes P.
16. Kt. takes Q. B. P. 16. B. takes B.
17. Kt. takes Kt. (disc check) 17. K. to B. second
18. Kt. to Q. B. sixth 18. Q. takes Kt. (cheek)
And Black would win.
172 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(«) The Handbuch gives-
11. Q. to K. second
12. Q. to 0, second 12. P. to K. B. third
13. Castles 18. P. takes Kt.
14. P. takes P. 14. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
15. P. to Q. sixth 16. B. takes Kt.
16. P. takes B. 16. Q. to K. Kt. second
17. P. to K. sixth 17. Kt. takes P.
18. P. to Q. seventh (check) 18. B. takes P.
19. P. takes B. (check) 19. Kt. takes P.
20. R. to K. square (check) 20. K. to Q. square
And White will win.
(/) If instead of this move Black had played—
18. B. to K. third
then 19. P. to Q. seventh (check) 19. Kt. takes P. (best)
20. B. takes P. 20. R. to Q. square
And White must win.
No. 74.
(The Scotch Gambit.)
White. Black.
(The Earl of Eavensworth.) (Lord Eandolph Churchill.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth P. to Q. third (a)
4. B. to Q. B. fourth (h) Kt. to K. B. third (c)
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (d) P. to Q. fourth
6. P. takes P. 6. Q. Kt. takes P. (e)
7. Castles (/) 7. B. to Q. third (g)
8. P. to Q. B. third 8. Kt. to K. B. fourth
9. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 9. B. to Q. second
10. B. takes B. (check) 10. Q. takes B.
11. P. to Q. B. fourth 11. Q. to K. second (h)
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. P. to K. fifth (i)
13. K. Kt. takes P. 13. Kt. takes Kt.
14. Kt. takes Kt. 14. B. to K. fourth
15. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (k) 15. Castles (K. E.)
16. E. to Q. Kt. square (I) 16. Q. to Q. third
17. Kt. to K. B. third 17. P. to K. B. third
18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 18. Q. E. to Q. square
19. Q. to Q. B. second 19. Kt. to K. second
20. B. to K. third (m)
Unfinished (n)
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 173
NOTES.
(a) This may be played for the sake of variety, bat is not so good as the ordinary move.
It tends to give Black a cramped position.
(6) White might also have played 4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth, reducing the opening to a varia
tion of the Knight's game of Ruy Lopez.
(c) Although this appears hazardous. Black, we believe, had no better move. If he
had played 4. B. to K. second, White might have advanced the Q. P. with advantage. If,
instead, he had taken P. with P., the situation would have been that of Philidor's defence,
in a form favourable to the attack. .
(d) This leaves Black only one line of defence, and keeps him under embarrassment
for several moves.
(e) Better than Kt. to Q. R. fourth, to which White might reply with P. takes P.
(/) P. to Q. sixth would be answered by B. to K. third. We think, however, that
P. to Q. B. third, driving back the Knight at once, before castling, would have been
stronger.
(g) Here Black lost an opportunity. He should have played as follows :—
7. P. to K. E. third
8. Kt. to K. B. thlzd (best) . 8, B. to K. Kt. fifth
With a good game,
(h) A lost move, giving White time to mature his attack. Black should rather have
castled on the King's side, and the game would then have been about equal.
(i) This further weakens Black's position, and involves the sacrifice ofa valuable Pawn
without any necessity.
(k) Keeping out the adverse Queen from K. R; fifth, and threatening to pin the Bishop
presently with the King's Rook.
(I) Enabling White to bring out the Bishop safely, and preparing for the advance of
the Pawns on the Queen's side.
(tn) At this point White has a manifest advantage, having a clear Pawn ahead and a
good position.
(») There is, we believe, no record of the conclusion or of the concluding moves.

No. 75.
In the recent Match between Messrs. Macdonnell and Wisker.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. Black.
(Mr. Wisker.) (Eev. G. A. Macdonnell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
i. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. P. to Q. fifth 9. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
10. B to Q. Kt. second 10. Kt. to K. second
174 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
11. B. to Q. third 11. Castles
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. Kt. to K. Kt. third
13. Kt. to K. second 13. P. to Q. B. fourth
14. Q. to Q. second 14. P. to K. B. third
15. K. to E. square 15. B. to Q. B. second
16. Kt. to K. Kt. third 16. E. to Q. Kt. square
17. Kt. to K. square (a) 17. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
18. Kt. to Q. B. second 18. Kt. to K. fourth
19. B takes Kt. (b) 19. Q. P. takes B.
20. Kt. to K. third 20. P. to Q. B. fifth
21. B. to K. second 21. Kt. to Q. Kt. second
22. Q. R. to Q. B. square 22. Kt. to Q. third
23. P. to K. B. fourth (c) 23. P. takes P.
24. E. takes P. 24. Kt. to K. B. second (d)
25. K. E. to K. B. square 25. B. takes Kt.
26. P. takes B. 26. Kt. to Q. third
27. B. to K. B. third 27. Q. to K. square (e)
28. K. E. to K. square 28. Q. to K. Kt. third
29. Kt. to K. B. square 29. E. to K. square
30. Q. to K. B. fourth 30. R. to K. fourth
31. Kt. to Q. second 31.. B. to Q. second
32. B. to Q. square 32. Q. B. to K. square
33. B. to Q. B. second 33. B. to K. Kt. fifth (J)
34. E. to K. third 34. Kt. to K. B. fourth (g)
35. K. E. to K. square 35. Kt. to Q. fifth
36. Q. to K. third (h) 36. Kt. takes B.
37. E. takes Kt. 37. E. takes Q. P.
38. Q. takes P. 38. E. takes Kt.
39. E, takes B. 39. Q. to K. R. third (check)
And White resigns.
NOTES by the Editor of Land and Water.
(a) Up to this point the ordinary moves in the normal attack of the Evans' Gambit
have been played. It 1b doubtful, however, whether the variation now selected by White
is the best. Kt. to K. Kt. square, or Q. R. to Q. B. square seems preferable.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 175
(6) The Knight ought not to have been taken. Black now obtains a secure position
with a Pawn plus.
' (c) This is not good, but it is difflonlt to find a move that is.
(d) Very well played.
(e) K. to K. square is also good play.
if) Preventing White's threatened move of Kt. to K. B. third.
(g) Finely played, and decisive.
(A) There is no better answer.

No. 76.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Macdonnell.) Black. (Mr. Wisker.)
1. P. to K. B. fourth (a) 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to K. third 2. P. to K. Kt. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to K. Kt. second
4. B. to K. second 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. Castles 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. Q. to K. square 6. Q. to Q. Kt. third
7. Kt. to Q. E. third 7. Kt. to K. E. third
8. K. to B. square 8. P. to Q. E. third
9. E. to Q. Kt. square (6) 9. Q. to Q. B. second (c)
10. P. to Q. Kt. third 10. Castles (d)
11. B. to Q. Kt. second (e) 11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
12. B. takes B. 12. K. takes B.
13. E. to Q. B. square (/) 13. P. to K. B. third
14. P. to K. E. third 14. P. to K. fourth
15. Kt. to K. E. second 15. B. to Q. Kt. second
16. P. to Q. B. third 16. Q. E. to K. square
17. Q. to K. B. second 17. Kt. to K. B. fourth
18. P. to K. Kt. fourth (g) 18. Kt. to Q. third
19. B. to K. B. third 19. P. takes P.
20. P. takes P. 20. Kt. to K. fifth
21. B. takes Kt. 21. P. takes B.
22. K. to Kt. square (h) 22. Kt. to K. second
23. Kt. to Q. B. second 23. P. to K. Kt. fourth (?)
24. P. takes P. (J) 24. P. takes P.
176 THE CHES3 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
25. Q. to K. third 25. Kt. to K. Kt. third
26. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 26. E. to K. B. sixth (ft)
27. E. takes E. 27. P. takes E.
28. Q. to K. B. second (I) 28. E. to K. seventh
29. Kt. to Q. fourth 29. P. takes Kt.
30. Q. takes P. (check) 30. K. to E. sixth
And White resigns.
NOTES by the Editor of The Field.
(a) In our issue of Feb. 7, we had occasion to criticise this first move, and we have no
reason to alter our then expressed opinion, which is unfavourable to this mode of opening
the game, The P. stands loose on the board, and must be protected by P. to K, third,
after which the first player's Q. P. cannot be made available without weakening the K. P.
(6) As a result of this cumbersome opening, the white pieces on both wings stand in
the way of each other, and we might apply to them what Bismarck said of,the Parisians
daring the siege, " they stew in their own gravy."
(c) We should have preferred Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth, which would have driven back the
Q. R. to its original square ; for White could not give up the Q. R. P., as the adverse Kt.
after taking that P. menaced to capture the B.
(d) Black has conducted the K. fianchetto in accordance with the recommendations of
Messrs. Steinitz and Potter to the second player, published in the City of London Chess
Magazine a short time back, wherein it was chiefly pointed out that the K. P. ought to
be reserved, and not be moved at all early in the opening, more especially not to K. third ;
and it was also mentioned that later on this Pawn might be brought to K. fourth,
supported by the K. B. P. atK. B. third. Consistently with this plan, we believe that Black
would have here done better by playing at once P. to Q. Kt. fourth, which blocked outthe
adversary's K. B. ; if then White replied with B. to Q. Kt. second, Black could answerwith
P. to K. B. third, which made the other B. of the opponent useless, and there would have
been plenty of time for his castling after having secured those strategical advantages.
(e) White has now a better game than he ought to have obtained by the nature of this
opening. By this move he deprives the opponent's K. side of the support of the K. B. ;
for Black cannot preserve that B. by P. to K. B. third, since White now threatens to
obtain still greater freedom by P. to Q. B. fourth, a move which he could not safely
attempt before, on account of Black's reply, Kt, to Q. Kt. fifth.
(/) We should have preferred P. to Q. B. third, with the object of utilising the Q. Kt.
P. to Q. B. fourth would not have been good now, e.g. :—
13. P. to Q. B. fourth 13. Q. P. takes P.
14. P. takes P. 14. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
15. Kt. to Q. B. second 15. P. to Q. R. fourth, with a well,
supported majority of Pawns on the wing which is furthest off from
the opponent's King, and therefore becomes formidable in the end
game after exchanging pieces, when the King on each side has to be
chiefly employed in stopping the hostile Pawns.
(g) An ill-advised move, as it exposes the King uselessly to the range of the hostile
Q. B., which though, covered at present, can be opened easily. At the same time it forces
the opponent's Kt. into a better position, and no prospect of an attack remains for White
on the K. side to warrant this precipitate advance. The correct play would have been
Kt. to Q. B. second.
(h) White could not take the Q. B. P. on account of Black replying with P. to K. sixth,
threatening to win the Q. by dis. ch. with the Kt.
(i) A fine move, which makes White's defence extremely difficult, for Black threatens
to bring his Kt. to K. B. fifth, either over Q. fourth or K. Kt. third.
(J) A grave error. Tlis best chance of saving the game was Kt, to K. third, followed
by Kt. to K. Kt. second in answer to Kt. to K. Kt. third.
(*) Capital. Play as White may, the game is won now ; for, if he does not take the
R., Black wins by U. to K. Kt. sixth, check, followed by P. to K. sixth, check.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 177
(0 The game was hopeless. Had he taken the R., Black would have won in a few
moves, thus :—
28. Q. takes R. 28. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check)
29. K. to B. square, best 29. Q. to k. Kt. seventh (check)
30. K. moves 30. F. to K. B. seventh (cheek)
31. E to Q. square, best 31. B. to K. B. sixth (check)
32. K. takes B. 32. Q.takes Kt.(check,)
And promotes the Fawn to another Queen next move.

No. 77.
(Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Macdonnell.) Black. (Mr. Wiseer.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Q. to K. E. fifth
5. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
6. B. to Q. second 6. Q. takes K. P. (check)
7. B. to K. second 7. K. to Q. square
8. Castles 8. B. takes B.
9. Kt. takes B. 9. Q. to K. B. fifth
10. P. to Q. E. fourth 10. Kt. to K. E. third
11. B. to Q. E. third 11. E. to K. square
12. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (a) 12. P. to Q. E. third
13. E. to K. B. third 13 Q. to K. Kt. fourth (I)
14. K. Kt. to Q. E. third (e) 14. Kt. to K. B. fourth (d)
15. P. to Q. B. third 15. E. to K. third (e)
16. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 16. E. to K. Kt. third
17. P. to K. Kt. third 17. P. to Q. third
18. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 18. P. takes P.
19. P. takes P. 19. E. takes Kt. (f)
20. P. takes Kt. 20. E. to Q. E. seventh (g)
21. Kt. to K. fifth (h) 21. E. to K. B. third
22. B. to Q. B. fourth 22. E to Q. seventh
23. Q. to Q. B. square 23. P. takes Kt.
178 THE 0HE8S PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
24. B. to Q. third (check) 24. E. to Q. third
25. E. takes E. (check) (i) 25. Kt. takes E.
26. P. to K. B. fourth 26. P. takes P.
27. Q. takes E. 27.' Q. to Q. B. fourth (ch) (j)
28. E. to K. B. second 28. Q. takes B. (k)
29. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 29. B. takes P.
30. E. takes P. 30. Q. to Q. B. third
31. E. to K. E. fourth 31. K. to B. square
32. Q. to K. second 32. Q. to K. E. eight (check)
33. K. to B. second 33. Kt. to K. fifth (check)
34. K. to K. third 34. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check)
35. K. to Q. fourth 35. Q. takes P. mate.
NOTES by the Editor of The field.
(a) This seems to be a very strong continuation of Mr. Macdonnell's novel form of
attack initiated on the previous move, and much better than P. to K. Kt. third, as played
in one of the games of this match published in our number of the 7th inst. The move
in the text brings the Q. Kt. at once into ready operation, and cuts off the Q. from the
square at Q. Kt. fifth, wherefrom she might escape from all molestation, as pointed oat
in one of our notes to the above-mentioned game.
(b) Black seems to be anxious to delay the action of the hostile Q. at Q. second, but
we still adhere to our opinion that the minor pieces are mueh more to be feared than the
Q. in this opening. The chief object of the defence ought therefore to be to delay as long
as possible their concentration, which purpose would, we believe, have been better served
by Q. to K. tl. fifth. Black threatened then to play Kt. to Q. fifth if White retreated the
Kt. at once ; and if, in order to prevent that, White answered R. to K. R. third (for P.
to K. Kt. third was out of question on account of Q. to K. R. sixth), Black could retreat
the Q. to K. second, and on the next move gain time by P. to Q. third attacking the R.
(c; We cannot approve of the generalship which commanded this movement. From
the subsequent course of the game it becomes apparent that White intended to form an
attack with the pawns on the Q. side, chiefly with the object of breaking through with
the Q. Kt. P.—a plan which we consider a mistaken one, for it seems manifest that no
advantage would accrue to White by forcing a passage for the opponents Q. R., the very
piece which Black always finds it difficult to liberate in this opening. In this sort of
battle the guns and the cavalry, but not the infantry, must be directed first to the assault.
We should have preferred R. to K. Kt. third, which might have led to the following con
tinuation—
WhITe. blaCk. WhITe. blaCk.
14. R. to K. Kt. third Q. to K. B. third 17. Kt. to Q. second, followed by one of the
16. Kt. to K. B. third Kt. to K. B. fourth Kts. to K. fourth, with a good game.
16. R. to K. Kt. fourth P. to Q. Kt. fourth
. (d) In the match between Vienna and London, the defence (London) found it necessary
to keep the Kt. at R. third as a support of the K. B. P. until the latter had been moTed
to B. third, which prevented the occupation of the post at Black's K. fourth or K. Kt.
fourth by any hostile Kt. We confess to a predoliction for this plan, and our objection
against the Kt. early abandoning its present post seems to be verified by the sequence of
this game, wherein the weakness of the point at K. B. second is a source of embarassment
for Black. We should have preferred P. to Q. third at once, as no real danger was to be
apprehended from White's sacrificing the Kt.
(e) Again a loss of time, and inferior to P. to Q. third.
(f) An ingenious device. If White take the R., Black immediately recovers the ex
change by Kt. to K. fourth, for White's R. would be left en prise at K. B. fourth. Sec
our observations in note (c) respecting White's plan of attack.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 179
(g) Altogether wrong. R. to Q. R. second was the correct play, and would have made
Black's game safe enough, e. g.
■WhITE. blaCk. 24. P. to K. B. fourth P. to Q. Kt. third
20. R. to Q. R. second followed by B. to K, third, with the
21. Kt. to K. fifth R. to K. B. third superior game.
22. B. to Q. B. fourth Kt. to K. R. third
23.^R. takes R Q. takes R.
(h) As we pointed out in our note (d), the point at Black's K. B . second was unneces
sarily left weak. White now properly directs his attack against the K. B. P. with full
force, and no doubt he must have succeeded but for a subsequent error.
(i) Too Impetuous, and overlooking Black's well-conceived counter coin binatlon. White
ought to have advanced the P. to K. B. fourth at once, and he must have won a clear Rook
for the Kt. sacrificed, or the Queen for a Rook, remaining in either case with sufficient
force to win.
(J) The winning move, which was probably unforeseen by White on the 25th move,
(k) Correctly played, and much better than taking first the K. Kt. P., for then the Q
could not have comfortably captured the Bishop, since White, after retaking the P.
threatened Q. toK. Kt. fifth, check. Black wins easily now.

No. 78.
The last game in the match.
(Euy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. Wisker.) Blaek. (Mr. Macdonnell.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. B. to Q. E. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles (a) 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. P. to Q. third
8. P. to K. E third (b) 8. Castles (c)
9. P. to Q. third 9. P. to K. E. third (d)
10. Kt. to K. second 10. B. to Q. second
11. P. to Q. B. third 11. B. to Q. E second
12. Kt. to K. Kt. third 12. Kt. to K. second
13. P. to Q. fourth (e) 13. Kt. to K. Kt. third
14. B. to K. third 14. Q. to K. second
15. E. to K. square 15. P. to Q. B. fourth (/)
16. Kt. to K. B. fifth 16. Q. to Q. square (g)
17. Kt. takes Q. P. 17. B. to Q. B. third
180 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

18. P. takes K. P. 18. K. Kt. takes P.


19. B. to Q. fifth (h) 19. B. takes B.
20. Q. takes B. 20. Kt. takes Kt.
21. P. takes Kt. 21. Kt. to K. second
22. Q. to K. fifth 22. Kt. to K. Kt. third
23. Q to K. Kt. third 23. E. to K. square
24. Q. E. to Q. square 24. Q. to Q. second
25. E. to Q. second 25. E. to K. third
26. K. E. to Q. square 26. E. to Q. B. square
27. P. to K. E. fourth 27. E. to Q. square
28. P. to K. E. fifth 28. Kt. to K. B. square
29. E. to Q. fifth 29. K. to E. second (i)
30. Kt. to K. fifth 30. Q. to K. square
31. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (J) 31. P. to K. B. third
32. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth 32. Kt. to Q. second
33. P. takes P. 33. E. takes B.
34. Q. takes E. 34. Q. takes Q.
35. P. takes Q. 35. B. takes P.
36. K to B. second 36. B. to Q. Kt. third (Ic)
37. K. to B. third 37. E. to Q.^B. square
38. K. R. to Q. third 38. E. to Q. B. fifth (I)
39. P. to K. fourth 39. K. to Kt. square
40. K. to B. fourth 40. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
41. E. takes Kt. 41. E. takes E.
42. P. to Q. seventh 42. B. to Q. B. second (check)
43. P. to K. fifth (m) 43. P. takes P. (check)
44. K. to B. fifth 44. B. to Q. square (n)
45. Kt. takes P. 45. P. to Q. E. fourth
46. K. to K. sixth 46. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
47. P. takes P. 47. P. takes P.
48. Kt. to K. B. seventh 48. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
49. P. takes P. 49. E. to Q. B. third (check)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 181

50. E. to Q. sixth 50. E. to Q. B. seventh


51. Kt. takes B. 51. E. to K. seventh (check)
52. K. to Q. fifth 52. Resigns.
NOTES by the Editor of The Field.
(a) We question the expediency of castling at this point. P. to Q. third followed either
by Kt. toK. second or B. to K third, seems to us an urgent preliminary. White would not
have gained anything by exchanging the Kt. with the object of winning the K. P., for
Black would recover it immediately, with a good game, e.g.:
6. B takes Kt. 6. Q, P. takes B.
• 8.7. Kt. takesB.P.
K. takes 7.8. B.
Q. takes P. (check)
to Q. fifth (check) itc.
(6) A move of this description before the opponent has castled on the same side looks
bad on principle, and unless it could be shown that White can stand the pinning of the
Kt., which appears to be very doubtful, it would go far to prove that castling on the sixth
move ought to be fraught with danger, for we believe that the defence can now immedi
ately assume an attacking policy with advantage.
(c) Played in the usual routine style, and without original discrimination. Black could
have safely initiated a strong attack by P. to K. R. third, followed by P. to K. Kt. fourth,
i.g.:
8. P. to K. R. third
9. P. to Q. third 9. P. to K. Kt. fourth
10. Kt. to K. R. second 10. P. to K. Kt. fifth, followed by R.
to K. Kt. square if White takes the P. with the P., with a fine game.
(d) Black is now compelled to make the same weak move, and his opponent retains the
advantage of the first move with the superior developement. Had Black played Q. Kt. to
B. fourth, with the object of exchanging the K. B., the proper answer would have beeu
B. to K. third.
(e) White has now an excellent game.
(/) Overlooking the adversary's well planned scheme. The only correct move would
have been K. R. to Q. square, in order to provide a retreat for the Q. at K. B. square ; but
even tben White's game remained superior.
(?) There was no better resource than giving up the P, at once. The capture of the Kt.
would have also resulted in the loss of a P., with a still worse position, thus :
16. B. takes Kt.
17. P. takes B. 17. Kt, to K. R. square, best
18. B. to 9l B. fourth 18. Q. R. to Q. square, best
19. Q. to K. second 19. P. to K. fifth
20. Kt. to Q. second, and the K. P. will
speedily fall.
(A) Vigorous and correct.
(i) Black's last few moves bear the mark of being made under the pressure of the time
limit, intensified by the extreme difficulty of the position in the deciding game of the
match ; and Mr. Macdonnell had been evidently losing moves to gain minutes.
0) The decisive coup, which reduces Black's chance of a draw to a minimum.
(*) R, to K. square would have been immediately disastrous, e.g.:
86. R. to K. square
37. R. takes B. 87. Kt. takes R.
38. P. to Q. seventh 28. R. to Q. square
39. R. to Q. fifth 39. Kt. to K. fifth (check) ; if Kt.
takes P. instead, White wins a piece at once by taking the Kt.,
recovering the R. by the check of the Kt. at K. B. eight.
40. K. to K. square 40. Kt. takes P.
41. R. to Q. fourth, followed by Kt. to K. seventh and Kt. to Q. B. sixth
winning easily.
(!) White's answer to B. to Q. R. fourth would have been P, to Q. R. fourth.
(m) Mr. Wisker plays this ending game with profound judgment. This excellent move
enables the K. to support the passed pawn without delay.
in) Had Black, previous to retreating the B. advanced the P., (dis. ch.) in order to
drive the K. back, White would have won more speedily still by R. to K. B. third, after
taking the P. with the K.
182 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 79.
Played in Class I. at the Counties' Meeting at Birmingham
in August last.
(Two Knights' Opening.)
White. (Mr. Wayte.) Black. (Mr. Eanken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 4. B. to Q. B. fourth (6)
5. P. to Q. third 5. P. to Q. third (c)
6. B. to K. Kt. fifth 6. P. to Q. E. third
7. B. to Q. E. fourth 7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
8. B. to Q. Kt. third 8. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. fifth 9. P. to Q. B. third
10. Kt. takes Kt. (check) 10. P. takes Kt.
11. B. to K. E. fourth 11. Kt. takes B.
12. E. P. takes Kt. 12. E. to K. Kt. square
13. P. to Q. fourth (d) 13. P. takes P.
14. P. to K. E. third 14. Q. to K. second
15. Q. to K. second 15. B. to Q. Ut. fifth (check) (e)
16. K. to B. square 16. B. to Q. B. fourth
17. E. to Q. square 17. B. to Q. Kt. second
18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 18. B. to Q. Kt. third (/)
19. Kt. takes P. 19. B. takes Kt.
20. E. takes B. 20. P. to Q. B. fourth
21. P. takes P. 21. P. takes P.
22. E. to Q. third 22. E. to Q. square (if)
23. E. takes E. (check) 23. K. takes E.
24. P. to K. B. third 24. Q. to K. fourth
25. P. to Q. B. third 25. K. to B. second (h)
26. P. to K. Kt. fourth 26. Q. to K. B. fifth
27. K. to Kt. second 27. K. to Kt. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 183
28. B. to K. Kt. third 28. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
29. E. to Q. square 29. P. to K. E. fourth (i)
30. E. to Q. sixth (check) 30. B. to Q. B. third
31. Q. to Q. third 31. P. takes P.
32. E, P. takes P. 32. K. to Kt. second
33. E. to Q. eighth (k) 33. P. to K. B. fourth
34. E. to Q. seventh (check) 34. K. to E. square
35. Q. to Q. sixth 35. E. to Q. B. square
36. K. P. takes P. (1) 36. Q. to K. sixth
37. Q. to Q. third (m) 37. B. takes P. (check)
38. K. to B. square 38. Q. takes Q.
39. E. takes Q. 39. B. takes P.
40. P. to K. B. sixth
And the game was abandoned as drawn.
NOTES by the REV. C. E. EAnKen.
(a) This it seems is better than B. to Q. Kt. fifth, on accountof the reply Kt. toQ. fifth
(6) He might also safely play Kt. to Q. fifth, for White could not gain anything by
taking the K. P.
(c) Black's correct move here apparently is P. to K. R. third. If White then play Kt.
to Q. R fourth, or B. to K. third, with the object of winning the K. P., Black answers
with Q. to K. second.
(i) Evidently an error ; White forgot that on his retaking P. with Kt., Black could
reply-R. to K. Kt. fifth.
(e) Being preventetffrom castling advantageously himself, Black determines to prevent
his opponent, but it is questionable if he had not a better line of play.
(/) Taking the P. would have allowed the adverse Kt. to come in with fatal effect.
(g) K. to B. square looks a better move.
(A) It was a mistake to play the K. over to the Queen's side, and it well nigh involved
the loss of the game,
(i) Unsafe ; he should have played his R. to Q. B. square.
(i) At this point White could have won, as follows :—
33. R. takes B. 33. K. takes R.
34. Q. to Q. sixth (check) 34. K. to Kt. second
35. Q. to Q. B. seventh (check) 35. K. to R. square
36. B, to K. B. fourth 36. Q. to K. R. fifth (best)
37. Q. to Q. B» sixth (check) 37. K. to R. second
38. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check) 38. K. to Kt. second
39. Q. to Q. B. seventh (check) 39. K. to R. square
40. Q. to Q. B. sixth (check) 40. K. to R. second
41. Q. to Q. seventh (check) 41. K. to E. square
42. B. toK. third 42. K. to Kt. square
43. B. to Q. Kt. sixth, and wins.
[I) Kt. P. takes P. was clearly the right move.
(m) Here, once more, apparently, White misses his way, for had he played R. to Q.
eight, we do not see how Black could have saved the game.
184 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
TO ThE EdITorS OP ThE ChESS PLAyerS' ChronICLE.
Copthill House, Bedford,
Nov. 5th, 1874.
Dear Sirs,—Permit me to draw attention, through your columns, to a few points in a
recent article in the Athenceum on Mr. Gossip's Chess Manual.
The writer first assumes, without sufficient justification, that I or my hrother selected
the problems at the end of the book, and had the unparalleled conceit to insert 10 of our
own out of the 27 there. Such a statement is most censurable. It ought never to have
been made without proof positive as to the facts. It is true that the reviewer has made
some amends by giving Mr. Gossip's explanation that we had nothing whatever to do
with editing the Problem department of his book.
But further, the critic assumes that the Author's object was " to give the cream of past
achievements in Chess Problems," and is therefore justly amazed to find some very well
known names of composers absent. But he is altogether begging the question in making
such an assumption. It is an absurd one, to begin with. How could the cream of past
achievements be crowded in at the end of an extensive work devoted to another object-
It requires a volume by itself, and such has in fact been published in Chess Gems or
Alexandre's book. The writer might in the same way have come down upon Staunton,
because at the close of his Handbook all or nearly all the Problems are by Mr. Bolton.
I presume Mr. Gossip's object was to publish Problems not so well known as the cream
the reviewer longs for : and perhaps he did us the honour to select several of ours as they
were from a volume recently published, and therefore comparatively novel.
Lastly, the reviewer, with Mr. Gossip's book before him, speaks of my brother and
myself over and over again as one person. This misrepresentation is of a piece with the
rest of the article, and is evidently done with a design. It makes his case, which is very
weak, appear stronger to outsiders unacquainted with the facts. But how absurd I For
it produces the reverse impression on all those in the Chess world not blinded by passion
or prejudice.
With the rest of the criticism I have nothing to do. Mr. Gossip is quite able to take
care of himself. The fate of his book certainly does not depend on the Athenceum article,
or on a dozen such. Time is the real arbiter. The question is, not whether it has
faults : I have no doubt it has many, which have been duly magnified and made the most
of by some of his reviewers. The question is if at prsenet there is a more complete and
satisfactory guide to Chess in our language. Two or three years will answer this
decisively—I am, dear Sirs, yours faithfully,
James Pierce.

*** "We do not hold ourselves responsible for the views of our correspondents, but we
think it right occasionally to give them an opportunity to speak for themselves.

Sheffield AThenaeum Chess Club.—The opening soiree of this club was held on
October the 7th last. Dr. J. C. Hall occupying the chair, and Mr. Cocking the vice-chair.
During the ensuing season the competition for the £8 8s. prize, offered by Mr. W.
Cockayne, was to be resumed—to be won twice before being claimed, Mr. A Davy
having won it in 1872, Mr. A. Godwin in 1873. Three prizes—45s., 35s., 27s —wereoffered
for a handicap tournament. The match by correspondence with the Bristol and Clifton
Chess Club had just been officially resigned by that club. The Chairman congratulatedthe
members on their success, and on their prospectsfor the wintersession. On October the 8th,
Mr. Blackburne, by engagement, gave one of his wonderful exhibitions of blindfold play,
playing ten simultaneous games against ten of the strongest players the club could pro
duce, winning against Mr. A. Godwin, M. B. Cockayne, Mr. Shuttleworth, Mr. A. Davy,
Mr. E. S. Foster ; drawing against Mr. E. Cockayne, Mr. Champion, Mr. W. Shaw; and
resigning to Mr H. Davy, and Mr. W. Cockayne. On the previous evening several cot
sultation games were played.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XL.
By G. E. Carpenter.
BLACK.

up
a
4 ■

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

PROBLEM XLI.
By G. E. Carpenter.
( Chess Record.)
BLACK.

<=5
HI £
IP

B i ■
A
JJ§I
-
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
186 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM XLII.

By James Pierce, M.A.


BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

Chess at Grantham.—Mr. Skipworth has promised to play, shortly, a number of


simultaneous games against the chief amateurs of Grantham.
Chess Problems.—Messrs. J. and W. T. Pierce have just published a Supplement to
their book of Problems, giving corrected positions in Parti., and additional Problems
(entirely new) in Part II. In our next, we hope to give one or two selections from the
book. Long and particular reviews seem to be in fashion just now—we do not care for
that fashion—and when it can be well avoided we shall not follow it. Readers may
frequently desire advice as to books on the Openings, but not so with Problems by authors
of acknowledged repute. It seems almost as much beyond the sphere of an Editor of a
Chess Magazine to point out the little oversights in a book of Chess Problems, as it
undoubtedly would be, to notice the constant errors in even the best edited Chess columns
of the day. Commend us to such reviews as the one given in the Illustrated London
News, Feb., 1874, and quoted by us, vol. iv., p. 24. Messrs. Pierce are well known com
posers, and we are sure that those, whose speciality is Problems, will be glad to possess
their works, and pronounce their own verdict on the several Problems, and more especially
perhaps when we, among others, can assure the public, that the books are well got up
and will well repay perusal.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 187
PEOBLEM XLIII.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.
wm
H mm
H

Wm
imp
k Hi
ill
111
mm si

11 %///////>
BP HP

//
wm
lil m ■

■ ill
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

Mr. Wormald on The Chess Openings.—This new book, we hear, is just out, .
though we have not yet seen a copy.
Mr. Wisker and Herr ZukerTorT are shortly, we understand, to play a match.
Mr. Wisker being the Champion English player the result will be anticipated with great
interest.
The Cambridge and Glasgow Chess Clubs are playing a match by correspon
dence. We are very much pressed for space, or we should like to have given the moves to
the present time.
Mr. MorPhy.—The papers tell us that the great Mr. Morphy is to appear again on
the Chess arena .
ObiTuary,—We have to announce the deaths of V. N. Portilla, of Mexico, a constant
contributor to our pages, and a Problem composer of some promise. Only a few years
ago he was an undergraduate at Cambridge, and died quite a young man. We had not
the pleasure of knowing him personally. 0. Malmqrist, Editor of the Nordisk Skakti-
dtnd, is also dead.
Chess aT GrImsby.—By special request, Mr. Skipworth met several amateurs from
the town and neighbourhood, at Grimsby last month, and played them by simultaneous
games. We believe a club will shortly be established there. Chess playing is certainly
on the increase iu Lincolnshire, although its cultivation may at present be chiefly con
fined to the towns, we hope the minor of the county is not too bucolic to admit of more
general extension.
188 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
PROBLEM XLIV.
By Mr. J. Berger.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
The laTe Rev. H. BolTon—His unpublished Problems are being placed at our
disposal, and though they may not be quite equal in merit to those which have already
been brought before the public, still we are sure they will command that interest which
his compositions have always deserved. We have also been favoured with some of
Mr. Bolton's Problems which were published long ago, and we have pleasure in reprinting
them.
Chess MaTch.—The return match between the Cheltenham and Birmingham Clubs
has been played at Cheltenham, and the following is the score :
Won. Cheltenham. Drawn. Birmingham. Won.
1 W. B. Fisher Jno. Halford
— W. Coatcs J. F. Ryder
2 Dr. Philson W. A. Baiter
1 F. Young H. E. Syndercombe
2 Hy. Young H. A. Fry
1 Prowde Smith E. P. Warren
— Mr. Whittard C. Wallbank
— Rev. J. H. C Baxter S. G. Kempson

MaCdonneLL v. Wisker.—The match between these well-known players has termi


nated in favour of Mr. Wisker. Score—Wisker 7, Macdonnell 4, drawn 4, Messrs.
Macdonnell and Wisker have previously met in several important encounters, and with
varied success, but the present score is rather a decisive one, and will probably not be
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XLV.
Foresight.
By the late Rev. H. Bolton.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PEOBLEMS IN No. V.


xxxii.
While. Black.
1. Q. to K. Kt. fourth, Sic.
XXXIII.
1. Kt. to k!. fourth 1. K. to Q. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh 2. Anything
3. R. or Kt. mates.
XXXIV.
1. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 1. R. to Q. eighth (a, I)
2. B. to K. B. sixth 2. Anything
3. MaU'S.t
2. B. to K. B. sixth, Sic. (a) If 1 . R. to K. seventh
2. R. to Q. second (check,) lic. (6) If 1. B. to Q. B. seventh
t Also another Solution, 1. Kt. takes B. (check) &c
190 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XLVI.
The Whim.
By the late Bev. H. Bolton.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in four moves.
XXXV
1. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 1. Kt. takes Kt. (a)
2. P. to K. third 2. Anything
8. Q. mates.
(a) If 1. K. to K. fourth
2. R. to K. third (check,) Sta.
XXXVI.
1. Q. takes K. B. P. 1. K. takes R., &c.
. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth, mating next move.
XXXVII.
1. Q. to K. B. sixth 1. Kt. takes P. (a)
2. Q. to K. B. third (check) 2. K. takes Q.
3. B. to Q. square, mate.
(a) If 1. B. or Kt. to K. B. fourth
2. B. to Q. third (check) 2. K. takes B.
3. Kt. to K. B. fourth, mate.
XXXVIII.
1. R. to K. R. eighth 1. P. to K. Kt. fourth
2. Kt. to K. II. eighth 2. P. to K. Kt. third
3. Kt. to K. R. seventh 3. K. moves
4. Kt. to K. B. sixth, mate.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 191
PEOBLEM XLVII.
By Lieutenant S. A. Sorensen, Copenhagen.
Motto.—Look after the Caby.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
The Prize for the best Problem in four moves in the British Chess Association Competi
tion has been awarded to the composer of the above position, one of the set with which
he carried off the First Prize in the Tournament.

XXXIX.
1. P. to K. B. third 1. R. takes P. (check)
2. Q. takes R. 2. R. to Q. Kt. seventh (a)
3. P. to K. fourth (check) 3. K. moves
4. B. mates.
(a) If 2. R. to Q. B. fifth
5. Q. to Q. third (oheck) &c.
BurN v. Owen. —From the City of London Magazine, for December, the latest score
in this match is, Burn 8, Owen 4, and some draws.
ENIGMA 1.
By F. M. Teed.
White. K. at Q. B. eighth, R. at K. Kt. fifth, Bs. at Q. Kt. fourth and Q R. fourth, Kts. at
K. sixth and K. B. second, Ps. at Q. B. second and Q. R. third.
Black. K. at Q. fourth, Ps. at K. B. fourth and K. Kt. third.
White to mate in two moves.
192 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
Chess Curiosities, No. V.
This is perhaps the earliest extant specimen of a self-mate. It
appears for the first time in the fifth edition of the Handbuch,
from an old French MS. of the fourteenth century, preserved in
the Wolfenbiittel Library.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and compel Black to mate in thirteen moves.
*»* We have substituted a White Pawn for a White Queen at K. R. second, in order to
render the Problem intelligible to modern readers. In the mediaeval game the Queen was
the weakest of the pieces, her power being limited to one square diagonally in each
direction.

By the late Rev. H. BolTon.


White. K. at Q. B. third, R. at Q. Kt. seventh, Ps. at Q. B. seventh and Q. Kt. fifth.
Black. K. at Q. B. fourth.
White to mate in three moves.
3
By P. W. Lord.
White. K. at K. R. second, Q. at K. Kt. seventh, Bs. at Q. R. sixth and Q. B. square
Kt. at K. B. eighth and Q. Kt. second, Ps. at K. third and fifth.
Black. K. at Q. B. fourth, R, at Q. Kt. fourth, Bs. at K. Kt. seventh and Q. seventh, Kt.
at Q. B. sixth, Ps. at Q. second and fifth, and Q. Kt. sixth.
White to mate in three moves.
$toiiaa to Comsponbwts.
Solutions TO—
Problem XXXII, E. 8., Saxon, Sretrow, C. Q.
„ XXXIII. E, S., Saxon, Sretrow.
„ XXXIV. E. S., Saxon, Sretrow.
„ XXXV, E. S.
„ XXXVI. Saxon, Sretrow.
„ XXXVII. E, S., Sretrow.
„ XXXVIII. E. S., Saxon, Sretrow,
„ XXXIX, E. S., Saxon, Sretrow.
Sretrow. For once you appear to have tripped, having overlooked in Problem XXXV.
Black's defence 1. Kt. to Q. fifth, a main point in the Problem.
The Earl of Ravensworth, F. Winter, C, James Pierce, E. S., F. Y., F. Winter, C, are
thanked for their communications,
Charles G. We are extremely obliged to you for the Problems you kindly placed at our
disposal, and we shall gladly avail ourselves of any further selections.
J. F. E. (Birmingham.) Thank you for the score and the game. The game, we regret,
is scarcely good enough for publication, we allude in particular to Black's play.
G. B. C. (Sheffield.) We are much obliged to you for the report of the games. The re
maining games are held over for the next number.
h. Meyer. Accept our best thanks for the correction and the positions, of which we hope
to avail ourselves in the February number.
T. B. (Clifton.) Very glad to have another batch of your games. You require stronger
opponents.
The Earl of Ravensworth. We thank your Lordship for the second copy of the game.
James B. (Keokuk, Iowa.) The draft was duly received, and the numbers were at once
sent off. We hope they have not miscarried.
%* The final Cnp Game between Mr. Owen and Mr. Skipworth, and one or two games
between Mr, Owen and Mr. Gossip (promised in our last) are of necessity held over.
*** The February Number may be expected about the middle of the month.
*»* We extremely regret being so very late in issuing this number. We are at the mercy
of the Printers, and they have sadly, this time, let us down. Sometimes the fault is
with the Editors (but not on this occasion,) for they cannot always command the
necessary leisure. Where there are Amateur Editors, and Country Publisher,a a
Magazine has difficulties to encounter, which are not met with elsewhere, and perhaps
we may ask our readers to extend towards us as much patience and consideration as
possible, while we assure them that we do our very best in the way of both catering
and punctuality. We may remark, en passant, that we have been asked to give
rather more Problems in the numbers. Our speciality is games, we are anxious
that our Magazine should be a reliable guide as to the openings ; and in the Notes
to the Games the best moves in the several openings are invariably pointed out, and
any new moves always noticed. Some of our Contemporaries give more Problems,
but we give more Games.
*** Want of space has disappointed us about several games in the Printers' hands.
Solutions to Problems and other editorial matter should be addressed to the Rev. A.
B. SKIPworth, Lincoln.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to JAmeS WiLLIAmson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, LlKOolN.
to whom P. 0. Orders^may be made payable. Free by Post 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
THOMAS COLE,
H .A. T TIE IK,
156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL PELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
Pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self-measurement
forwarded on application.
SOFT FELTS
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
THOMAS COLE.
TEE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST QUALITY FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOR SCHOOLS, from 42s. per dozen.

(Four Doors City Side of Somerset House.)

THE SATURDAY REVIEW, and the ENGLISH MECHANIC may be had second
hand, when about a week old. Also several back numbers.—Address B. G, the
Office of this Magazine.
THE DUBUQUE CHESS JOURNAL.—Some copies of this Monthly American MagailM
can be regularly supplied on application at the Office of this Magazine.
ARCHERY and FISHING TACKLE.—THOMAS ALDRED, Manufacturer to the
Prince and Princess of Wales, &c, and holder of six Prize Medals, maker of the
celebrated glued-up Triangular Trout. Salmon, Spinning, and Trolling Rods.—126, Oxford
Street, London, W. Catalogues gratis.
WANTED, a second-hand copy of ROBERTSON'S SERMONS (3 vols.)—Address to
the Office of this Magazine.

JAMES WILLIAmSOn, PrINTEr, HIGh BTrEET, LInColn.


Vol. IV. No. VII.

THE CHESS PLAY EES'

CHEONICLE.

FEBRUARY, 1875.

CONTENTS.
Gamks—played between—
No 80 Major Martin and Mr. Wayte 193
„ 81 Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Uanken 195
„ 82 Miss Rudgo and Mr. Burn 196
„ 83 Mr. Brownson and Mr. C. A. Wheeler 198
„ 84 Mr. 6. and Mr. O'N 199
„ 85 Cambridge and Bristol 200
„ 86 Bristol and Cambridge 202
„ 87 Mr. Brown and Mr. Alberoni 204
„ 88 Mr. Mc.Kenzie and Mr. A 205
„ 89 Mr. Gilbert and Mr. Hotchkin 206
fi 90 Mr. Blackburne and Mr. Arthur Davy 208
„ 91 Mr. Blackbume and Mr. Shuttleworth 210
„ 92 Messrs. De Soyres and Wayte, and Messrs. Fisher and Minchin ....... 211
„ 93 Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Owen T 218
Chess InTelligence—
Chess at Laceby 215
Mr. Gossip and his Eeviewers—Letter from Athenseum Reviewer 216
Nottingham Chess Club 218
Counties' Chess Association 219
Chess at Lincoln 219
Death of Mr. De Vere 219
Chess at Grantham 220
Correspondence Tourney 220
Chbss CuriosiTies—No. V 224
Enigma— No. 1 224
Solutions to Problems 221,222,223
PRObLEm XLVIII 217
XLIX 218
L 219
LI 220
LII 221
LIII 222
LIV 223
LV 224

LINCOLN : JAMBS WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET.


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOR BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. lit., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, king's Book
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
, Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Book (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 193
No. 80.
A Cup Game at Birmingham.
(Giuoco Piano.)
White. (Major Martin.) Black. (Mr. Wayte.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third 1
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Castles 5. Kt. takes P.
6. B. to Q. fifth 6. Kt. takes K. B. P. (a)
7. B. takes P. (ch.) (b) 7. K. takes B.
8. Kt. takes P. (check) 8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. B. to Q. Kt. third (c)
10. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 10. K. to Kt. square
11. Q. takes Kt. 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. E. takes Kt. 12. P. to K. E. third
13. P. to Q. Kt. third 13. P. to Q. B. third (d)
14. B. to Q. E. third 14. K. to E. second
15. E. to K. B. seventh 15. E. to K. Kt. square
16. B. to K. B. eighth 16. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
17. Q. takes Q. 17. P. takes Q.
18. B. to Q. sixth (e) 18. K. to Kt. third
19. E. to K. B. second 19. B. to K. B. fourth
20. Kt. to Q. second 20. Q. E. to K. square
21. B. to K. fifth (J) 21. E. takes B.
22. P. takes E. 22. P. to K. Kt. fifth
23. P. to K. Kt. third 23. E. to K. square
24. E. to K. square 24. B. to Q. sixth
25. P. to K. sixth 25. E. to K. second (g)
26. K. to Kt. second 26. B. takes E.
27. K. takes B. 27. K. to B. third
28. E. to K. third .28. B. to K. B. fourth
194 THE 0HE8S PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
29. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 29. E. takes P.
30. E. takes E. (check) 30. K. takes E.
31. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 31. K. to K. fourth
32. K. to K. third 32. P. to Q. Kt. third
33. P. to Q. E. third 33. B. to Q. B. seventh (h)
' 34. Kt. to Q. B. square 34. P. to Q. B. fourth
35. Kt. to K. second 35. P. to K. Kt. fourth
36. K. to Q. second 36. B. to Q. Kt. sixth
37. K. to K. third 37. B. to Q. B. fifth
38. Kt. to K. Kt. square 38. P. to Q. fifth (check)
39. P.* takes P. (check) 39. P. takes P. (check)
40. K. to Q. second 40. K. to K. fifth
41. P. to K. E. fourth 41. P. takes P.
42. P. takes P. 42. K. to B. fourth
43. K. to B. second 43. K. to Kt. third
And White resigns.
NOTES by W. WAyTE.
(a) This move has hitherto passed for a sound one, the Rook and two Pawns being a
good exchange for the two minor pieces. Black may also play—
6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. B. takes Kt. 7. Q. P. takes B.
8. Kt. takes P.—even game.
(6) This variation, we are informed, was analysed by Herr Knorre, and no less a master
than Steinitz was "bowled over" by it the first time it was played against him.
(c) Herr Steinitz played this, but subsequently discovered that R. to K. square was the
correct move. White would still recover both pieces with an equal game ; and it would
seem that, as Black cannot hope to gain anything by 5. Kt. takes P., his safest course
is to play 5. P. to Q. third.
(d) Black must not be in too great a hurry to break the restraint of his position. He
cannot now play K. to R. second, on account of B. takes P. with a winning game,
whether he retakes with P. or K.
(e) Necessary, as B. to K. third is threatened. From this point the attack begins to
change hands.
(/) White has now rather the worst of the position, there being no good square for his
Q. R. This move, however does not help him ; the Pawn at K. fifth must be lost in the
end if Black play properly.
(y) R. to K. B. square would be useless, as White would reply with P. to K. seventh.
Black plays thus to win the Pawn without allowing it to advance further, and so to keep
his King near the centre of the board.
(A) In this end-game the Knight is completely dominated by the Bishop. If now
34. Kt. to Q. fourth, the reply is B. to Q. R. fifth. We believe that the Knight has the
superiority in much fewer instances than is commonly supposed.
(<) P. to K. R. third would have prolonged the game a few moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 195
No. 81.
A Cup Game at Birmingham.
(Two Knights' Opening.)
White. (Mr. Skipworth.) Black. (Mr. Eanken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
4. Kt. to Q. fifth 4. B. to Q. E. fourth
5. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. P. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. K. Kt. to K. second (a)
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. B. to K. Kt. fifth
8. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (I) 8. B. takes Kt.
9. P. takes B. (c) 9. Kt. takes Kt. P.
10. Kt. takes Q. Kt. 10. B. takes Kt.
11. Q. to Q. third (d) 11. Castles
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. B. to Q. E. fourth
13. B. to K. Kt. fifth 13. P. takes P. (e)
14. P. takes P. 14. Q. to Q. second
15. K. to E. square 15. P. to Q. fourth
16. B. to Q. Kt. third 16. P. to K. B. third
17. B. to Q. B. square 17. P. to Q. B. third
18. E. to K. Kt. square 18. K. to E. square
19. B. to Q. E. third ( /) 19. K. E. to K. square
20. B. to Q. B. second 20. Kt. to K. Kt. third
21. E. to K. Kt. fourth (g) 21. P. takes P.
22. P. takes P. 22. Q. takes E.
23. P. to K. fifth 23. P. takes P.
24. P. takes P. 24. E. takes P.
25. B. to Q. Kt. second 25. E. to K. Kt. fourth
And White resigns.
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) Kt. to K. B. third looks stronger.
(b) Ingeniously played. Had Black taken the P. with either B. or Kt., White would
have exchanged the piece for hia Q. Kt., and then captured K. B. P. (check.)
196 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(c) He might with more advantage, we think, retake with Q. ; Black must then take
Q. P. with Kt., on which White plays Q. to K. Kt. fourth with a fine attack.
(d) P. to Q. B. third would also have been a good move.
(e\ He should rather retreat K. to R. square at once.
(/) Black has not played the last few moves well, and White'a Bishops are now very
strong.
(ff) The game is marred at this and the next move of White by two unaccountable
oversights. The earlier part of the game however is interesting.

No. 82.
Played in the Handicap Tournament at Birmingham, Mr. Burn
giving Pawn and move.
White. (Miss Eudge.) Black. (Mr. Burn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. third
2. B. to Q B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. P. to Q. third (a) 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. P. to K. third
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. P. takes P. 6. P. takes P.
7. Q. to K. second (check) (b) 7. B. to K. second
8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 8. Castles
9. B. takes Kt. 9. P. takes B.
10. P. to K. E. third 10. E. to Q. Kt. square
11. Castles 11. B. to Q. third
12. P. to Q. Kt. third 12. E. to K. square
13. B. to K. third 13. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
14. Kt. to Q. E. fourth (c) 14. P. te Q. fifth
15. P. to Q. B. third 15. P. takes B.
16. P. takes B. 16. P. takes P. (check)
17. Q. takes P. 17. E. takes P. .
18. Q. takes P. 18. Q. takes P.
19. Q. E. to Q. square 19. Q. to K. Kt, third
20. K. to E. second 20. Kt. to Q. fourth
21. Q. E. to K. square 21. E. to K. B. square
22. Q. to K. B. second 22. Q. E. to K. B. fifth
THE CHE88 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 197
23. Q. to K. Kt. third 23. Q. to Q. third
24. Kt. to Q. Kt. second 24. B. to Q. E third
25. B. to K. B. second 25. K. E. to K. B. third
26. K. to E. square 26. E. to K. Kt. third
27. Q. to K. E. second 27. P. to K. E. third
28. E. to Q. second 28. Q. to K. B. third
29. E. to K. B. second (d) 29. K. to E. second
30. Kt. to Q. square 30. Q. to Q. E. eighth
31. Kt. to K. third 31. Q. to K. B. third (e)
32. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 32. Q. to Q. B. sixth
33. Q. to K. Kt. square 33. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
34. E. to Q. B. square (/) 34. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth
35. K. Kt. to K. fifth 35. E. to K. third
36. E. takes E. 36. Q. takes E.
37. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 37. E. to K. seventh
38. E. to K. B. square (g) 38. Q. to K. fifth
39. Q. Kt. to K. fifth 39. Kt. to K. B. fifth (h)
40. E. to K. B. second 40. E. to K. eighth
41. E to K. B. square 41. Kt. takes Kt. P.
42. Q. takes Kt. 42. E. takes E. (check)
And Black wins.
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) The Pawn might be played to Q. fourth at once, for Black would get a Tery bad
game if he took the K. P.
(6) This is by no a good move.
(c) There was no danger apparently in Q. to Q. second, but the move made turns out
better than it looks at first sight.
(d) This position of the game is very stubbornly contested by both players.
(«) We should have preferred the following—
81. Q. takes R. (check)
33. Kt. takes Q. 82. R. takes R.
38. Q. to Kt. Kt. square (best) 33. R. takes Q. R. P.
And Black should win.
(/) Miss Rudge, we think, would have done better to plant one of the Kts. on K. fifth.
(?) P. to Q, R. fourth seems more to the purpose.
(A) The winning move.
%* It is considered that Miss Rudge has not a superior among the ladies of this country
and we arc sure that this game will command considerable interest. It was stated
somewhere or other the other day, that Miss Rudge might probably play a matoh
with the Championcss of the United 8tates. Compare game 89.
198 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 83.
Chess in the United States.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Brownson.*) Black. (Mr. C. A. Wheeler.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. third
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. P. to Q. fifth 9. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
10. B. to Q. Kt. second 10. Kt. to K. B. third
11. B. to Q. third 11. Castles
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. B. to K. Kt. fifth
13. Kt. to K. second 13. B. takes Kt.
14. P. takes B. 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. K. to B. square 15. P. takes P.
16. P. takes P. 16. P. to K. E. third
17. Q. to Q. second 17. Kt. takes P.
18. B. takes P. (a) 18. K. takes B.
19. E. to K. Kt. square (ch.) 19. K. to B. third
20. Q. takes P. (check) 20. K. to K. second
21. Q. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 21. Kt. to K. B. third
22. Kt. to K. B. fourth 22. K. to Q. second
23. B. to K. B. fifth (check) 23. K. to B. second
24. Q. takes Kt. 24. Q. takes Q.
25. Kt. to Q. fifth (check) 25. K. to Q. square
26. Kt. takes Q. 26. B. takes P.
27. K. B. to Q. square 27. K. to B. second
28. Kt. to K. fourth 28. B. to Q. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 199
29. Q. E. to Q. B. square 29. Q. E. to Q. square
30. Kt. takes B. 30. P. takes Kt.
31. E. takes P. (check) 31. K. to Kt. third
32. Q. E. to Q. fifth 32. E. takes E.
33. E. takes R. 33. Kt. to Q. B. third
34. B. to K. fourth 34. P. to Q. E. fourth
35. P. to Q. E. fourth 35. E. to Q. square (b.
36. E. takes E. 36. Kt. takes E.
37. P. to K. E. fourth 37. P. to K. B. third
38. B. to K. Kt. sixth 38. Kt. to Q. B. third
39. P. to K. E. fifth 39. Kt. to K. fourth.
40. K. to Kt. second 40. K. to B. fourth
41. B. to K. eighth
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
(aJ Very well played. The attack ia now vigorously maintained, and the end game is
instructive to all non-advanced players.
(b) Black does not act wisely in seeking an exchange. He appears to overlook White's
unopposed Hook's Pawn.
*Editor of the Dubuque Cheit Journal.

No. 84.
A spirited little affair in the Handicap Tournament at the Cafe
International, New York
Mr. O'Neil gives the odds of Pawn and move to Mr. G n.
(Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. G.) Black. (Mr. O'n.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. Kt. third
3. P. to K. E. fourth (a) 3. B. to K. third
4. P. to K. E. fifth 4. P. takes P.
5. Q. takes P. (check) 5. B. to K. B. second
6. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 6. Kt. to Q. second
7. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (b) 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. B. to K. Kt. second
200 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
9. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 9. Castles
10. Kt. takes Q. B. P. 10. B. to Q. B. square
11. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 11. E. takes P.
12. B. to Q. third 12. Q. to Q. E. fourth (check)
13. K. to B. square (c) 13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (d)
14. B. takes E. 14. B. to Q. B. fifth (check)
15. Kt. to K. second 15. E. takes P. (check)
And White resigns.
NOTES.
(a) When the odds of Pawn and tieo moves are given, the Rook's Pawn can often be
played with very great effect ; in the present instance, however, it appears to be premature.
(6) White wins a Pawn, bat Black is amply compensated for the loss by the rapid
development of his pieces,
(c) Fatal ; Kt. to Q. B. third, followed by B. to Q. second should R. take Kt., would at
least have prolonged the game.
(d) Black plays excellently throughout ; but the final combinations, of which this is
the initiatory move, shows a remarkable degree of aptitude for the game.
Turf, Field, and Farm.

No. 85.
Played recently by correspondence between the Chess Clubs of
Bristol and Cambridge.
(Buy Lopez.)
White. (Cambridge.) Black. (Bristol.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. B. to Q. E. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Castles 5. Kt. takes P. (a)
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. P. takes P. (b) 8. B. to K. third
9. B. to K. third 9. B. to K. second (c)
10. P. to Q. B. third 10. Castles
11. Q. to Q. third 1 11. P. to K. B. fourth (d)
12. P. takes P. (en passant) 12. B. takes P.
13. Q. Kt. to Q. second 13. Kt. takes Kt.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 201
14. Q. takes Kt. .14. Kt. to K. fourth (e)
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. B. takes Kt.
16. P. to K. B. fourth 16. B. to K. B. third (/)
17. P. to K. Kt. fourth 17. E. to Q. B. square (g)
18. P. to K. B. fifth 18. B. to K. B. second
19. P. to K. Kt. fifth 19. B. to K. second
20. Q. to K. Kt. second 20. P. to Q. B. fourth
21. P. to K. B. sixth 21. B. to Q. third
22. P. takes P. 22. E. to K. square (h)
23. P. to K. Kt. sixth (i) 23. Q. B. takes P.
24. B. to K. E. sixth
And Black resign (k).
NOTES by Messrs. SKIPWOKTh and WALKEr.
(a) We have always advocated B. to K. second as the best move here. Mr. Steinitz
prefers Kt. takes P. Mr. Wisker plays sometimes one and sometimes the other.
(5) In one of the games in the recent match between Messrs. Macdonnell and Wisker
the former here played Kt. takes P., and following moves occurred :
8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. P. takes Kt. 9. B. to K. third
The Editor of The Field remarks on the last move, " we prefer P. to Q. B. third, which
subsequently enables Black to neutralise White's attack of P. to K. B. fourth, after the
exchange of Knights, by the reply of B. to K. B. fourth, or Q. to K. R. fifth, followed by
B. to K. Kt. fifth."
10. Q. to K. second 10. B. to K. second
11. Kt. to Q. second.
" The preservation of the King's Bishop in this opening is of great importance ; and we
therefore recommend here P. to Q. B. third with the object of posting the Bishop at Q. B.
second."—Field.
(c) Kt. to Q. R. fourth (ensuring the exchange of the Knight for the King's Bishop),
followed by P. to Q. B. fourth, would have been much better.
(d) Even now Kt. to Q. R. fourth would have been better.
(e) Bringing immediate trouble, for White can now advance their Pawns with grea
effect.
(J) If B. to Q. third, the Q. P. is lost.
(g) Black evidently could not take the K. Kt. P. without losing at least the exchange
(A) K. takes P. would have been much better,
(i ) Decisive.
(*) There is no resource—
If 24. B. to K. B. second
25. R. takes B., &c.
If 24. B. to K. fifth
25. B. takes P. (check), &c.
If 24. P. to Q. B. fifth
25. Q. takes P. (check), Jic.
If 24. B takes P. (check)
25. K. to R. square 25. P. to Q. B. fifth
26. R. to K. B. eighth (check) and wins.
202 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

86.
(King's G t Declined.)
White. (Bristol.) Black (Cambridge.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. B. to Q. B. fourth
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. B. to K. Kt. fifth
5. B. to K. second (a) 5. B. takes Kt.
6. B. takes B. 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (b) 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 8. Q. Kt. to K. second
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. P. takes Q. P.
10. P. takes P. 10. P. to Q fourth (c)
11. P. to K. fifth 11. Kt. to K. B. fourth
12. B. to Q. Kt. second 12. K. Kt. to K. E. third (d)
13. Q. to Q. second (e) 13. P. to Q. E. third
14. P. to Q. E. fourth (/) 14. P. takes P.
15. P. takes P. 15. E. takes R.
16. B. takes E. 16. Q. to Q. E. square
17. B. to Q. Kt. second 17. Q. to Q. E. second
18. B. takes P. 18. Castles
19. Castles 19. Kt. takes P. (g)
20. K. to E. square (h) 20. Kt. takes P. (k)
21. Kt. to Q. B. third 21. Kt. takes Kt.
22. Q. takes Kt. 22. B. to Q. E. fourth
23. Q. to K. B. third 23. P. to Q. B. third (I)
24. B. to K. fourth 24. B. to Q. Kt. third
25. E. to Q. E. square 25. Q. to Q. Kt. square
26. P. to K. Kt. fourth (m) 26. Q. to Q. B. square
27. P. to K. E. third 27. K. to E. square
28. Q. to Q. Kt. third («) 28. B. to Q. B. fourth
29. B. to Q. Kt. square (p) 29. Kt. takes P.
30. Q. to K. B. third (q) 30. Kt. to K. B. seventh (check)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
31. K. to E. second 31. Q. to Q. square
32. Q. to Q. B. third 32. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
33. K. to Kt. third 33. B. to K. B. seventh (check)
34. K. to Kt. second (r) 34. Q. to Q. fourth (check)
35. Q. to K. B. third 35. Kt. to K. sixth (check) (s)
36. K. takes B. 36. Q. to Q. seventh (check)
37. Q. to K. second 37. Kt. to Q. eighth (check)
38. K. to B. third 38. Q. takes B.
39. Q. takes Q. 39. Kt. takes Q.
40. E. to Q. E. seventh 40. E. to Q. Kt. square
41. B. to Q. E. second 41. K. to Kt. square
42. K. to K. second (t) 42. P. to K. Kt. third
43. K. to Q. second 43. E. to Q. square (check)
44. K. to B. second 44. Kt. to Q. eighth (n)
45. E. takes P. 45. Kt. to K. sixth (check)
46. K. to B. third 46. Kt. to Q. fourth (check)
47. B. takes Kt. 47. E. takes B. (w)
48. K. to B. fourth 48. P. to K. Kt. fourth
49. E. to Q. Kt. eighth (check) 49. K. to Kt. second
50. E. to Q. Kt. seventh 50. P. takes P. (x)
51. P. to K. sixth 51. E. to K. B. fourth
52. K. to Q. fourth 52. E. to K. B. third .
And White resign.
NOTES by E. WaLKer.
(a) Some Authorities prefer 6. B. to Q. B. fourth.
(6) The customary line of play. It is a question, however, whether this advanoe of
the Pawns on the Queen's side is not premature. White obtains by it a centre formidable
in appearance, but apt to prove weak as the game progresses.
(c) This move at once disturbs the symmetry of White's centre, compelling him to push
on his King's Pawn.
(d) There was considerable discussion and divergency of opinion in the Cambridge
committee respecting this move. There is no doubt the Kt. is out of play a long time,
but he nevertheless exercises considerable infiuence on the game, and when he does act it
is to some purpose, as will be seen further on.
(e) Apparently afraid that Black would check with his Qneen and sacrifice his Kt. for
three Pawns.
(/) This seems his" best move. Taking the Pawn would be evidently bad, as it would
bring Black's Rook into play at once. 14. Kt. to Q. B. third, or 14. Q. to Q. third would
cost White a Pawn.
(flO This Pawn should have been taken with the Bishop,- -the move made speedily brings
Black into trouble.
204 THE CHE88 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(A) If 20. B. takes Kt. 20. B. takes B. (check)
21. K. to R. square 21. Kt. toK. Kt. fifth
22. P. to K. R. third 22. Kt. to K. sixth, with the better
game.
(k) Black has now won a Pawn, but at the cost of a very inferior position.
(I) The position is becoming very serious for Black, the attack threatened by the
adverse Queen and Bishops being well nigh irresistible. Perhaps his best move was Kt. to
K. B. fourth, giving up the gained Pawn, for
If 24. B. takes P. 24. R. to Q. Kt. square
25. B. to K. fourth 25. R. takes B.
26. B. takes Kt., and Black, though still in some difficulty, has a safer game,
(m) Here White missed their opportunity. They should have played 26. P. to K. B.
fifth, which would very soon have rendered Black's position untenable,
(n) Q. to Q. B. third would have been more embarrassing for Black.
(p) White's attack is gradually slipping away. This move of the Bishop just enables
Black to execute the manoeuvre he had been sometime contemplating, sacrificing his
Kt., &c.
(g) As White are playing to win, they do not take the Kt., which would apparently
enable Black to draw. For the same reason they decline the offer of a draw the next
move.
(r) Taking the Kt. would have lost the game at once, viz :—
84. K. takes Kt. 34. Q. to Q. eighth (check)
85. K. to Kt. fifth* 85. Q. to K. Kt. eighth (check,) &o.
"Black wins in all variations.
(s) B. to Q. B. fourth would have been better, if then—
36. Q. takes Q. 36. Kt. to K. sixth (check,) &o.
(0 Looking after the Knight.
(u) Better than Kt. to Q. sixth, for they could not have taken the K. B. P. after White's
next move.
(w) Better than P. takes B., which would probably have resulted in a draw,
(x) From this point the game is won for Black.
%* Tho play of White in this game sadly lacks vigour.

No. 87.
CHESS IN NEW YORK.
A brilliant skirmish recently contested at the Cafe International
between Mr. T. M. Brown and Mr. Alberoni
(KlESERITZKY GAMBIT.)
White. (Mr. Brown.) Black. (Mr. Alberoni.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2: P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B: to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
THE CHBSS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 205
9. Q. to K. second (a) 9. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth
10. Q. to Q. third 10. Kt. takes E.
11. B. takes P. 11. P. to K. B. third
12. Kt. to Q. B. third (b) 12. P. takes Kt.
13. P. takes P. 13. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (c)
14. B. to K. Kt. fifth 14. Q. to Q. second
15. P. to K. sixth 15. Q. to Q. third
16. Castles 16. Kt. to K. B. seventh
17. Q. to K. B. fifth (d) 17. Q. to K. B. square
18. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 18. P. to Q. B. third
19. P. takes P. 19. Kt. takes E.
20. P. takes P. (dis. ch.)
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
(a) A singular mistake for a player of Mr. Brown's strength to commit. Kt. to Q. B.
third is the usual move.
(6) Being already a Rook behindhand, the sacrifice of another piece for the sake of an
attack was probably the best resource.
(c) Mr. Alberoni, trusting too much to his numerical superiority, plays without any
consideration. B. to K. second is far preferable to the move in the text.
(d) The terminating moves are admirable on the part of Mr. Brown.
Turf, Field, and Farm.

no. 88.
Mr. McKenzie gives the odds of Q. Kt. to an amateur.
Eemove White's Queen's Knight.
White. (Mr. McKenzir.) Black. (Mr. A.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth (a) 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth. 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
9. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 9. K. to B. square (b)
■206 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
10. Castles 10. Q. takes P.
11. B. takes P. 11. B. takes Kt.
12. P. takes B. 12. P. to K. Kt. sixth
13. B. to K. E. sixth (check) 13. K. to Kt. square
14. B. to K. B. third 14. Q. to K. E. seventh (check)
15. K. to B. square 15. Q. to K. E. eighth (check)
16. K. to K. second 16. Q. takes P. (check)
17. K. to K. third 17. P. to K. B. fourth (c)
18. P. to K. sixth 18. Kt. to K. B. third
19. Q. to Q. fourth 19. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
20. Q. takes Kt. (check)
And White mates next move.
NOTES.
(a) In giving the odds of a Kt. the move of B. to Q. B. fourth is preferable.
(6) P. to Q. B. third, coupled with the subsequent sacrifice of the Rook, wins the game
for the second player, and is one of Professor Anderssen's many felicitous inventions,
(c) If B. to K. Kt. fifth, White, we believe, wins by taking K. B. P, with Rook.
Turf, Field, and Farm.

No. 89.
A Game between Mrs. Gilbert, the American Championess, and
Mr. Hotchkin, Chess Editor of the Watertown Reunion.
(Vienna Opening.)
White. (Mrs. Gilbert.) Black. (Mr. Hotchkin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. P. to Q. fourth (a) 4. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
5. K. to K. second 5. P. to Q. fourth (b)
6. Kt. takes P. 6. B. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. B. third 8. P. to K. B. fourth (c)
9. K. to Q. second 9. Q. to K. B. seventh (check)
10. Q. to K. second 10. Q. takes Q. (check)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 207
11. B. takes Q. 11. P. takes P.
12. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 12. P. to K. sixth (check)
13. K. to K. square 13. B. takes B.
14. K. takes B. 14. E. takes Kt.
15. Kt. to K. B. seventh 15. Kt. to K. E. third
16. Kt. takes B. 16. P. to K. Kt. fourth
17. B. takes P. (d) 17. B. to K. Kt. second
18. B. to Q. second 18. B. takes Kt.
19. P. to K. Kt. third 19. Kt. to K. B. fourth (e)
20. P. takes P. 20. P. to K. Kt. fifth
21. Q. E. to K. Kt. square 21. P. to K. E. fourth
22. B. to K. square 22. B. to K. B. third
23. P. to K. E. third 23. Kt. to K. E. third
24. K. to Q. third 24. Kt. to K. second
25. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 25. P. to Q. Kt. third
26. K. to K. fourth 26. P; to Q. B. third
27. E. to K. Kt. second (/) 27. Q. Kt. to K. B. fourth
28. B. to K. B. second (g) 28. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
29. P. takes P. 29. Kt. takes Kt. P.
30. K. to B. third (h) 30. Kt. takes B.
31. E. takes Kt. 31. K. to Q. second
32. Q. E to K. E. second 32. P. to K. E fifth
33. B. to K. square 33. Kt. to K. second
34. K. to Kt. fourth 34. K. to K. square
35. P. to Q. E. fourth 35. P. to Q. E. third
36. P. takes P. 36. B. P. takes P.
37. E. to K. fourth 37. K. to B. second
38. E. to Q. B. second 38. E. to Q. square (i)
39. P. to Q. B. fourth 39. E to K. Kt. square (check)
40. K. to E. third 40. E. to K. Kt. sixth (check)
41. K. to E. second 41. Kt. to K. B. fourth
42. P. takes P. 42. P. takes P.
43. E to Q. B. seventh (check) 43. K. to Kt. third
208 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
44. E. to Q. B. sixth 44. Kt. to K. sixth
45. E. to K. fifth 45. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
46. K. to E. square 46. P. to K. E. sixth (k)
47. E. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 47. K. to B. second
48. E. to Q. B. seventh (check) 48. K. to B. square
49. E. takes Kt. 49. E. takes E.
50. E. to Q. Kt. seventh 50. E takes P.
51. E. takes P. 51. E. to K. B. sixth »
52. K. to E. second 52. B. to K. second
53. E. to Q. Kt. eighth (check) 53. K. to B. second
54. E. to Q. Kt. seventh 54. K. to K. square
And White resigns. (1)
NOTES by A. B. SkIPWorTh.
(a) This is Mr. Stcinitz's move—one fraught with danger—with great danger in other
hands.
(6) P. to Q. third is more generally played, but P. to Q. fourth is the bolder move, and
perhaps at least as strong. See two games at this opening in Vol. IH. of this Magazine,
pp. 291, 292, where White's reply to 6. P. to Q. fourth is (1) 6. Kt, takes P., (2) 6. P.
takes P., Black winning in both cases.
(c) Troublesome for the adversary.
id) Very well played—
• If 17. P. takes B.
18. R. toK. B. square, and White saves her Kt. and the R. is in a good position,
(e) Black's maneuvers here are very good. Had he given up the Pawn at once, play
ing P. to K. B. sixth (cheek), White would have had an open file for the Rooks, and they
would very speedily have played a more important part than Black desired.
(/) The following variation would not have improved White's game before this Rook
was moved :—
27. P. to Q. Kt. nfth 27. R. takes P.
28. P. to Q. B. fourth 28. R. to Q. Kt. seventh, &o.
(?) If now :—
28. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 28. P. takes P.
29. K. takes R. 29. Kt. to K. sixth (check), &c.
(h) If 30. R. takes P. • 30. Kt. to Q. third (check), Sic
(i) Very good.
(*) It is evident that Black cannot take the Rook ; besides he now threatens mate in
two moves.
(0 A well contested game, for which we are indebted to the Chess Eecord.

No. 90.
One of ten Blindfold Games played at Sheffield, Oct., 1874.
(Centre Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Blackburne.) Black. (Mr. Arthur Davy.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 209
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. B. to Q. B. fourth (a)
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. Kt. to K. E. third
6. Q. to K. E. fifth (b) 6. Q. to K. second
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. third
8. P. to K. E. third 8. Kt. to K. fourth (c)
9. B. to Q. Kt. third 9. B. to Q. second
10. P. to K. B. fourth 10. Q. to K. B. third (d)
11. Kt. to Q. second 11. Q. to K. Kt. third
12. Q. to K. E. fourth 12. P. to K. B. third
13. Kt. to K. sixth 13. B. takes Kt.
14. B. takes B. 14. Q. Kt. to K. B. second
15. Kt. to K. B. third 15. Q. takes K. P.
16. E. to K. square 16. P. to Q. sixth (dis. ch.)
17. K. to E. square 17. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth
18. P. to Q. B. third 18. Q. to Q. Kt. third
19. B. takes Kt. (dble. ch.) 19. K. takes B.
20. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 20. K. to B. square
21. P. to K. B. fifth 21. Kt. to K. B. second
22. E. to K. sixth 22. B. to K. B. seventh
23. B. to Q. second 23. Q. takes P.
24. E. to K. B. square 24. B. to K. Kt. sixth
25. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 25. B. to K. fourth
26. Q. to Q. B. fourth 26. P. to Q. B. fourth
27. Q. takes Q. P. 27. Q. takes E. P.
28. Kt. takes B. 28. B. P. takes Kt.
29. E. takes Q. P. 29. P. to K. fifth
30. Q. to K. Kt. third 30. Q. to Q. B. fifth
31. E. to Q. square 31. Kt. takes E.
32. Q. takes Kt. (check) 32. K. to B. second (e)
33. Q. to Q. seventh (check) 33. K. to B. third
34. B. to K. B. fourth
And B i resigns.
210 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
NOTES by A. B. SKIIPworth.
(a) We have now an ordinary position in the Scotch Gambit.
(6) This is perhaps as good as the old move 6. Kt. takes K. B. P., leading to the
Cochrane Schumoff defence. It is difficult either way for the first player to avoid some
disadvantage of position.
(c) He should rather have played B. to Q. second, and then have castled on the Queen's
side, leaving the K. B. P. The move made only gives White opportunity for further
attack.
(d) Very well played.
(e) Black's lively play since the tenth move has made the game an extremely interest
ing one. Here, however, he makes a mistake, the King should have been moved to Kt.
square, and Black might have got out of his difficulties.

No, 91.
Another of the ten Blindfold Games.
(Allgaier Kieseritzky Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Blackburnr.) Black. (Mr. Shuttleworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. P. to K. -E. fourth (a)
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. E. to K. E. second
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. B. to K. E. third (6)
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. P. to Q. third
9. Kt. to Q. third 9. P. to K. B. sixth
10. P. takes P. 10. P. takes P.
11. Q. takes P. 11. B. to K. Kt. fifth
12. Q. to K. B. second 12. B. takes B.
13. E. takes B. 13. P. to Q. B. third
14. K. to Q. second 14. Kt. to Q. second
15. K. E. to K. B. square 15. Q. to K. second
16. Q. E. to Q. square (c) 16. Castles
17. P. to Q. fifth 17. Kt. to K. fourth
18. Kt. takes Kt 18. P. takes Kt.
19. Q. takes E. P. 19. Q. to Q. third
20. K. to B. square 20. Q. to Q. Kt. square
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 211
21. Q. to Q. B. fifth 21. Q. to Q. third
22. Q. to Q. E. fifth 22. B. to Q. second
23. K. B. to K. square 23. Q. to Q. B. second
24. Q. to Q. B. seventh 24. B. to K. square (d)
25. P. takes P. 25. B. takes B. (check)
26. B. takes E. 26. B. takes P.
27. Q. to Q. E. eighth (check) 27. Q. to Q. Kt. square
28. E. to Q. eighth (check)
And Black resigns.
NOTES by W. WAyTe.
(a) After this move White ought to get the best game in every variation. Q. to K.
second, or Kt. to K. B. third are either of them preferable, but best*of all B. to K. Kt.
second.
(6) This move entirely fails to protect the Pawn. P. to K. B. sixth, followed by B. to
K. second, would have been better; or the Russian defence Q. to K. B. third.
(c) Here we incline to suspect an error in the MS. But move 23 shows that the Rook
was not now played to K. square.
(d) He might have done better than this, but the loss of the game was merely a question
of time.

No. 92.
The following game was played alternately, without consultation,
at the Clifton Meeting in 1873, and was published shortly
afterwards in Land and Water. We reprint it with some
additional notes illustrative of the peculiarities of this descrip
tion of game. The players moved in the order in which their
names occur.
Evans' Gambit.
White. Black.
Messrs. De Soyres andWayte. Messrs. Fisher and Minchin.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. feurth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Q. Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. Castles (a) 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. to Q- fourth 7. Kt. takes K. P. (b)
8. P. takes P. (c) 8. Kt. takes Q. B. P. (d)
9. Kt. takes Kt. 9. B. takes Kt.
212 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
10. B. takesP. (check) (e) 10. K. takes B.
11. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check) 11. K. to B. square
12. Q. takes B. 12. P. to K. E. third
13. B. to Q. E. third (check) 13. K. to Kt. square
14. Q. B. to Q. square (/) 14. Q. to K. square
15. K. B. to K. square 15. K. to E. second
16. Kt. to K. B. fourth 16. E. to K. Kt. square
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. P. to Q. Kt. third
18. Q. to Q. third (check) 18. P. to K. Kt. third
19. P. to K. B. fifth 19. Kt. takes P.
20. P. takes P. (check) 20 K. to B. square
21. B. to Q. Kt. second 21. P. to Q. third
22. Q. to Q. fifth 22. P. to Q. B. third
23. E. takes Kt. (g) 23. P. takes E.
And White mated in three moves (h)
NOTES by W. WaTTe.
"_ (a) The move 6. P. to Q. fourth, leading to the " compromised defence," was rejected
as requiring too much sustained accuracy from both players. As a general rule, the
player at this game should avoid complications for his partnef, but may safely risk
something in order to complicate the adversaries' position.
(6) Castling is here the correct move.
(c) R. to K. square is stronger in theory, but unsuited to the conditions of the present
game ; we had therefore to risk their castling next move, which would have made them
perfectly comfortable:
(d) Here our opponent made the move we wished.
(c) Mr. L'dwenthal here observes : "the move in the text is a good one, but we place
the following interesting variation before our readers to show the resources of the attack
in this remarkable opening. Let us suppose :—
10. B. to K. Kt. fifth 10. Kt. to K. second (or A)
11. Q. to Q. Kt. third 11. B. takes R.
12. B. takes K. B. P. (check) 12. K. to B. square
13. B. to K. R. fifth 13. P. to K. Kt. third
14. B. to K. R. sixth (check) 14. K. to K. square
15. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 15. P. to Q. fourth (best)
16. P. takes P. (en pass.) 16. Q. takes P.
17. Q. to K. B. seventh (check) 17. K. to Q. square
18. R. to Q. square 18. B. toQ.ifth
19. B. to K. Kt. seventh, and wins.
10. P. to K. B. third
11. Q. to Q, fifth 11. R. to K. B. square (best
If 11. Q. to K. second
12. P. takes P. 12. P. takes P.
13. K. R. to K. square, and wins.
Or if 11. Kt. takes P.
12. Kt. takes Kt. 12. Q. to K. second
13. Kt, to K. B. third, with a winning position.
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE 213
12. P. takes P. 12. P. takes P. (beet)
13. K. R. to K. square (check) 13. B. takes R.
14. R. takes B. (check) 14. Kt. to K. second
15. B. to K. R, sixth, having a winning game.
(/) In alternate games, as in blindfold games, it is better to bring out the piece
deliberately, than to hurry the attack. White now deprive Black of their last chance of
getting forward the Q. P.
(jr) Here Mr. de Soyres makes the move upon which his partner had relied.
(A) Beginning with Q. takes K. P. (check). Here the question was asked us, "why do
you not take with Bishop ?" The answer was, "that did not lead to mate,"
Mr. Lowenthal remarks that this game " proves satisfactorily that good games can be
played on the alternate principle, when each player is able to enter thoroughly into the
spiiit and idea of the combinations of his ally.

No. 93.
Final Game played in the late match between the Eev. J. Owen
and the Rev. A. B. Skipworth, for the Provincial Champion
Cup.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Skipworth.) Black. (Mr. Owen.)
1. P. to Q. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third (a)
2. P. to K. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. Kt. third
4. Kt. to Q. B, third 4. B. to Q. Kt. second
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (b)
6. B. to Q. third 6. Castles
7. Castles (c) 7. B. takes Kt.
8. P. takes B. 8. P. to Q. B. fourth (d)
9. B. to Q. E. third (e) 9. P. to Q. third
10. Q. to Q. B. second 10. Kt. to Q. B. third
11. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square 11. Q. to Q. B. second
12. P. to K. fourth 12. Q. E. to Q. square
13. K. E. to K. square 13. P. to K. E. third
14. B. to Q. B. square (/) 14. P. to Q. fourth (g)
15. P. to K. fifth 15. Q. P. takes P.
16. P. takes Kt. 16. P. takes B.
17. Q. takes P. 17. P. takes Q. P.
18. P. takes K. Kt. P. (h) 18. K. takes P.
19. P. takes P. 19. Q. to Q. second
214 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
20. Q. to K. third (i) 20. E. to K. E. square
21. E. to Q. Kt. fifth 21. K. to Kt. square (k)
22. E. to K, E. fifth 22. Kt. takes P.
23. Kt. takes Kt. . 23. Q. takes Kt.
24. Q. takes Q. 24. E. takes Q.
25. B. to Q. Kt. second 25. E. to K. Kt. fifth
26. E. to Q. square (I) 26. P. to K. B. third
27. . E. to Q. eighth (check) (m) 27. K. to E. second
28. E. takes E. (check) 28. K. takes E.
29. E. takes P. (check) 29. K. to Kt. second
30. E. takes P. (n) 30. E. to Q. Kt. fifth (o)
31. E. takes P. 31. E. takes B. ,
32. P. to K. E. third 32. K. to B. second
33. E. to Q. sixth 33. K. to. K. second
34. E. to K. Kt. sixth. 34. B. to Q. fourth
35. E. to K.Kt. seventh (check) 35. B. to K. B. second
36. P. to Q. E. third 36. E. to Q. Kt sixth
37. P. to Q. E. fourth 37. P. to Q. E. fourth
38. P. to K. E. fourth (p) 38. K. to B. third
39. E. to K. E. seventh 39. E. to Q. Kt. fifth
40. P. to K. E. fifth 40. E. takes P.
41. E. to K. E sixth (check) 41. K. to Kt. fourth
42. E. takes P. 42. K. takes P.
43. E. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 43. K. to Kt. fifth
44. K. to E. second 44. E. to Q. E. seventh
45. P. to K. B. third (check) 45. K. to B. fifth
46. E. to Q. Kt. eighth 46. B. to K. third
47. E. to K. B. eighth (check) 47. B. to K. B. fourth
48. K. to Kt. square 48. P. to Q. E. fifth
49. K. to B. square 49. K. to Kt. fourth
50. E. to K. Kt. eighth (check) 50. B. to K. Kt. third
51. P. to K. B. fourth (check) 51. K. to B; third
52. P. to K. Kt. fourth 52. P. to Q. E. sixth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 215
53. E 'to Q. E. eighth 53. E. to Q. E. eighth (check)
54. K. to K. second 54. P. to Q. E. seventh
55. E. to Q. E. sixth (check) 55. K. to Kt. second
56. K. to Q. second 56. E to K. Kt. eighth
And White resigned.
NOTES by J, Wisker.
(0) As good an answer as any to this form of Irregular Opening. 1. P. to K. B. fourth
is very inferior, as White gets a superior game by P. to K, Kt. third, playing afterwards
P. to Q. fourth.
(6) The Knight may be safely pinned when the player moving the Bishop has not moved
his Queen's Pawn two squares. Were the Q. P. advanced to the fourth, White could have
undoubted his Q. B. P.
(c) I should certainly have played B. to Q. second before castling, so as to have avoided
the doubled Pawn. In these irregular games it is mostly better to delay castling until
the minor pieces are in operation,
(d) The right style, keeping the White Pawns in their present position.
(e) This compels Black to do only what he would do without compulsion.
(/ ) The correct play : White has now attained an excellent position, in spite of his
doubled pawn.
(?) Very injudicious, enabling White to break up the whole position. Why not U. P.
to K. fourth, shutting out the White K. B. entirely ?
(A) White has taken prompt advantage of his opponent's 14th move, and has now a
very superior game. Sacrificing the Q. B. at thjfl point, though tempting, would not
have been sound ;—
18. B. takes P. 18, P. takes B.
19. Q. to Q. second 19, K. to R. second
20. Q. to Q. third (check), and White must be content to draw. If for his 19th
move White try Q. to K. fourth, the answer is Kt. to K. second.
(1) Decidedly the best play on the board and preferable to 20. R. to K. fourth, to which
Black might have replied by 20. P. to K. B. fourth.
(*) There appears to be no better move. 21. Kt. to K. second would leave the White
King, free to check at K. fifth . White is threatening B. to Kt. second and P. to Q, fifth
(1) A miscalculation, which throws away a well-fought game, taking off the Rook,
would have secured a winning position. If Black in reply take the K. Kt. P. with
Bishop, White simply answers P. to K. B. third, and a piece is lost to the second player.
If 26. R. takes P. (check)
27. K. to B. square 27. K. takes B.
28. R. takes P. (check) 28. K. to R. second
29. R. to K. R. third, with the exchange against one Pawn only.
(m) 27. P. to K. Kt. third would have saved the game, with the Bishops on opposite
colours.
(n) Here again, 30. R. to K, R. third would have saved the piece, and, with the Bishops
on opposite colours, probably the game.
(a) Evidently overlooked by White. The issue is now merely a question of time.
(p) White would have gained a better chance by advancing K. to R. second and push
ing on all the pawns as rapidly as possible. His three moves with the Rooks gained him
nothing.

Chess aT Laceby.—Mr, Skipworth met a small party of Chess players at the above
named village in North Lincolnshire, on February the 4th, playing against them simul
taneously. Mr. Skipworth lost two games to one of the party, who is certainly a promising
player, and would with good practice become a strong player.
216 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
MR. GOSSIP AND HIS REVIEWERS.
To the Editor of the Chets Players' Chronicle.
Sin,—Nothing is so tedious as the review of a review, and no Editor can be expected to
encourage any further eequel. But there are some accusations which cannot be left un
answered. If A says that B is ignorant of chess, that may displease B, but he may safely
"wrap himself in his own virtue" and remain silent. But if B replies that A has
wilfully suppressed some context in order to assume his ignorance, then A must answer
to the charge, otherwise his silence pleads guilty to a most heinous offence.
Mr. Gossip makes this charge against me in your last number, and consequently I have
very reluctantly to ask you to allow me space for a short, and, I trust, a convincing reply.
The analysis of the Petroff defence, in the Chess Manual, a very creditable piece of com
pilation, contains a variation in which Black gets the advantage. Of this variation I
was perfectly aware at the time of writing my review. Later on in the book, Mr. Gossip
alludes to the opening as a whole, without distinguishing one variation from another,
and declares that the Petroff defence is advantageous for Black There is no explanatory
context whatsoever : a circumstance which most of your readers may have guessed from its
not being quoted in justification. I presume that when Mr. Gossip had arrived at page
668, he had forgotten what he had written on page 79, and I never supposed that he
really thought the defence both good and bad. But readers are not expected to know
. what an author meant to say, but only what he does say ; and that I pointed out.
Accordingly there was on my part no suppressio veri at all ; but, on the other hand,
it is to be hoped that the suggestio falsi in Mr. Gossip's letter is merely one of those
remarkable misprints, a category of which he requires and takes the fullest benefit. Mr
Gossip had stated that the King's Bishop's Gambitgave an advantage to the first player-
I pointed out that the best defence gave a drawn game, basing my opinion upon the
Steinitz-Zukertort game. To this Mr. Gossip triumphantly retorts that the very game is
published in his book, not preceiving that this is an additional proof of his ignorance,
since he possessed the data, and failed to draw the inference.
As to my remarks on the problems contained in the Chess Manual, as to which I am
assailed in your columns by both Mr. Gossip and Mr. James Pierce, I have only to quote
the heading written by Mr. Gossip himself. He tells us : "The selection of problems is
mainly due to the kindness of the Messrs. Pierce." Now I ask your readers if that was
not "sufficient justification" for what I said. The Messrs. Pierce have therefore to thank
their own champion for the remarks I made ; and I can only account for their seeming
ignorance of this, and the tone of their letters, by supposing that they received no
presentation copy of the Manual, and did not feel justified in purchasing that remarkable
volume. Now that I learn upon their authority that Mr. Gossip's statement was untrue,
and that "the selection was not mainly due, &c," I hasten to express my regret that I
should have made any mention of their names or their problems. As to my blunder in
blending their two personalities, I can only plead with Dr. Johnson : " Ignorance,
Madame, sheer ignorance! " and accept humbly the retort—
" Us not to know argues yourself unknown,
The lowest of your throng."
Now, however I am better instructed.
My statement that a set of problems, not expressly limited to any school or period,
should have been very differently selected, seems to me unanswerable ; and I have no
doubt that you, Sir, would find no difficulty in chosing 27 problems, which should fairly
be "representative," and fairly deserve to be called " the cream of past achievements."
I imagine that you would take two problems each from Healey, Bayer, and Loyd, and
one each from two dozen lesser gods, among whom it is just possible that you might not
include the Messrs. Pierce. But on second thoughts, as you wish not to be accused of
" passion and prejudice," it would be better to do so.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 217
PEOBLEM XLVIII.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

This letter is already inordinately long, and therefore I will only add, concerning Mr.
Gossip and his book, that every one of my criticisms upon his analyses has been sanctioned
by the most eminent authorities, and my remarks on his "model games" are supported
by your own views. But stay,—I have one confession of error to make, and I hope it
will finally pacify Mr. Gossip. I said in my review that " there was more to be learnt
from Philidor's Treatise than from the Chess Manual." This assertion is called "flagrantly
absurd" by Mr. Gossip, who has a juster consciousness of his own merits, and I now see
that it was not an accurate opinion. From the treatise of Philidor, I really know nothing
which is to be learned, except the theory of chess ; but from Mr. Gossip's production
there is a far wider field for instruction. The collector of chess-miracles can read, mark,
and learn, that the author won games of Mr. Macdonnell, Mr. Bird, and Mr. Burn,
besides many other great players ; the literary man can admire how large a literary brick
can be manufactured with so little intellectual straw ; and the student of psychology
will derive a fund of amusement at once ample and unceasing.
I am, Sir, &c,
■ THE ATHENAEUM REVIEWER.
%* There was not a unanimous opinion on the part of the editorial staff, with regard
to the admission of this letter or of any further correspondence on the subject of Mr.
Gossip's Book.
218 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM XLIX.
By W. T. Pierce.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

Nottingham Chess Club,—The annual soiree of this flourishing club was held at
the George the Fourth Inn, on Friday January 22nd, when there were present represent
atives from other clubs at Derby, Ipswich, Grantham, and different towns. Some of
the strongest players, as Mr. Macdonald, of London, Mr. Skipworth, of Lincoln, Dr.
Wilson, of Clay Cross, and others, who had promised to attend, were unfortunately
prevented from doing so ; and, consequently, although every board in the room was
constantly occupied, very few really valuable games were recorded. Play was com
menced shortly after six o'clock, and continued until about half-past nine, the principal
interest being manifested in the contest between Mr. Vulliamy, of Ipswich, and Mr.
Alderman Ward. We must not omit mentioning a special feature at this meeting,
which gave great satisfaction, and was as novel as it was unexpected. It will be remem
bered that the correspondence games between Nottingham and Derby were played each
move in a diagram in our Chess Column, the match lasting nearly two years ; it was,
therefore, a great and agreeable surprise when the president, on behalf of the Nottingham
Chess Club, presented to each of the principal combatants in the said match a neatly
bound volume, suitably inscribed on the cover, containing the whole of the games, each
move printed on a separate diagram, together with annotations by Mr. W. N. Potter and
the late Mr. Howard Staunton. This, in our eyes, highly valuable present was a "happy
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 219
PEOBLEM L.
By W. A. Shinkman.
(Chest Record.)
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

thought" of Mr. S. Hamel, with whom the idea originated, and must have entailed a
great deal of trouble and labour. A sumptuous supper was very efficiently served in the
large room, about seventy gentlemen being present, the Mayor (Mr. W. Lambert) pre
siding. After supper play was resumed and continued to a good hour.—Nottingham
Express.
Counties' Chess AssociaTion.—By the liberality of the Birmingham Club, all the
local expenses in connection with the last meeting were discharged without any call on
the regular funds of the Association.
Chess aT Lincoln.—Mr. Coker, of Singewick Rectory, was recently on a visit at
Mr. Skipworth's. Several games were played, and the result was slightly in Mr. Coker's
favour. We hope, in the next number, to publish some of the games.
DeaTn oF Mr. De Veue.—We regret to see announced (just as we issue this
number) the death of Mr. De Vere, of rapid consumption, at Torquay.
220 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM LI.
By H. Eichstadt.
(Chess Record.)
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

ChesS at GranTham.—Mr. Skipworth played against twelve members of the Club


simultaneously, on the evening of January 27th. Seventeen games were played ; Mr. S.
winning 14, losing 1, and 2 were unfinished. Mr. Walton, of Middlemore House, most
hospitably entertained the players. Mr. Walton played a particularly steady game, which
lasted the the whole evening, and was drawn, the positions being quite even when time
was called The one game won was scored by Mr. Taylor. The Grantham players have
steadily improved, although the score does not shew it, since Mr. Skipworth met them
a year ago.
%* We are again disappointed by want of space. Two of Mr. Gossip's games, promised
in the last number, are obliged to remain in the printer's hands until the next number.
ThE Correspondence TOurnEy.—All Communications with regard to this Tourney
should be addressed to the Rev. J. H. Ellis, Stourton Rectory, Bath. The Toumey is
open to all amateurs.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 221
PROBLEM LII.
By H. Eichstadt.
(Chut Record.)
BLACK.

■ i

i..... m ■

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS IN No. VI.


XL.
While. Blade.
1. Q. toK. R. second, I
XLI.
1. B. to Q. b. fifth 1. P. takes B.
2. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 2. Anything
i . Mates accordingly.
XLII.
1. E. takes B. 1. B. takes R. (a)
2. Kt. to Q. fourth 2. Anything
3. Mates accordingly.
(a) If 1. R. to K. R. square, or R. takes P
2. Kt.to Q. B. seventh (check) &c.
222 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LIII.
By James Pierce, M.A.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

xLm.
1. B. to K. fourth 1. B. takes B. (check) (o, 6)
2. K. takes B, 2. Anything
3 P. mates.
(a) If 1. K. to Q. fifth
2. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 2. K. takes Kt.
3. P. mates.
(i>) If 1. Any other move
2. Kt. to Q. third (check) kc.
XUV.
1. Q. to K. eighth 1. K. to K. fourth (a)
2. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 2. K moves
8. Q. mates.
(a) If 1. K. to Kt. fourth, &o.
2. Q. to K. R. fifth, &c.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 223
PEOBLEM LIV.
By James Pierce, M.A.
BLACK.

BP m
m

M ^fi^//,., •.
mm mm

mm^Wm wm

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

XLV.
1. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 1. K. takes Q (a)
2. Kt, (from B. fifth) takes Q. P. 2. Anything
3. P. mates.
(a) If I. K. to K. second
2. Q. takes Q. P. (check) &c.
XLVI.
1. E.toQ. R. fifth 1. K. to Kt. third
2. B. to Q. sixth 2. K. takes R.
3. K. to Kt. seventh 3. P. moves
4. B. mates.
This Problem is unfortunately marred by a very common place solution.
XLVII.
1. Kt. to Q, B. sixth (check) 1. K. takes P. (best)
2. B. to K. sixth 2. Kt.(fromK.eighth)toQ.B.sevonth
3. Q. to Q. fourth (check) 3. Kt. takes Q.
4. R. to K. third mate.
224 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LV.
The Novice.
By the late Rev. H. Bolton.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in four moves.

CHESS CURIOSITY, No. V.


It is only necessary to give White's moves.
I. Kt. to Q. B. sixth, 2. Kt. to Q. R. fifth, S. Kt. to Q. B. fourth, 4. Kt. to Q. R. third,
5. Kt. to Q. B. second, 6. Kt. to Q. E. square, 7. R. (from B. eighth) to Q. Kt. eighth (check),
8. R. to Q. R. second, 9. Kt. to Q. Kt. third, 10. R. to Q. second, 11. Kt. to Q. fourth,
12. Kt. to K. B. third (check), 13. R. to K, Kt. second.

ENIGMA I.
1. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth, &c.
2.
1 . P. to Q. B. eighth, becoming a Kt., &c.
8.
1. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth, Ice.
potices to € orrcsprmbnris.
Solutions To—
Problem XL, Sretrow, E. S., Laceby.
„ XLI. Sretrow. E. S.
„ xlh.
XLTLT. Sretrow, E. S.
„ XLIV. Sretrow, E. 8.
„ XLV. Sretrow, E, S,, Laceby.
„ XLVI, Sretrow, E. S.
„ XLVII. Sretrow.
Enlg^nas. Sretrow (1, 2, 3.), E, S. (I, 2, 3.}, Laceby (I.)
Chess Curiosity. Sretrow's Solution differs slightly from the Author's—also one from E.S.
W. T. Pierce, E. Walker, J. Wisker, J. H. Ellis, E. Tborold, E.S., and Saxon, are thanked-'
for their communications.
James B. (Keokuk.) Nos. sent off, and we reply by post.
H. Meyer, We have examined carefully your correction, but further proof of its correct
ness appears to be required. We reply by poet.
JEI. A. T. We are mnch obliged to you for the Article': it shall be considered shortly,
and we will reply by post. .-
Editor of Chess Eecord. We should be very much obliged to you if you could supply us
with Nos. 8, 9, 12,15, 18, 19, 20. The Record comes to hand very regularly now, and we
hope our exchange is duly received.
*** It has been proposed to hold a Chess Meeting in Lincoln during Easter week,—should
the proposition be generally accepted, early notice will be given in the London and
local papers.
*»* The Messrs. Pierce propose publishing a Collection of the best Problems by the best
modern English composers, and they invite composers to send them copies of the
best Problems they have had published. We would draw especial attention to this
work ; and we hope the authors will be readily and thoroughly supported by the
Chess public, for their position in the Chess world at once commands our confidence.
*** A proposition has been made (just as we go to press) to the City of London Chess Club
to meet in friendly contest a combined team of old Oxford and Cambridge players.
It is proposed to play in London, next June, and probably about twenty on each side.
*»* Mr. LowenThal's Testimonial.—We acknowlenge with thanks the receipt of
£1 Is. from the Rev. J. Coker, for the fund.
Solutions to Problems and other editorial matter should be addressed to the Rev. A.
B. SkIPWorTh, Lincoln.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to James Williamson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, LinColn.
to whom P. 0. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
THOMAS COLE,
CLERIC-^L HATTEE,
156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL FELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
Pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self-measurement
forwarded on application.
SOFT FELTS
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
THOMAS COLE.
THE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST QUALITY FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOR SCHOOLS, from 42s. pee dozen.

(Four Doors City Side ofSomerset House.)

THE SATURDAY REVIEW, and the ENGLISH MECHANIC, may be had second
hand, when about a week old. Also several back numbers.—Address B. C, the
Office of this Magazine.
THE DUBUQUE CHESS JOURNAL.—Some copies of this MonthlyAmerican Magazine
can be regularly supplied on application at the Office of this Magazine.
ARCHERY and FISHING TACKLE.—THOMAS ALDRED, Manufacturer to the
Prince and Princess of Wales, &c, and holder of six Prize Medals, maker of the
celebrated glued-np Triangular Trout. Salmon, Spinning, and Trolling Rods.—126, Oxford
Street, London, W. Catalogues gratis.
WANTED, a second-hand copy of ROBERTSON'S SERMONS (Z vols. )—Address to
the Office of this Magazine.

JAHEB WILLIAmSon, PrinTEr, niOB STrEET, LinColn.

1i
VoL IV. No. VIII.

THE CHESS PLAT EES

CHBONICLE.

APRIL, 1876.

CONTENTS.
Scrap NoTes ok the Openings 225
Gamas—played between—
No. 94 Mr. Thorold and Mr. Minchin 231
„ 96 Mr. W. T. Pierce and Mr. B. W. Fisher 232
„ 96 Mr. B. W. Fisher and Mr. W. T. Pierce * 235
., 97 Mr. O. B. Cocking and Mr. J. F. Ryder 237
„ 98 Mr. Owen and Mr. Gossip 239
„ 99 Mr. H. Brewer and Mr. E. Walker ,.240
„ 100 Mr. Walker and Mr. Brewer 243
„ 101 Mr. C. Benbow and Mr. T. 245
„ 102 Mr. Skipworth and Mr. Coker 247
Select Reprints— ±
No. XXVII. Mr. Steinitz and Mr. B 249':
Variation—
Herr Zukertort and Br. Stosch 250
Chess InTelligence—
Obituary—Mr. De Vere. Mr. William Bone 251
Mr. W«rmald on the Chess Openings 252
Letter from Mr. James Pierce 25a
The Inter-University Intelligence 254
Solutions to Problems "-.o, 256

'■il ■
LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSQftf HIGH STREET.
LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SoNS, YORK^TREET, COVENT
Price One Shilling.

4
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
■ the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the Solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.
BP
mm I ili ■

ill ill

jjjj ill ■

■ « mm ■

wW. IF? 111

11
§W BP
mm fm jj
lip iip

White.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 225

SCRAP NOTES ON THE OPENINGS, WITH OCCASIONAL


REFERENCE TO RECENT WORKS.

I. On the Choice of Books.


We will take the case of a young player with enough of the sacred fire in
him to make him wish to add book-knowledge to his practice, but who is
precluded from forming an extensive Chess library. We will further
suppose that he is, at least as regards theory, a mere beginner, and as such
disinclined to plunge at once into a vast labyrinth, but preferring to
approach the subject through a concise elementary treatise, and to proceed
gradually to larger works. We are anxious that he should have as little as
possible to unlearn, and therefore should be led straight to the "integri
fontes " of the latest discoveries, and taught from the first to discriminate
between the practically useful and the less important variations and
openings. Without hesitation we recommend him to begin with Mr. Cook's
Synopsis of the Chess Openings, a work of remarkable completeness for
its small bulk, and well adapted by its clearness of arrangement to the
wants of the young player. When he has mastered this, let him proceed
to Mr. Wormald's Chess Openings, of which we have given a short notice in
another part of the present number. If we are not mistaken, the sacred
fire in very many instances will have grown by what it feeds on, and he
will now be ready to attack a still larger and more comprehensive work.
It will also be time for him to study the theory of end games, which is
omitted from the books already mentioned. Undeterred by ignorance of
the German language, let him boldly invest in the fifth edition of the
Handbuch des Schachspicls. For the first time this great work is now
printed (after a fashion happily becoming common in Germany) in the
Roman type, less fatiguing to the eye as well as easier to read than the
Gothic. It is also furnished with explanatory remarks in French and
English for the use of foreign readers. Aided by these, the student will
have no difficulty in mastering the text, and will soon learn enough of the
language to understand the notes as well. Chess annotation in German is
expressed more simply than (by the modern school) in English ; the language
is more purely technical, and there is less attempt at literary variety. No
one who has not tried, can have any idea how easy it is to read German
Chess without a real knowledge of the German language.
R
226 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
II. WkaKness of the Giroco Piano and Scotch Gambit.
Our next Scrap Note refers to a point well known to the initiated, but as
to which we have found even Club players imperfectly informed. The
Giuoco Piano, and the branch of the Scotch Gambit which closely resembles
the Giuoco Piano, beginning with 4. B. to Q. B. fourth, are now scarcely
ever played in important games ; and we think it worth while to call the
attention of our readers to this fact, and the reason of it.
In theory these openings lead to an equal game, but the advantage of
the first move is sooner nullified than in several other debits, and the
"chapter of accidents" which in the Ruy Lopez and Evans (also perhaps
theoretically even) is all in favour of the first player, is in these branches
of the King's Knight's Game on the side of Black.
A few examples will render our meaning clearer.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
The "classical" attack in the Giuoco Piano proper (of course excluding
the Evans) is—
4. P. to Q. B. third (A) 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. fourth (B) 5. P. takes P.
The most common continuation at this part is—
6. P. to K. fifth (C) 6. P. to Q fourth
On this move Mr. Wormald observes (p. 18) : " We are at a loss to
understand how 6. P. to K. fifth could ever have attained such high favour
among our best players. It seems to us to forfeit the advantage of the
move—a noteworthy feature, by the way, of many phases of the Giuoco
Piano—and to transfer the attack at once into the hands of the second
player."
White may vary the above at the fourth, fifth, or sixth move. If he
play—
A
4. Castles 4. Kt. to K. B. third (best)
Now neither 5. P. to Q. fourth (Max Lange's attack) nor 5. Kt tekesP (best)
is perfectly sound ; and the defensive moves 5. Kt. to Q. B. third 0r 5.
P. to Q. third (either of which might be played at the fourth move with the
same result) abandon, thus early in the game, all attempt to keep up the
attack.
THE CHES8 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 227

, . . , P. to Q. B. third
Again, after 4. Kt. to K, B. third Whlte may play 5- P. to Q. tWrd
instead of to Q. fourth ; but the P. at Q. third, thus left unsupported, has
a tendency to become a weak point in his game, especially after Black has
opened the Queen's file by the advance of P. to Q. fourth at the proper
moment.
C.
6. P. takes P. 6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
Mr. Wonnald and the last edition of the Handbuch, both prefer 6.
P. takes P. to 6. P. to K. fifth ; but the best defence, which neither work
notices, leaves little to choose between the two, e. g. :—
7. B. to Q. second 7. B. takes B. (check)
8. Q. Kt. takes B. 8. Kt. takes K. P.
This line of play is decidedly better than either 7. Kt. takes K. P. or
8. P. to Q. fourth, and throws upon White the onus of equalizing the game,
the chances being all in favour of Black. We have already twice touched
upon this variation, Vol. iii. p. 166, Vol. iv. p. 93, and must again refer
our readers to the elaborate analysis by Herr Zukertort in the first volume
in the City of Lcnvion Chess Magazine.
When we speak of this disadvantage as extending to the Scotch Gambit
we include only the variations springing from the moves—
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth.
It is in consequence, no doubt, of the weakness of this fourth move that
the other line of play 4. Kt. takes P. is just now in high favour both with
players and analysts. Black has two excellent replies to the move in the
text—
I.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth
Now, if ., 6., Kt,
P- tot0Q.K.B.B.third
third (best) we Me .landed
. . ln
. the Gluoco
_. D.
Plano'
Castles
favourably (as we have seen) to the second player : if 5. p to Q third
6- 3 ^ % Kt ^fifth Bk°k nas a decided advantage. There remains
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. Kt. to K. E. third
6. Kt. takes K. B. P. (or A) 6, Kt. takes.Kt., 4c.
228 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
The exchange of pieces leads to the Cochrane-Schumoff variation, or to
one equally satisfactory to the defence, by playing 9. p to q ggjg and
10. R. to K. square (see Lbwenthal's Morphy, p. 325).
A
6. Q. to K. R. fifth 6. Q. to K. second
7. Castles. 7. P. to Q. third
8. P. to K. R. third 8. B. to Q. second (best)
9. P. to K. B. fourth 9. Castles Q. R.
And Black will keep the Pawn with at least an equal position. For
suppose—
10. B. takes K. B. P. 10. Kt. takes B. (best)
11. Q. takes Kt. 11. Q. R. to K. square (best)
And, play as White may, the K. P. must fall in a few moves. This is
from a game in which Mr. Lbwenthal played Black. If White played
11. Kt. takes Kt. to win the exchange, he would obviously lose a piece by
11. P. to K. Kt. third.
II.
4. Kt. to K. B third.
The JTandbuch and Mr. Wormald concur in thinking this move as
favourable to Black as 4. B. to Q. B. fourth. See Mr. Wormald's very
correct analysis of this position under the Two Knights' Defence, pp. 138-9 ;
and compare a game annotated by him at p. 146 of our present volume.

III. On a Variation of the Giuooo Piano.


Since writing the notes at p. 194 of our last number, we find that this
particular phase of the Giuoco Piano is touched upon for the first time in
the new edition of the Randbuch, p. 158, note 1. We repeat the moves—
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Castles 5. Kt. takes P.
6. B. to Q. fifth 6. Kt. takes K. B P.
7. B. takes P. (check) 7. K. takes B.
8. Kt. takes P. (check)
Black's correct move, instead of taking the second piece, is 8. K. to Kt.
square, which must yield him some advantage. The Handbuch breaks off
at this point : we give what seems a probable continuation—
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 229
8. K. to Kt. square
9. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check) 9. P. to Q. fourth
10. P. to Q. fourth 10. Kt. takes Kt.
11. R. takes Kt. 11. B. to Q. Kt. third
12. P. takes Kt. 12. B. takes R (check)
Other courses may be tried, but anyhow, as it seems to us, Black comes
out the winner of at least the exchange. The variation is not without
importance, if it shews that Black may safely capture the K.P. and after
wards the K. B. P. with Kt. ; and that this branch of the opening is no
exception to the general theory of the Giuoco Piano sketched out in our
last Scrap Note.

IV. Evans' Gambit Refused.


At p. 289 of our second volume we gave a variation on this opening by
Herr Rosenthal, which he considered gave Black a winning game. The
variation is analysed in the Handbuch (ed. 5,) in favour of White ; and we
feel bound to give the correction, which has an important bearing on the
theory of this opening.
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. to Q. Kt. third
6. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 6. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
6. Kt. takes P. 6. Q. to K. B. third
We shall presently show our reasons for preferring 6. Kt to K R third
as Black's best move.
7. B. takes P. (check) 7. K. to B. square
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. to Q. third
9. B. takes Kt. 9. P. takes Kt.
10. B. to Q. fifth 10. P. to Q. B. third
This was Mr. Rosenthal's move, in reply to which he analysed three
modes of attack, (1) P. to K. B. fourth, (2) Castles, and (3) P. takes Q.
B. P., all in favour of Black. The Handbuch gives—
11. B. to Q. R. third (check) 11. K. to K. square
12. Castles 12. P. takes B.
13. Kt. to Q. B. third 13. B. takes Q. P.
14. Kt. takes Q. P. 14. Q. to K. B. second
15. B. to Q. sixth 15. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
230 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

(If 15. fi take8 R , 16. Kt.


K tQto qQ. square
B, seventh (check) 17. Kt.takes R,, and
White regains the Piece with a winning game.) -
16. Kt.toQ. B.seventh(check) 16. K. to Q. square
17. B. takes K. P. 17. Kt. takes B.
18. Q. takes B. (check) and wins.
Mr. Wormald in his new edition, au fait as usual with the latest
authorities, gives these variations, but on another important branch of the
defence, 6. Kt. to K. R. third, he is not so logical as is his wont. He
observes (p. 114) that 6. Q. to K. B. third is Black's "most potent reply,"
yet he conducts it to the advantage of White in every variation ; at the
same time, his own analysis proves that 6. Kt. to K. E. third gives Black
at least an equal game.
6. Kt. to K. E. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. to Q. third
8. B. takes Kt. 8. P. takes Kt.
9. B. takes K. Kt. P. 9. R. to K. Kt. square
(The Handbuch condemns this move, and gives the preference to
9. Q. takes Q. P.
10. Q. takes Q. 10. B. takes Q.
11. B. takes R. 11. B. takes R.
With an even game.)
10. B. takes K. B. P. (check) 10. K. takes B.
11. B. takes K. P.
Mr. Wormald breaks off with the remark that, though White has gained
four Pawns for the Piece, most players, he imagines, would prefer Black's
game. The Handbuch gives 11. Q. to K. Kt. fourth and 11. E. to K.Kt. third,
and conducts both to the advantage of Black. Mr. Paulsen's move, 11. B.
to K. Kt. fifth (first given in vol. ii. p. 40 of this Magazine) is, we believe,
at least equal to either of the above, e. g. :—
11. B. to K. Kt. fifth
12. P. to K. B. third 12. B. to K. E. fourth
Now if 13. P. to K. Kt. fourth (as played by Mr. Paulsen's opponent
in the game in question, or 13. Castles, in either case the reply is 13. Kt.
to Q. B. fifth, with a manifest superiority. White's best move appears to
be 13. Q. to Q. second. Notwithstanding the authority of Mr. Paulsen, it
would seem that this move is very little known to theorists.
W. W.
THE CHES8 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 231

No. 94.

Played at Clifton, September 19th, 1874.

(Evans' Gambit.)

White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. (Mr. Minohin.)


1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. B. to Q. Kt. second 9. K. Kt. to K. second
10. P. to Q. fifth (a) 10. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
11. B. to Q. third , 11. Castles
12. Q. Kt. to Q. second (b) 12. Kt. to K. Kt. third
13. E. to Q. B. square 13. P. to K. B. third
14. P. to K. Kt. third 14. B. to K. Kt. fifth
15. Q. to Q. B. second 15. Kt. to K. fourth
16. Kt. to K. E. fourth 16. Q. to K. square
17. K. to E. square 17. B. to K. E. sixth
18. P. to K. B. fourth (c) 18. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (d)
19. P. to K. fifth 19. P. to K. B. fourth
20. E. to K. B. third 20. P. takes P. (e)
21. P. takes P. 21. P. to K. Kt. third
22. P. to K. sixth 22. Q. to K. second
23. Q. to Q. B. third 23. Q. to K. B. third
24. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth 24. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
25. B. to K. B. square 25. B. takes B.
26. Q. E. takes B. 26. P. to Q. B. fourth
27. Q. to Q. B. third 27. Q. to K. B. third
232 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
28. Kt. takes K. B. P. (/) 28. P. takes Kt.
29. E. takes P. 29. Q. takes Q.
30. E. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
And White wins.
NOTES by W. WatTe.
(a) Unless the 9th and 10th moves have been transposed in taking down, White ought
now to have played Kt. to K. Kt. fifth. The best reply to 9. B. to Q. Kt. second, as to
every other form of the attack is 9. Kt. to Q. R. fourth, and afterwards 10. Kt. to K.
second.
(fe) Played with Mr. Thorold's usual disdain of beaten tracks. We think it, however,
scarcely so good as the regular Kt. to Q. B. third, and afterwards to K. second. The Kt.
at Q. second, it is true, prevents Black from planting a Kt. at Q. B. fifth in certain con
tingencies ; but at K. second it protects the K. B. fourth, rendering P. to K. Kt. third
unnecessary, and also occupies a better attacking situation.
(c) If the Rook were played away, White would lose both the K. B, P, and the attack.
(d) A fatal loss of time. Black should have captured first the Bishop and then the
Rook, and afterwards played 20. Q. to K. R. fourth. He had then nothing to fear either
from P. to K. fifth or Kt. to K. B. fifth.
(e) Almost anything would have been better, for example, Kt. toK. B. seventh (check),
compelling White to sacrifice the exchange and risking the loss of the K. B. P.
if) Pretty and conclusive. But it could not have been done unless Black had
gly opened the K. B. file.

• No. 85.

In the Correspondence Tourney.


(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Mr. W. T. Pierce. ) Black. (Mr. B. W. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. B. to K. Kt. second (a)
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. B. to Q. B. fourth 7. Castles (6)
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. P. to Q. third
9. Kt. takes K. B. P. (c) 9. E. takes Kt.
10. B. takes E. (check) 10. K. takes B.
11. B. takes P. 11. K. to Kt. square (d)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 233
12. P. to K. E. fifth 12. P. to K. E. third
13. Q. to Q. third 13. Kt. to Q. B. third
14. Q. to K third 14. K. to E. second
15. Kt. to K. second 15. P. to Q. fourth (e)
16. P. to K. fifth 16. Kt. to K. fifth
17. Kt. toK. Kt. third 17. Kt. takes Kt.
18. B. takes Kt. 18. B. to K. B. fourth
19. Castles (Q. E.) 19. P. to Q. E. fourth (/)
20. E. to Q. second 20. Q. to K. square
21. E. to K. B. second 21. Q. to K. third
22. B. to K. E. fourth (g) 22. E to K. B. square
23. K. E. to K. B. square 23. P. to Q. Kt. third (h)
24. E. takes B. 24. E takes E.
25. Q. to Q. third (i) 25. Kt. takes Q. P.
26. P. to Q. B. third 26. K. to Kt. square
27. P. takes Kt. 27. E. takes E (check;
28. Q. takes E. 28. P. to Q. B. fourth
29. Q. to K. B. fourth (k) 29. P. takes P.
30. B. to K. Kt. third 30. Q. to K. B. second (Z)
31. K. to Q. second 31. Q. takes Q.
32. B. takes Q. 32. K. to B. second
33. K. to Q. third 33. K. to K. third
34. K. takes P. 34. B. to K. B. square
35. P. to Q. E. fourth 35. B. to Q. B. fourth (check)
36. K. to Q. third 36. B. to K. B. square
37. B. to K. third (m) 37. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (n)
38. P. takes P. 38. K. takes P.
39. B. to Q. second 39. K. to Q. third
40. B. takes Q. E. P. 40. K. to B. fourth
41. P. to Q. Kt. sixth 41. K. to B. third
42. P. to Q. Kt. third 42. B. to K. Kt. second
43. B. to Q. B. third 43. B. takes B.
234 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
44. K. takes B. 44. K. takes P.
45. K. to Q. fourth 45. K. to B. third
46. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 46. P. to K. Kt. sixth (o)
Drawn Game.
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) Undoubtedly tbe best defence to this opening, and one which in all cases seems to
secure the second player the advantage.
(6) 7. P. to Q. fourth is good play here, but no objection can be taken to the move in
the text.
(c) There was no better resource. If the Knight retreat to Q. third, Black may take
the K. P. at once with a very superior position, obviously winning the piece back if his
Knight be taken.
(d) With two pieces against a Kook and one Pawn the second player has now the best
of the game ; but from this point to the end White plays admirably.
(e) There is no objection to this move, for though it gives White a passed Pawn it
frees Black's game, and, as the Knight on K. fifth must be dislodged, leaves the second
player with two Bishops.
(/) Weak play. Black should first have consolidated his game on the King's side*
having especial regard to the doubling of the hostile Rooks on the K. B. file. The Pawns
could be advanced without let or hindrance at.any time.
(?) The first step in a very neat scheme.
(h) Exactly what White wanted of course. Had Black moved 23. K. to Kt. square, he
might have continued with B. to K. fifth.
(i) White now cleverly wins a piece and equalises the game.
(*) The best move by far.
(/) If 330. Q. to Q. B. third (check), and 31. Q. to Q. B. fifth, White draws at leant by
' K. sixth.
82. P. to
(m) White has a trilling advantage, but in such positions a small superiority does not
win.
(ft) Black cannot permit the Bishop to take the Pawn on account of the weakness of
his K. R. P.
(a) If White attempt to attack this Pawn at once he loses :—
47. K. to K. third 47. K. to Kt. fourth
48. K. to B. third 48. K. takes P.
49. K. takes P. 49. K. to B. sixth
And forces the advance of the Queen's Pawn.
Suppose :—
47. P. to Q. Kt. fifth (oheck) 47. K. takes P.
48. K. takes P. 48. K. to Kt. fifth
49. K. to K. fifth 49. K. to B. sixth
60. K. to B. sixth SO. K. to Q. sixth
61. K. to Kt. sixth 61. K. to K. seventh
62. K. takes P. S2. K. to B. seventh
63. K. to Kt. sixth S3. K. takes P.
64. P. to R. sixth 64. K. to B. seventh
And draws.
Finally, though White may win the Black Pawn at Kt. sixth, yet Black moves his
King in front and draws :—
47. P. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 47. K. takes P.
48. K. takes P. 48. K. to Kt. fifth
49. K. to K. fourth 49. K. to B. fifth
60. K. to B. third 60. K. to Q. fourth
61. K. takes P. 61. K. to K. fourth
62. X. to Kt. fourth 62. K. to K. fifth
And draws.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 235

No. 96.
Played at the same time as the previous game.
(Euy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. B. W. Fisher.) Black. (Mr. W. T. Pierce.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. B. to Q. E. fourth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Castles 5. Kt. takes P. (a)'
6. E. to K. square (b) 6. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
7. B. takes Kt. 7. Q. P. takes B.
8. Kt. takes P. 8. B. to K. second
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. Kt. to K. third
10. P. to Q. B. third (c) 10. Castles
11. P. to K. B. fourth (d) 11. P. to K. B. third
12. Kt. to K. B. third 12. B. to Q. third (e)
13. Q. to Q. Kt. third (/) 13. K. to E. square
14. E. takes Kt. 14. B. takes E.
15. Q. takes B. 15. E. to K. square
16. Q. to Q. B. fourth 16. P. to Q. B. fourth
17. B. to Q. second (g) 17. P. takes P.
18. P. takes P. 18. P. to Q. B. third
19. Kt. to Q. B. third 19. Q. to Q. B. second
20. P. to K. Kt. third (h) 20. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
21. Q. to Q. third 21. P. to Q. B. fourth
22. Kt. to K. fourth 22. Q. E. to Q. square
23. E. to Q. B. square 23. P. to Q. B. fifth
24. Q. to Q. B. second (i) 24. B, to K. B. square
25. P. to Q. Kt. third [k) 25. Q. to Q. Kt. second
26. E. to K. square 26. E to Q. B square (/)
27. P. takes P. 27. E. takes P.
28. Q. to Q. third 28. P. to K. E. third (ro)
236 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
29. K. to B. second 29. E to Q. square
30. B. to Q. B. third 30. E. to Q. B, fifth
31. E. to K. second 31. Q. to Q. fourth
32. P. to K. Kt. fourth (») 32. E. takes P.
33. E. takes E. 33. Q. takes E. (check)
34. K. to Kt. third 34. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
35. B. to K. square 35. Q. to Q. fourth
36. P. to K. Kt. fifth 36. P. to K. B. fourth
37. Q. Kt. to Q. second 37. P. to Q. E. fourth (o)
38. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 38. P. to Q. E. fifth
39. Kt. to K. third 39. Q. to K. fifth
40. Q. to Q. second 40. B. to Q. B. fourth
41. P. takes P. 41. P. takes P.
42. Kt. to Q. B. second 42. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
43. Q. to Q. B. third 43. K. to E. second
44. B. to Q. second 44. Q. takes Q. Kt.
45. P. takes B. 45. Q. takes Q.
46. B. takes Q. 46. P. to Q. E. sixth
And White resigns.
NOTES by J. WIsKer.
(o) The beat reply.
(6) Also the best move. If White venture 6. P. to Q. fourth, Black replies with 6. P,
to Q. Kt. fourth and 7. P. to Q. fourth, with the better game.
(c) 10. B. to K. third is the proper play. The following moves occurred in a game
between Mr. Wisker and Herr Zukertort in 1873 :—
10. B. to K. third 10. Castles
11. Kt. to Q. B. third 11 . P. to K. B. third
IS, Kt. to K. B. third 12. P. to K. B. fourth
13. Q. to Q. third 13. P. to K. B. fifth (bad)
14. B. to Q. second 14. B. to Q. third
15. Kt. to K. fourth
With a great superiority.
In these situations it is almost always advisable to develop on the Queen's side.
(d) Also a weakening move though immediately menacing. The effects of this premature
advance are perceptible throughout the whole game.
(e) A sad slip. By 12. R. to K. B. second he would have avoided all danger, and have
provided a square for his Knight. He might also with safety have moved 12. P. to K. B.
fourth.
(/) This wins at least two pieces for the Rook.
(?) Notwithstanding his numerical superiority White is not free from embarrassment.
He appears to have no more forcible move.
(A) See note (d).
THE CHE88 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 237
(i) White has now a fairly developed game and a passed Pawn. Bnt why not take the
Bishop at this point ? Suppose
24. Kt. takes B. 24. P. takes Q.
25. R. takes Q. 25. R. takes Kt.
26. R. to Q. B. third, 4ic.
(*) Prom the effects of this mistake White never recovers.
(/) As in the preceding game Black plays excellently after losing a piece,
(m) Giving the King an outlet, and preparing for the advance of the K. B. P.
(n) He must lose the Pawn, for if he play the Queen to Q. B. second, or Q. Kt* square,
the answer is P. to K. B. fourth.
(o) Black's position is so good that the two passed Pawns win easily.

No. 97.
Another game in our Correspondence Tourney.
(Buy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. G. B. Cocking.) Black. (Mr. J. P. Btder.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth ,3. K. Kt. to K. second
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. Kt. takes P. 5. Kt. takes Kt.
6. Q. takes Kt. (a) 6. P. to Q. B. third
7. B. to Q. B. fourth 7. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
8. B. to Q. Kt. third 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Q. to Q. fifth 9. Q. to K. B. third
10. Kt. to Q. second 10. B. to Q. Kt. second
11. Kt. to K. B. third 11. Kt. to Q. square
12. Q. to Q. third 12. Q. to K. Kt. third
13. Castles 13. Kt. to K. third (b)
14. Kt. to K. fifth 14. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
15. Kt. takes Q. 15. Kt. takes Q.
16. Kt. takes B. 16. Kt. to K. fourth
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. Kt. toQ. B. fifth
18. Kt. takes P. 18. K. takes Kt.
19. B. takes Kt. (check) 19. P. takes B.
20. E. to K. square 20. B. to K. square
238 THE 0HE38 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
21. P. to K. fifth 21. P. to Q. fourth
22. P. to Q. B. third 22. P. to Q. E. fourth
23. P. to Q. Kt. third 23. B. to Q. E. third
24. P. to K. B. fifth 24. B. to K. second
25. P. to K. sixth (check) 25. K. to B. third
26. P. takes P. 26. B. takes P.
27. P. to K. Kt. fourth 27. P. to K. E fourth
28. P. to K. B. third 28. P. takes P.
29. P. takes P. 29. E. to K. E square
30. K. to Kt. second 30. B. to Q. sixth
31. B. to K. B. fourth 31. B. to K. fifth (check)
32. B. takes B. (c) 32. P. takes E.
33. E. to K. square 33. B. to Q. third
34. B. takes B. 34. P. takes B.
35. E. takes P. 35. E. to Q. B. square
36. P. to K. seventh 36. E. to K. square
37. E. to K. sixth (check) 37. K. to B. second
38. P. to K. Kt. fifth 38. P. to K. Kt. third
39. E. to K. B. sixth (check) 39. K. takes P.
40. E. to K. sixth (check) 40. K. to Q. second
41. E. takes E. 41. K. takes E.
42. P. takes P. 42. K. to B. square
43. K. to B. third 43. K. to Kt. second
44. K. to K. fourth 44. K. takes P.
45. K. to Q. fifth 45. K. takes P.
46. K. takes P. 46. K. to B. fourth
47. P. to Q. E. fourth 47. K. to K. fifth
48. K. to B. fifth
And Black resigns.
NOTES by W. WayTe.
(a) White has selected the best variation for attack, and must always maintain some
advantage of position from this point.
(i>) A serious error, overlooking White's reply.
(c) Played with excellent judgment, Black's two Bishops acting in concert might still
prove troublesome. White's next move, also, is the best at his command.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 239
No. 98.
Played in a recent match for the Provincial Champion Cup.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Owen.) Black. (Mr. Gossip.)
1. P. to K. third 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. Kt. third 2. P. to Q. B. fourth
3. B. to Q. Kt. second 3. Kt. to Q. B. third
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. B. to K. Kt. fifth
5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. P. to Q. E. third (a)
6. B. takes Kt. (check) 6. P. takes B.
7. Castles 7. P. to K. third
8. P. to Q. third 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. Q. Kt. to Q. second 9. B. to K. second
10. Q. to K. square 10. B. takes Kt.
11. Kt. takes B. 11. Castles
12. P. to K. fourth 12. E. to Q. Kt. square
13. Q. to K. second 13. P. to Q. fifth
14. Kt. to K. fifth 14. Q. to Q. B. second
15. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 15. P. to K. fourth
16. B. to Q. B. square 16. Kt. to K. square
17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. P. to K. B. third
18. B. to Q. second 18. P. takes P.
19. B. takes P. 19. B. to Q. third
20. P. to K. fifth (b) 20. P. takes P.
21. B. takes P. SI. B. takes B.
22. E. takes E. (check) 22. K. takes E.
23. Q. takes B. 23. Q. takes Q.
24. Kt. takes Q. 24. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
25. E. to K. square 25. E. to K. square
26. K. to B. square 26. E. to Q. B. square
27. P. to K. E. third 27. K. to Kt. square
28. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 28. Kt. to Q. fourth
240 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
29. P. to Q. E. third 29. E to K. B. square (check)
30. K. to Kt. square 30. E. to K. B. third
31. E. to K. eighth (check) 31. K. to B. second
32. B. to K. second 32. E. to K. third
33. Kt. to K. fifth (check) 33. K. to K. square
34. K. to B. second 34. Kt. to K. sixth
35. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 35. Kt. to Q. eighth (check)
36. K. to B. third 36. E. takes E.
37. K. takes E. 37. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (check)
38. K. to B. third 38. K. to K. second
39. Kt. to Q. second 39. Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth
40. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 40. K. to K. third
41. P. to Q. E. fourth 41. Kt. to Q. B. sixth
42. Kt. to Q. second 42. Kt. to Q. E. seventh
And the Game was given up as a draw.
NOTES by W. WayTe.
(a) Each of Black's two last moves is faulty in our judgment. He has uselessly pinned
a Kt. which can be supported by the other Kt. at Q. second ; and his allowing the Pawn
to be doubled in such a position is quite opposed to the modern theory as taught by
Steinitz and Zukertort.
(b) Kt takes B., followed by P. to K. fifth, strikes us as much more effective, and would
apparently have gained at least a Pawn.
(c) It is impossible to save both the Pawns ; we only wonder that White did not avail
himself of his opportunity on the next move. From this point onwards, Black plays with
commendable accuraoy to secure the draw.

No. 99.
In our Correspondence Tourney.
(Ieregular Opening.)
Write. (Mr. H. Brewer.) Black. (Mr. E. Walker;
1. P. to K. B. fourth 1. P. to K. B. fourth (a)
2. P. to K. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. third
4. P. to Q. Kt. third 4. B. to K. second
5. B. to Q. Kt. second 5. Castles
6. B. to K. second 6. P. to Q. B. fourth (6)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
7. P. to Q. B. fourth 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. Castles 8. P. to Q. fourth (c)
9. Kt. to Q. E. third 9. P. to Q. fifth (d)
10. P. takes P. 10. Kt. takes P. (e)
11. Kt. takes Kt. 11. P. takes Kt
12. P. to Q. third 12. B. takes Kt. (f)
13. B. takes B. 13. E. to K. B. second
14. B. to K. B. third 14. Q. to Q. B. second
15. Q. to K. second 15. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
16. B. to Q. B. square 16. B. to Q. second
17. P. to K. E. third 17. Kt. to K. E. third
18. B. to Q. Kt. second (g) 18. Q. to Q. third
19. B. takes Q. Kt. P. 19. E. to Q. Kt. square
20. B. to K. B. third 20. Q. takes P. (h) .
21. Q. B. to K. square (i) 21. Q. to Q. third
22. Q. to K. fifth 22. Q. takes Q.
23. E. takes Q. 23. E. to Q. square
24. B. to K. second 24. B. to Q. B. square
25. E. to K. B. fourth 25. K. E. to Q. second (k)
26. E. takes K. P. 26. P. to K. Kt. fourth
27. E. to K. B. second 27. Kt. to K. B. second
28. B. to K. E. fifth 28. P. to K. B. fifth
29. K. E. to K. second 29. B. to Q. Kt. second
30. E. to K. seventh (I) 30. Kt. to K. E. third
31. K. E. to K. fifth 31. E. takes E. (wi)
32. E. takes E. 32. B. to Q. B. square
33. E. takes Q. E. P. (») 33. B. to K. B. fourth
34. E. to Q. E. fifth 34. B. takes Q. P.
35. E. takes P. (check) 35. B. to K. Kt. third
36. B. takes B. 36. P. takes B.
37. E. takes P. (check) (o) 37. K. to E. second
38. E. to K. sixth (p) 38. P. to Q. sixth
39. E. to K. square 39. Kt. to K. B. fourth
242 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
40. B. to Q. B. third 40. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (q)
41. B. to Q. second 41. Kt. to K. seventh (check)
42. K. to B. second 42. K. to Kt. third
43. P. to Q. B. fifth 43. K. to B. fourth
44. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 44. E. to Q. E. square
45. E. to Q. B. square (r) 45. Kt. to Q. fifth
46. P. to Q. E. fourth 46. Kt. to Q. B. seventh
47. E. to Q. E. second 47. E. to K. square
48. R. takes Kt. («) 48. P. takes E.
49. P. to Q. B. sixth 49. E. to K. fifth (t)
50. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 50. K. to K. third
51. P. to Q. E. fifth 51. K. to Q. third
52. P. to Q. E. sixth (u) 52. K. to B. second
53. P. to Q. E. seventh 53. R. to K. square
54. B. takes P. (check) 54. K. to Kt. third
55. P. to Q. E. eighth (queens) 55. E. takes Q.
56. K. to K. second 56. E. to Q. E. eighth
57. P. to E. fourth 57. K. takes Kt. P.
58. P. to Q. B. seventh 58. P. to Q. B. eighth (queens)
59. B. takes Q. 59. E. takes B.
60. K. to B. third 60. E. takes P.
61. P. to E. fifth 61. K. to B. third
62. K. to B. fourth 62. K. to Q. second
63. K. to Kt. fifth 63. K. to K. square
64. P. to Kt. fourth 64. K. to B. square
65. K. to B. sixth 65. E. to B. third (check)
66. K. to B. fifth 66. K. to Kt. second
And White resigns.
NOTES by J. WiSKer.
(a) It has often been pointed out of late that the best defence to this opening is 1- P.
to Q. fourth, followed by the development of the K. B. at Kt. second as soon as possible.
(6) There is no objection to this move, but the development of the Q. B. at Kt. second
should be effected as speedily as possible. Black suffers seriously in this game from the
long and continued inactivity of his Q. B.
(c) This advance leaves the K. P. weak, and must|be deemed erroneous.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 243
(rf) Much worse. The advanced Q. P. can be assailed by several of White's pieces.
From this point the game is in favour of the first player.
(e) Best. Had he taken with the Pawn, White would have answered 11. P. to Q. third,
and the advanced Q. P. must soon have fallen,
(/) This very disadvantageous exchange is necessary to preserve the Q. P.
(g) White, as was long ago obvious, must win one of the Pawns now.
(A) Black thought that the sacrifice ofthe exchange, for the purpose of gaining a strong
phalanx of Pawns on the King's side, afforded (he best chance of redeeming his game.
The hope, however, was a forlorn one,
(i) He might have accepted the proffered exchange with safety, the move in the text
however is a good one.
(£) One or other Pawn must go, and Black rightly prefers to lose the K. P.
(/) From this point White ought to have won easily .
(m) He obviously must take now,
(n) How is it possible that a good player could lose a correspondence game with a
position like this. There is but one answer : the fact that he does. Explanation is im
possible.
(o) 87. R. to Q. fifth would have won more easily :—
37. R. to Q. fifth 37. R. takes R.
38. P. takes R. 38. Kt. to B. fourth
39. K. to B. second 39. P. to Q. sixth
40. B. to B. square, &c.
The move in the text is quite good enough.
(p) 38. R. to Kt. fifth would speedily have led to Black's resignation no doubt.
(q) Better than 40. Kt. to K. sixth, in answer to which White would have played with
decisive effect K. to B. second and B. to Q. second. Black indeed makes the most of his
chances in this end game, but with proper play on the part of Mr. Brewer, the day could
not have been retrieved.
(r) Here White had nothing to do but to take off the Knight with Rook. Black must
always employ his King or Rook in defending the K. B. P., and the remaining piece could
not stop the White Pawns.
(*) Here the sacrifice is not advisable. Moving the Rook would have been better, but
it must be owned that White's position has now become difficult.
(0 Well played.
(u) After this Black must win. The position is one of remarkable interest, and it
remains to be seen whether, by advancing the K. R. P. at this point, White could not
have saved or won the game. Suppose :—
52. P. to K. R. fourth 52. P. to B. sixth
53. K. takes P. ' 53. ^. takes P.
54. P. to K. Kt. fourth 54. R. to K. R. eighth
55. B. to B. fourth (check) 55. K. moves
56. P. to Kt. sixth or B. seventh, and wins.
Let the reader try other variations.

No. 100.
In our Correspondence Tourney.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Walker.) Black. (Mr. Brewer.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
244 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. Castles 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 5. B. takes P.
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. B. to Q. E. fourth
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. Q. to Q. Kt. third 8. Q. to K.B. third
9. P. takes P. 9. B. to Q. Kt. third
10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (a) 10. K. to B. square (b)
11. B. takes Kt. 11. P. takes B.
12. B. to Q. Kt. second 12. Q. to K. third
13. Q. to Q. B. second 13. E. to Q. Kt. square
14. Q. Kt. to Q. second (c) 14. Kt. to K. second
15. P. to K. fifth 15. Q. to K. Kt. third (d)
16. Q. to Q. B. third 16. P. to Q. B. fourth
17. Kt. to K. E. fourth 17. Q. to K. E. third
18. K P. takes P. 18. Kt. to Q. fourth (e)
19. P. takes P. at B. seventh 19. E. to Q. Kt. second
20. Q. to Q. B. fourth 20. Kt to K. B. fifth
21. B. to Q. B. third 21. K. to Kt. square (/)
22. K. E. to K. square 22. Kt. to K. third
23. Kt. to K. B. fifth 23. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (g)
24. Kt. to Q. sixth 24. E. takes P.
25. P. to Q. fifth (h) 25. Kt. to K. B. square
26. Kt. takes B. 26. E takes Kt.
27. Kt. to K. fourth 27. Q. to K. B. fifth
28. P. to K. Kt. third 28. Q. to Q. B. second
29. Q. E. to Q. square (k) 29. P. to K. E. third (I)
30. P. to Q. sixth 30. Q. to Q. B. third
31. E. to Q. fifth 31. Kt. to K. third
32. P. to Q. seventh 32. E. to Q. square
33. E. to Q. sixth (m)
And Bl : resigns.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 245
NOTES by E. Walker.
(a) In the Praxis (p. 130) this move is recommended as preferable to the usual one of
P. to K. fifth. Judging by our own experience, we are not prepared to endorse this
statement, though in the game referred to (Praxis, p. 151), the attack in the hands of
Messrs. Staunton and Owen undoubtedly wins.
(6) In the game referred to above, Black replied with 10. B. to Q. second. The move
in the text, though often recommended in similar positions, has the advantage of shutting
the K. R. ont of the game for some time. On the other hand it compels White to give
up his K. B., or to forego all prospects of attack.
(c) Q. takes Q. B. P. would evidently have been worse than useless.'
(d) These repeated attempts of Black to obtain the exchange of Queens involve ascriou
loss of time. He should have tried to liberate his K. R. P. to K. R. fourth does not
seem a bad move for effecting that object.
(e) An ingenious counterattack, which howeverdoes not turnout as well as it promises.
if) The position is very difficult for both parties. If 21. Q. takes Kt., the following
moves are probable—
21. Q. takes Kt.
22. P. takes P. 22. B. takes P. at B. seventh
23. P. to Q. B. sixth (dis. ch.) 23. K. to Kt. square
24. K. R. to K. square 24. Kt. to K. seventh (check)
25. K. to B. square 25. Q. takes K. R. P.
26. K. takes Kt. 26. R. to Q. Kt. third
And Black seems to have as good a game as White.
(g) He would have gained nothing by taking the Q. Kt,
(A) Had this Pawn been pushed earlier, Black would have replied with Kt. takes Q. B.
P. and have freed himself from much of his embarrassment.
(*) White has now the game in his hands.
(0 Too late.
(m) The game is forced. If for example—
33. Q. to Q. B. second
(He may as well play here as anywhere)
84. R. takes Kt. 34. P. takes R.
35. Q. takes K. P. (check) 35. K. to R. second, or (A)
36. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) If 36. P. takes Kt.
37. Q. to K B. seventh, mate
If 36. K. to Kt. third
87. Kt. toK. eighth (dis. ch.) and winsQ.
A
85. K, to B. square
36. Kt. to Q. sixth 36. Q. takes P.
37. Q. takes Q. 87. R. takes Q.
38. R. to K. eighth, mate.

no. 101.
(The Scotch Gambit.)
White. (Mr. C. Benbow.) Black. (Mr. T.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
246 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Q. to K. E. fifth
5. Kt. to K. B; third (a) 5. Q. takes K. P. (check)
6. B. to K. second 6. Kt. to K. B. third (b)
7. Castles 7. B. to Q. third
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. Q. to K. second
9. B. to K. Kt. fifth 9. Q. to Q. square
10. B. to Q. third 10. B. to K. second
11. B. to K. square 11. Castles
12. Kt. to K. fourth 12. Kt. takes Kt.
13. B. takes B. 13. Kt. takes K. B. P.
14. B. takes P. (check) (c) 14. K. takes B. (d)
15. Q. to Q. fifth
And Black resigns.
NOTES by A. B. SkipworTh.
(a) This is Mr. Fraser's move, and one that affords most interesting variations. It is
considered by many at least as strong as the more usual move of Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth. We
should like to have seen it thoroughly analysed in Mr. Wormald's new book—" the best
book on the openings that exists in English," Mr. Wisker remarks.
(6) Black does not adopt at all a good defence—his next move is a very bad one. Below
is a game from Turf, Held, and Farm, between Messrs. Mackenzie and Hosmer, the
latter adopting a defence of his own, which is worth considering, though it gives Black
a very cramped game, necessarily perhaps for a time, White having given up a Pawn for
position, on his fifth move.
6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
7. P. to Q. B. third 7. B. to K. second
8. Castles 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. R. to K. square 9. Q. to Q. fourth
10. Kt. to Q. fourth 10. Kt. takes Kt.
11. P. takes Kt. 11. Castles
12. B. to K. B. third 12. Q. to Q. third
13. Kt. to Q. B. third 13. P. to Q. B. third
14. B. to K. Kt. fifth 14. B. toQ. square
10. Q. to Q. second 15. Q. to Q. B. second
16. Q. R. to Q. B. square 16. Q. to Q. R. fourth
17. P. to Q. fifth 17. Kt. takes P.
18. B. takes Kt. 18. P. takes B.
15. Kt. takes P. (1) 19. Q. takes Q.
20. B. takes Q. 20. P. to Q. third
21. B. to Q. Kt. fourth 21. B. to K. third
22. Kt. to K. B. fourth 22. B. to K. Kt. fourth
23. Kt. takes B. 23. P. takes Kt.
24. R. to Q. B. seventh 24. K. R. toQ. square
25. R. takes K. P. 25. P. to Q. fourth
26. K. to B. square 26. P. to Q. R. fourth
27. B. to Q. sixth (2) 27. R. to Q. R. third
28. R. to K. fifth 28. B. to K. B. third
29. R. takes Q. P. 29. Q. R. takes B.
30. R. takes R. 30. R. takes R.
31. R. takes Q. Kt. P. 31. R, to Q. seventh
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 247
32. R. to Q. Kt. filth 82. B. to Q. fifth
33. R. takes F. 33, R. takes B. F. (check)
34. K. to K. square 34. R. takes Q. Kt. P.
And White resigns.
(1) R. to K. fifth, as Mr. Mackenzie points out, was the best move.
(2) A fatal blunder,
(e) Very well played.
(d) Bringing about an unexpected collapse—he should have played K. to R. square.

No. 102.
Played at Lincoln in January last.
(Vienna Opening.)

White. (Mr. Skipworth.) Black. (Mr. Coker.)


1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth (a)
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. P. take P. (b)
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. to K. fifth (c) 7. Kt. to K. fifth
8. Q. to Q. third 8. Kt. takes Kt.
9. P. takes Kt. 9. B. to Q. E. fourth
10. Q. B. takes P. 10. P. to K. E. third
11. P. to Q. fifth 11. Kt. to K. second
12. P. to Q. sixth 12. Kt. to K. Kt. third
13. B. takes K. B. P. (check) (d) 13. K. takes B.
14. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 14. K. to Kt. square
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. B. takes P. (check)
16. K. to B. second 16. B. takes E.
17. E. takes B. 17. Q. to K. B. square
18. Q. to K. fourth 18 .P. to Q. B. third
19. K to Kt. square, 19. Q. to K. B. second
248 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
20. B. to K. third. 20. P. to Q. Kt. third
21. E. to K. B. square (e) 21. B. to Q. E. third (/)
And Black eventually won the game.
NOTES by A. B. SkipworTh.
(a) P. takes P. would have been at least as good, defending the Pawn as in the ordinary
King's Gambit.
(6) Giving White every opportunity for attack. P. to Q. third is evidently, I think,
the best move.
(c) If 7. P. to Q. fifth, the following moves might have occurred—
7. Kt. takes K. P.
8. P. takes Kt. 8. Kt takes Kt.
9. P. takes Kt. 9. B. takes P. (check)
10. B. to Q. second 10. B. takes R.
11. Q. takes B. 11. Castles.
And has White the better game ?
(d) Hastily played, even in an acknowledged skirmish. 13. B. to Q. second, threatening
to play next time the move now made ; or, apparently better still, 13. Q. to K. B. fifth,
would have been very strong.
(e) Again a bad move.
(/) Black played extremely well from this point, and unfortunately the moves have
not been correctly recorded.

Select Reprints, No. XXVII.


(Transactions of the British Chess Association, 1866-7, p. 70.)
(Euy Lopez Knight's Game.)
White. (Mr. De Vere.) Black. (Mr. Steinitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Castles 4. Kt. takes P.
5. E. to K. square 5. Kt. to Q. third
6. Kt. takes P. 6. Kt. takes Kt.
7. E. takes Kt. (check) 7. B. to K. second
8. P. to Q. fourth (a) 8. P. to K. B. third (b)
9. E. to K. square 9. Kt. takes B.
10. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 10. P. to K. Kt. third
11. Q. takes Kt. 11. P. to Q. B. third

THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 249


12. Q. to Q. Kt. third 12. P. to Q. fourth
13. P. to Q. B. fourth 13. K. to B. second
14. Kt. to Q. B. third 14. P. takes Q. B. P.
15. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check) 15. K. to Kt. second
16. P. to Q. fifth 16. P. takes P.
17. Kt. takes P. 17. B. to K. B. square
18. Kt. takes P. (c) 18. Q. takes Kt.
19. B. to Q. second 19. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
20. Q. to Q. fifth 20. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
21. Q. E. to Q. B. square (at) 21. Q. to K. B. second
22. Q. takes B, 22. B. to K. third
23. Q. to K. fourth 23. B. takes P.
24. Q. to K. fifth (check) 24. K. to Kt. square
25. Q. B, to Q. B. seventh 25. Q. to Q. fourth
26. Q. takes Q. 26. B. takes Q.
27. E. to K. eighth
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
(a) This mode of play is recognised by the Handbuch, but we prefer the following from
the work-
8. B. to Q. R. fourth 8. Castles
9. B. to Q. Kt. third 9. B. to K. B. third
10. R.. to
t K. square 10. Kt. to K. B. fourth.
With an even game.
(6) This is noticed in the Handbuch as inferior. Blaok should have taken off the Bishop
at once, e. g. :—
8. Kt. takes B.
9. R. takes Kt. 9. P. to Q. fourth
The German authorities consider the positions equal, but as White must lose two moves
to bring his Book into serviceable play, we should certamly take Black's game for choice.
(c) Quite sound, and the finest mode of continuing the attack.
(d) The most expeditious way to bring matters to an issue.

Select Reprints, No. XXVIII.


( Westminster Papers, V. 154.)
(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Steinitz.) Black. (Mr. B.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.

IS.
250 THK CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. B. fourth 6. P. to Q. fourth
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to Q. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. to K. E. fourth
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Q. to K. second
10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 10. K. to Q. square (a)
11. Castles 11. B. takes Kt. (b)
12. P. takes B. 12. Q. takes E. P. (c)
13. B. takes P. (d) 13. Kt. takes E.
14. B. takes Kt. 14. P. to K. Kt. sixth
15. Q. to K. B. third 15. E. to K. Kt. square (e)
16. P. to K. sixth 16. P. takes P.
17. B. takes K. Kt. P. (/) 17. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
18. Q. to K. B. seventh 18. P. to K. fourth
19. Q. takes E. (check) 19. Q. takes Q.
And White mates in two moves.
NOTES.
(a) K. to B. square is better, but we doubt the soundness o£ this whole line of defence
after 6. Kt. to K. B. third.
(&) See Variation.
(c) If Q. takes K. P., White plays R. to K. square, and then Q. to K. second, having a
magnificent attack.
(d) Much better than B. takes P. Black is compelled to take the Rook, otherwise he
could not try his only chance, the advance of the P. to K. Kt. sixth. By this sacrifice
White retains his deadly Queen's Bishop, which in this situation is worth much more
than the Rook.
(e) By checking with Queen, Black would obviously lay himself open to mate. If 15.
B. to K. Kt. fifth, the reply would be B. takes K. Kt. P.
(/) Very fine indeed ; if either Queen or Rook take Bishop, mate follows atonce. The
remaining moves, and indeed the whole game on the part of White, are very elegant.

Variation.
We here present a fragment of a game by Herr Zukertort from a
recent number of the Westminster Papers (VII. 229) ; thus
illustrating this variation of the Allgaier by the practice of
both these eminent masters :—
t

THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 251


White. (Herr Zukertort.) Black. (Dr. Stosch.)
11. Q. takes P.
12. Kt. takes P. (check) (a) 12. K. to K. second
13. Kt. takes B. 13. P. takes Kt. (b)
14. E. takes P. 14. Kt. takes E.
15. B. takes Kt. 15. B. to K. B. fourth (c)
16. Q. to Q. second 16. E. to K. Kt. square
17. E. to K. square (check) 17. K. to Q. square
18. B. takes P. 18. K. to B. square
19. P. to K. Kt. third 19. Q. to K. E. sixth (d)
20. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 20. B. to K. Kt. third
21. Q. to K. seventh
And Black resigns.
NOTES.
(a) Herr Zukertort thinks this and the next move superior to the immediate sacrifice
of the exchange by R. takes P. It would not do, however, to follow up the move in the
text by 13. Kt. takes R., as 13. P. to K . Kt. sixth would then give Black a winning game.
(ft) P. to K. Kt. sixth is now useless, e. g.
13. P. to K. Kt. sixth
14. Q, to K. second (check) 14. K. to B. square (best)
15. Q. to K. eighth (check) 15. K. to Kt. second
16. Q. to K. B. seventh (check) 16. K. to K. third
17. R. takes P. and wins.
(c) Once more, 15. P. to K. Kt. sixth would be unavailing against the continuation— ,
16. Q. to K. square (check) 16. K. to Q. square
17. Q. takes P. 17. Q. takes Q.
18. B. takes Q.
And White will win after capturing the Q. P. which cannot be effectually defended.
(<i) This precipiates defeat, but Black's game was anyhow past redemption.

OBITUARY.
The news of Mr. Dc Vere's death reached us just as the last sheet of our last number
was being printed, and we were unable to do more than record the bare fact. Many of
our readers, however, will be glad to know a little more about one so distinguished among
the Chess players of his time.
Cecil Valentine De Vere was born on St. Valentine's day, 1845, and died a few days
before completing his thirtieth year, on the Oth of February last. In early youth he
became a votary of Chess at the Divan, and enjoyed the inestimable advantage of playing
from the first with the best players, and having nothing to unlearn. In December, 1865,
while still under age. he won his first great match, defeating Steinitz at the Pawn and
move by 7 to 3 and 4 draws. This result showed decisively that l;e had passed out of the
category of odds receivers ; and in 1866 he became for the time the champion player of
England, winning the Challenge Cup of the British Association, and not losing a single
game to any of his opponents. He had previously, in the same year, won the first prize
252 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
at the Redcar meeting. At Dundee, in 1867, though he only divided the third prize with
Mr. Macdonnell (Neumann and Steinitz being first and second) he won his game with
Mr. Steinitz in a style which was warmly commended at the time, and to which attention
has again been called by his generous opponent in the Ohess column of The Field. (We
publish this elegant little game in our Select Reprints.) Thus early had Mr. De Yere
culminated, and he never again showed the same form or steadmess. In 1868 he tied
with Mr. Blackburne, and in 1872 with Mr. Wisker for the Challenge Cup, but on both
occasions he lost the deciding game.
His natural aptitude for Chess has perhaps never been surpassed. If he did not attain
to the undisputed pre-eminence of a Morphy or a Steinitz, this may be ascribed to two
reasons, which yet were closely connected with one another, indolence and ill-health.
Of all the first-rate players of his time, he was the most conspicuously deficient, perhaps
the only one deficient, in book knowledge. Mr. De Vere's health was never strong. We
ourselves first saw him at Redcar in 1866, when the delicacy of his appearance was
generally remarked, and close observers already foreboded that he would not be a long-
lived man. The end has come, perhaps rather sooner than was expected; two or three
years of failing health having ended in ten weeks of rapid decline.
Mr. De Vere was universally popular among his brother Chess players. Others, whose
acquaintance with him was more intimate than our own, have testified to his chivalrous
courtesy as an opponent, and his many attractive social qualities. We prefer to speak
only of what we have known, but the little we saw of him fully bears out this estimate
of his character.
We regret also to announce the death, at the age of sixty-four, of Mr. William Bone,
who, thirty years since, was celebrated for his intricate and beautiful Problems. Unlike
the compositions most popular at the present day, Mr. Bone's problems usually extended
to a great number of moves, and often involved special conditions. They appeared
mostly in the Chess Player's Chronicle about the years 1844-46, and many of them were
included in Alexandre's collection. Unfortunately the solutions of many of the longer
subtilties were never published. We give one, however, as a Chess Curiosity in our
'present number, which affords a clever and highly characteristic specimen of Mr. Bone's
peculiar style.

MR. WORMALD ON THE CHESS OPENINGS.


The Chess Openings, by Robert B. Wormald. Second Edition, 1875. W. W. Morgan.
67, Barbican, E.C.
Mr. Wormald's new edition did not reach us in time to be noticed in our last number,
It has since been carefully and critically reviewed in the monthly Chess organs ; in the
City of London by Mr. Wisker, in the Westminster Papers anonymously, but evidently by
a first-rate theorist whom it is not difficult to recognise. As the author informs us, though
nominally a second edition, it is in reality a new book. Our own examination of it has
fully borne out this statement, and has also shown us that it is much more correctly
printed than its predecessor, though a certain percentage of errors of the press seems to
be almost unavoidable in Chess works, at least in this country. We shall not follow our
contemporaries in discussing Mr. Wormald's treatment of the openings in detail, but we
gladly endorse their opinion that we have here the best book on the Chess openings in
the English language. We hope, and confidently anticipate, that the second edition will,
before long be exhausted ; Mr. Wormald will then have the opportunity of incorporating
the suggestions of his friendly critics, and to these we will venture to add another. It is
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 253
that a treatise on end-games be included in future editions. The work will then become
what is now much wanted in England, a complete treatise on the game ; as it is, we do
not think that any Chess player with a character to lose will recommend in future,
either publicly or privately, the stereotyphed Handbook of 1847-8.
Mr. Wormald naturally devotes the largest amount of space to the openings which are
most popular at the present day. Thus the Chapter on the Evans' Gambit, in this, as
in the former edition, is by far the largest of any in the book. We do not think, however,
that he is to be blamed for treating at some length of other less favourite, but still
classical openings, such as the Giuoco Piano and kindred variations of the Scotch Gambit.
It is true that these openings are now seldom played in match games, in which it is
important to make the most of the advantage of the first move ; but they are not extinct
in club play, and without a knowledge of the leading variations, the student cannot be
armed at all points. After all, books are not written for match players only, or—as Mr.
Staunton once said—what would become of the author and publisher ? On the other
hand, the Salvio and Cochrane Gambits, which have risen in favour of late through the
decline of the Muzio, deserved a fuller treatment than they have received at Mr.
Wormald' hands.
As the omission of some important variations, and notably the move in the Giuoco
Piano lately analysed by Herr Zukertort, has been noticed as a defect in Mr. Wormald's
book, we may mention that it is within our own knowledge, that owing to the writer's
other engagements, the work has been a considerable time passing through the press ;
and these omissions are mostly confined to the earlier chapters.
W. W.

To the Editor of the Chess Players' Chronicle.


Copthill House, Bedford,
March 1st, 1875,
Dear Sir,— »
The Athenceum reviewer in his letter to you pleads 'ignorance' as an excuse for con
founding my brother's identity with mine. It is evident therefore that that portion of
the review which referred to the problems was written without consulting Mr. Gossip's
book either at the time or afterwards; as the words quoted "due to the kindness of the
Messrs. Pierce," (which, by the way, might mean just what they did instead of what the
reviewer makes them) point to more than one person. The matter seems of no moment,
but the reason I drew attention to such carelessness, (as I must now believe it to be,)
was that it made the number of problems, by each composer, appear to be double the
actual number, and thereby gave some weight to the reviewer's remarks. Whether
practicable or not, it was clearly not Mr. Gossip's intention to give 'the cream of past
achievements,' but only some problems that might be interesting from their novelty or
difficulty. And if so, and such design be not in ltself,absiird, :v clear that the collection
should be judged solely by the intrmsic merit of the problems, and by nothing else. Of
course, on that ground, it might be condemned, but as those of ours selected by Mr.
Gossip had been favourably noticed by Mr. Staunton and others in the chess world, whose
opinion can be second to none, I am not anxious on that score. I may add that among
the 25 are some of Bayer's and Loyd's.
I am, dear Sir,
Yours faithfully,
JAMES PIERCE.
254 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
THE INTER-UNIVERSITY CHESS MATCH.
The record of the pleasant meeting of University chess players in London has now to
be repeated for the third time. We need hardly remind our readers that this annual
joust at the most intellectual of pastimes was originated on the invitation of the City of
London Chess Club in 1873. It is only necessary to recapitulate that, on the first occasion,
Oxford won by a large majority ; and that, on the second, Cambridge triumphed in a
similar style. Friday, the 19th, was the deciding match of three. The meeting has
greatly grown in public favour, and the extent to which Chess is cultivated at the Uni
versities results in part from the spread of the game throughout the country and in part
from the patronage accorded the noble craft by Prince Leopold. His Royal Highness,
who is president of the Oxford Club, plays well ; and it is but natural that a young
Prince, debarred by illness from the more active amusements of life, should regard with
favour this refined pursuit. The more popular, however, the game becomes, the greater
Is the difficulty experienced in making it an " exhibition." Under the most favourable
circumstances but a limited number can see with comfort the moves on a chess-board.
The crowds who have attended these matches have been constrained to wait their chance,
and it only remained for the Committee of the Metropolitan Club to lighten the labour
of waiting as much as possible. The well-known masters, Herr Zukertort and Mr.
Blackburne, lent their aid. The first played six games simultaneously against half-a-
dozen strong opponents ; and the second, notjplajing blindfold, attacked a score of comers.
These exhibitions of high-class skill excited great interest. The results may be summed
up at once : about nine o'clock Herr Zukertort had won five games, and lost one ; and
about ten Mr. Blackburne had defeated all his multitudinous adversaries except one.
The following were the University players, paired according to the number of their
names :—
Oxford.—1. Hon. H. C. Plunkett, University; 2. Mr. S. E. Meredith, Brasenose;
3. Mr. C. Tracey, Lincoln ; 4. Mr. W. Grundy, Worcester ; 5. Mr. C. L. Brook, Trinity;
6. Mr. V. A. L. D. Parnell, Christ Church ; 7. Mr. P. M. Wright, Queen's.
Cambridge,—1. Mr. J. M. Keynes, Pembroke; 2. Mr. W. W. R. Ball, Trinity;
3. Mr. T. H. D. May, Trinity ; 4. Mr. H. G. Willis, Clare ; 5. Mr. E. Arblaster, Clare ;
6. Mr. J. Jacobs, St. John's; 7. Mr. R. Fisher, Trinity Hall.
Each pair were to contest two games, and the sum total of victories on each side was
to determine the issue. Twenty moves an hour was the time limit, i.e., each player was
bound to complete that number of moves witnin the hour. This time-limit is one of the
most important elements of the success of Chess in modern days ; without it the players
studied themselves to sleep. In justice to the University players, however, it is is fair to
state that in no case was the limit needed. The play, which began at five o'clock, was
rapid, and results soon began to show themselves. In an hour, Mr. Parnell, of Oxford,
had won a game. Unhappily for the Dark Blue this bright omen was soon dispelled, for
five Cambridge players won in succession, and though a little leeway was made up, the
score at nine o'clock stood six to three, and at half-past, eight to three, the winners of the
majority being the Cambridge players. This was a hopeless state of affairs, for though
the Oxford representatives struggled gallantly, and won two more games, so great a
disparity could not be redressed in half an hour, and it had been ordained that the match
should terminate at ten o'clock. Shortly after that hour the umpire presented himself,
and declared the result to be :..Cambridge, 9; Oxford,5; drawn, 2. The total number of
games (16) is eccentric, but is to be explained by the fact that some of the players com
menced a third game. Mr. Keynes and Mr. Fisher, of the Cambridge team, won two
each, and the other five one each. Of the Oxford players Mr. Meredith gained two games,
and Messrs. Brook, Parnell, and Wright one each.
A substantial supper followed, under the chairmanship of Mr. H. F. Down, president of
the City of London Chess Club.—Daily News.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS IN No. VII.
XLVIII.
White, Black.
1. R. to K. B. fourth, lie.
XLIX.
1. R. takes P. 1. Kt. to Q. third (a)
2. B. to Q. R. sixth 2. Anything
3. B. mates.
(a) If 1. Kt. takes P.
2. R. to Q. B. fifth (check), &c.
L.
1. B. to K. Kt. second 1. P. to E. fourth (a)
2. B. to K. R. square, &c.
(a) If 1. K. to K. fifth
2. Kt. to K. square (dis. ch.,) &c.
LI.
1. Q. to K. third 1. P. takes Q.
2. B. to K. second 2. K. to Q. fifth, or B. fifth
3. Bi mates.
LII.
1. K. to B. square 1. P. moves
2. K. to Kt. square 2. K. moves
3. B. to Q. R. fourth 3. K. moves
4. B. mates.
Lin.
1. Kt. toQ. B. third 1. Kt. takes Kt. (a)
2. Kt. to K. Kt. third (6) 2. Anything
3. Kt. to K. B. fifth 3. Anything
4. Mates. (a) If 1. R. to Q. B. fourth
2. B. takes R. (check) 2. R. takes B.
3. Kt. takes R. &c.
Sretrow also points out the following solution :—
2. Kt. to K. B. sixth 2. R. to Q. B. fourth
8. Kt. to K. R. seventh 3. Anything
4. Kt. mates.
LIV.
1. Kt. to K. fourth 1. P. takes Kt. (a)
2. R. to Q. R. seventh 2. B. takes R.
3. Q. takes Kt (at Q. eighth) 3. Anything
4. Q. mates. (a) If 1. P. takes B.
2. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 2. K. moves
8. R. to K. Kt. fourth (check), &c.
LV.
1 . Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 1. -XtoQ. third
2. Q. to Q. Kt. seventh 2. Q. to K. Kt. third
3. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth (check) 8. B. to Q. B. third
4. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth, mate.

ERRATA.
Problem XLII.—The Author's Solution doesnot appear to solve the Problem,
plays 2. B. to Q. sixth (check), there is no mate on the following move.
Problem XLVII.—The Solution should be 1. R. toK. B. third, &c.
256 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
CHESS CURIOSITIES, No. VI.
By the late Mr. William Bone.
(Chess Players' Chronicle, Vol. VII. p. 163).
BLACK.


ill m m

^1

■ i faflj g ■
%%%%% 'W'W

WHITE.
White to play and mate in nineteen moves with the Queen's Pawn, with
out taking the Black Rook at King's third, or compelling it to move.

PROBLEM LVI.
By Herren Kotz and Kockelkorn.
BLACK.

i Y■
HI


" i
HI

- 1
WHITE.
W"!H to play, and mate in three moves.
$fotic£S to Corresnonbents.
SoLuTIons To—
Problem XLVIII. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., Laceby.
„ LIX. E, s.
» L. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S.. Laceby.
» LX Sretrow, Saxon, E. S., Laceby.
„ LIT. Sretrow, Saxon, E. S.
it LIII. This Problem contains other Solutions.
», LTV. Sretrow, Saxon.
„ LV, Sretrow, Saxon, E. S.
Charles G., C. E. Ranken, T. Bourn, J. Lowenthal C. Benbow, S. G. Kempson, E. Thorold,
J. Pierce, W. N. (St. Neots.), Hon. Sec. (Clifton), are thanked for their communi
cations.
J. Wisker. We are extremely obliged to you for the valuable batch.
T. Bourn, (Clifton). Many thanks for the batch games played by Mr. Blackburne, we
are sorry they are obliged to be held over until next time. We were more than full
when the MSS. arrived. We have not forgotten your games in hand.
J. Lbwenthal. We shall look forward with pleasure to your promised analysis of a new
move in the Evans' Gambit.
E. S. Thanks for the Curiosity, which shall appear next time. We are sorry your
Solutions to XLII. and XLVII.. in our last, were overlooked. We are also much obliged
to you for pointing out our mistake in printing the wrong Solution to XLVII.
H. Meyer. Thank you for the variations in the Solution ; the position after all appears
to be quite correct. You must, however, forgive our keeping the Problem until
another number, for we have so very much MSS. on hand just now.
James B. (Keokuk.) Very glad all have duly arrived.
*»* Adopting a suggestion, we intend to offer prises for the Solution of Problems.
Particulars will be announced in the next number. A good example also has been set
us by the Editor of The Glasgow Herald, containing a very interesting Chess column.
*t* We must apologise to our Problem readers for rather neglecting them on this ocoaedon.
Perhaps, however, the change of food, which to some extent is offered, may not be
unpalatable.
*** The idea of a Chess Meeting at Lincoln is of necessity abandoned for the present.
Solutions to Problems and other editorial matter should be addressed to the
Rev. A. B. SkIPWorTh, Lincoln.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to James WILLiamson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
JAmes WILLiamSon,
Bookseller, LinColn,
to whom P. 0. Orders n»y be made payable. Free by Post 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.


The Chess Platers' Chronicle.—The Proprietors of this Magazine, without
reducing its price generally, are now prepared to offer to supply Clubs, when at least a
dozen copies of each issue are orderedfor the year, with copies at 5d. each. The number
of such copies is limited, and the arrangement is only guarranteed as long as the present
list of subscriptions is about kept up.—Address : James Williamson, Bookseller, High
Street, Lincoln.
Some of the strongest players in this country are on the editorial staff, and many of
the best English Games are regularly sent to the Editorsfor publication in this Magazine.
Mr. Blackburne at ClifTon played ten simultaneous blindfold games against ten of
the strongest players of the Club. We are informed that Mr. Blackburne was not very
well at the time, anyway helost to Messrs. Boorne, Cook, Feddon, Minchin, and Pierpoint;
drew against Messrs. Perry and Thorold ; and won against Messrs. Berry, Tibbits, and
Miss Budge. Mr. Blackburne won a consultation game against Messrs. Minchin and
another strong player. We have been favoured with copies of all the games, and we
hope to give some of the best of them in our next number.
UniversiTies of Oxford and Cambridge v. CiTy of London Club.—This
match will probably be played early in July. Full particulars in our next.
Birmingham Chess Club—The Annual Meeting was held on the 18th of March
last. Mr, Avery was elected President, Mr. Fry, Vice.President, and Mr. S. G. Kempson,
Secretary—all names well known to us. Mr. Benbow was announced as the winner of
the First Prize, and Mr. Madders of the second in the Club Tournament just concluded.
Mr. Madders also carried off, in another Tournament, the Frst Prize given by the
Secretary. Two new Tournaments are to be commenced, the President giving a prize,
value £2 2s. We notice among the resolutions—"carried unanimously—That the Club
take in The Chess Players' Chronicle, The City of London Chess Magazine, The Illustmttd
London News, and The Field."
CounTies' Chess Association.—An international match—England v. Scotland-
is proposed to be played at the meeting at Glasgow, in August. A Cup has been offered
for competition in such a match by a liberal patron in Scotland.

THOMAS COLE,

156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL FELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
Pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self-measurement
forwarded on application.
SOFT FELTS
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
THOMAS COLE.
THE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST QUALITY FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOB SCHOOLS, from 42S. per dozen.

(Four Doors City Side of Somerset Souse.)

JAMeS WILLiamSon, PrinTer, hIGh STreeT, LinColN.


Vol. IV. No. IX.

THE CHESS PLATERS

CHRONICLE.

JUNE, 1875.

CONTENTS.
Select Reprints-
No. XXIX. Mr. Staunton and Mr. Horvvitz 257
„ XXX. Mr. Lowenthal and Mr. Buckle ... 2S8
Games—played between—
No. 103 Mr. Murray and Mr. Ranken 260
,, 104 Mr, Fisher and Mr. Ranken 261
„ 105 Mr. De Soyres and Mr. Burt 263
„ 106 Messrs. Ranken and Plunkett and Messrs. Parratt and Anthony .... 264
„ 107 Hon. H. C. Plunkett and Mr. Steinitz 265
„ 108 Mr. Wayte and Mr. Skipworth 267
,. 109 Mr. Salter and Mr. Wayte 269
110 Mr. Owen and Mr. Gossip 270
„ 111 Mr. Vyse and Mr. Bourn 271
„ 112 Mr. Smith and Mr. Mackenzie 272
„ 113 Mr. P. J. Young and Mr. C. W. Benbow 274
„ 114 Miss Rudge and Mr. Thorold 276
„ 115 Mr. Blackburne and Mr. J. Minchin 278
„ 116 Mr. Blackburne and Miss Rudge ... 280
Chess InTelligence—
Liverpool v. Manchester 281
Chess at Eton 281
Mr. Blackburne at Clifton 281
Chess in Scotland 281
West Yorkshire Chess Association 281
Counties' Chess Association 282
Oxford and Cambridge v. London 283
Bristol and Clifton Chess Association 283
Cheltenham v. Clifton 284
Enigma , 285, 286
Solutions To Problems 287
Problem lvii 282
LVIII 283
„ LIX 284-
LX 285
LXI 286
LXII 287
Chess Curiosity, &e. 288

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET.


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.

White.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 257
Select Reprints, No. XXIX.
Staunton's Companion, p. 195.
(Giuoco Piano.)
White. (Mr. Staunton.) Black. (Mr. Horwitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth ' 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. third (a) 5. P. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. Castles
7. B. to K. third 7. B. to Q. Kt. third
8. P. to Q. E. fourth 8. P. to Q. E. third
9. B. takes B. 9. P. takes B.
10. P. to K. E. third 10. P. to Q. fourth (b)
11. P. takes P. 11. Kt. takes P.
12. R, to K. square 12. E. to K. square
13. Q. Kt. to Q. second 1,3. Kt. to K. B. fifth
14. Kt. to K. B. square 14. B. to K. B. fourth
15. E. to K. third 15. Q. to K. B. third
16. Q. to K. square 16. Q. E. to Q. square
17. P. to Q. fourth 17. P. to K. fifth
18. Kt. to K. Kt. third (c) 18. Kt. takes K. Kt. P.
19. K. takes Kt. 19. P. takes Kt. (check)
20. K. to E. second 20. E. takes E.
21. Q. takes E. 21. B. to Q. second
22. Kt. to K. fourth 22. Q. to K. B. fourth
23. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 23. P. to K. E. third
24. Kt.takesP.atK.B.third(ri) 24. Q. takes P. (check)
25. K. to Kt. square 25. Q. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
26. K. to B. square 26. E. to K. square
27. Kt. to K. E. second 27. E. takes Q.
28. Kt. takes Q. 28. E. to K. E. sixth (e)
258 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
29. K. to Kt. second 29. B. takes Kt.
30. E. to K. square 30. K. to B. square
31. T. to Q. fifth 31. Kt. to K. second
32. P. to Q. sixth 32. Kt. to K. Kt. third
33. E. to K. fourth 33. Kt. to K. E. fifth (check)
34. K. to Kt. square. 34. B. to K. B. sixth
And White resigns.
NOTES (from STaunTon, revised),
(a) Compare some remarks on this move at p. 227 of our last number, and see the next
note.
(6) Mr. Staunton here remarks : " This move, at the proper moment, seems always to
turn the table on the opening player of the Giuoco Piano, and to give the attack to the
other side.
(c) Inconsiderately played. By moving the K. Kt. to K. R. second or to Q. second,
White would have been relieved from the pressure of the attack, with but little disad
vantage of position.
(d) Had he taken the K. B. P. with the B. (oheck), and then played B. or Kt. to K.
sixth, Black would have won a piece.
(c) The termination of this game is admirably played by Mr. Horwiti.

Select Reprints, No- XXX.


Staunton's Tournament, p. 236.
(Ieregular Opening).
White. (Mr. Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Buckls.)
1. P. to K. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to K. Kt. third
3. P. to K. third 3. P. to Q. Kt third
4. B. to K. second 4. B. to K. Kt. second
5. Castles 5. B. to Q. Kt. second
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. P. to K. B. fourth
7. Kt. to Q. E. third 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. P. to Q. third 8. Kt. to K. E. third
9. P. to K. E. third 9. Castles
10. P. to K. fourth 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Q. to Q. B. second 11. Kt. to K. B. second
12. B. to K. third 12. P. takes P.
13. P. takes P. 13. Kt. to Q. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 259
14. B. to Q. third 14. B. to K. E. third
15. Kt. to K. fifth 15. Kt. to Q. B. third
16. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 16. B. to K. Kt. second
17. Q. E. to Q. square 17. Q. to K. second
18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 18. Kt. to K. B. second (a)
19. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 19. P. to Q. fourth
20. Kt. to Q. Kt. second 20. P. to Q. fifth
21. P. takes P. 21. Kt. takes Q. Kt. P. (b)
22. Q. to Q. Kt. third 22. Kt. takes B.
23. Q. takes Kt. 23. Q. E. to Q. square
24. Q. to Q. B. second 24. Kt. to Q. third
25. Kt. to K. B. second 25. B. to K. E. third
26. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 26. B. to K. Kt. second
27. Kt. to K. B. second 27. E. to K. B. second
28. K. E. to K. square 28. Q. E. to K. B. square
29. Kt. to Q. B. fourth^^ 29. P. to K. E. fourth (c)
30. Kt. to K. fifth 30. B. takes Kt.
31. K. B. P. takes B. 31. Kt. to K. square
32. E. to Q. second 32. Q. to K. E. fifth
33. K. to E. second (d) 33. K. to E. second
34. P. to K. Kt. third 34. Q. to K. second
35. P. to K. E. fourth 35. P. to Q. E. fourth
36. Kt. to K. E. third 36. R. to K. B. eighth
37. E. takes E. 37. E. takes E.
38. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 38. K. to Kt. square
39. E. to K. B. second 39. R. takes E. (check)
40. Q. takes E. 40. B. to Q. B. square
41. P. to Q. fifth 41. Q. to K. B. square (e)
42. Q. to Q. B. second 42. P. takes P.
43. P. takes P. 43. B. to K. B. fourth
44. Q. to Q. B. sixth 44. Q. to K. second
45. B. to Q. fourth 45. Q. to Q. second
46. Q. to Q. B. fourth 46. K. to B. square
260 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
47. P. to Q. E. fourth 47. Q. to K. second
48. P. to Q. sixth (/) 48. P. takes P.
49. B. takes P. 49. Q. to Q. Kt second (g)
50. P. takes P. 50. Kt. to K. B. third (h)
51. Q. to Q. fourth 51. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (check)
52. K. to Kt. square 52. Kt. to K. fourth
53. P. to Q. seventh (i) 53. Kt. takes P (k)
54. Q. to K. E. eighth (check) 54. K. to K. second
55. Q.toK. Kt. seventh (check) 55. K. to Q. third
56. Kt. to K. B. seventh (check)
And Black resigns (I).
NOTES (from StaunTon, revised).
(a) Black has certainly not conducted this opening with his usual ability. If we com
pare the situation of his men with those of the enemy, we find the former nearly all
locked up or ill-placed, while the latter are mostly free and well posted. [It will be
observed that Black has omitted the important moves P. to Q. fourth and P. to Q. B.
fourth, which constitute the best defence against this form of the attack].
(6) It is surprising that Black should have taken this Pawn, the superior advantage of
taking the Q. P. being so obvious.
(c) A good deal of Black's subsequent embarrassment may be traced to this imprudent
move.
(d) An all-important move. Prom this moment White's position is impregnable.
(e) Winning the Pawn was not to be thought of, as it must have entailed immediate
ruin.
(/) An excellent move, as the sequel shows.
(?) If P. takes P., White would win immediately by B. to Q. B. fifth.
(A) If 50. Kt. takes P.
51. Q. to Q. fourth 61. Kt. to K. B. second (best)
52. Kt. to K. R. seventh (oheck) 62. K. to K. square
53. Q. to K third (check) 63. K. to Q second
And White mates in three more moves.
(0 Mr. Lowenthal did not, on the whole, do himself justice in the Tournament of 1851,
but the latter stages of this game are played in his very best style, en vrai giant.
(k) Had he taken with the B., White would win the Kt. by checking first with B.
(0 If Black now play K. to Q. fourth, the reply would be Q. to Q. fourth (cheek), and
however he plays, the Knight either mates or wins the Queen.

No. 103.
Played in Class I. at the Counties' Meeting at Birmingham in
August last.
(Giuoco Piano.)
White. (Mr. Mueray.) Black. (Mr. Eanken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B, third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 261
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. Castles 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. P. to Q. third 5. P. to Q. third
6. B. to K. Kt. fifth 6. P. to K. E. third
7. B. to K. E. fourth 7. P. to K. Kt. fourth
8. B. to K. Kt. third 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a)
y. P. to K. E. third 9. B. to K. E. fourth
10. Q. Kt. to Q. second 10. Q. to Q. second
11. P. to Q. B. third 11. P. to K. Kt. fifth
12. P. takes P. 12. Q. takes P. (b)
13. K. to E. second 13. Castles (Q. E.)
14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 14. B. to Q. Kt. third
15. P. to Q. E. fourth 15. P. to Q. E. fourth
16. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 16. Kt. to K. second
17. Q. to Q. Kt. third 17. Q. to K. Kt. second
18. P. to Q. fourth 18. K. E. to K. Kt. square
19. E. to K. E. square (c) 19. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (ch.)
20. K. to Kt. square 20. Kt. takes P.
21. E. takes B. 21. Q. takes B.
22. E. to K. E. second 22. Kt. takes P.
23. B. takes P. (d)
And Black mates in two moves.
NOTES by C. E. RAnKEn.
(a) Black did not like to venture into the labyrinths of the attack arising from now
advancing the K. R. P., but he might have played E. to K. Kt. square with perhaps
equal advantage.
(6) B. takes P. was rather better.
(c) White has a bad game, and this move does not improve it.
(d) Of course an egregious slip, but his position anyhow was hopeless.

No. 104.
Another Game at the Counties' Meeting.
(Giuoco Piano.)
White. (Mr. Fisher.) Black. (Mr. Eanken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
262 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to K. B. third 6. Kt. to K. second
7. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (a) 7. Castles
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. third (b)
9. P. to K. B. fifth (c) 9. P. to Q. fourth
10. B. to Q. Kt. third 10. P. to K. E. third
11. Kt. to K. B. third 11. P. takes P.
12. Q. Kt. takes P. 12. Kt. takes Kt.
13. P. takes Kt. 13. Q. to Q. Kt. third (d)
14. Kt. takes P. 14. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
15. B. to Q. second 15. Q. takes P. (check)
16. Q. to K. second 16. Q. takes Q. (check)
17. K. takes Q. 17. Kt. takes P.
18. B. to K. B. fourth 18. Kt. to Q. fifth (check)
19. K. to B. square 19. Kt. takes B.
20. E P. takes Kt. 20. B. to K. B. fourth
21. P. to Q. B. third 21. K. E. to K. square (e)
22. P. to K. Kt. fourth 22. B. to K. fifth
23. B. to K. E. second 23. P. to K. B. third
24. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 24. B. to Q. sixth (check)
25. K. to Kt. second 25. Q. E to Q. square
26. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 26. B. to K. B. square
27. Kt. to Q. E. fifth 27. P. to K. Kt. fourth
28. B. to Q. B. square (/) 28. P. to Q. Kt. third
29. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 29. B. to Q. third
30. Kt. to Q. fourth 30. P. to Q. B. fourth
31. P. takes P. 31. P. takes P.
32. Kt. to K. B. third 32. E. to K. seventh (check)
33. K. to Kt. square 33. B. takes E. (check)
34. Kt. takes B. 34. B. to K. fifth
And White resigns.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE 263
NOTES by C. E. RanKen.
(a) A very unadvisable line of play, he should have moved Kt. to K. second or Q. R.
fourth.
(b) It would be better to drive back the Kt., take P. with P., and then play Kt. to K.
Kt. third.
(c) White's proper course was P. takes P., the move made was very weak.
(d) Not really so good perhaps as exchanging Queens, White's reply ought of course to
have been Q. to K. second,
(e) This loses time; the Kt. should be dislodged first.
(/) The B. should have retreated to K. Kt. third, going back to B. square proves fatal
at once.
No. 105.
Played at the Birmingham Meeting in Class II.
(Evans' Gambit declined.)
White. (Mr. De Soyres.) Black. (Mr. Burt.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. to Q. Kt. third
5. Castles (a) 5. P. to Q. third
6. P. to Q. E. fourth 6. P. to Q. E. fourth
7. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 7. Q. K. to K. second
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. takes P.
9. Kt. takes P. 9. Kt. to K. B. third
10. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. Kt. to K. Kt. third
11. B. to Q. E. third (b) 11. Castles
12. P. to K. E. third 12. E. to K. square
13. E. to K. square 13. B. to K. third (c)
14. Kt. takes B. 14. P. takes Kt.
15. B. to Q. Kt. third (d) 15. P. to K. E. third (e)
16. Q. to Q. second (/) 16. K. to E. second
17. Q. E. to Q. square 17. Kt. to K. E. fourth
18. K. to E. second 18. Q. to K. B. third
19. P. to K. B/third 19. Q. to K. fourth (check)
20. P. to K. B. fourth 20. Q. Kt. takes P.
21. K. to E. square (g)
And Black mates in four moves.
264 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) It 1s worth more analysis than has yet been given it to ascertain whether P. to Q. Kt.
fifth be not the best move here. P. to Q. R. fourth, at any rate, is stronger than castling.
(6) The Bishop is useless now in this post. The correct play apparently is K. to R.
square, followed by P. to K. B. fourth.
(c) Kt. to K. B. fifth seems the right continuation, the move made is too defensive.
(d) We should have preferred playing P. to K. Kt. third, and if the B. were attacked
by Kt. to K. fourth, Q. to K. second, or B. to B. square, would have been a safe answer.
(e) Here again Black loses time, he should have retired the K. to R. square at once.
(/) This and the next move give Black the opportunity he desired of planting the
Kt. at K. B. fifth, which even now might have been frustrated by P. to K. Kt. third.
(g) P. to K. Kt. third would prolong, but could not save the game.

No. 106.
Played recently at Oxford.
(Scotch Gambit.)
WJiite. (Messrs. Ranken Black. (Messrs. Paeratt
and Plunkbtt.) and Anthony.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. K. Kt. to K. second (a)
5. B. to Q. B. fourth 5. Kt. takes Kt.
6. Q. takes Kt. 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. Q. to Q. fifth 7. Q. to K. second (b)
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth (c) 8. P. to K. B. third
9. B. to Q. second 9. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
10. B. takes Kt. 10. Q. takes B. (check)
11. Kt. to Q. second 11. Q. takes P.
12. Castles 12. Q. to K. fourth (d)
13. Q.to K. B. seventh (check) 13. K. to Q. square
14. Q. E. to Q. square (e) 14. Q. to K. square
15. Q. to Q. fifth 15. P. to Q. B. third
16. Q. to Q. fourth 16. P. to Q. Kt. third (/)
17. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 17. K. to B. second
18. P. to K. B. fourth 18. P. to K. E. fourth (g)
19. P. to K. fifth 19. P. to K. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 265
20. E. to K. B. third 20. E. to K. E. second (h)
21. P. to K. sixth 21. P. to K. Kt. third
22. E. to K. third 22. P. takes P. (i)
23. Q. to K. fifth (check) 23. K. to Kt. second
24. Kt. to Q. E. fifth (check) 24. P. takes Kt.
25. E. to Q. Kt. third (check) 25. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
26. Q. takes E. P. 26. P. to Q. B. fourth
27. E. takes B. (check) 27. P. takes E.
28. Q. takes Kt. P. (check) 28. K. to B. second
And White mate in two moves.
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) An unusual, and, in our opinion, not a commendable defence.
(6) Q. to K. B. third would be better play.
(c) A premature attack ; the Kt. should be moved to Q. B. third first.
(d) It would be highly dangerous to take the Q. B. P.
(e) An important move to prepare for the advance of the K. B. P.
(/) Q. to K. fourth would have cost a Pawn,
(g) Weak ; they would have done better to play B. to Kt. second, or P. to Q. third.
(h) Here again B. to Q. Kt. second was far stronger.
(i) This was a fatal error, but apparently they have no good move ; If P. to Q. fourth,
their opponents can take it with the B ; if P. to Q. third, the answer is P. to K. seventh.
P. to Q. B. fourth seems the best, but even this is not satisfactory.

No. 107.
One of the 13 simultaneous games played hy Herr Steinitz, in
February last, against members of the Oxford University
Chess Club.
(Two Knights' Defence.)
White. (Hon.H.C.PLUNKEtt.) Black. (Mr. Steinitz.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Kt. to Q. B. third (a)
4. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 4. Kt. takes P.
5. B. takes P. (check) 5. K. to K. second
6. P. to Q. third 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. B. to Q. Kt. third 7. P. to Q. fourth
8. Kt. to Q. B. third (b) 8. P. to K. E. third
266 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
9. Q. to K. second 9. P. takes Kt.
10. Q. B. takes P. 10. B. to K. third
11. P. to K. B. fourth (c) 11. Kt. to Q. fifth
12. Q. takes P. 12. Kt. takes B.
13. E. P. takes Kt. 13. Q. to Q. third
14. E. to Q. E. fifth 14. K. to B. second
15. E. to K. B. square 15. E. to K. square
16. K. to Q. second 16. E. takes P.
17. K. to B. square 17. B. to Q. second
18. Q. to Q. fourth 16. Q. to Q. Kt. third
19. B. takes Kt. 19. Q. takes E.
20. B. to K. fifth 20. B. to Q. B. fourth (d)
21. Q. takes P. (check) 21. B. to K. third
22. Q. to K. B. third 22. B. to Q. B. square
23. Kt. to K. fourth 23. Q. to Q. E. eighth (check)
24. K. to Q. second 24. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
25. K. to K. second 25. Q. to Q. E. fourth
26. Q. to K. Kt. third (e) 26. K. E. to K. E. square
27. Q. takes P. (check) 27. K. to K. third
28. P. to K. B. fifth (check) 28. K. to Q. fourth
29. P. to Q. B. fourth (check) 29. K. to B. third
30. Q. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 30. B. to Q. third
31. B. takes E. 31. E. takes B.
32. P. to Q. B. fifth 32. Q. to Q. E. seventh
33. P. takes B. 33. Q. takes P. (check)
34. K. to K. third 34. E. to Q. square
35. P.toQ. seventh (dis. ch.) (/) 35. K. to Kt. fourth
36. P. takes B. (becoming Q.) 36. Q. to Q. fifth (check)
37. K. to B. fourth 37. E. takes Q.
38. Q. to K. sixth 38. Q. takes P.
39. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check) 39. Q. takes Q.
40. P. takes Q. (check) 40. K. to B. third (g)
41. P. to K. ¥'
Steinitz shortly resigned.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 267
NOTES by W. WaTTe,
(a) The position is now that of the Two Knights' Game. Black, of course, might have
taken P. with Kt.
(6) The " books " give P. to K. B. fourth, and conduct this variation to the advantage
of White. Herr Zukertort, however, has lately suggested a mode of wresting the attack
from White by a bold manoeuvre, which certainly appears to promise well, e.g. :—
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. Q. to QT second 9. K. to Q. second.
(This is Herr Zukertort's new move ; the Handbuch gives P. to K. R. third)
10. Kt. to K. B. seventh 10. Q. to K. square
11. Kt. takes R. 11. P. takes P. (dis. ch.), &c.
For an analysis of this position we refer our readers to the City ofLondon Chest Magazine,
vol. ii. p. 75-7.
(c) The sacrifice of the Kt. was harldy sound, and bow perhaps castling (Q. R.) offers
the best chance of keeping up an attack.
(rf) With a Rook in hand, Mr. Steinitz contrives to lore the game. Almost any move
would have been better than this : 20. R. takes P„ 20. P, to Q. B. third, or even 20. B. to
Q. Kt. fifth.
(e) Mr. Plunkett now reaps the reward of his audacious sacrifices against the master.
Black, who has still further damaged his position by his two checks, has now no good
move left.
if) All this is admirably managed by White. In an embarras de richesm he selectsthe
best move with great judgment.
(g) By taking the Pawn. Black would have lost the exchange.

No. 108.
(Vienna Opening.)
White. (Mr. Wayte.) Black. <"Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to K. B. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth (a) 4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to Q. fifth 5. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
6. K. to B. square 6. Kt. to K. fourth
7. B. to K. second (b) 7. B. to Q. E. fourth
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. Kt. to K. Kt. third
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. Q. to Q. square
10. Kt. takes K. B. P. 10. P. to Q. third
11. Kt. to K. B. fifth 11. K. to B. square
12. B. to K. Kt. fifth 12. P. to K. B. third
13. B. to K. third 13. B. to Q. Kt. third
14. Q. to Q. third 14. B. to K. Kt. fifth
15. Kt. to K. Kt. third 15. Q. to K. second
268 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
16. P. to K. E. third 16. B. to Q. second
17. K. to B. second 17. E. to K. square
18. K. E. to K. B. square 18. P. to K. E. fourth
19. P. to K. fifth 19. Kt. to K. B. fifth (c)
20. B. takes Kt. 20. Q. P. takes P.
21. Kt. takes K. P. (d) 21. P. takes Kt.
22. Q. B. takes P. 22. P. to K. E. fifth (e)
23. Kt. to K. E. fifth 23. Kt. to K. B. third (/)
24. Kt. takes Kt. 24. P. takes Kt.
25. B. takes K. B. P. 25. Q. takes K. B. (check) (g)
26. Q. takes Q. 26. E. takes Q. (check)
27. K. takes E. 27. B. to Q. Kt. fourth (check)
28. K. to K. third
And White wins (h).
NOTES (from the Illustrated London News, revised.)
(a) The opening is now resolved into a form of the King's Bishop's Gambit.
(6) He might also have played 7. Kt. to K. B. third ; but on the whole, we prefer the
move in the text,
(c) A very ingenious conception, Black is assured of regaining his piece almost im
mediately. Had he played instead 19. Q. to K. B. second, White would probably have
replied with 20. K, to Kt. square, threatening to advance the Kt. to K. Kt. fifth with
great effect.
id) The best reply. If White move the attacked Bishop, the Pawn of course advances
to K. fifth.
(«) The second player would clearly lose his Queen if he ventured to take the Bishop.
(/) Better, we should have thought, to capture the Knight with Book, but even in
that case the result is not altogether satisfactory, e.g. :—
23. R. takes Kt.
24. B. takes R. 24. Q. takes B.
25. K. to Kt. square (dis. ch.) 25. Kt. to K. B. third
26. B. takes R. 26. B. takes Q. P. (check)
27. K. to R. square 27. B. takes B.
28. Q. R. to K. square
And White has two Rooks against three minor pieces, with a superior position.
(g) The young player will observe here which Bishop is taken. The obvious move
25. Q. takes Q. B, (check) would have lost the Queen.
(A) A very little examination will show that the position is hopelessly lost. Suppose
now—
28. B. takes R.
29. R. takes B. 29. R. moves.
30. B. takes R. P. (dis. ch.)
And the two passed Pawns on the King's side now win easily.
%* We republish this game in consequence of some unfortunate misprints which crept
into the I. L. N.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 269
No. 109.
A game played in the St. George's Chess Club in April last.
(Bemove Black's K. B. P.)
WIrite. (Mr. Salter.) Black. (Mr. Wayts.)
1. P. to Q. fourth (a) 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. P. to K. third 4. B. to K. second (b)
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. Castles
6. B. to Q. third 6. P. to Q. B. fourth
7. Castles 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. Q. B. P. takes P. 8. K. P. takes V.
9. P. to Q. E. third 9. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10. B. to K. second 10. K. to E. square (c)
11. P. takes P. 11. B. takes P.
12. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 12. B. to Q. third
13. P. to K: E. third 13. B. to K. E. fourth
14. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 14. B. to Q. Kt. square
15. B. to Q. Kt. second 15. P. to Q. E. third
16. Q. Kt. to Q. fourth 16. Kt. to K. fifth (d)
17. P. to K. Kt. third 17. Q. to Q. third
18. Kt. takes Kt. 18. P. takes Kt.
19. B. to K. fifth 19. Q. to K. third
20. B. to Q. fourth (e) 20. Q. takes P.
21. Kt. to K. fifth (/) 21. Kt. takes Kt. P.
22. P. takes Kt. 22. Q. takes P. (check)
23. K. to E. square 23. E. takes E. (check)
24. Q. takes E. 24. B. takes Kt.
25. Q. B. takes B. 25. Q. takes B.
And White resigns.
NOTES by W. WAyTE,
(a) The Queen's Gambit is a form of attack worth trying for a change at the odds of
Pawn and move. It occurs in a game in which Mr. Buckle gave the odds to Mr. Bird.
(6) In an even game the correct move would now be P. to Q. B. fourth. In the
I state of Black's King, it is better to play for safety by castling first.
270 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(c) In order to play B. to Q. third after the exchange of Pawns and the subsequent
advance of P. to Q. Kt. fourth.
(d) The correct move, calculating on White's playing P. to K. Kt. third and preparing
to sacrifice accordingly.
(e) White now discovers that if he here plays 20. fi. takes B., as he must have intended
before making his two last moves, Black, instead of retaking, would win immediately by
Kt. to Q. B. sixth.
(/) At this point there is no resource. If White plays Kt. to K. Kt. fifth to force an
exchange of pieces, Black could still sacrifice the B. and gain two Pawns by the opera
tion, e.g. :—
21. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 21. Kt. takes Kt.
22. B. takes B. 22. B. takes P.
23. P. takes B. 23. Q. takes P. (check)
24. K. to R. square 24. R. takes R. (check)
25. Q. takes R. 26. Q. to K. R. fifth (check), &c

No. 110.
A Game in the last Provincial Champion Cup Match.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Owen.) Black. (Mr. Gossip.)
1. P. to K. third 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. Kt. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. second 3. P. to K. third
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. B. to Q. third
5. P. to Q. B. fourth 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. Castles
7. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 7. B. to K. second
8. B. to Q. third 8. P. to K. E. third (a)
9. B. to Q. B. second (6) 9. P. to Q. E. third
10. Kt. to Q. E. third 10. Kt. to Q. B. third
11. Castles 11. Q. to Q. B. second (c)
12. Q. E. to Q. B. square 12. P. to Q. Kt. third
13. B. to Q. Kt. square 13. B. to Q. Kt. second
14. P. to Q. fourth 14. Q. E. to Q. square
15. B. P. takes P. 15. E. takes P. (d)
16. P. to K. fourth 16. E. to Q. second
17. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 17. E. to Q. B. square (e)
18. P. to K. fifth 18. Kt. to Q. fourth
19. Q. to Q. B second 19. P. to K. Kt. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 271
20. Kt. to Q. sixth 20. B. takes Kt.
21. P. takes B. 21. Q. takes P.
22. P. takes P. 22. P. takes P.
23. K. E. to Q. square 23. Q. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
24. Q. to Q. second 24. Q. to K. B. square
25. Kt. to K. fifth 25. Q. E. to Q. B. second
26. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth (/) 26. P. to K. E. fourth
27. Kt. to K. fifth 27 Kt. to Q. B. third
28. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 28. Kt. takes Kt.
29. Q. takes Kt. 29, Q. to K. E. third
30. E. to Q. B. fourth 30. E. to Q. square (g)
31. Q. takes E.
And White wins.
NOTES by W. WAyTE,
(a) Quite useless, and .ultimately weakening the King's position : see the nineteenth
and following moves.
(6) Here White appears to lose time, he might have waited until the Bishop was
attacked ; see move thirteen.
(c) Black's Queen is not quite comfortable here after White's immediate reply.
(d) P. takes P. was the correct play. The range now opened for the White Bishops
decides the game.
(e) If this is the best move for Black he is already in a bad way.
(/) A judicious coup de repos. What looks at first sight like loss of time, is soon seen
to be the preparation for the decisive advance of the Queen.
(?) Obviously an oversight, but the position was really lost.

No. 111.
Played by Correspondence.
(Queen's Gambit Declined.)
White. (Mr. Vysr.) Black. (Mr. Bourn.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. P. to K. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Kt to Q. B. third 4. B. to K. second
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. Castles
6. B. to Q. third 6. P. to Q. Kt. third
7. P. to Q. Kt. third 7. B. to Q. Kt. second
272 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
8. Castles 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
9. B. to Q. Kt. second 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
10. Q. B. P. takes P. 10. K. P. takes P.
11. P. takes P. 11. P. takes P.
12. E. to Q. B. square 12. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
13. B. to Q. Kt. square 13. P. to K. Kt. third
14. P. to Q. E. third 14. Kt. to Q. E. third
15. E. to K. square 15. E. to Q. B. square
16. Kt. to K. fifth 16. B. to Q. third
17. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 17. B. to Q. Kt. square
18. P. to K. B. fourth 18. E. to K. square
19. P. to K. Kt. fourth (a) 19. Kt. to Q. second
20. Kt. to K. B. third 20. P. to Q. fifth (b)
21. P. takes P. 21. E. takes E. (check)
22. Kt. takes E. 22. B. takes P.
23. E. to Q. B. second 23. B. to K. sixth (check)
And "White resigned (c.)
NOTES by W. WAyTE.
(a) Too bold.
(6) A very good move. The aspect of the game now suddenly changes,
(c) The game is doubtless lost, but White might have held out some little time. Sup
pose :—
24. K. to B. square 24. Q. to K. B. third (check)
25. K. to K. second 25. Q. to K. B. seventh (check)
26. K. to Q. third, &c.
Mr. Vyse is overmatched against Mr. Bourn, who is a very strong player, and par
ticularly in correspondence games.

No. 112.
From the new Amercian Chess Magazine.
(Eemove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Smith.) Black. (Mr. Mackenzir.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. Kt. to Q. B. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. fourth
3. P. to Q. fifth 3. Q. Kt. to K. second
4. B. to K. Kt. fifth 4. Kt. to K. B. third
THE 0HES8 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 273
5. B. takes Kt. 5. P. takes B.
6. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 6. Kt. to K. Kt. third
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. K. to K. second
8. P. to Q. sixth (check) 8. K. takes P. (a)
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. P. to Q. B. third (6)
10. Castles (check) 10. K. to B. second
11. B. to Q. B. fourth 11. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
12. Kt. to K. second 12. Q. to K. second
13. P. to Q. B. third 13. B. to Q. B. fourth
14. K. E. to K. B. square 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (c)
15. B. to Q. Kt. third 15. P. to Q. E. fourth
16. B. to Q. B. second 16. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
17. Kt. to K. square 17. P. takes P.
18. Kt. takes P. 18. B. to Q. fifth
19. Q. to K. B. third 19. B. to Q. E. third
20. B. to Q. third 20. B. takes Kt.
21. B. takes B. 21. B. takes P. (check)
22. K. takes B. 22. K.E.toQ.Kt.square(ch.)(d)
23. K. to E. square 23. E. takes B.
24. Kt. to Q. B. second (e) 24. Q. to Q. B. fourth
25. Q. to Q. third 25. P. to Q. third
26. E. to Q. Kt. square 26. Kt. to K. B. fifth
27. Q. to K. Kt. third 27. E. to Q. Kt. fourth (/)
28. P. to Q. E. fourth 28. Q. takes Kt.
29. Q. to K.Kt. seventh(check) 29. K. t6 Kt. third
30. P. takes E. 30. Q. to Q. E. fifth (check)
31. K. to Kt. second 31. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
32. K. to B. third 32. Q. to Q. fifth (check)
33. K. to B. second 33. P. takes P.
34. K. E. to Q. square 34. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
35. E. takes Kt. 35. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)
36. K. to Q. third 36. P. takes E.
274 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
37. Q. takes K. B. P. 37. Q. to Q. B. fifth (check)
38. K. to K. third 38. E. to Q. E. sixth (check)
39. K. to Q. second 39. li.toQ.Rseventh(check)(^)
, And White mates next move.
NOTES by E. A. KunkeL.
(a) The opening is book, and the game is said to be even.
(6) For the purpose of retreating the King upon White checking by castles.
(c) Black's advance of the Pawns on the Queen's side results in a fine attack. The King
requires no protection.
(d) Black has now obtained a very fine position.
(e) Obviously a necessary move.
(/) From this point Black's play is vigorous and effective.
(g) The ending of the game is played brilliantly and in a masterly manner. Mr.
Mackenzie's opponent is a strong player and was well known to the Chess public years
ago. It may be that he is out of practice.

No. 113.
Played in the B. C. A. Correspondence Tourney, third round.
(French Opening.)
White. (Mr. F. J. Young.) Black (Mr. C. W. Benbow.)
1. P. to K. fourth . 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. B. to Q. third 5. B. to Q. third
6. Castles 6. Castles
7. B. to K. third 7. Kt. to Q. B. third
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. B. to K. third
9. Kt. to K. second 9. Kt. to K. second
10. Kt. to K. fifth (a) 10. B. to K. B. fourth (b)
11. Kt. to K. Kt. third 11. B. takes B.
12. Q. takes B. 12. P. to Q. B fourth
13. P. to K. B. fourth 13. P. takes P. (c)
14. B. takes P. (d) 14. Kt. to Q. second
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. Q. takes Kt.
16. E. to K. B. third 16. Q. to Q. B. second (e)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 275

17. Kt. to K. B. fifth 17. P. to K. B. third (/)


18. B. to K. third (g) 18. Q. E. to Q. square
19. E. to K. square (g) 19. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
20. E. to Q. square 20. Kt. takes Kt.
21. Q. takes Kt. 21. B. to Q. B. fourth
22. K. to E. square 22. B. takes B.
23. E. takes B. 23. P. to K. Kt. third
24. E. to Q. B. third 24. Q. to Q. Kt. third
35. Q. to K. E. third 25. Q. takes P. (h)
26. E. to Q. B. seventh 26. E. to K. B. second
27. E. takes E. 27. K. takes E.
28. Q. takes P. (check) 28. K. to B. square
29. Q. takes K. Kt. P. 29. Q. to Q. B. sixth
30. P. to K. E. fourth 30. E. to Q. third
31. Q. to K. B. fifth (i) 31. Q. to K. Kt. sixth
32. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check) 32. K. to K. second
33. Q. takes P. (check) 33. E. to Q. second (J)
34. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 34. K. to B. second
35. E. to Q. third 35. Q. takes E. P. (check)
36. E. to K. E. third 36. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
37. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 37. E. to Q. B. second (k)
38. E. to K. E. seventh (check)
And Black resigned.
NOTES by A. B. SkIPWorTh.
(a) This is somewhat premature.
(6) Neither developing his game nor improving his position. P. to Q. B. fourth waB
the correct reply.
(c) Again we think Black rather helps his opponent ; we should have preferred P. to
Q. B. fifth.
(d) White has now a good position.
(?) If 16. Kt. to Q. B. third, White, as Mr. Young points out, would play 17. B. takes
K. Kt. P. with a winning advantage.
(f) The best move.
(g) We cannot say anything in favour of either of these moves.
(h) A fatal ot ersight. Black should simply have played for a draw, which he would
in all probability have obtained.
(i) A better move, Mr. Young remarks, than appears at first sight.
0' ) If K. to K. third, Mr. Young suggests Q. to K. R. seventh, protecting the two
Pawns.
276 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(*) Clearly an orersight, but there was no move to save the game, for White has only
to exchange pieces when his Pawns must win easily.
The other game between Mr. Benbow and Mr. Young was a draw.
%* Mr. Young, having won in this Tourney as far as the third round, has now a
deciding contest with Mr. Ranken. Mr. Young is an old Cambridge man of five or
six years' standing, and a competitor over the Chess board with whom the strongest
Amateurs cannot afford to trifle. He has latterly been at Cheltenham and taken part
in several Club matches there.

No. 114.
Played at Clifton, March. 10th, in the Handicap Tournament
for a Silver Cup, presented by the Eev. J. Greene, President
of the Club.
(Remove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Miss Eudge.) Black. (Mr. Thorolp.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1.
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. B. to Q. third 3. .P. to Q. fourth
4. P. to K. fifth 4. P. to Q. B. fourth
5. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 5. K. to Q. second (a)
6. Q.toK.B.seventh(check)(6) 6. Q. to K. second
7. Q. to K. B. fourth 7. P. to Q. B. fifth
8. B. to K. second 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. P. to Q. E. third 9. P. to K. Kt. fourth
10. Q. to K. third 10. P. to K. E. fourth
11. Q. to Q. B. third (c) 11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (d)
12. Kt. to K. E. third 12. B. to K. E. third
13. Castles (e) 13. P. to Q. E. fourth
14. B. to K. third 14. P. to K. Kt. fifth
15. Kt. to K. B. fourth 15. B. takes Kt.
16. B. takes B. 16. Q. to K. B. second
17. B. to K. third 17. K. Kt. to K. second
18. P. to K. B. third (f) 18. Kt. to K. B. fourth
19. P. takes P. 19. P. takes P.
20. B. takes Kt. P. 20. B. to Q. Kt. second
21. Q. to Q. second 21. Q. E. to K. Kt. square
THE CHESS PLATERS' CHRONICLE. 277
22. B. takes Kt. 22. P. takes B.
23. Q. to K. B. second (g) 23. K. to K. third
24. Kt. to Q. second 24. Kt. takes K. P. (h)
25. P. takes Kt. 25. P. to Q. fifth
26. Kt. to K. B. third 26. P. takes B.
27. Q. takes P. 27. Q. to Q. B. second
28. Q. E. to K. square (i) 28. K. to Q. second
29. E. to Q. square (check) 29. K. to B. square
30. Q. to K. B. fourth 30. K. to Kt. square
31. Q. takes K. B. P. 31. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)
32. K. to E. square 32. E. to K. B. square
33. Q. to Q. seventh 33. Q. to K. sixth
34. Q. to Q. sixth (check) 34. K. to E. square
35. Q. to Q. second 35. Q. to Q. Kt. third
36. Q. E. to K. square 36. Q. to K. Kt. third
37. Q. takes P. (check) (k) 37. K. to Kt. square
38. Q. to Q. B. third 38. Q. to K. Kt. sixth
39. K. to Kt. square (/) 39. E. takes P.
40. E. to K. second 40. B. takes Kt.
41. K. E. to K. B. second 41. Q. E. to K. E. square
And Black wins.
NOTES by J. WISKer.
(a) This mode of defence is not the best. The Black King can hardly ever get into a
safe position.
(6) Lost time. 6. P. to Q. B. third, or 6. Kt. to K. second was the proper play.
(c) These moves with the Queen do nothing towards promoting the development of
White's game.
(d) The play on both sides is spirited rather than accurate. Considering the importance
of the game, this advance of the Pawns on both fianks must be pronounced an excess of
daring.
(e) Considering the threatening position of Black's Pawns, castling before the pieces
on the Queen's side are developed, is not expedient. B. to K. third followed by P. to Q.
Kt. third seems a promising plan of operation.
(/) 18. P. to K. B. fourth would have been far better. The move in the text results
in the opening of Black's K. R. file and gives rise to a menacing, and finally an irresistible
attack. '
(g) The position does not admit of hesitating measures. 23. Kt. to Q B. third would
almost have compelled Black to defend his Q. Kt. fourth square, as it would never do to
allow the White Kt. to be posted at Q. sixth, and the sacrifice of Knight for the Q. P.
would not be sound.
(A) This ingenious sacrifice succeeds in the end, but it leaves Black's King in danger
as great as that which besets the White monarch.
278 THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
(<) This Rook ought to have been posted on Queen's square. In that position he would
have prevented the retreat which the Black King prudently commences at once.
(*) 87. P. to K. sixth would in all probability have won the game even yet. The move
in the text loses time. '
(J) There remains no move to save the game.

No. 115.
One of the ten Blindfold Games at Clifton.
(Evans' Gambit.
White. (Mr. Blackburns.) Black. (Mr. J. Minchin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. third (a)
8. P. takes P. (6) 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. Kt. to Q. B. third (c) 9. K. Kt. to K. second (d)
10. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 10. Castles
11. Q. to K. E. fifth 11. P. to K. E. third
12. Kt. takes P. 12. E. takes Kt.
13. B. takes E. (check) 13. K. to E. second
14. Kt. to Q. fifth (e) 14. B. takes P.
15. B. to K. Kt. fifth 15. Q. to K. B. square (/)
16. Q. E. to Q. square 16. B. to Q. Kt. third
17. P. to K. E. third 17. B. to Q. second
18. E. to Q. third (g) 18. Kt. to K. fourth
19. Kt. takes Kt. (h) 19. Q. takes B.
20. Q. takes Q. 20. Kt. takes Q.
21. B. to Q. B. square 21. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
22. E. to K. Kt. third 22. B. takes E.
23. K. takes B. 23. E. to K. square
24. B. to Q. Kt. second (i) 24. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
25. to Q. fifth 25. B. takes P. (k)
THE CHESS PLAYER8' CHRONICLE 279
26. K. takes B. 26. Kt. takes K. P. (check)
27. K. to B. third 27. Kt. takes B.
28. K. takes Kt. 28. P. to Q. B. third
29. Kt. to Q. B. third 29. P. to Q. fourth
30. K. to B. third 30. P. to Q. fifth
31. Kt. to K. fourth 31. E, to Q. square
32. K. to K. second 32. P. to Q. Kt. third
33. K. to Q. third 33. P. to Q. B. fourth
34. P. to Q. B. fourth 34. K. to Kt. third
35. Kt. to Q. second 35. K. to B. fourth
36. B. to Q. B. square 36. K. to K. fourth
37. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (check) 37. K. to Q. fourth
38. B. to K. B. fourth 38. B. to K. B. square
39. B. to K. fifth 39. B. to K. B. seventh
40. B. takes Kt. P. 40. E, takes P.
41. B. to K. fifth 41. B. to Q. E. seventh
And Black won after a few more moves.
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) He should take the third Pawn, a course which leads to the Compromised
Defence, now esteemed superior to any other. The move in the text leads to the normal
form of the Gambit, which is supposed to be less favourable to the second player.
(6) This brings about the Normal Position. By playing 8. Q. to Q. Kt. third, White
may obtain Wallet's attack, which, however, is inferior. It is one of those flights of
fancy that are apt to break down in practice, leaving the first player with a most un
comfortable game on the Queen's side. As an illustration, the reader may play over (as
he will do with pleasure) a capital game between Messrs. Perig .1 and Sprecklcy, printed
in the " Praxis," amongst the illustrative games of the Evans' Gambit.
(c) The usual move is P. to Q. fifth.
(<f) Badly played ; the proper move is 9. B. to K. Kt. fifth ; 9. Kt. to Q. R fourth is
better than the play adopted.
(e) White having gained the exchange with even Pawns ought to win the game from
this point. But the position is one that requires nursing, the attack being for the
moment at an end. White's eagerness to pursue the attack leads him into difficulties
shortly.
(/ ) He might have taken the Rook at this point, but the venture would have been very
dangerous, as White would have played B. to K. Kt. sixth (check) and B. takes P.,
after which Black would have the greatest difficulty in escaping with a drawn game.
(g) An error which gives Black his innings at once. White ought to have played
thus ; -
18. Kt. takes Kt. 18. Kt. takes Kt.
19. B. takes Kt. 19. Q. takes Q B.
20. B. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 20. K. to Kt. square
21. K. to R. square
with the intention of moving forward the K. B. P. Or, 18. Kt. takes B. followed by
the retreat of the Bishop to Q. Kt. third seems good play.
(A) It is easy to see that the board presents no better move.
280 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
«) White is only one Pawn behind, and if he had at this point played Kt. to K.B. fifth,
his opponent wonld have retained little or no superiority. Mr. Blackburne was by no
means in his best health when these games were contested.
(*) Well played ; this excellent scheme decides the game in favour of Black. There is
no resisting the three united Pawns.

No. 116.
One of the ten blindfold Games played at Clifton.
(Danish Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Blackburns.) Black. (Miss Budgr.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. P. to Q. B. third 3. P. takes P. (a)
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. P. to K. E. third
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. Kt. takes P. 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. B. to K. B. fourth 8. B. to K. second
9. Q. to Q. second 9. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
10. Q. E. to Q. square 10. K. Kt. to K. fourth
11. B. takes Kt. 11. Kt. takes B.
12. Kt. takes Kt. 12. P. takes Kt.
13. Q. to K. second 13. B. to Q. third
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. Castles
15. P. to K. B. fifth (b) 15. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
16. E. to K. B. third 16. Q. to K. E. fourth
17. Kt. to Q. fifth (c) 17. K. to E. second
18. Q. to Q. third 18. P. to K. B. third
19. E. to K. Kt. third 19. B. takes P. (d)
20. P. takes B. 20. P. to K. fifth
21. E. to K. E. third 21. Q. takes P.
22. Q. to K. second 22. Q. to K. fourth
23. Kt. to K. third 23. P. to Q. B. third (e)
24. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 24. B. to Q. B. fourth (check)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 281
25. K. to E. square 25. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
26. E. to K. E. fifth (/) 26. Q. takes E.
27. Kt. takes P. (check)
And Black resigned.
NOTES by A. B. SkIPWorTh.
(a) P. to Q. fourth equalises the game, see Vol. II. p. 193 of this Magazine.*;
(6) Probably quite as effective as P. takes P., especially as Mr. Blackburne had not
the board before him.
(c) Threatening—
18. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 18. P. takes Kt.
19. R. to K. Kt. third (check), and Black's Queen is lost.
(d) Very ingeniously conceived. If Black was not prepared for her opponent's reply
she still obtains three Pawns for the loss of the Bishop.
(e) Bringing the Queen's Rook into play or pinning the Kt. at K. third should certainly
have had the preference.
(/) Cleverly done by the blindfold player.
* Mr. Wormald, however, (Cheu Openings, p. 156), thinks that Black may safely capture
this Pawn and afterwards the Kt. P., the gain in material more than counterbalancing
the attack.

Liverpool v. Manchester.—A match between these Clubs was played on April


17th last, at Liverpool. There were thirteen competitors on each side, and Liverpool
won. The following is the score :—
Games won. Lost. Drawn.
Liverpool IS 8 4
Manchester 8 13 4
The contest between Mr. Burn and Mr. Steinkiihler created considerable interest ; only
one game was played, and it was won by Mr. Burn after four-and-a-half hours' hard play.
Chess aT ETon.—A little match was recently played between Mr. Wayte and Mr.
De Soyres, the former giving the odds of the Pawn and move. Mr. Wayte won. Score—
Wayte 5 games, De Soyres 3.
Mr. Blackburne at ClifTon played ten simultaneous blindfold games against ten of
the strongest players of the Club. We are informed that Mr. Blackburne was not very
well at the time, anyway he lost to Messrs. Boorne, Cook, Feddon, Minchin, and Pierpoint ;
drew against Messrs. Perry and Thorold ; and won against Messrs. Berry, Tibbits, and
Miss Rudge. Mr. Blackburne won a consultation game against Messrs. Minchin and
another strong player. We have been favoured with copies of all the games, and have
given a selection in this number.
Chess in SCoTland.—A match for .the Challenge Cup of the West of Scotland Chess
Association has just been concluded at Glasgow. The players were Mr. Sheriff Spens, of
Hamilton, and Mr. Hunter, of Glasgow. The former won the cup, by only the narrow
majority of four against three,—Land and Water.
The WesT Yorkshire Chess AssociaTion held its Annual Meeting at Sheffield,
on Saturday, April 24th last. About sixty members were present. Visitors on the
occasion—Mr. Tborold (Bath), Mr. Blackburne (London), some Amateurs from Grantham
&c, &c. The first Tourney was a Handicap, in which Mr. Thorold, giving the Pawn and
two moves, divided the prize with Mr. Finlinson. The Society's next meeting is to be at
Halifax.
282 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM LVII.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

CounTies' Chess AssociaTion.—The next meeting will take place at Glasgow, in


the week commencing Monday, August 2nd, 1875. Liberal Prizes are offered in three
classes (the First Prize in Class I. being £15), and in a Handicap. The Challenge Prize
value £40, will be given to the player who first wins three times the Association's First
Prize in Class I. This First Prize has been won once by Mr. Ranken, once by Mr.
Skipworth, and twice by Mr. Burn. An International Match is also proposed during the
meeting, between the best Scotch and English players, the Glasgow Club liberally offer
ing a Silver Cup for the winning party.
No entries in any of the three Classes will be received after Saturday, July 31st. The
local Hon. Sec. will be glad to give any information respecting Hotels and Lodgings.
Further particulars and programme of the meeting may be obtained by addressing—
B. W. FISHER, Esq.,
Berkeley Hall, Cheltenham,
Hon. Sec. and Treasurer,
or A. K. MUERAY, Esq.,
243 Parliamentary Road, Glasgow,
Local Hon. Sec.
THE CHESS PLAYERS1 CHRONICLE. 283
PEOBLEM L VIII.
By W. Grimshaw.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White mates in two moves.
Oxford and Cambridge v. London.—The match proposed with the City of London 1
Club has fallen through, and instead of it, the old University men are to meet the strongest
London team (not including Foreign players residing in the Metropolis) that can be
brought against them, on Tuesday, July 6th. Mr. Wisker is busily organizing matters
for London, and he is assisted, wo believe, by Messrs. Bird, Boden, Macdonnell, &c, but
we do not yet know the names of the players. Mr. Skipworth is responsible for the
University side, and the following, it is believed, will represent the Universities on the
occasion :—Lord Lyttelton.Lord Randolph Churchill (recently invited),SirJohn Trelawney,
Messrs. Owen, Skipworth, Thorold, Wayte, Wormaid, Anthony, Coker, Ellis, Drew, V.
Green, Foster, Puller, Lawrence, Marrett, Salter, Young, &c. It is proposed to have
twenty players on each side, and the match will be played under the auspices of the St.
George's Chess Club. Visitors will be admitted only by ticket. Applications for tickets
should be made as soon as possible, after June 14th, and addressed :—
Secretary, London and University Match,
St. George's Chess Club,
20. King Street, St. James's, London.
Afterthe Match, probably the University players will meet and form an Oxford and Cam
bridge Chess Association, when any future matches could be more thoroughly discussed.
%* The Earl of Ravensworth, Messrs. Rankeu, Bower, and Carnsew are unable to take
part in this match.
BrisTol and Clifton Chess associaTion.—A Handicap Tournament, in connec
tion with this Association, has just been concluded. The President (the Rev. J. Greene,
M.A.), presented a very handsome Silver Cup, value £5 10s.. to be won twice before
retained by the winner—an addition to the usual Annual Prizes offered by the Club.
The entries far exceeded former years. Mr. Thorold, who was in the first class by
284 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
PROBLEM LIX.
(Reprint.)
By W. Grimsliaw.
BLACK.

WHITB.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

himself, had to give odds (sometimes two pieces) to every player, and he succeeded in
winning all his matches. He played in all 51 games, won 46 of them and lost 5. Messrs.
Minchin and Cook, in class 2 made excellent scores ; the former, out of 52 games, won
44 and lost 8, and the latter, out of 54, won 41 and lost 13. Mr. Perry, in class 3,
played 52 games, won 32 and lost 20, These four gentlemen consequently take off the
followfng prizes :—First, Mr. Thorold, the cup ; Second, Mr. Minchin; Third, Mr. Cook;
Fourth, Mr. Perry, A Book on Chess, presented by Mr. J. W. Clark, for the one playing
the most games without taking off the prize, was won by Mr. Hutchins.—Bristol Paper.
ChelTEnham k. Clifton.—A Match between these two Clubs was played at
Cheltenham on Saturday, May 22nd. Cheltenham, though comparatively a small Club,
has some very powerful representatives, and the visitors on this occasion only scored
three games.
CHELTENHAM. Drawn, or CLIFTON.
Won. Unfinished. Won.
1 Rev, C. E. Ranken . Mr. J. S. Minchin.
Mr. B. W. Fisher . Mr. W. Cooke . .
a Mr. W. Coates .. . Mr. C. Boorne ..
3 Mr. F. J. Young . Mr. W. Franklin
2 Dr. Philson . . . Mr. A. T. Perry
Mr. Ayre Mr. W. Berry . .
1 Mr. E. P. Smith . Rev. N. Tibbets..
1 Rev. C. M. Moore . Mr. C. H. Lewis
1 Mr. Whittard. . Mr. W. Tribe ..
12
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 285
PROBLEM LX.
By James Pierce, M.A.
BLACK.

R ■ m
■ WMtk mm mm
ill m
mm m Wm.

IB

mm iem.
m
ill mm

■ ¥ J. IP '1BP
lip
IIP
mUt
WHITE.

White to play, and mate in three moves.

ENIGMA I.
White.—K. at Q. seventh, Q. at K. R. fourth, Rs. at K. B. fourth and Q. fifth, B. at Q.
R. second, Kts. at K. fourth and Q. Kt. third, P. at Q. B. second.
Black.—K. at Q. B. fifth, Q. at Q. seventh, Ps. at Q. Kt. fourth and Q. R. sixth.
White to mate in two moves.

White.—K. at Q. B. square, Rs. at K. fourth and Q. R. eighth, B. at K. sixth, Kt. at K


R. fourth, Ps. at K. Kt. third and Q. Kt. second.
Blaek.—K. at Q. sixth, P. at Q. fifth.
White to mate in two mores.
286 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXI.
By D. T. Brock.
BLACK.

1 IP P8P IIP
1 Jil1
m ■

BLJH HI

jllll illl ■

is IP H

1,1

B llllii
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

3.
By W. T. Pierce.
While.—K. at K. second, Q. at It. B. eighth, Be. at K. Kt. seventh and Q. B. fourth, Pb.
at K. B. fourth, K. R. sixth, Q. Kt. fifth.
Black.—K. at K. fifth, P. at Q. Kt. third.
White to mate in three moves.
4.
White.—K. at K. sixth, Rs. at K. B. third and Q. third, Kt. at Q. R. eighth, P. at Q. B.
fifth.
Black.—K. at K. fifth, Ps. at K. B. fifth, Q. fourth, Q. B. third.
White to mate in three moves.
5.
By the late Rev. H. BolTon.
While.—K. at Q. R. square, Q. at Q. third, R. at Q. Kt. third.
Black.—K. at Q. R. fifth, Q. at Q. R. fourth, Ps. at Q. Kt. fifth, Q. R. second.
White to play and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 287
PROBLEM LXII.
By the late Bev. H. Bolton.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in four moves.

SOLUTION TO PROBLEM IN No. VIII.


White. Black.
LYI.
1. Q. to K. seventh I. K. to B. sixth (a) &o.
2. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 2. P. takes Q., or K. takes Q., &c.
3. R. to Q. B. fifth or K. fourth, or Q. to Q. Kt. third mate.
(o) If 1. B. to Q. Kt. seventh
2. K. takes Kt., &o.
CURIOSITY VI.
In the original, the Solution was in twenty moves. Herr Kling discovered a Solution
in nineteen moves, and "Sretrow" now sends us a Solution in eighteen moves, asfollows :—
White's motes, giving checK each time.
1 . R. to R. second 10. Q. to Q. eighth
2. R. to Kt. square 11, B. to Kt. second
3. Q. to Q. B. sixth 12. B. to R. square
4. B. to B. seventh 13. R. to R. sixth, or Kt, sixth
5. B. to Kt. sixth 14. Q. to B. seventh
6. B. to R. fifth 15. Kt. to K. B. fourth
7. B. to Kt. fourth 16. Q. to B. sixth
8. B. to R. third 17. K. to B. fourth
9. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth 18. P. to Q. fourth mate.
288 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
CHESS CURIOSITY, No. VII.
From Essays on Chess, by Trevangadacharya Shartree.
BLACK.

%%%%%
ri i HI
■ i
HP PB
u
A
JF

HP "
I

White to move and checkmate with the Pawn in seven moves.

END GAME.
BLACK.

4l
* i '
HP
JL

*
WHITE.
Mr. Meyer asks us to publish this position as a mate in seven moves
instead of ten, as given in Vol. III. p. 372 of this Magazine. The game
appeared^originally in the Gentleman's Jowrnal.
*** In the above positions the White Queen is at K. R. sixth and Q. R. eighth respectively.
We mention this, for the Queens are very much alike on the smaller diagrams.
$tofitts to Corwsponbents.
Solittioks to—
Problem LVI. Sretrow, B. S., Saxon.
Cariosity VI. Sretrow.
P. J. Y. Many thanks for the games and notes.
W. Grimshaw. Very much obliged—a very pretty little Problem. We have replied by
post.
E. Walker, C. E. Ranken, W. Berry. Many thanks.
Sec. Philadelphia Chess Club. We will make a note of the resolution.
J. P. (Grimsby). We apologise for omitting to notice the correct Solution to Problems
in the previous number which duly came to hand. Thank you for the specimen of
the Knight's Tour. It does not, however, seem well to give up space for a particular
kind of puzzle which is not of general interest.
Saxon. Thanks for the position—a very neat termination, but rather too obvious as far
as publication is concerned.
W. N. (St. Neote). Your two games will appear in the next number. Thank you very
much for the useful suggestions.
A Cockman (Grantham). The second Solution to Problem XLIX, 1. Q. to K. B. fourth,
&c,, sent us by yourself and Mr. Taylor cannot be gainsayed.
Mr. Preti. We have replied by post, and have sent also the number asked for.
J. Wisker (London). Many thanks for the games you have kindly annotated. Two are
held over.
B. W, Fisher. We reserved a little space on the chance of the programme turning up in
time. Glasgow promises to be one of the best of the meetings yet held. The Inter
national Prize, most liberally offered by the Glasgow Club, should stimulate all our
strongest Amateurs to arrange, ifpossible, to be present.
*** We shall be very glad of any contributions, small or otherwise, towards the Problem
and Solution Prizes we are about to offer.
*** The bills, which have been sent in, should accompany Subscriptions forwarded to
James Williamson, or mistakes may be made as to the year for which any Subscrip
tion has been made.
Two or three Post Office Orders have recently been lost in transmission, any one therefore
not receiving an early acknowledgment should write at once.
*** Subscribers are particularly requested to clear off old standing accounts.
Solutions to Problems, &c, and other editorial matter should now always be addressed to
the Rev. A. B. SKrPWorTh, Tetford Rectory, Horncastle.
*»* Please let all exchanges be addressed to Mr. SKIPWorTh as above.
*** A very liberal arrangement made with Secretaries of Clubs who order twelve copies.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to James WiLLIAmSOn, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
Jambs Williamson,
Bookseller, LInColn.
to whom P. 0. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post 6s. per annum, payable In
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
Prizes for Problems.—For the best original Problem (1) in two, (2) in three movea
sent to the Editors of this Magazine, and not published elsewhere. By particular
request pf some of our correspondents, we intend to publish any criticisms sent us on
the Problems, and those criticisms will guide the Editors in awarding the Prizes.
Any one Subscribing to the Magazine may become a competitor by sending in one
Problem before the 16th of August next, and two others before the 16th of October
next. Foreigners competing must sent in before the 16th of October and the 16th
December respectively.
Prizes for SoluTions—
(1.) To the.Problems on diagrams, not including Curiosities. Solutions discovered
in addition to the Author's, and any flaws pointed out will be added to credit of
the Solver.
(2.) To the Problems on diagrams in two moves, and to the Enigmas which appear
from time to time.
Only the less experienced should compete for this second prize.
In sending Solutions, the variations atfar as possible should be given in full.
The value of the several prizes will be declared shortly, probably in the next number.
Competing Solutions should commeuce with the present number.

THOMAS COLE,
OLEEIOAL HATTEE,
156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL FELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
Pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self.measurement
forwarded on application.
SOFT FELTS
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
. THOMAS COLE.
THE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST aiJALITY FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOE SCHOOLS, from 42s. per dozen.

(Four Doors City Side of Somerset Bouse.)

ARCHERY and FISHING TACKLE.—TH*MAS ALDRED, Manufacturer to the


Prince and Princess of Wales, &c, and holder of six Prize Medals, maker of the
celebrated glued-up Triangular Trout, Salmon, Spinning, and Trolling Rods.—126, Oxford
Street, London, W. Catalogues gratis. *

JamEs WILLiamson, PrinTer, hIGh sTreeT, LinColn.


Vol IV. No. X.

THE CHESS PLATERS

CHEONICLE.

AUGUST, 1875.

CONTENTS.
Games—played between— Page.
No. 117 Mr. Davidson and Mr. Neill 289
„ 118 Mr. Neill and Mr. Davidson 290
„ 119 Mr. Blackburne and Mr. N. Fedden 292
„ 120 Mr. Sklpworth and Mr. Coker 294
„ 121 Mr. W. T. Pierce and Mr. W. Nash 296
„ 122 Mr. W. T. Pierce and Mr. W. Nash 298
„ 123 Mr. Lacey and Mr. Bourn 302
„ 124 Mr. Thorold and Mr. — 303
„ 125 Rev. J. H. EUis and Rev. J. Coker 804
„ 126 Mr. Minchin and Mr. Thorold 306
„ 127 Mr. Thorold and Mr. Minchin 308
Chess Intelligence—
Counties' Chess Association at Glasgow 310
The late Samuel Newham, Esq., J.P 313
Universities of Oxford and Cambridge v. London 313
Hull New Clubs, Sic 313
Hull v. Grimsby 313
Chess at Clifton 315
Halifax Chess Club 315
Enigmas 316, 317
Solutions to Problems 318, 319
EbkaTum 813
Problem lxiii 314
„ LXIV 314
„ LXV 315
LXVI.. 316
LXVII 317
„ LXVIII 318
LXIX 819
Chess CuriosiTy 320

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET.


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the Solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 289
No. 117.
Played in the recent Philadelphia Tournament.
(Petroff's Defencs.)
White. (Mr. Davidson.) Black. (Mr. Neill.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. P. to Q. third
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. B. to Q. third 6. B. to K. second
7. Castles 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. B. fourth 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. Kt. to K. fifth 9. B. to K. third (a)
10. P. to Q. B. fifth 10. P. to Q. Kt. third
11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 11. K. Kt. to Q. second
12. P. to K. B. fourth 12. P. to K. B. third
13. Q. to K. E. fifth 13. P. to K. B. fourth
14. Q. to K. second (b) 14. Kt. takes Kt.
15. B. P. takes Kt. 15. Kt. to Q. B. third
16. Q. to Q. Kt. second 16. E. to Q. Kt. square
17. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 17. Kt. takes Q. P.
18. Q. takes Kt. 18. P. takes P.
19. Q. to Q. third 19. P. to Q. B. fifth
20. B. takes P. 20. P. takes B.
21. Q. takes Q. 21. Q. E. takes Q. (c)
22. P. to Q. E, third 22. P. to Q. E. fourth
23. B. to Q. second (d) 23. P. takes P.
24. B. takes P. 24. B. takes B.
25. P. takes B. 25. E. to Q. Kt. square
26. E. to Q. E. sixth 26. K. to B. second
27. E. to Q. B. sixth 27. K. E. to Q. B. square
28. P. to K. Kt. fourth 28. P. to K. Kt. third
29. Kt. to Q. second 29. E. takes P.
V
f

THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.


30. Kt. to K. fourth 30. P. to K. E. third
31. P. takes P. 31. B. takes P.
32. Kt. to Q. second (e) 32. K. to K. second
33. E. to K. B. fourth 33. P. to Q. B. sixth (/)
34. E. takes E. 34. P. takes Kt.
35. E. to Q. fourth 35. E. to Q. square
36. E. takes P. (check) 36. K. to K. square
And Black wins.
NOTES.
(a) Q. Kt. to Q. second is the best move.
(») Threatening Kt. to Q. B. sixth.
(c) It was, of course, preferable to take with K. R., but Black was for the moment
under the hallucination that his K. B. F. was doubly attacked.
(d) If- -- - ■ ■ - 23. B. to Q. B. fourth (check)
23. P. takes P.
24. K. to R. square 24. B. to Q. fifth
25. E. to Q. R. second 25. P. to Q. B. sixth
26. R. to Q. B. second 26. B. to Q. Kt. sixth
27. R. to K second 27. B, to Q. B. fifth, &c
(e) H-
32. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 32. P. takes Kt.
33. R. takes R. 33. P. takes P., and must win.
(/) A pretty termination.
Chess Record.

No. 118.
Another game in the Tournament.
(French Game.)
White. (Mr. Neill.) Black. (Mr. Davidson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
4. P. takes P. (a) 4. Q. takes P. (b)
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. to Q. third 6. Kt. to K. fifth
7. B. to Q. second 7. B. takes Kt.
8. P. takes B. 8. Castles
9. Castles 9. Kt. takes B.
10. Q. takes Kt. 10. Kt. to Q. B. third
THE 0HBB8 PLAYER8' CHRONICLE. 291
11. & E. to K. square 11. P. to K. B. third
12. B. to K. fourth 12. Q. to Q. third
13. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square 13. Kt. to Q. square
14. B. to Q. third 14. B. to Q. second
15. P. to Q. B. fourth 15. B. to Q. B. third
16. Kt. to K. E. fourth 16. Kt. to K. B. second
17. P. to Q. fifth (c) 17. P. takes P.
18. Kt. to K. B. fifth 18. Q. to Q. B, fourth
19. P. takes P. 19. B. to Q. second
20. E. takes P. 20. B. takes Kt.
21. B. takes B. 21. Q. E. to Q. square
22. B. to K. sixth 22. K. to E. square
23. K. E. to Q. Kt. square 23. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
24. Q. to K. second 24. Q. to Q. E. fourth
25. P. to K. E. fourth 25. Kt. takes B.
26. P. takes Kt. 26. K. E. to K. square
27. P. to K. seventh 27. R. to Q. B. square
28. Q. to K. sixth (d) 28. Q. to K. fourth
29. Q. takes E. 29. E. takes Q.
30. E. to Q. Kt. eighth 30. Q. to K. third (e)
31. R. takes E. (check) 31. Q. takes E.
32. R. to Q. square
And White wins.
NOTES.
(a) This is the line of attack now most in vogue,
(o) We much prefer P. takes P.
(c) All this is very good.
(d) This line of play, though it actually won, allowed Black a chance to draw. White
should have played—
28. R. to Q. Kt. eighth 28. R. takes R., or (1) (2)
29. R. takes R 29. Q. to Q. R. fifth
30. Q. to K. fourth 30. Q. to Q. second
31. R. takes R. (check) 31. Q. takes K.
32. Q. to Q. fifth, and wins.
a) 28. Q. to Q. R. fifth
29. R. takes R. 29. R. takes R.
30. R. to Q. square 30. R. to K. square
31. R. to Q. eighth 31. P. to K. Kt. third
32. Q. to Q. B. fourth 32. q. takes q.
33. R. takes R. (check) 83. K. to Kt. second
34. R. to Q. eighth, and wins.
292 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

28. Q. to K. B. fourth
29. F. to K. Kt. fourth 29. Q. to Q. second
30. R. to Q. square 80. Q. takes R.
31. Q. takes Q. 81. R, takes R.
32. Q. to Q. seventh 82. Q. R. to Q. B. square
33. V. to K. B. fourth
White, we believe, should win.
(e) R. to K. Kt. square would have given Black a drawn game.
Chess Record.

No. 119.
One of the ten blindfold Games played recently at Clifton.
(Sicilian Defence.)
White. (Mr. Blackburne.) Black. (Mr. N. Fedden.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth (a) 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. Kt. to Q. B. third (b)
4. Kt. takes P. 4. P. to K. third
5. B. to K. second (c) 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
7. P. to K. B. third (d) 7. P. to Q. E. third (e)
8. B. to K. third 8. P. to Q. fourth
9. Kt. takes Kt. 9. P. takes Kt.
10. P. to K. fifth 10. Kt. to Q. second
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. B. to Q. second 12. Castles
13. Castles 13. P. to K. B. third (/)
14. Kt. takes P. (g) 14. B. takes B.
15. Q. takes B. 15. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
16. Kt. takes P. (check) (h) 16. P. takes Kt.
17. Q. takes Q. 17. E. takes Q.
18. P. takes P. 18. K. to B. second
19. Q. B. to Q. square 19. B. to Q. Kt. second
20. P. to K. Kt. fourth 20. K. takes P.
21. P. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 21. K. to Kt. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 293
22. P. to Q. Kt. third 22. B. to K. fifth
23. P. to Q. B. fourth 23. E. to Q. fifth (k)
24. K. to B. second 24. Q. E. to Q. square
25. K. to K. third 25. B. to K. B. fourth
26. B. to K. B. third 26. P. to Q. E. fourth
27. P. to K. B. fourth 27. E. takes E.
28. E. takes E. 28. E. takes E.
29. B. takes E. (1) 29. Kfc to Q. B. square
And Black eventually won.
NOTES by E. Walker and W. WayTe.
(a) The strongest continuation is probably 2. Kt. to K. B. third, P. to K. third, 3. Kt.
to Q. K. third, reserving the advance of P. to Q. fourth till the fourth move,
(6) By S. P. to K. fourth, Black might maintain the Pawn, but at the cost of an
inferior position. His best play is undoubtedly 3. P. to K. third, and if 4. Kt. takes P.,
then 4. Kt. to K. B. third, gaining time by attacking the Pawn. *
(c) In this position 5. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth was for a long time thought to yield White an
almost decisive advantage ; but as a satisfactory answer to this move has now been
discovered, we are not surprised that Mr. Blackburne chese to develop quietly by the
move in the text. We give the latest analysis of the move 6. Kt. to Q. Kt, fifth, as we
have a remark to make on the result to which it leads :—
ft. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 6. P. to Q. R. third
6. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) 6. B. takes Kt.
7. Q. takes B. 7. Q, to K. second
8. Q. to K. Kt. third
These moves occurred in a match game between Messrs. Lowenthal and Morphy
(Morphtft Games, p. 99). Mr. Morphy here played 8. Kt. to K. B. third, and
ultimately lost the game. The correct move is—
8. P. to K. B. fourth
9. P. to K. fifth 9. Q. to Q. B. fourth
10. Q. takes P. 10. Q. takes K. P. (check)
11. Q. takes Q. 11. Kt. takes Q.
12. P, to Q. Kt. third 12. Kt. to K. B. third
13. B. to Q. Kt. second 13. P. to Q. third
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. Q. Kt. to Q. second
15. Kt. to Q. second
The ffandbnch here gives 15. R. to K. Kt. square for Black, and pronounces the game
equal : Mr. Wormald suggests 15. K. to B. second, and prefers Black's game. It appears
to us that in either case White's game is fully equal to Black's : in reply to 15. K. to
B. second we should continue 16. Kt. to Q. B. fourth, and if 16. K. to K, second 17. B. to
Q. R. third, or if 16. P. to Q. fourth, exchange the Kt. for the B., remaining with two
Bishops against two Knights,
(d) It is not often that this move has to be played so early in the game by the firtt
player. The attack seems to be already changing sides.
(«) A somewhat needless precaution now.
(/) The right move.
(g) A daring and brilliant conception, which but for one flaw in the combination
would have given White the better game.
(h) Now comes the pinch. The Knight cannot be moved so as to protect the Queen,
and is therefore lost. We are not sure, however, that 16. B. to K. B. third would not
have given White more in return for the sacrifice.
(*) Well played.
(Z) From this point it is merely a question of time.
294 THE OHEBS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

No. 120.
Played at Tingewick, June 2nd, 1875.
(FlANCHETTO.)
White. (Mr. Skipworth.) Black. (Mr. Coker.)
1. P. to Q. Kt. third (a) l. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. Kt. second 2. P. to K. B. "third
3. P. to K. third 3. P. to Q. B. fourth
4. B. to Q. third (b) 4. Kt. to K. E. third
5. P. to Q. B. fourth 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. P. to Q. E. third 6. P. to Q. third (c)
7. Kt. to Q. B. third 7. P. to Q. E. third (d)
8. K. Kt. to K. second 8. B. to K. third
9. Kt. to Q. fifth 9. B. takes Kt.
10. P. takes B. 10. Kt. to K. second
11. Kt. to K. Kt. third 11. Kt. takes P.
12. B. to K. fourth (e) 12. Kt. to K. second -
13. B. takes Q. Kt. P. 13. E. to Q. R. second
14. B. to K. B. third 14. P. to Q. fourth
15. E. to Q. B. square 15. P. to K. fifth
16. B. to K. E. fifth (check) 16. Kt. to K. Kt. third
17. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (/) 17. P. to Q. B. fifth
18. B. to Q. fourth 18. E. to Q. second
19. Q. to Q. E. fourth 19. Q. to Q. B. square
20. P. to K. B. fourth 20. B. to Q. third
21. P. to K. B. fifth (g) 21. B. takes Kt. (check) 5
22. P. takes B. 22. Castles
23. P. takes Kt. 23. Q. to Q. B. second
24. P. takes P. (check) 24. K. to E. square
25. E. to K. E. third 25. Q. E. to Q. square
26. B. to K. Kt. sixth 26. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
27. B. to Q. B. fifth 27. Kt. to K. fourth
28. B. takes E. 28. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 295
29. K. to B. square 29. Kt. takes E.
30. B. to Q. B. fifth 30. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth
31. Q. takes P. 31. Kt. takes P. (check)
32. K. to K. second 32. P. to Q. B. sixth
33. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth » 33. Q. takes Q.
34. B. takes Q. 34. E. to Q. E. square
35. B. to Q. E. fifth 35. E. to Q. B. square (h)
36. P. to Q. Kt. fifth (i) 36. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth
37. Q. B. takes P. 37. E. takes B.
38. P. to Q. Kt. sixth 38. E. to Q. B. square (k)
39. E. to K. E. fifth 39. P. to Q. fifth
40. P. to Q. Kt. seventh 40. P. to Q. sixth (check)
41. K. to B. second 41. E. to Q. Kt. square
42. E. to Q. Kt. fifth 42. Kt. to Q. seventh
43. E. to Q. B. fifth
And White wins.

NOTES by A. B. SKIPworTh.
(a) This opening is not altogether a popular one, though it frequently leads to a capital
game. It has one great advantage : there is very little book on the subject, and players
are almost immediately thrown on their own resources.
(6) Threatening Q. to K. R, fifth (check) : still I am not bum that it is a good move,
Very frequently the K. Kt. P. is played one square, and the Bishop placed at K. Kt.
second.
(c) P. to Q. fourth is very much more attacking, and would have given Black at least
as good a game as his opponent.
(d) This looks like lost time,—no fear of the Q, Kt. advancing, at all events for th
present.
(c) White has gained time here ; he regains the Pawn, and his Knight and King'
Bishop occupy better positions, while Black's pieces are almost in statu quo.
(f) Making an opening for the Queen, and for the Book if the Pawn is taken.
(g) White now wins a piece. Black makes a mistake in considering the combination-
he fancied this Pawn could not advance, intending—
21. B. takes Kt. (check)
22. P. takes B. 22. Kt. takes P.
23. B. takes Kt. (check) 23. P. takes B.
overlooking the open Rook's file.
(h) Though Black is minus a piece, he makes a good fight, and the end game is an
extremely interesting one.
(t) A very useful move, Black cannot now advance his Pawn ,
(k) There was nothing to be gained by giving check, the White King having an easy
escape on the Rook's file.
296 THE CHESS PLATERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 121.
This and the following Game were recently played by
correspondence.
(Buy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. W. T. Pierce.) Black. (Mr. W. Nash.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. Kt. third (a)
4. Castles 4. Q. toK. B. third (b)
5. Kt. to Q. B. third (c) 5. B. to Q. Kt. second
6. Kt. to Q. fifth (d) 6. Q. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. B. third (e) 7. Kt. to Q. square
8. Kt. takes K. P. (/) 8. P. to Q. B. third
9. P. to Q. fourth 9. P. takes B.
10. E. to K. square 10. B. takes Kt.
11. P. takes B. 11. B. to K. second
12. B. to K. B. fourth 12. Q. takes P.
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 13. Kt. to K. third
14. Kt. to K. third 14. Q. to K. fifth
15. B. to K. Kt. third 15. P. to Q. third (g)
16. Q. to Q. Kt. third 16. P. to Q. E. third
17. Kt. to Q. fifth 17. Q. to K. Kt. third (h)
18. B. takes Kt. 18. P. takes E.
19. Kt. to Q. B. seventh (ch.) 19. K. to Q. second
20. Kt. takes E. 20. K. to B. third
21. P. to Q. E. fourth 21. Q. to K. B. fourth (i)
22. P. takes P. (check) 22. Q. takes P.
23. Q. takes Q. (check) 23. P. takes Q.
24. E. to Q. E. seventh 24. B. to Q. square
25. P. to K. B. third (j) 25. Kt. to K. second
26. P. to Q. Kt. third 26. E. to K. Kt. square
27. B. to K. B. second 27. P. to Q. fourth (k)
28. B. to K. Kt. third 28. Kt. to K. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 297
29. B. to Q. B. seventh 29. P. to Q. Kt. fifth (0
30. P. takes P. 30. Kt. takes P.
31. B. takes B. 31. E. takes B.
32. Kt. to Q. B. seventh 32. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (m)
33. Kt. to Q. E. sixth 33. K. to Kt. third
34. E. takes P. («) 34. K. takes Kt,
35. E. takes P. 35. Kt. takes Q. Kt. P.
36. E. to Q. B. seventh 36. P. to K. fourth
37. E to Q. B. third 37. Kt. to Q. seventh
38. K. to B. second 38. P. to K. fifth (o)
39. K. to K. second 39. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
40. P. takes P. 40. P. takes P.
41. R to K. Kt. third 41. E. to Q. seventh (check)
42. K. to K. square 42. E. to Q. Kt. seventh
43. R to K. Kt. sixth (check) 43. K. to Kt. second
44. P. to K. E. fourth 44. E. takes Q. Kt. P.
45. R to K. sixth 45. E. to Q. Kt. eighth (ch.)
And White shortly resigned.
NOTES by J. WIsKer.
(a) This is a decided novelty in an opening which most people had long ago deemed
incapable of producing anything new. 3. P. to Q. Kt. third deserves to be thoroughly
tested in practice. Unfortunately a careful examination has not enabled me to discover
any primd facie evidence in its favour.
Mr. Nash's move allows the Queen's Bishop to be speedily and effectively developed ;
but this merit is more than counterbalanced by serious disadvantages. The Q. P. cannot
be easily advanced after P. to Q. Kt. third ; the Q. Kt. is weak ; the K. P. cannot be
readily defended ; the range of the K. B. is restricted, because he cannot be retreated to
Q. Kt. third ; and if the White K. B. be driven back, the second player loses a move.
(6) There appears to be no other way of defending the K. P. , a circumstance which in
itself is by no means reassuring. At his fourth move White might, with advantage, have
brought out his Q. Kt.. though castling is also good.
(c) P. to Q. fourth would be premature —
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. Kt. takes P.
6. Kt, takes Kt. 6. P. takes Kt.
7. P. to K. fifth 7. Q. to K. R. fifth
and Black will maintain the Pawn. White may, however, move 5. P. to Q. B. third, with
advantage—
5. P. to Q. B. third 6. B. to Q. Kt. second
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. P. takes P.
(This move is given in a variation by one of the players, but it is doubtful whether
even B. to Q. third would not be better.)
7. P. to K. fifth 7. Q. to K. Kt. third
8. 1'. takes P.
(Not B. to Q. third) 8. Castles
(Black cannot take the Q. P. with Knight, with the view of afterwards taking the
K. Kt., on account of impending mate at Q. seventh.)
298 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
9. P. to Q. fifth
And White has much the better game.
(d) The following variation was suggested by Mr. Potter, to shew that White cannot
advance the Q. P. at this point:—
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Kt. takes P.
7. Kt. takes Kt. 7. P. takes Kt.
8. P. to K. fifth 8. Q. to K. Kt. third
9. P. to K. Kt. third 9. Q. to K. B. fourth, &c.
(e) Though White could not advance his Q. P. on the previous move, he can now ; as
Black cannot capture either with Knight or Pawn, on account of B. to K. B. fourth.
P. to Q. third would have been better than the play in the text.
(/) This by no means makes the best of the position. 8. P. to Q. fourth was the
move. If—
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. to Q. B. third
9. P. takes P. 9. Q. to Q. Kt. square
10. B. to K. B. fourth If 10. P. takes Kt.
11. B. takes P. (checkl
And White will have three Pawns and a very fine position for the piece, or a Queen
and a good position against three minor pieces.
(g) Though Black has gained a piece for nothing his game is not an easy one, as he is
threatened with the immediate loss of his booty.
(A) 17. Q. to K. B. fourth would have been better play.
(i) See Note (g). Black has lost an important time. He still retains the advantage,
however, for the Knight at Q. R. eighth is not to be extricated.
0) If he had taken the Kt. P., Black would have shut out the Rook by Kt. to K. second.
(t) This prevents White's manoeuvre for releasing the Knight by P. to Q. fifth lie.
(/) This and the last move are well-played, and give Black a winning game.
(m) The effect of Black's clever combination is now clear. Not only are the White
Pawns broken up, but the Knight is as much a prisoner as ever.
(») There is no better course.
(o) Kt. to Q. B. fifth and P. to Q. fifth looks a more expeditious course.

No. 122.
(Ruy Lopez.)
White. (Mr. W. T. Piercr.) Block. (Mr. W. Nash.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 3. P. to Q. Kt. third (a)
4. Castles (b) 4. Q. to K. B. third
5. Kt. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. Kt. second
6. P. to Q. fourth (c) 6. Kt. takes P.
7. Kt. takes Kt. 7. P. takes Kt.
8. P. to K. fifth 8. Q. to K. Kt. third
9. P. to K. Kt. third 9. Castles (d)
10. Q. takes P. (e) 10. Q. to K. E. fourth (/)
THE 0HE8S PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 299
11. B. to K. second 11. Q. to K.E. sixth
12. Kt. to Q. fifth 12. B. to Q. B. fourth
13. Q. to Q. third 13. Q. to K. third
14. B. to K. B. third 14. P. to Q. third
15. Q. to K. fourth (g) 15. K. to Kt. square
16. Kt. takes Q. B. P. 16. Q. to Q. B. square (h)
17. Kt. to Q. E. sixth (check) 17. B. takes Kt.
18. Q. to Q. E. eighth (check) 18. K. to B. second
19. Q. takes P. (check) 19. B. to Q. Kt. second
20. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (i) 20. Q. to Q. Kt. square
21. Q. takes Q. (check) 21. K. takes Q.
22. P. takes B. 22. B. takes B.
23. B. P. takes Q. P. 23. E. to Q. B. square
24. E. to Q. Kt. square (k) 24. K. to Kt. second
25. B. to K. third 25. E. takes P. (I)
26. E. takes P. (check) 26. K. to B. square
27. K. E. to Q. Kt. square 27. K. to Q. second (m)
28. E. to Q. E. sixth 28. Kt. to K. E. third
29. E. to Q. E. seventh (check) 29. K. to K. third
30. E. to K. seventh (check) 30. K. to B. fourth
31. P. to Q. seventh (n) 31. B. to Q. B. third
32. E. to K. square (6) 32. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
33. B. to Q. Kt. sixth 33. K. to Kt. third
34. P. to K. sixth (p) 34. Kt. to K. fourth
35. E. to Q. square 35. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check)
36. K. to Kt. second 36. Kt.toK.Kt.fourth(dis.ch.)
37. K. to B. square 37. B. to K. B. sixth
38. E. to K. square 38. B. to K. Kt. fifth
39. K. to Kt. second (q) 39. B. to K. E. sixth (check)
40. K. to E. square 40. E. to Q. Kt. square
41. P. takes P. 41. B. to K. Kt. fifth
42. K. to Kt. second 42. B. to K. E. sixth (check)
43. K. to E. square 43. Kt. takes P. (r)
300 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE
44. E. takes Kt. 44. K. takes B.
45. P. queens 45. B. takes Q.
46. B. takes E 46. B. takes B. P. (s)
47. P. to Q. E. fourth 47. E. to Q. seventh
48. B. to Q. Kt. sixth 48. B. to Q. second
49. P. to Q. E. fifth 49. B. to Q. B. third (check)
50. K. to Kt. square 50. E. toK. Kt. seventh (check)
51. K. to B. square 51. E. takes E. P.
52. B. to Q. B. square 52. B.' to Q. Kt. fourth (check)
53. K. to Kt. square 53. E. to Q. seventh
54. B. to K. B. second 54. B. to K. seventh (t)
55. E. to Q. B. seventh (check) 55. K. to Kt. third
56. P. to Q. E sixth 56. P. to K. E. third
57. B. to K. square 57. E. to Q. square (u)
58. B. to Q. B. third 58. E. to K. Kt. square
59. K. to B. second 59. B. to Q. sixth
60. K. to B. third 60. K. to E. fourth
61. P. to Q. E seventh 61. P. to K. Kt. fourth
62. P. to K. Kt. fourth (check) 62. K. to E. fifth (»)
63. E. to Q. B. sixth 63. P. to K. E. fourth
64. E to K. E. sixth 64. E. to K. B. square (check)
65. B. to K. B. sixth 65. B. to K. Kt. third
66. B. takes B. 66. P. takes P. (check)
67. K. to Kt. second 67. K. to E. fourth
68. B. takes P. (check) 68. K. to E. third
69. B. to K . Kt. seventh (check)
And Black resigns.
NOTES by J. WIsker.
(a) See notes upon another game between these players.
(6) 4. P. to Q. B. third or 4. Kt. to Q. B. third may be played with advantage.
(c) Very ill-advised. 6. Kt. to Q. fifth, and then P. to Q. fourth, were the proper
course. The quiet move of P. to Q. third might also he played.
(d) He could not take the Knight on account of checkmate.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 301
(e) White's play in the opening, though ingenious, has not been marked by sound
judgment. The one merit of 3. P. to Q. Kt. third for the defence is that it affords an
excellent position for the Q. B., which piece, co-operating with the Queen on K. Kt. third,
may prove very formidable indeed. The policy of the first player is to block up this
Bishop at any cost. In this game, however, White allows the hostile Q. B., and indeed
both Bishops, to enjoy all the range their commander could desire.
(/) Feeble, as it merely brings the White Bishop from a bad position to a good one.
10. B. to Q. B. fourth and 11. P. to K. R. fourth appear stronger. Black may then, if
attacked by the K. B., offer the exchange of Queens at K. Kt. fifth, relying upon the
open file for his Rook.
(g) A very fine move : White is now out of danger.
(h) Taking the Queen would have left White with two Bishops and a very fine position.
(t) Very good again : if the Pawn be taken, B. to K. third and R. to Q. Kt, square in
reply give White an irresistible position.
(*) White's position and Pawns are a full equivalent for the piece.
(/) 25. R, to Q. B. third would* have been worse than useless on account of It. to
Q. Kt. second, &c.
(m) Taking the Rook's Pawn would have lost the game at once :—
27 R takes P
28. R. to Q. B. square (check) 28. K. to Q. second
(If 28. K. to Q. square White checks at K. Kt. fifth, and if the Pawn interposes moves
P. to K. sixth.)
29. R. to Q. B. seventh (check) 29. K. to K. third
30. P. to Q. seventh (dis. check) 30. K. to K. second (best)
SI. B. to Q. B. fifth (check) 31. K. to Q. square
32. R. to Q. Kt. eighth (check) 82. K. takes R.
33. P. queens and mates next move.
(n) Suppose:—
31. B. takes Kt. 31. P. takes B.
32. R. takes P. (check) 32. K. to K. fifth
33. R. to K. B. fourth (check) 33. K. takes P.
34. R. takes B. 34. K. takes P.
35. P. to Q. E. third
Winning without difficulty.
(o) The best play ; for if Black now capture the Q. R. P. White takes the Knight and
then the P.
(p) The end game is exceedingly interesting. If White now queen the Pawn, Black,
after taking the Queen, would win by R. takes K. B. P,
(q) Still he cannot queen the Pawn on account of B. to K. R. sixth (check), Kt. to K.
B, sixth (check), followed by R. takes B. P., after the capture of the Queen.
(r) The best move, for if B. to K. Kt. fifth the answer is P. to K. R. fourth, and White
maintains the advantage throughout a number of complicated variations.
(i) Ruinous ; by taking the Eook's Pawn he must have brought this well-fought game
to an equal conclusion.
(0 I believe R. to Q. R. seventh would have drawn. The Black Bishop moves to
and fro if attacked, and the Pawns on the King's side are advanced when opportunity
occurs. Suppose :—
54. R. to Q. R. seventh
65. R. to Q. B. seventh (check) 55. K. to Kt. third
56. B. to Q. fourth 56. R. takes P.
57. R. takes P. (check) 57. K. to R. third
And White has gained nothing.
(«) Suppose :—
67. R. to Q. R. seventh
58. F. to Q. R. seventh 58. P. to K. R. fourth
59. B, to Q. B. third 69. B. to K, B. sixth
60. R. takes P. (check) 60. K. to B. fourth
How can White win the game ?
(o) There is no escape from this position,
302 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
No. 123.
Played by Correspondence.
(Eemove Black's K. B. P.)
White. (Mr. Lacey.) Black. (Mr. Bourn.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. Kt. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. B. to K. Kt. second
3. Kt. to K. B. third (a) 3. P. to Q. Kt. third (b)
4. B. to Q. third 4. B. to Q. Kt. second
5. Castles 5. P? to K. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to K. second
7. P. to K. fifth (c) 7. Castles
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth (d) 8. B. takes Kt.
9. P. takes B. 9. Q. to K. square
10. B. takes Kt. (e) 10. Q. takes B.
11. Kt. to Q. second 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. K. to E. square 12. Q. to K. E. fifth (/)
13. Q. to K. square 13. B. to K. E. third
14. E. to K. Kt. square 14. B. takes Kt.
15. Q. takes B. 15. E. takes P.
16. Q. E. to K. B. square 16. Kt. to Q. second
17. B. takes P. 17. P. takes B.
18. E. takes P. (check) 18. K. to B. second
19. E. to K. E. sixth 19. Q. to K. fifth
20. E. to K. square
And Black announced Mate in five moves (g).
NOTES by J. Wi9Ker.
(a) White should boldly move P. to K. B. fourth and occupy the centre. This course
is not always open to the receiver of the odds of the Pawn and move, but it is when the
Pianchetto Defence is adopted.
(6) The double Pianchetto is not a good defence, either at the Pawn and move or Pawn
and two moves. It affords the first player too much scope for operations in the centre.
(c) Very ill-advised, as it leaves the entire diagonal open to the formidable Black Q. B.
White should not have advanced his K. P. until Black moved P. to Q. fourth,
(d) Worse still : the doubling of the Pawns on the K. B. file is almost a conclusive
disadvantage. 8. Kt. to K. square, followed by P. to K. B. fourth, was the proper play.
(e) This exchange by no means improves White's position.
(/) Black has now the better game.
(?) Beginning with R. to K. sixth (dis. ch.).
THE 0HE8S PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 303

No. 124.

Mr. Thorold gives the odds of the King's Knight.

White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. (Mr. .)


1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. b. to Q. third (a) 3. B. to Q. B. fourth (b)
4. Castles ^ 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to K. B. fourth * 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. P. to Q. P. third 6. P. to Q. E. third (c)
7. Kt. to Q. second 7. B. to Q. second
8. Kt. to K. B. third 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth
9. P. to K. E. third 9. B. to K. E. fourth (d)
10. P. to K. Kt. fourth 10. Q. to Q. second
11. P. to K. B. fifth 11. B. to K. Kt. third
12. P. takes B. 12. E. P. takes P.
13. K. to Kt. second 13. Kt. to K. B. third
14. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 14. Castles' (Q. E.)
15. B. to K. B. fourth 15. E. to K. E. fifth
16. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 16. B. to Q. E. second
17. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 17. P. takes P.
18. B. takes P. 18. Kt. takes K. Kt. P. (e)
19. B. takes Kt. 19. P. takes B. (/)
20. Q. to Q. third 20. P. to K. B. third
21. Q. to Q. E. sixth (check) 21. K. to Kt. square
22. Q. E. to Q. Kt. square (ch.) 22. B. to K. Kt. third
23. E. takes B. (check) 23. P. takes E.
24. Q. takes P. (check) 24. K. to B. square
25. Kt. to K. sixth (g) 25. E. to K. E. fourth
26. Q. to Q. E. sixth (check)

And White wins.


304 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) This opening is often very effective at the odds of the K, Kt., when the weaker
player does not understand the proper mode of meeting it.
(6) Exactly what White wanted, of course. As the odds-giver will never remove the
advanced Black Q. B. from its present position, the Bishop remains blocked up, and
practically useless. The proper move at this point is 3. P. to Q. fourth. White's only
answer, in order to secure a chance of attack, is 4. P. to K. fifth. Black then moves
4. P. to Q. B. fourth, compelling White to lose time in order to prevent P. to Q. B. fifth.
The odds-receiver thus gets a good position, in addition to his superiority in material.
(c) "Base imitation," meeting with a suitable reward. White's move of P. to Q.R.third
was of course necessary in order to prevent the very objectionable exchange of his K. B.
for the Black Q. Kt, : Black's advance of the same Pawn is not required for any purpose.
(d) These moves with the Bishop are plainly ruinous. The game, indeed, is only note
worthy for Mr. Thorold's neat termination.
(e) Good in appearance, but not in reality.
(/) A final error, heshould have retaken with Queen, ind have advanced P. to K.B. third
in case his Knight were taken. This course would have left him with a piece behind,
but with seven Pawns against three, and a good game.
(gr) Conclusive, if this Knight be taken mate follows immediately; if the Q. R. be
moved away, the reply of R. to Q. Kt. square is decisive. Mr. Thorold excels at this
species of odds.
No. 125.
Played at Tingewick, June 4th, 1875.
(Two Knights' Opening.)
White. (Eev. J. H. Ellis.) Black. (Eev. J. Cokeb.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. 'to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third (a) 3. B. to Q. B. fourth (b)
4. B. to Q. B. fourth (c) 4. P. to Q. third
5. P. to K. E. third 5. B. to K. third
6. B. takes B. 6. P. takes B.
7. P. to Q. third 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth 8. Castles
9. Q. to Q. second 9. P. to Q. fourth
10. Castles (Q. E,) 10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
11. P. to Q. E. third 11. B. to Q. B. fourth
12. K. E. to K. square 12. P. to Q. fifth
13. Kt. to Q. Kt. square 13. P. to Q. E. fourth (d)
14. P. to Q. B. third 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
15. P. takes P. 15. Kt. takes Q. P.
16. Kt. takes Kt. | 16. B. takes Kt.
THE CHESS pLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 305

17. P. to K. B. fourth 17. P. to Q. B. fourth (e)


18. Kt. to Q. B. third 18. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
19. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 19. Q. to Q. Kt. third
20. P. to Q. E. fourth 20. Kt. to Q. second
21. E. to K. B. square 21. P. to Q. B. fifth
22. Kt. takes B. 22. P. to Q. B. sixth
23. P. takes Q. B. P. 23. Q. Kt. P. takes P.
24. Q. to Q. E. second 24. P. takes Kt. (/)
25. P. to K. B. fifth 25. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
26. B. to K. seventh 26. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (ch.) fa)
27. K. to B. second 27. E. to K. B. second
28. B. to Q. E. third 28. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
29. E. to Q. Kt. square 29. Q. to Q. B. third
30. B. takes Kt. 30. Q. takes B.
31. Q. takes P. 31. Q. to Q. E. sixth
32. Q. to Q. B. fourth 32. Q. to Q. third
33. E. to. Q. Kt. fifth 33. Q. to K. Kt. sixth
34. Q. takes Q. P. 34. Q. takes Kt. P. (check)
35. E. to K. B. second 35. Q. takes E. P.
36. Q. to Q. fifth 36. Q. E. to K. B. square
37. P. to K. fifth 37. Q. to K. sixth
38. E. to K. Kt. second 38. K. to E. square
39. Q. takes E.
And White wins.
NOTES by J. LoWenThal.
(a) This is considered White's best move.
(b) P. to K. Kt. third is now generally preferred.
(c) 4. Kt. takes P. is the correct move.
Suppose—
4. Kt. takes P. 4. Kt. takes Kt. (best)
If 4. B. takes P. (check)
5. K. takes B. 5. Kt. takes Kt.
6. P. to Q. fourth 6. Q. to K. B. third (check)
7. K. to K. square, with a good game.
5. P. to Q. fourth, with a good game.
(d) Losing time.
(e) R. to Q. R. third would have been much better play.
306 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(/) Taking Kt. with Q. would have given Black an excellent game, e.g.:—
24. Q. takes Kt.
25. Q. takes P. (check)
(If 25. R. to K. B. second 25. Q. to K. sixth (check)
26. K. to Kt. square (best) 26. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square (check)
27. K. to R. square (best) 27. Kt. to Q. B. fourth, and wins.)
25. K. to R. square
26. Q. to Q. R. second, we see no better move,
for if 26. Q. to Q. B. fourth 26. Q. to K. sixth (check) wins.
or if 26. B. to K. seventh 26. Q. takes R. P. wins.
and lastly if 26. P. to K. B. fifth 26. Q. takes R. P. and White
has no resource.
26. Q. to K. sixth (check)
27. K. to Kt. square (best)
If 27. K. to B. second 27. Q. to K. seventh (check)
28. K. to Kt. square 28. P. to Q. B. seventh (check) and
wins.
27. Q. R. to Q. Kt. square (check)
28. K. to R. square 28. Kt. to Q. B. fourth, and wins.
(g) Black missed here a favourable opportunity of at least drawing the game, e.g.:-
26. P. to Q. B. seventh
27. K. takes P. (best)
if 27. Q. takes P. 27. K. R. to Q. B. square, wins.
or if 27. Q. R. to K. square 28. Kt. takes P. (check), wins.
or again if 27. B. takes Kt. 27. P. takes R. queening (check)
and wins.
and lastly if 27. R. to Q. second 27. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (check)
28. K. takes P. 28. K. R. to Q. B. square (check)
and wins.
27. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth
28. B. takes R. (best)
if 28. R. to Q. Kt. square 28. K. R. to Q. B. square (check)
29. K. to Q. square 29. R. to Q. B. sixth
80. K. to K. second 30. Q. R. to Q. B. square, good game:
or if 28. Q. to Q. Kt. second 28. K. R. to Q. B. square (check)
29. K. to Kt. square 26 . Q. R. to Q. Kt. square, and wim.
28. R. to Q. B. square (check)
29. K. to Kt. square .29. Kt. to Q. seventh (double check)
30. K. to R. square 30. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (check), and
draws by perpetual check.
Another game, won by Mr. Coker, will appear in a future number.

No. 126.
Played in the recent Match.
(Queen's Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Minchin.) Black. (Mr. Thorold.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. P. to K. third 3. P. to K. fourth
4. B. takes P. 4. P. takes P.
5. P. takes P. 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Kt. to K. second 6. B. to Q. third
7. B. to K. Kt. fifth 7. Castles
8. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. B. to K. B. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 307
9. Kt. to Q. fifth 9. Q. Kt. to Q. second
10. Kt. to K. third 10. B. to K. Kt. third
11. Castles 11. E. to K. square
12. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth (a) 12. B. to K. E. fourth
13. P. to K. B. third 13. P. to Q. B. third
14. Q. to Q. Kt. third 14. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
15. B. to Q. third 15. Q. to Q. B. second
16. P. to K. E. third 16. E. to K. third
17. Q. E. to Q. B. square 17. Q. E. to K. square
18. K. E. to K. square 18. B. takes Kt.
19. E. P. takes B. 19. P. to Q. E. fourth
20. B. takes Kt. P. (b) 20. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
21. B. to Q. B. fourth 21. K. E. to K. second
22. B. to K. B. fourth 22. Q. to Q. E. second
23. K. E. to Q. square 23. E. takes Kt.
24. B. takes P. (check) 24. K. to E. squaro
25. B. takes E. 25. Kt. to Q. fourth
26. B. to K. Kt. fifth 26. E. takes B.
27. E. takes P. 27. Q. Kt. to K. B. third
28. P. to Q. E. third 28. B. to K. B. square
29. K. to E. square 29. Q. to Q. second
30. Q. to Q. B. fourth 30. Kt. to K. sixth
31. B. takes K. Kt. 31. E. takes B.
32. E. to Q. B. seventh (c) 32. Q. to K. square
33. E. to Q. B. eighth 33. Q. to K. second (d)
34. E. to K. B. square 34. Kt. to K. square
35. Q. to Q. B. square 35. Q. to K. E. fifth (check)
36. K. to Kt. square 36. B. to Q. third
37. P. to K. B. fourth 37. E. to K. seventh
38. Q. to Q. B. sixth (e) 38. Q. to K. second
39. E. takes Kt. (check) 39. Q. takes E.'
40. Q. takes B. 40. E. takes Q. Kt. P.
41. Q. to K. fifth 41. Q. to Q. B. third
308 THE CHESS PLAYEES' CHRONICLE.
42. E, to K. B. second 42. E. to Q. Kt. fourth
43. P. to Q. fifth (/) 43. Q. to Q. second
44. E. to Q. second (g) 44. P. to K. E. third
45. Q. to K. sixth 45. E. to Q. Kt. eighth (check)
46. K. to E. second 46. Q. to Q. square _
47. P. to K. Kt. third
And "White won.
NOTES by J. I. MinChin and A. B. SKIPworth.
(a) This move in no way furthers White's game, and possibly Black's reply may have
been overlooked. Q. to Q. Kt. third bringing the Queen's Rook afterwards into play,
would have been much better style.
(6) Very well played, gaining three Pawns and a Rook for two pieces.
(c) All this part of the game is very well played by White.
(d) Threatening a draw by R. to K. eighth (check), &c.
(e) The winning move—good alike for defence and attack.
(/) Black would be mated if he captured this Pawn.
(g) R. to K. second was perhaps more decisive. Suppose—
44. R. to K. second If 44. Q. takes Q. P.
46. Q. to K. eighth (check), winning the Rook.
If 44. R. takes P.
45. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth (check) 45. Q. to Q. square
46, R. to K. eighth (check) mating next move.
No. 127.
Another game in the Match.
(Scotch GambitJ
White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. Mr. Minchin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Kt. takes P. 4. B. to Q. B. fourth
5. B. to K. third 5. Q. to K. B. third
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. K. Kt. to K. second
7. P. to K. B. fourth 7. P. to Q. third (a)
8. B. to K. second 8. B. to Q. second
9. Castles 9. P. to K. E. fourth (b)
10. Kt. to Q. E. third 10. P. to Q. E. third
11. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 11. B. to Q. B. second
12. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 12. Kt. takes Kt.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
13. P. takes Kt. 13. P. takes P.
14. Kt. takes P. 14. B. takes Kt.
15. B. takes B. (check) 15. P. to Q. B. third
16. B. to Q. B. fourth 16. P. to Q. fourth
17. P. to K. fifth 17. Q. to K. third
18. B. to K. second 18. Kt. to K. B. fourth
19. B. to K. B. second 19. *P. to K. Kt. third
20. B. to Q. Kt. square 20. Q. to K. second
21. Q. to Q. third 21. Castles (K. E.)
22. B. takes P. 22. Kt. takes P.
23. B. takes Kt. 23. B. takes B. (check)
24. Q. takes B. 24. P. takes B.
25. E. to Q Kt. third 25. E. takes P. (c)
26. E. to K. Kt. third (check) 26. K. to E. second
27. P. to K. B. fifth (d) 27. E. to K. Kt. square
28. P. to K. B. sixth 28. Q. to K. B. square
29. Q. to Q. third (check) 29. K. to E. square
30. Q. to K. third 30. E. takes E.
31. P. takes E. 31. E. to Q. E. sixth
32. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 32. Q. to K. Kt. square
33. Q. takes P. (check) 33. Q. to K. E second
34. Q. to K. Kt. fourth 34. E. to Q. E. square
35. E. to K. B. fifth 35. E. to Q. E. eighth (check)
36. K. to B. second 36. E. to Q. E. seventh (check)
37. K. to B. third 37. E. to Q. E sixth (check)
38. K. to K. second 38. B. to Q. E. seventh (check)
39. K. to Q. third 39. E. to Q. E. fifth '
40. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 40. E. to K. fifth
41. K. to Q. second 41. P. to Q. B. fourth
42. E to K. B. fourth 42. E. takes E.
43. P. takes E. 43. Q. to K. Kt. third
44. Q. takes Q. 44. P. takes Q.
45. P. to K. sixth (e) 45. K. to Kt. square
310 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE,
46. P. to K. Kt. fourth 46. K. to B. square
47. P. to K. Kt. fifth 47. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
48. P. to K. B. fifth
And White wins.
NOTES by W. WayTe.
(a) This, I think, is scarcely so good as 7. Q. to K. Kt. third.
(6) A move just played in similar positions by Professor Anderssen. If Black castled
instead, White might commence a vigorous attack by P. to K. Kt. fourth.
(c) An oversight, though White does not take advantage of it.
(d) Q. to Q. square, threatening mate and also to win the Rook, would have decided the
game at once. If then K, to R. third, R. to K. Kt. fifth is the finishing stroke.
(e) The final advance of these Pawns is very ably managed.
THE COUNTIES' CHESS ASSOCIATION.
The Society's Annual Meeting, held at Glasgow during the first week of the present
month, was a great success. Messrs. Bird, Blackburae, Macdonnell, Steinitz, and
Zukertort, from London, and most of the chief players from the provinces—English
and Scotch— who are in active play, excepting Mr. Thorold of Bath, whose absence
was greatly regretted, were present on the occasion. The first prize in the chief
tourney was carried off by Mr. Fisher. His victory, as the Glasgow Herald justly
remarks, is in the highest degree creditable to him. He won every game he played
in the Cup Tourney with the exception of one, which was drawn by the Rev. W. Wayte.
His play throughout the week was of a high order—steady and very correct. Mr. Burn,
who was also beaten by Mr. Jenkins, took the second prize. Mr. Jenkins was third,
and Messrs. Archdall and Minchin were equal, fourth. Messrs. Ranken, Skipworth,
and Wayte, who are the older standards, only appear in the back ground, along with
Mr. Coker, who is a very strong player, and has, we believe, increased in strength
of late. The first class of this year is perhaps the strongest that has yet presented
itself. Major Martin, not being well, had to resign several of his games. Our Scotch
friends, though not the very foremost in the fray, proved themselves to be formidable
antagonists, for they won the prize (£10) liberally offered by the Glasgow Club to
be competed for in a match—English Provincial Amateurs v. Scotland. It was a subject
of general regret that Mr. Fraser did not arrive in time to play in the chief tourney. We
append the result of the various competitions.
Class I.
Challenge Cup Tourney.
No. 1—Rev. Hewan Archdall, Newcastle.
No. 2—Mr. Andrews, Glasgow.
No. S—Mr. A. Burn, Liverpool.
No. 4—Rev. J. Coker, Buckingham.
No. 5—Mr. B. W. Fisher, Cheltenham.
No,
No. 6—Mr.
7•.Mr. J.J. Jenkins,
Minchin, Helensburgh.
Clifton,
No. 8—Major Martin, London.
No. 9—Rev. C. E. Ranken, Malvern.
No. 10—Sheriff Spens, Hamilton.
No. 11—Rev. A. B. Skipworth, Horncastle.*
No. 12—Rev. W. Wayte, Eton.
* We regret to hear that Mr. Skipworth is not likely again to take the field at any
of these meetings. Both last year and this he was unable to bear the fatigue, and broke
down before the end of the week. His absence will be a felt want, for hitherto he has
been to a great extent the life of the Association.—Glasgow Herald.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 311

No. I 2 1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Total
wins.
No. 1 1 0 i 0 1 1 1 i 4 4 0 6
No. 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 4 44
No. 8 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 9
No. 4 J 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 0 1 4
No. 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 104 ,
No. 6 0 I 1 1 o 0 1 1 1 1 1 g
No. 7 0 0 o 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 o 6
No. 8 0 0 0 o o 0 0 0 0 o 2 4
No 9 i 0 0 o 0 » I .. 1 i 4 44
No. 10 4 0 4 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2
No. 11 4 0 0 l 0 0 0 1 1 1 4 *4
No. 12 1 4 0 0 4 0 1 4 i 1 4 H

A lost game is represented above by 0, a drawn game by J,


Score.
1st Prize . . B. W. Fisher 10J games.
2nd „ . . A. Burn 9 „
3rd „ . J. Jenkins 8 „
4th ,, H. Arohdall ) c
J. Minchen j 6
Class II.
1st Prize . . J. Allaire 5
2nd „ . . Mc Arthur 4J
C. Macfle
P. Marshall
W. Newham r;
A. K. Murray „
J. Birch 2
J. Halford resigned after two games.
Class III.
1st Prize . A. Berwick 44 games.
2nd „ . . T. Brash 4 „
J. Crum ,.
J. Gilchrist 3 „
N. Kennedy 2 „
J. Bash 2 „
J. Stcigman 0 „
312 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
English Provincial Amatuebs v. Scotland.
England. Scotland.
Mr. A. Burn, Liverpool, lost to Mr. G. B. Fraser, Dundee.
Rev. C. E. Ranken, Malvern, won from Sheriff Spens, Hamilton.
Rev. W. Wayte, Eton, drew with Mr. C. Meikle, Edinburgh,
Rev. A. B, Skipworth lost to Mr. Andrews, Glasgow.
Rev. H. Archdall, won from Mr. R. S. Moffat, Glasgow.
Mr. J. Halford, Birmingham, lost to Mr. J. Jenkins, H'nsburgh.
Rev. J. Coker, lost to Mr. W. Tait, Glasgow.
Major Martin, lost to Mr. W. N. Walker, Dundee.
Mr. B. W. Fisher, won from Mr. A. K. Murray, Glasgow.
Mr. Minchin, won from Sheriff Spens.*
Scotland 5
England 4
Majority for Scotland . . 1
* Mr. Spens took the place of Mr. Grant, absent through illness.
The Handicap.
Sixteen players entered, and they were handicapped in four classes as follows :—First
Class, Messrs. Bird, Blackburne, Burn, Macdonnell. Second Class (receiving from the
first Class the Pawn in exchange for the first move), Messrs. Archdall, Martin, Minchin,
Ranken, Wayte. Third Class (receiving from the first Pawn and move, and from the
second Pawn without the move), Messrs. Coker, Fisher, Murray, and Spens. Fourth
Class (receiving Pawn and two moves from the first Class, &c), Messrs. Allaire, Berwick,
Sleeyman. We have not full particulars of this Tourney, as we write from memory.
Blackburne won from Bird in the first round. Burn won from Macdonnell ; and, strange
to say, Fisher, the winner of the Society's chief prize, placed in Class III., and receiving
odds, lost to Mr, Minchin. The final winners were Archdall, Blackburne, Burn, Ranken.
Ranken receiving Pawn in exchange for the move, lost to Blackburne ; and Archdall,
reciving the same odds, lost to Burn,
Blackburne and Burn receive and divide 1st and 2nd prizes.
Archdall and Eanken „ „ . M 2nd „ 3rd „
There was the usual Luncheon on the Friday, when the visitors were sumptuously
entertained at the expense of the Glasgow Club, Sheriff Spens occupying the chair. The
usual toasts were given, and then followed two capital Scotch Songs (a new feature by
the bye) by Mr. Marshall, and a German Song by Mr. Steinitz.
Too much praise cannot be given to Mr. Murray for his patient zeal in all matters
in connection with this most successful Congress. We believe, though we have not been
behind the scenes, that he was ably assisted by Sheriff Spens, and we are sure that the
members of the Glasgow Club have, one and all, given their aid with a most liberal hand.
We should gladly have seen those two gentlemen doing more justice to their play, but
Chess playing and Chess business do not, as a rule, go well together. Sheriff Spens
is the holder of the West of Scotland Challenge Cup.
Messrs. Steinitz and Zukertort played against each other one game blindfold, which,
after a struggle of five hours, was given up as drawn.
Mr. Steinitz afterwards played five games blindfold, and won all his games in about an
hour and a half. Mr. Zukertoit also played over the board thirteen simultaneous games,
winning twelve and drawing one. On the Friday there was a very interesting consultation
game between Messrs. Burn, Steinitz, and Zukertort on one side, and Messrs. Bird,
Blackburne, and Macdonnell on the other. The former party gained the first move, and
the game, after several hours* work, was decided in their favour. The prize was eight
guineas, liberally offered by the Glasgow Club. A time limit of fifteen moves to the hour
was observed.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 313
In conclusion, on behalf of the Chess world, and especially on behalf of all Chess players
who were present, we beg to tender our best thanks to our Scotch friends for having
brought about so successful a Meeting.
Below is a list of the winners of the Society's first prize, from the commencement.
Winners from 1865 to 1875.
1865—Rev. A. B. Skipworth, 1870—Mr. E. Thorold.
1866—Mr. C. De Vere. 1871—Rev. A, B. Skipworth.
1867—Mr. W. Werner. 1872—Rev. 0. E. Ranken.
1868—Mr. E. Thorold. 1873—Mr. A. Burn.
1869—Rev. A. B. Skipworth. 1874—Mr. A. Burn.
1876—Mr. B. W. Fisher.
We must not omit to mention that the members of the Executive Committee, and
several other visitors, were hospitably entertained during the week at the Washington
Hotel, in Sauchiehall Street, at the expense of the Glasgow Club.

The LaTe Samuel Newham, EsQ. J.P ., was the only son of Samuel Newham Esq. ,
of Walford, Notts, and boru June 24th, 1796. He was one of the strongest chess players
in the provinces. He founded, and was President of the Nottingham Chess Club, whose
members, in 1837, presented him with a handsome piece of plate as a mark of esteem.
In 1851, Mr. Newham entered the lists in the International Tourament, but was defeated
in the first round by the celebrated Mr. Szen. As a player he was cautious and sound,
and was well versed in the theory of the game. Some good specimens of his play may
be seen in BelVs Life, the old Chess Player's Chronicle, and in Walker's Chess Studies. His
zeal and enthusiasm did much for the advancement of chess, and we ourselves can bear
testimony to his liberal hospitality. In early life he was a good billiard player, always
a skilful whist player, and a patron of most of the popular games of the day. He had
for some time been confined to his house on account of failing health, and he died on the
24th of March, 1875.
The UniversiTies of Oxford and Cambridge v. London.—Though the arrange
ments for this match have fallen through for the present, we have every reason to believe
that the contest will come off in London during the winter, especially as we are assured
that Messrs. Bird, Blackburne, Boden, Macdonnell, Wisker, &c, are all ready to take their
part in the London team, and that there will be no difficulty in bringing together a
Varsity twenty or more according to the number decided on. We shall gladly continue
to do all we can to forward the match. Such a gathering, as is proposed, would be one
of the most interesting in the annals of chess.
Hull.—We are glad to find that new Clubs are being established here. In addition to
the old Club, which trained and sent out some of our finest English players—we are
thinking particularly of Mr. Boden, and Mr. Wisker—there is now a Club at the Church
Institute in Albion Street, and a " Young Peoples' Institute " Club in another part of the
town.
Hull v. Grimsby.—Very recently a friendly match was played between the Members
of the Church Institute Club and a team from Grimsby, six playing on each side. The
Grimsby people have only recently taken up the game, but they are able to muster a
promising team, and they will probably ere long be a formidable party. The match
between the Clubs ended in a draw, each side scoring six games. It is only fair to
mention that the Grimsby people were assisted on the occasion by Mr. Skipworth. A
return match is to be played at Grimsby on Saturday, September the 4th, when probably
twelve instead of six will play on each side.
ERRATUM.
Page 274, after Black's 39th move, read—" Black mates next move,"
314 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM LXIII.
By G. E. Carpenter.
BLACK.
up ■

i
i

*

■ JL
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

PROBLEM LXIV.
By S. Leow.
BLACK.

i w ■
BP
i Sib. .,.™^-J!B, nn
1

k 2jj

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 315

PEOBLEM LXV.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

ChESS at ClifTon.—A friendly match between Messrs. Minchin and Thorold has
recently been concluded, the final score being, Thorold 15, Minchin 11, with 4 draws.
The play on neither side was of a very good kind. Another contest, of 11 games up,
has been commenced between the same antagonists.
Halifax Chess Club.—A Handicap Match played by twelve members of the above
Club was commenced in November last year, and has just been completed. The games
were mostly well contested, the result being as follows
OAmeS WOK. drAWK. LOST.
1. Mr. E. J. Walker (Class 3) 9 0 2
2. Mr. Francis (Class 1) 8 0 3
3. Mr. Field (Class 3) 7 1 3
316 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXVI.
" The Infanta,"
By the late Rev. H. Bolton.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to mate in three moves.

ENIGMA L
By G. E. Carpenter.
White.—K. at Q. B. eighth, Q. at Q. Kt. fourth, Rs. at K. Kt. second, and Q. Kt. eighth,
Bs. at K. R. fourth, and Q. R. eighth, Kte. at Q. fifth, and Q. R. second.
Black.—K. at Q. sixth, Ps. at K. sixth and seventh, K. R. fourth.
White to play and mate in two moves.
II.
By S. Loyd.
White.—K. at K. sixth, Ps. at K. B. fourth and seventh, K. R. seventh.
Black.—K. at K. Kt. second.
White to play and mate in three moves.
III.
By th6 late Rev. H. BolTon.
White.—K. at K. R. second, Q. at K. R. seventh, B. at K. Kt. eighth, P. at Q. R. seventh.
Black.—K. at Q. R. square, Q. at K. B. third, R. at K. R. third, P. at K. R. sixth.
White to play and mate in three moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE 317

PEOBLEM LXVII.
By S.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

ENIGMA IV.
By J. STonehouse.
White.—K. at K. Kt. eighth, Q. at Q. It. eighth, Es. at K. Kt. square, and Q. Kt. fifth,
Bs. at K. R. seventh, and Q. B. seventh, Kts. at K. second, and at K. Kt. seventh,
P. at Q. B. third,
Black —K. at K. fourth, Rs. at K. B. fourth, and K. R. fourth, B. at Q. B. fourth, Kts.
at K. fifth, and Q. B. fifth, Ps. at K. second and sixth, K. B. third, Q. third.
White to play and mate in three moves,
V.
By Q. E. Carpenter.
White.—K. at K. sixth, Rs. at K. B. third and Q. third, Kt. at Q. R. eighth, P. at Q. B. fifth.
Black.—K. at K. fifth, Ps. at K. B. fifth, Q. fourth, Q. B. third.
White to play and mate in three moves.
318 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PE OBLEM LXVIII.
By C. H. Wheeler.
Dubuque Chess Journal.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS IN No. IX.


LVII.
White. Slack.
1. B. to Q. Kt. fourth, be.
LVni.
1. R. to K. B. square, Sic.
LIX.
1. B. to Q. B. fourth 1. P. takes B., Sic.
2. R. to K. second (check) mating next move.
If 1. K. to B. fourth
2. R. to E, second, &c.
LX.
1. Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh 1. Kt. to K. fourth (best)
2. R. to K. seventh 2. Anything
3. B. or R. mates accordingly.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE, 319

PEOBLEM LXIX.*
By H. J. C. Andrews.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
* From Messrs. Pierce's forthcoming Collection of English Chess Problems.

LXI.
1. E. to K. B. sixth 1 . P. takes R. (a)
2. Q. to Q. fifth 2. K. takes P. or K. to Kt. fifth
3. Q. mates.
(a) If 1. K. to Kt. fifth
2. Q. te K. B. fourth (check) &c.
LXII. •
1. Q. to K. fifth (check) 1. K. takes Q.
2. B. to Q. B. third 2. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
3. R. to K. fourth (double check) 3. K. takes B.
4. R. to K. fifth, mate.
320 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

CHESS CUEIOSITY, No. VIII.


By Trevangadacharya Shastree.
BLACK.

WHITE.
"White to play, and mate with Pawn in nine moves.

CHESS CURIOSITY.
White's moves, giving check each time—1. R. to K. B. eighth, 2. Q. takes P.,
3. Q. to K. Kt. eighth, 4. Q. takes P., 5. Kt. to Q. sixth, 6. B. to Q. seventh,
7. P. takes Q. mate.
END GAME.
1. Kt. to K. fifth (check) 1. P. takes Kt.
2. Kt. takes B. (check) 2. K. to K. second (a)
3. Q. to Q. eighth (check) 3. K. to K. third
4. Q. to Q. B. eighth 4. K. to K. second
5. B. to Q. R. third (check) 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. Q. to. Q. eighth (check) 6. K. to K. third
7. Q. to Q. sixth, mate.
(a) If 2. K. to K. third
3. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check), &c.
potices lo Corresponbnto.
SoLUTIons To—
Problem LVU. G. H. D. Gossip, Saxon, Sretrow, J. Taylor, E. S., J. Parker, Laceby,
W. Mc.Artbur, G. W. Stevens, L. B., G. W. Farrow, J. Crake.
„ LVIII. G. H. D. G., Saxon, Sretrow, J. T., E. 8., J. P.. Laceby. W. Mc.A.,
G. W. S„ L. B., H. G., G. W. F.
„ LIX. G. H, D. G., Saxon, Sretrow, J. T., E. 8., J. P., W. Mc.A., J. C.
„ LX. G. H. D. G., Saxon, Sretrow, J. T., E. 8., J, P., W. Mc. A~. G. W. 8..
G. W. F. *
„ LXL G. H. D. G., Saxon, Sretrow, J. T., E. 8., J. P., G. W. S.
„ TiTTT. G. H. D. G., Saxon, Sretrow, J. T., E. 8., J. P., W. Mc.A., G. W. F.
(correct in first move), J. C.
Curiosity. Sretrow.
End Game. Sretrow, J. P., G. W. F.
Enigmas. Saxon, Sretrow, E. S. (but fails in No. 4), J. P.. Laceby, W. Mc.A,.
G. W. S., L. B., H. G., G. W. F., J. C. (but fails in Nos. 1 and 3.)
W. T. P., Hon. Sec. (Halifax), E. Thorold, J. Minchin, J. T. P. (Hull), are thanked for
their communications.
J. C. (Hull) and H. G. (Grimsby). The positions shall be examined.
J. LSwenthal. J. Wisker, C. E. Rankeu. Our best thanks for a great deal of valuable
wcrk.
E. S. Many thanks for the Curiosities of your friendly letters. Thanks also for promised
help towards the Prizes.
J. Stonehouse. Problems duly received.
Sretrow. We beg with thanks to acknowledge the receipt of a Cheque for £1 Is., for
the Lowenthal Testimonial.
J. W. (Huddersfield). Thanks for the Chess Sheet. The games between Mr. Skipworth
and the late Mr. Taylor were, we imagine, mere skirmishes, and played, as far as it is
remembered, without any idea of publication. As amatterof courtesy, games played
in a private house should not be published without consent.
Editor of Centennial Gazette. "We beg to thank you for some copies of your paper.
H. C. B. (South Kelsey), Many thanks.
%* The Editors are anxious to find for a very strong provincial Amateur an opponent
who would play two, four, or six simultaneous games by correspondence ; the moves,
as far as possible, to be made three times in the week by each party,
*«* The following contributions for prizes for Problems and Solutions are thankfully
acknowledged :—G. Samuel, £2 2s. ; G. W. Stevens, 5s. ; H. Waite, £3 3s.
*** Criticisms on Problems unavoidably held over.
Solutions to Problems, &c, and other editorial matter should be addressed to the
Rev. A. B. Skipworth, Tetford Rectory, Homcastle.
*** Please let all exchanges be addressed to Mr. SkIPWorTh as above.
*m* A very liberal arrangement made with Secretaries of Clubs who order twelve copies.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to James WILLiamson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, Lincoln,
to whom P. O. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
Prizes for Solutions—
(1.) To the Problems on diagrams, not including Curiosities. Solutions discovered
in addition to the Author's, and any flaws pointed out will be added to credit of
the Solver.
(2.) To the Problems on diagrams in two moves, and to the Enigmas which appear
from time to time.
Only the less experienced should compete for this second prize.
In sending Solutions, the variations asfar as possible should be given in full.
*»* Solutions to Problems in this number should be sent in on or before September 21st.
*»* This competition in connection with the Problems is in the June, August, October,
and December numbers of this year. The First Prize will not be less than £1.
Problem Prizes.—More definite mention of these next time.
Personal.—The Rev. A. B. Skipworth having recently been appointed to the Rectory
of Tetford, in Lincolnshire, and finding the Church in urgent need of restoration,
would be very grateful to any of his Chess friends who have not already too many
calls upon their liberality, for any little help in the work. Any contributions, how
ever small, would be thankfully received. The estimated cost of restoration is
£1 ,200. The Rector gives £100, and is responsible for collecting another £100 amongst
his friends; Sir Hugh Cholmeley, Bart., M.P., gives £100; F. S. Dymoke, Esq.,
(Churchwarden), £100 ; &c. These^sums, along with other subscriptions from the
Parish—the inhabitants are chiefly labouring people—and from those connected with
it, cannot amount to more than £700. Two subscriptions from Chess friends have just
been promised. It is intended afterwards to acknowledge all such subscriptions on
the cover of this magazine.
Address-TKe ReV. A. B. SKIPWORTH,
TeTford,
horncastle.

THOMAS COLE,
OLEEIOAL HZ-A.TTEIR,
156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL FELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
Pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self.measurement
forwarded on application.
s o :f t felts
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
THOMAS COLE.
THE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST aXJALITT FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOR SCHOOLS, from 42s. per dozen.

(Four Doors City Side of Somerset House.)

James WILLiamson, PRInTer, hIGh sTreeT, LinColn.


Vol. IV. No. XI.

THE CHESS PLATERS

CHRONICLE.

OCTOBER, 1875.

CONTENTS.
GAmes—played between— Page.
No. 128 Mr. Minchtn and Mr. Thorold 321
„ 129 Mr. Minchin and Mr. Thorold 323
„ 1B0 Mr. Thorold and Rev. J. Greene 325
„ 131 Mr. J. Burt and Mr. W. T. Pierce 827
„ 132 Mr. Blackburne and Mr. W. Cook 329
„ 133 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Minchin 331
„ 134 Mr. Lowenthal and Mr. Skipworth 332
,. 135 Dr. Lindehn and Mr. Elson 334
„ 136 Mr. Coker and Mr. Skipworth 335
„ 137 Mr. Croskill and Mr. Thorold ; 337
„ 138 Mr. Thorold and Mr. Minchin 339
„ 139 Mr. Fisher and Mr. Ranken 341
„ 140 Mr. Burn and Mr. Hunter 842
Chess Intelligence—
Bristol and Clifton Chess Association 843
Correspondence Club Tournament 344
Grimsby v. Hull 344
Important Chess Match 344
Minchin v. Thorold 345
Reviews of Problems 345, 346
Enigmas 347, 350
Solutions to Problems 351, 352
Chess Curiosity 353
Problem LXX 345
,, LXXI 846
„ LXXII 347
„ LXXIII 348
LXXIV 349
„ LXXV : 350
„ LXXVI 351

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET.


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.

warn
'mm Jill mm,

m ilffl ll ill

P ill i PI ■
#1111
ill mm ill

ill p ■ lllfl
Hi
IP IP
BP
■ o mm

m IP
White.
THE 0HES8 FLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 321

No. 128.
Another game in the Match.
(Ireegular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Minohin.) Black. (Mr. Thorold.)
1. P. to Q. B. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. E. third 2. P. to Q. Kt. third
3. P. to K. third 3. B. to Q. Kt. second
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. P. to K. B. fourth
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to K. Kt. fourth (a)
6. P. to Q. fifth 6. P. to K. Kt. fifth
7. Kt. to Q. fourth 7. P. to Q. B. fourth
8. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 8. P. to Q. E. third
9. K. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. Q. to K. B. third
10. P. to K. fourth (6) 10. P. to K. E. fourth
11. B. to Q. third 11. P. to K. B. fifth
12. B. to K. second (c) 12. Kt. to K. second
13. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 13. P. to K. fourth
14. Q. to Q. Kt. third 14. Kt. to Q. B. square
15. P. to K. E. third 15. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (d)
16. P. takes Q. Kt. P. 16. Q. E. P. takes P.
17. B. takes Q. Kt. P. 17. B. to Q. E. third
18. B. takes B. 18. Q. takes B.
19. Q. Kt. to Q. B. third 19. Q. to Q. sixth
20. P. takes P. (e) 20. P. to K. B. sixth
21. P. takes B. P. 21. Q. takes B. P.
22. E. to K. Kt. square 22. P. takes P.
23. Q. to Q. square 23. E. to K. E. eighth
24. E. takes E. 24. Q. takes E. (check)
25. K. to Q. second 25. Q. to K. Kt. seventh (/)
26. Q. to K. second 26. P. to Q. B. fifth
27. K. to B. second 27. Kt. to Q. third
28. B. to Q. second 28. Kt. to Q. E. third
29. E. to K. square 29. E. to Q. Kt. square
322 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
30. Q. to K. third 30. Kt. to Q. Kt. fourth
31. Kt. takes Kt. 31. E. takes Kt.
32. Kt. to Q. B. third 32. E. to Q. Kt. sixth
33. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 33. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (g)
34. Q. takes K. P. (check) 34. B. to K. second
35. Q. to K. E. eighth (ch.) (h) 35. B. to K. B. square
36. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 36. K. to Q. square
37. B. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 37. K. to B. second
38. Q. to K. B. seventh 38. Kt. to Q. sixth
39. P. to Q. sixth (check) 39. B. takes P.
40. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check) 40. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
41. B. to K. third 41. E. takes Kt. (check)
42. K. takes E. 42. Q. takes K. P.
43. Q. takes Q. 43. Kt. takes Q. (check)
44. K. to Q. fourth 44. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
45. E. to Q. B. square 45. K. to Kt. third
46. K. to Q. fifth
And White wins.
NOTES by J. I. Minchin and A. B. SkipworTh.
(a) This advance of the Pawns on the King's flank is quite in accordance with
Mr. Thorold's style.
(6) Surely this is premature ; White is not yet prepared for active steps with his pieces
all at home. B. to K. second, or P. toK.Kt. third, playing afterwards B.toK. Kt. second
developing the game, was the proper course.
(c) White has lost valuable time, the Bishop has had two moves to this square
instead of one.
(rf) Not a compulsory sacrifice of a Pawn, but it is difficult to suggest a better move,
(e) Q. to Q. Kt. seventh deserves consideration.
(/) A curious position, so many pieces being at home, indicative rather of skirmishing
play than of a steadily opened game.
(g) Black's only chance is an attack and he gives up a Pawn, vainly hoping presently
to be compensated.
(A) If he had played P. to Q. sixth, he would have lost the game :—
35. P. to Q. sixth 35. R. takes P. (check
36. K. to Q, square (best) 36. Q. to K. B. sixth (check)
37. R. to K. second (best) 37. R. to Q. Kt. eighth (check)
38. B. to Q. B. square
If 38. Kt. takes R. 38. Q. to Q. Kt. sixth (check)
39. K. to K. square (best) 39. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) winning
the Queen.
38. R. takes B. (check)
39. K. takes R. (best) 39. Kt. to Q. sixth (check) winning
easily.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 323

No. 129.
White. (Mr. Minchin.) Black. (Mr. Thorold.)
1. P. to Q. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to Q. B. fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
5. P. to Q. E. third 5. B. takes Kt. (check)
6. P. takes B. (a) 6. Castles
7. P. to K. third 7. Kt. to K. fifth (b)
8. B. to Q. Kt. second (c) 8. P. to K. B. fourth
9. P. . takes P. 9. P. takes P.
10. B. to Q. third 10. Kt. to Q. B. third
11. Castles 11. B. to K. third
12. Kt. to K. fifth (d) 12. P. to K. B. fifth
13. P. takes P. 13. E. takes P.
14. P. to K. Kt. third 14. Kt. takes Kt. (e)
15. P. takes E. 15. Kt. takes B. (/)
16. Q. takes Kt. 16. B. to K. B. ftnirth
17. Q. to K. third 17. Q. to K. E. fifth
18. P. to K. B. third 18. Q. to K. E. sixth
19. Q. E. to K. square 19. Kt. to K. B. third
20. Q. to Q. second (g) 20. E. to K. B. square
21. E. to K. seventh (h) 21. Q. to K. E. fifth
22. Q. to K. Kt. second 22. Kt. to K. E. fourth
23. Q. to K. Kt. fifth 23. Q. to K. E. sixth
24. B. to Q. B. square 24. P. to K. E. third
25. Q. to K. Kt. second 25. Q. to K. E. fifth
26. K. E. to K. square (i) 26. B. to K. fifth
27. K. E. takes B. 27. P. takes E.
28. E. takes Q. B. P. (k) 28. P. to K. sixth (I)
29. Q. to K. second 29. Kt. takes P. .
30. Q. takes P. 30. Q. to K. Kt. fourth (check)
324 THE CHHSa PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

31. K. to B. square 31. Q. to K. Kt. seventh (ch)


32. K. to K. square 32. Q. takes B. P.
33. Q. to K. seventh 33. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
34. K. to Q. square 34. Q. to K. Kt. eighth (check)
35. K. to B. second 35. Kt. takes B.
36. P. to Q. fifth 36. Kt. to Q. E. seventh
37. P. to Q. sixth 37. Q. to Q. B. eighth (check)
38. K. to Kt. third 38. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth (check)
39. K. to B. fourth 39. E to K. B. fifth (check)
40. K. to Q. fifth 40. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check)
41. E. to Q. B. fifth 41. Kt. takes P. (check)
And Black wins.
NOTES by J. WIsHer.
(a) Modern theory is opposed to a doubled Pawn in positions of this kind ; but in the
present case White oan always undouble, as Blaok has advanced his Q. P. two squares.
(S) This and the succeeding move, though often played by Mr. Thorold, are premature.
The pieces on the Queen's side should first be developed.
(c) The Bishop can render no service at present in this situation. I should have
preferred Q. to Q. B. second, leaving the open file for the Rook. White's game in this
position is to exchange his Q. B. P. for the Q. P., and then push on his other Pawn on the
Q. B. file. He thereby weakens his adversary's K. Kt., and gains a free position on
the Queen's side for himself.
(d) Here again Q. to Q. B. second, with the objects mentioned in the last note, was the
proper course. Owing to the policy pursued on the Queen's side, White's Q. B. remains
almost wholly useless throughout the game.
(e) Mr. Thorold's readiness to sacrifice the exchange is characteristic of his dashing
style. Fortune is often on the side of him who greatly dares ; but Mr. Thorold not
seldom gives up a Rook for a minor piece without any sufficient compensation.
(/) I see no better move than this—a fact in itself condemnatory of Black's venture.
(g) White ought to have won the game without much difficulty from this point.
(A) The first of an ill-judged series of moves. Again, White ought to have brought
his unhappy Bishop into play. Suppose :—

wins at once. The first player might then continue with B. to K. seventh, paralysing
the action of the Black Queen.
(») White has yet the advantage, but this error seriously compromises his gams.
R. to K. fifth, or R. takes Q. B. P., would have been better.
(*) 28. R. takes K. P. would probably have given White a draw.
(I) Black, as is usual in such positions, plays the termination in the best style.
THB CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 325

No. 130.
One of the eight simultaneous games played by Mr. Thorold on
the 16th of June, against Members of the Bristol and
Clifton Chess Association.
White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. (Eev. J. Greene.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. Kt. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. B. to Q. Kt. second
3. B. to Q. third 3. P. to K. third
4. B. to K. third 4. Kt. to K. B. third
5. Kt. to Q. second (a) 5. P. to Q. fourth
6. P. to K. B. third (b) 6. P. takes P.
7. P. takes P. 7. B. to K. second
8. K. Kt. to K. B. third 8. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
9. Q. to K. second 9. Kt. takes B.
10. Q. takes Kt. 10. Castles
11. Castles (K. side) 11. P. to Q. B. fourth
12. P. to Q. B. third 12. P. takes P.
13. P. takes P. 13. Kt. to Q. B. third
14. Q. E. to Q. B. square 14. P. to K. fourth (c)
15. P. to Q. fifth 15. Kt. 'to Q. Kt. fifth
16. P. to Q. E. third (d) 16. Kt. takes B.
17. Q. takes Kt. 17. B. to Q. B. fourth (ch.) (e)
18. K. to E. square 18. Q. to K. second
19. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 19. B. to Q. third
20. Kt. to Q. B. fourth 20. B. to Q. E. third
21. Q. to K. third 21. K. E. to Q. B. square
22. Kt. takes B. 22. Q. takes Kt.
23. E. takes E. (check) 23. E. takes E.
24. E. to Q. B. square 24. E. takes E (check)
25. Q. takes E. 25. P. to K. B. third (/)
26. Q. to Q. B. sixth (g) 26. Q. takes Q.
27. P. takes Q. 27. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
28. P. to Q. B. seventh 28. B. to Q. second
/
326 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

29. Kt. to Q. second 29. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (h)


30. Kt. to Q. Kt. third 30. K. to B. second
31. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 31. B. to Q. B. square
32. P. to Q. E. fourth (() 32. P. takes P.
33. Kt. takes P. 33. K. to K. second
34. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 34. K. to Q. third
35. K. to Kt. square 35. K. takes P.
36. K. to B. second 36. K. to Kt. third
37. K. to K. third 37. P. to Q. E. fourth
38. Kt. to Q. third 38. P. to Q. E. fifth
39. K. to Q. second 39. B. to Q. Kt. second
40. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 40. B. to Q. B. third
41. K. to B. third 41. K. to Kt. fourth
42. P. to K. E fourth 42. P. to Q. E. sixth
43. K. to Kt. third 43. P. to Q. E. seventh . ■
44. K. takes P. 44. K. takes P.
45. Kt. to K. sixth 45. B. takes P.
46. Kt. takes P. 46. B. takes P.
47. K. to Kt. second 47. K. to B. fifth
48. K. to B. second 48. K. to Q. fifth
49. K. to Q. second 49. B. to K. E. sixth
50. K. to K. second 50. K. to K. fifth
51. P. to K. E. fifth 51. B. to K. Kt. seventh
52. Kt. to K. eighth 52. K. to B. fourth
53. K. to B. second 53. B. to Q. B. third
54. Kt. to K. Kt. seventh (ch.) 54. K. to Kt. fourth
55. K. to Kt. third 55. B. to Q. second
And White resigned.
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) We should prefer P. to K. B. third at once, in order to give greater freedom of
choice for the subsequent position of the Q. and Q. Kt.
(p) P. to K. fifth may apparently be here played with advantage, for Black's Q. cannot
now be posted at Q. Kt. third ; it also gains a move, and shuts in the adverse Q, B.
(c) Black has hitherto opened his game with great care and judgment, but this was
not an advisable move, as it gives White a troublesome passed Pawn.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 327
(d) B. to Q. Kt. square seems preferable, for if Black then played B. to Q. B. fourth,
White would get the B. and two Pawns for his R., with the better game.
(e) As the B. can never be sustained at Q. B. fourth, this check is only lost time; he
should rather have planted the B. at Q. third, followed by Q. to Q. second, Q. R. to K.
square, and P. to K. B. fourth.
(/) P. to K. B. fourth, an apparently good move, would not have been so in reality, e.g.,
25. P. to K. B. fourth
26. Q. to Q. B. third 28. P. takes P.
27. Q. takes P. 27. Q. takes Q. (best)
28. Kt. takes Q. 28. K. to B. square
29. P. to Q. sixth 29. P. to K. sixth
SO. K. to Kt. square 30. B. to Q. Kt. fourth (best)
If 30. K. to K. square
81. P. to Q. seventh (check) 31. K. to K. second
32. Kt. to Q. B. sixth (check) 32. K. takes P. (best)
33. Kt. to Q. Kt. eighth (check), winning a piece.)
31. P. to K. R. fourth 31. P. to K. R. third
32. P. to K. Kt. fourth 32. K. to K. square
33. K. to Kt. second 33. P. to K. seventh
34. K. to B. second 34. K. to Q. square
35. P. to Q. R. fourth 35. B. takes P. (best)
36. K. takes P., and White ought to win.
(g) This move entails the loss of the passed Pawn, and of the game.
(A) It would be better to play up the King at once,
(i) His only chance was to bring up his King.

No. 131.
In the Correspondence Tourney.
(Vienna Opening.)
WJiite. (Mr. J. Burt.) Black. (Mr. W. T. Pierce.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to Q. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. third (a)
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. Kt. takes P. 5. B. to K. Kt. second
6. B. to K. third 6. K. Kt. to K. second
7. B. to K. second 7. Castles (b)
8. Castles (c) 8. P. to Q. third
9. Q. to Q. second 9. B. to K. third
10. Q. B. to Q. square (d) 10. P. to Q. E. third
11. Kt. takes Kt. (e) 11. P. takes Kt.
12. P. to Q. Kt. third 12. K. to B. square
13. B. to Q. fourth 13. E. to K. Kt. square (/)
328 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. Q. to Q. second
15. B. takes B. (check) 15. E. takes B.
16. P. to K. fifth [g) 16. P. to Q. fourth
17. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 17. Q. to Q. B. square
18. Kt. to Q. B. fifth 18. Q. to Q. Kt. square (h)
19. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 19. P. to Q. E. fourth
20. P. to Q. E. third 20. Q. to Q. E. second
21. P. to K. Kt. fourth 21. P. to K. E. fourth
22. P. to K. E. third 22. P. takes K. Kt. P.
23. P. takes Kt. P. 23. P. takes P.
24. P. takes P. 24. E to K. E. second
25. K. to Kt. second 25. E. to K. Kt. square
26. E. to K. E. square 26. Q. E. to K. Kt. second
27. E. takes E. (check) 27. K. takes E. (i)
28. Q. to K. square 28. K. to Kt. square
29. Q. to K. E. fourth 29. P. to K. Kt. fourth (k)
30. Q. to K. E. fifth 30. Kt. to K. Kt. third (I)
31. Q. takes P. 31. Kt. to K. B. square
32. Q. to K. E. fourth 32. Q. to Q. Kt. square
33. P. to Q. B. third 33. Q. to Q. B. square
34. Kt. to K. fourth (m) 34. Kt. to K. E. second
35. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 35. Kt. takes Kt.
36. P. takes Kt. 36. E. to K. Kt. third
37. P. to K. Kt. fifth 37. K. to B. square
38. E. to K. square (n) 38. K. to K. square
39. B. to K. Kt. fourth 39. K. to Q. square
And White announced mate in five moves.
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) This reply, adopted by Mr. Wisker against Mr. Rosenthal in 1871, and also by
Mr. Steinitz against the same player in 1873, is as good a move as Black can select. If
8. Kt. to K. B. third, White can advance P. to Q. fourth
(6) Very dangerous. It may be laid down as a rule, to which there are few exceptions,
that the player who has moved P. to K. Kt. third must not castle on the King's side
until his opponent does so ; otherwise the latter, by advancing his K. R. P., can at once
force an opening for his Rook upon the adverse King.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 329
(c) Of course White ought to have played P. to K. R. fourth, placing Black in
immediate embarrassment. An excellent example of the force of this attack is to be
found in one of the games between Steinitz and Blackburne—Vienna Tourament, 1873.
In the present case, perhaps, White would do well to first play F. to K. B. fourth, in
order to neutralize the effects of Black's advance of the Queen's Pawn.
(d) 10. P. to K. B. fourth at once would have been more forcible.
(e) The same remark applies here. Black cannot afford to exchange the pieces in the
centre, since hia King will be too weak if he parts with his K. B.
(/) Black might have secured an even game by P. to K. B. fourth. The manoeuvre in
the text, besides being very slow, places his Rook in a bad position.
(g) The proper move ; White has now the better game. Black's Pawns are weak, and
his pieces ill disposed for action.
(A) The movements of this Queen (compare moves 32 and 83) are anything but warlike.
(t) Surely better to take with the Rook.
(k) A decisive error. K. to B. square seems the best resource.
(I) If P. takes P. White wins at once by Kt. takes B. The Knight cannot be re-taken
on account of the threatened mate in two.
(m) The ending is well played by White. If this Knight be taken the answer is R. to
Q. eighth and Q. to K. seventh.
(n) A neat coup de repos.

No. 132.
One of the 10 played by Blackburne blindfold at Clifton.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Blackbubne.) Black. (Mr. W. Cook.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. Castles 6. Kt. to K. B. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. Castles
8. Kt. takes P. (a) 8. Kt. takes K. P. (b)
9. B. to Q. fifth 9. Kt. takes Q. B. P.
10. Q. Kt. takes Kt. 10. Kt. takes Kt. (c)
11. Kt. to K. fourth 11. Kt. to K. Kt. third
12. B. to K. Kt. fifth 12. Q. to K. square
13. Q..to K. E. fifth 13. P. to Q. third
14. Kt. to K. B. sixth (ch.) (d) 14. P. takes Kt.
15. Q. B. takes P. 15. B. to Q. seventh
330 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

16. Q. E. to K. square 16. Q. to Q. second


17. E. to K. second (c) 17. B. to K. B. fifth
18. P. to K. Kt. third 18. Q. to K. E. sixth
19. Q. takes Q. 19. B. takes Q.
20. P. takes B. 20. B. takes E.
21. K. takes B. 21. Kt. takes P. (/)
22. E. to K. fourth 22. Kt. to K. Kt. third
23. P. to K. E. fourth 23. P. to Q. B. third
24. B. to Q. Kt. third 24. P. to K. E. fourth
25. E. to K. third 25. Q. E. to K. square
26. E. to K. Kt. third 26. P. to Q. fourth
27. E. to K. Kt. fifth 27. E. to K. third
28. B. to K. fifth 28. P. to K. B. third
29. E. takes Kt. (check) 29. K. to B. second
30. E. to K. E. sixth 30. P. takes B.
31. E. to K. E. seventh (ch.) 31. K. to Kt. third
32. B. to Q. B. second (check) 32. P. to K. fifth
33. E. takes Q. Kt. P. 33. Q. E. to K. B. third
34. B. to Q. Kt. third 34. E. takes P. (check)
35. K. to K. square 35. K. E. to K. B. second (g)
36. E. takes P. 36. E. to K. B. eighth (check)
37. K. to K. second 37. E. takes E.
38. K. takes E. 38. E. to Q. E. sixth
39. K. to B. second 39. E. takes B.
40. P. takes E. 40. K. to B. fourth
41. K. to Kt. third 41. P. to K. sixth
42. K. to B. third 42. P. to K. seventh
43. K. takes P. 43. K. to K. fifth
44. K. to B. second 44. K. takes P.
45. K. to B. third 45. K. to B. sixth

And White resigned.


THE CHESS PLAYERS1 CHRONICLE. 331
NOTES by C E. RAnKKn.
Ca) The old move P. takes P., followed by Q. to Q. fifth, gives a greater scope for attack.
(6) The strongest reply.
(c) Had be captured Q. Kt., the answer would be Kt. takes B. P.
(d) B. to K. B. sixth looks a better move, and Mr. Blackburne would doubtless have
made it under the ordinary conditions of play.
(e) P. to K. B. fourth would evidently be useless, but B. to K. fourth might give Black
some trouble.
(/) He should rather have played his Q. R. to K. square.
(g) Lost time ; checking with R. at K. B. eighth, and then with the other at
K. B. seventh, wins at once.

No. 133.
In the Match between the Clifton and Cheltenham Clubs,
May 22nd, 1875.
White. (Mr. Eanken.) Black. (Mr. Minchin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. Kt. third (a)
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. B. to K. Kt. second
3. B. to K. third 3. P. to K. third (6)
4. B. to Q. third 4. P. to Q. Kt. third
5. Q. to Q. second (c) 5. B. to Q. Kt. second
6. Kt. to Q. B. third 6. P. to Q. third
7. Kt. to K. B. third 7. P. to Q. E. third (d)
8. P. to Q. fifth 8. P. takes P.
9. P. takes P. 9. Kt. to Q. second
10. Castles Q. B. 10. Kt. to K. second
11. B. to K. E. sixth 11. Castles
12. P. to K. E. fourth 12. Kt. takes P.
13. B. takes B. 13. K. takes B.
14. B. to K. fourth 14. P. to Q. B. third
15. P. to K. E. fifth 15. P. takes P.
16. E. takes P. 16. K. Kt. to K. B. third
17. Q. to K. E. sixth (check) 17. K. to E. square
18. Q. E to K. E. square 18. Kt. to K. fourth
19. Kt. takes Kt. 19. P. takes Kt.
20. E. to K. Kt. fifth 20. E. to K. Kt. square
And White mates in two moves.
332 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
NOTES by C. E. RAnKEn.
(a) The Queen's Fianchetto is much stronger than the King's, especially for the second
player.
(6) P. to Q. B. fourth would seem to be a better move both now and afterwards.
(c) This move proved a thorn In Black's side, as it prevented him from castling on the
King's side in safety.
(d) Too timidly played all this, he ought rather to bring his Kts. into action.
(e) An unwise capture, but it is difficult to find a good move for him at this point.

No. 134.
Played recently at Tetford Eectoryi
(Sicilian Opening.)
White. (Mr. Lowenthal.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. B. to Q. B fourth 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. E. third
4. P. to Q. E. fourth 4. Kt. to Q. B. third
5. P. to Q. third 5. K. Kt. to K. second
6. B. to K. Kt. fifth (a) 6. P. to K. E. third (6)
7. B. to K. E. fourth 7. Q. to Q. E. fourth
8. K. to B. square 8. P. to K. Kt. fourth (c)
9. B. to K. Kt. third 9. B. to K. Kt. second
10. K. Kt. to K. second 10. Castles (d)
11. P. to K. E. fourth 11. P. takes P.
12. Q. B. takes P. 12. P. to Q. fourth (e)
13. P. takes P. 13. P. takes P.
14. B. takes Q. P. 14. Kt. takes B.
15. Kt. takes Kt. 15. P. to K. B. third
16. K. Kt. to Q. B. third (/) 16. Q. to Q. square
17. B. to K. Kt. third 17. Kt. to K. fourth
18. B. to K. B. fourth 18. B. to K. third
19. Kt. to K. third 19. K. to E. second
20. Kt. to K. fourth 20. P. to Q. Kt. third
21. Q. to K. E. fifth (g) 21. Q. to K. square
22. B. takes Kt. 22. B. to K. B. second
23. Q. takes P. (check) 23. B. takes Q.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
24. Kt. takes K. B. P. (check) 24. K. to Kt. third
25. E. takes B. (check) (h) 25. K. takes E.
26. Kt. takes Q. 26. Q. E. takes Kt.
27. P. to K. B. third 27. B. to K. E. fourth
28. B. to Q. sixth 28. E. to K. B. third
29. K. to B. second (i) 29. E. takes Kt.
30. K. takes E. 30. E. takes B.
31. P. to K. Kt. fourth 31. B. to K. square.
32. P. to K. B. fourth 32. E. to K. third (check)
33. K. to Q. second 33. B. to Q. B. third
34. E. to K. B. square 34. P. to Q. E. fourth
35. P. to K. Kt. fifth (check) 35. K. to Kt. second
36. P. to K. B. fifth 36. E. to K. fourth
37. P. to K. B. sixth (check) 37. K. to B. square
38. E. to K. Kt. square 38. B. takes P.
39. P. to K. Kt. sixth 39. E. to K. B. fourth
40. P. to K.Kt. seventh (check) 40. K. to Kt. square
41. E. to K. Kt. sixth 41. B. to K. square
42. E. to K. E. sixth 42. E. to K. E. fourth
43. E. takes E. 43. B. takes E.
44. P. to Q. B. fourth 44. B. to K. B. second
45. K. to B. third 45. K. to E. second
46. P. to Q. fourth 46. K. to Kt. third
47. P. takes P. 47. P. takes P.
48. K. to Kt. third 48. K. takes B. P.
49. K. to E. fourth 49. B. takes P.
50. P. to Q. Kt. third 50. B. takes P. (check)
51. K. to Kt. fifth 51. P. to Q. E. fifth
52. K. takes B. P. 52. P. to Q. E. sixth
53. K. to Kt. fourth 53. P. to Q. E. seventh
54. K. takes B. 54. P. queens
55. P. queens
And the game was drawn.
334 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
NOTES by J. WIsker.
(a) The line of play adopted by Mr. Lbwenthal was very common a few years ago, but
has latterly fallen into disuse. This move is new, or any rate very unusual. It is worth
attention, for it frustrates for the time Black's purpose of advancing his Q. P.
(4) 6. P. to K. B. third does not seem satisfactory :
6. P.to K. B. third
7. B. to H. fourth 7. Kt. to Kt. third
8. B. to Kt. third 8. B. to K. second
9. P. to K. B. fourth
And White has a fine position.
(c) 8. Kt. to Kt. third, and 9. B. to K. second appear decidedly better.
(d) Very hazardous ; after this the first player has a decided advantage. "Why not
10. P. to K. fourth, followed by P. to Q. third? The move made releases the hostile
K.second, and gives White an immediate attack.
(e) Losing a Pawn ; but the situation of the second player is so inferior that it is hard
to see what he can do that is better.
(/) 16. Kt. to K. B. fourth seems preferable.
(<7) After this White ought to win.
(h) By taking the Queen at once White would win readily enough. As it is, he gets
two Pawns and a good position for the exchange.
(t) This finessing leads to the loss of two pieces for a Rook, and gives the advantage to
Black. The manoeuvres to secure a drawn game are full of interest. Some of the few
moves at the termination might have been varied, but this would not have affected the
result. It is a very instructive end-game.
The Sportsman.

No. 135.
(French Game.)
White. (Dr. Lindehn.) Black. (Mr. Elson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. P. takes P. 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. third 4. IS. to Q. third
5. Kt. to K. B. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to K. E. third 6. P. to K. E. third
7. Castles 7. Castles
8. Kt. to K. fifth 8. P. to Q. B. fourth
9. P. to {I P.. third 9. P. takes P.
10. P. takos P. 10. Kt. to Q. B. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 335
11. Kt. takes Kt. 11. P. takes Kt.
12. B. to K. third 12. B. to K. third
13. Q. to Q. B. square 13. E. to Q. B. square
14. Kt. to Q. second (a) 14. P. to Q. B. fourth
15. P. takes P. 15. P. to Q. fifth (b)
16. B. takes Q. P. 16. B. to K. E. seventh (check)
17. K'takesB. 17. Q. takes B.
18. Q. to Q. B. third (c) 18. Q. takes Q.
19. P. takes Q. 19. Q. E. to Q. square,
And Black wins.
NOTES.
(a) B. takes P., which White appears to have contemplated, would not have been
sound. Mr. Elson now finishes up the game with Morphyan vigour.
(fc) The coup de grace.
(c) On B. to B. second or Kt. square, R. takes P. forces the game.
Chess Eecord.
No. 136.
A Game in Class I. at the recent Counties' Meeting at Glasgow.
(Petroff's Defence.)
Whita. (Mr. Coker.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. takes P. 3. P. to Q. third
4. Kt. to K. B. third 4. Kt. takes P.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. B. to K. second
6. B. to Q. third 6. P. to K. B. fourth (a)
7. B. to K. third (6) 7. Castles
8. P. to Q. B. third (e) 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. Q. Kt. to Q. second 9. P. to Q. fourth
10. P. to K. Kt. third 10. K. to E. square
11. P. to K. E. fourth 11. B. to Q.. third
12. B. takes Kt. 12. B. P. takes B.
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Q. to K. square
14. Q. to Q. Kt. third (d) 14. Kt. to K. second
336 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

15. Castles (Q. E.) 15. P. to Q. E. fourth


16. P. to K. E. fifth 16. P. to K. E. third (e)
17. Kt. to K. E. third 17. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
18. Kt. to K. B. fourth 18. P. to Q. E. fifth
19. Q. to Q. B. second 19. P. tg Q. Kt. fifth
20. P. to Q. B. fourth 20. P. to Q. Kt. sixth
21. E. P. takes P. 21. E. P. takes P.
22. Q. takes Kt. P. 22. B. to Q. second (/)
23. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 23. Kt. takes Kt.
24. P. takes Kt. 24. E. to Q. E. eighth (check)
25. Kt. to Q. Kt. square 25. B. to Q. E fifth
26. Q. to Q. Kt. seventh 26. B. takes E.
27. E. takes B. 27. Q. to Q. E. fifth
28. Q. takes Q. P. (g) 28. E. takes Kt. (check)
29. K. takes E. 29. Q. takes E. (check)
30. K. to E. second 30. Q. to Q. E. fifth (check)
31. K. to Kt. square 31. E. to Q. E. square
32. P. to Q. B. fifth
And Black mates in two moves.
NOTES by J. WIsker.
(a) These moves on the part of Black constitute a decided novelty in Petroffs Defence,
and one well deserving attention. Generally speaking it is not advisable early in this
opening to advance the K. R. P., but in this case Black has only moved his Q. P. one square.
This makes a considerable difference. The course adopted by Mr. SMpworth seems to give
the second player a fairly free and even position.
(6) Castling at once, followed by P. to Q. B. fourth, would have been far better. Or
P. to Q. B. fourth might have been played first.
(c) Very weak ; White's reluctance to castle is quite inexplicable.
(d) White is evidently resolved to castle on the Queen's side ; hence his last few moves.
Black's chances of attack, however, appear the better of the two.
(e) White's hostile movement is now completely baffled, whilst Black's right wing is free
to advance.
(/) Mr. Skipworth's attack has been vigorously carried on, and the game is now
virtually over.
(fir) White overlooks the object of his adversary's last move, or perhaps he is of opinion
that the sooner he realises the worst the better. If he play R. to Q. second, the answer is
Q. to Q. R. seventh, winning at once.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 337

No. 137.
One of a series of off-hand skirmishes played at Beverley,
September 3rd, 1875, between Mr. Crosskill, the leading player
in the Hull Club, and Mr. Thorold.
(Evans' Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Crosskill.) I Black. (Mr. Thorold.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. B. fourth (a)
6. Castles 6. P. to Q. third
7. P. to Q. fourth 7. P. takes P.
8. P. takes P. 8. B. to Q. Kt. third
9. Kt. to Q. B. third 9. B. to K. Kt. fifth
10. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 10. B. takes Kt. (b)
11. P. takes B. 11. K. to B. square
12. B. takes Kt. (c) 12. P. takes B.
13. K. to B. square 13. Kt. to K. B. third
14. B. to K. Kt. fifth (d) 14. P. to K. E. third
15. B. to K. E. fourth 15. P. to K. Kt. fourth
16. B. to K. Kt. third 16. P. to K. E. fourth (e)
17. P. to K. B. third 17. Q. to Q. second
18. K. to Kt. second 18. E. to K. Kt. square
19. P. to K. fifth 19. Kt. to Q. fourth
20. Kt. takes Kt. 20. P. takes Kt.
21. Q. to Q. third 21. P. to K. Kt. fifth
22. B. P. takes P. 22. E. P. takes P.
23. P. to K. B. fourth (/) 23. P. to Q. B. fourth
24. Q. P. takes P. (g) 24. P. takes B. P.
25. Q. E. to Q. square 25. Q. E. to Q. square
26. P. to K. B. fifth (h) 26. P. to Q. B. fifth
27. Q. to Q. E. third (check) 27. K. to Kt. second
338 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
28. P. to K. sixth 28. P. takes P.
29. P. takes P. 29. Q. to Q. Kt. second (i)
30. B. to K. fifth (check) 30. K. to Kt. third
31. Q. to K Kt. third (k) 31. P. to Q. fifth (dis. check)
32. P. to K. B. third 32. K. to B. fourth (I)
33. Q. to K. B. fourth (check) 33. K. takes P.
34. Q. to K. B. sixth (check) 34. K. to Q. fourth
35. B. takes Y. 35. P. takes P. (double check)
36. K. to B. second 36. E. to K.Kt. seventh (check)
37. K. takes P. (m) 37. B. takes B.
38. K. takes E. (n) 38. K. to B. fourth (dis. ch.)
39. Q. to K. B. third 39. E. to K. Kt. square (check)
40. K. to B. second 40. Q. to K. E. second (check)
Arid Black wins.
NOTES by J. WIsker.
(a) Notwithstanding the demonstrations in theory in favour of the "Compromised
Defence " (B. to Q. R. fourth), the move in the text seems to be most generally practised,
It was adopted at Glasgow in the principal consultation game.
(6) Whether this move, or K. to B. square at once, be the better play, is a moot point.
I am inclined to favour the latter course.
(c) But there can be little doubt that 12. B. to K. third is better than this capture. By
doubling Black's Pawns on the Queen's side White really strengthens them. Moreover,
the Bishop is worth more than the Knight.
(d) B. to K. third is better.
(e) Leading to a very animated game, but the advance would be too hazardous for an
important contest. White obtains the sounder position.
(/) White's position at this stage is preferable.
(g) An unfortunate move, which enables Black to obtain a counter attack. 24. K. P.
takes Q. P. seems better. The Pawn at Q. sixth could not be safely taken, and the White
Rooks would gain command of the open file.
(A) 26. Q. to K. R. seventh should have been played first.
(t) This is the dangerous move, the effects of which would have been averted by the
course advised in note g. From this point the play is of the most singular and amusing
description.
(#) Highly ingenious, but B. to Q. fourth would have been safer.
(I) A coup de thidtre. This King is the most attacking piece on the board. It does not
appear that White can save the game.
(m) The situation is perfectly unique.
(n) If he take the Bishop with either piece he loses the game equally. The end of this
game is well worthy of study.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 339
No. 138.
In the second match.
(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Thorold.) Black. (Mr. Minchin.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to K. E. third
6. Kt. takes P. 6. K. takes Kt.
7. P. to Q. fourth (a) 7. P. to Q. fourth (b)
8. B. takes P. 8. Kt. to K. B. third
9. Kt. to Q. second 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
10. P. to Q. B. third 10. B. to K. third (c)
11. B. to Q. third 11. P. takes P. (d)
12. Kt. takes P. 12. Kt. takes Kt.
1 3. B. takes Kt. 13. Kt. to K. second
14. Castles 14. K. to K. square
15. B. takes Kt. P. (e) 15. E. to Q. Kt. square
16. Q. to Q. P. fourth (check) 16. Q. to Q. second
17. Q. takes P. 17. E. to Q. square
18. K. E. to K. square 18. K. to B. second
19. Q. to Q. B. fifth (/) 19. Kt. to Q. fourth
20. B. takes Kt. 20. B. takes Q.
21. B. takes B. (check) 21. Q. takes B.
22. E. takes Q. 22. B. takes P. (check)
23. B. to K. third (g) 23. K. takes E.
24. B. takes B. 24. K. E. to K. square
25. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 25. K. to Q. fourth
26. P. to Q. E. fourth 26. E. to K. third (h)
27. K. to E. second 27. E, to Q. E. square (i)
28. P. to Q. E. fifth 28. K. to B. fifth
340 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

29. E. to K. B. square 29. P. to Q. B. fourth (k)


30. B. takes P. 30. K. takes P.
31. K. to Kt. third 31. P. to K. E. fourth
32. E. to K. B. fifth 32. E. to K. E. third
33. K. to B. fourth 33. E. to K. E. second
34. P. to K. Kt. third 34. K. to Kt. sixth
35. E. to K. B. sixth 35. K. to B. fifth
36. P. to Q. E. sixth 36. K. to Kt. fourth
37. P. to Q. E seventh 37. K. to B. fifth
38. K. to Kt. fifth 38. E. to K. Kt. square (check)
39. E. to K. Kt. sixth 39. E. to Q. E. square
40. E. to K. E. sixth 40. E. to K. Kt. square (check)
41. K. takes P. 41. E. to K. B. second
42. E. to K. Kt. sixth 42. E. to K. E. second (check)
43. K. to Kt. fifth 43. E. takes E. (check)
44. K. takes E 44. E. to K. E. square
45. B. to Q. sixth 45. E. to Q. E. square
46. B. to Q. Kt. eighth
And White wins.
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) This formidable line of attack has received no attention at the hands of the
authorities. Though the sacrifice of the Knight on the part of the first player is not
sound, the mode of pursuing the attack adopted by Mr. Thorold is at least as good as any
other.
(6) 7. P. to K. B. sixth appears to be the best play. If White check with the Bishop
he answer is K. to Kt. second ; if he play P. takes P., 8. B. to K. second retorts the
attack upon him. The play in the text has the disadvantage of opening the K. B. file.
(c) A move which tends not a little to favour White's projects. 10. B. to K. Kt. second,
followed by R. to K. square would have given Black a tolerably easy position—with a
piece against a Pawn, and safe quarters for his King.
(d) Again, B. to K. Kt, second would have been better play.
(e) White now obtains a full equivalent for his piece ; and in a position of this kind
Mr. Thorold seldom loses his hold.
(/) 19. Q. to Q. R. fifth is better. The move in the text is somewhat hazardous.
(g) An excellent resource, which preserves White the advantage to a slight extent.
Any other move, and Black would have retrieved himself, and gained the better position.
(A) Though White's Pawns supported by the Bishop are formidable, it is doubtful
whether they could win against the best play. Had Black at this point have played
P to K. Kt. sixth, his opponent must have been satisfied with a draw.
(t) 27. R. to K. Kt. square would have given Black another chance of drawing.
(k) These manoeuvres are below Mr. Minchin's force. They promote White's interests.
Of the rest of the game suffice it to say that Mr, Thorold plays with finish and accuracy.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 341

No. 139.
In the Challenge Cup Tourney at Glasgow.
(King's Bishop's Opening.)
White. (Mr. Fisher.) Black. (Mr. Banken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. B. to Q. B. fourth
3. P. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. third
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. P. to Q. B. third
5. Q. to K. second 5. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (a)
6. B. to Q. Kt. third 6. P. to Q. B. fourth
7. P. to Q. B. fourth ' 7. P. to Q. Kt. fifth
8. Kt. to Q. square 8. B. to K. third (b)
9. B. takes B. 9. P. takes B.
10. Q. to K. B. fifth (check) 10. P. to K. Kt. third (c)
11. Q. to K. E. third 11. Q. to K. B. third
12. Kt. to K. B. third 12. Kt. to Q. E. third
13. B. to K. Kt. fifth 13. Q. to K. B. second
14. Kt. to K. third 14. Kt. to K. B. third (d)
15. Kt. to Q. B. fourth (e) 15. Kt. to Q. B second (f)
16. B. to K. third (g) 16. Castles (K. E.) (h)
17. Q. Kt. takes K. P. 17. Q. to K. square
18. B. takes B. 18. P. takes B.
19. Castles (K. E.) 19. Kt. to K. E. fourth
20. Kt. to Q. second 20. Q. to Q. square
21. Q. to K. third (i) 21. Kt. to K. B. fifth
22. K. Kt to K. B. third 22. Q. to K. second (k)
23. Q. Kt. takes B. P. 23. Q. to Q. third
24. Q. Kt. to K. fifth 24. P. to K. Kt. fourth (I)
25. Kt to K. Kt. fourth 25. Q. to K. second
26. P. to K. Kt. third 26. P. to K. E. fourth
27. Q. Kt. to K. fifth 27. P. to K. Kt. fifth
28. P. takes Kt. 28. P. takes Kt.
29, Q. takes K. B. P.
And Black resigns.
342 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE..
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) The advance of these Pawns, though often adopted by good players, rarely turns
out well. The whole system of Pawns on the Queen's side is weakened by the process,
and no corresponding advantage is gained.
(6) Exceedingly imprudent. This move seriously compromises the game,
(c) The situation of the Black Pawns is now such that the loss of one or more is in
evitable. White has shown good judgment in his conduct of the opening.
(d) Black seems to have overlooked White's reply. Taking off the Knight was
indispensable.
(e) To this move the board affords no satisfactory reply.
(J) Castling at once, and leaving the Q. R. P. to its fate, would have been better.
(gr) An excellent move. The game is now tolerably safe for White.
(A) There appears to be no better move for Black.
( t ) The capture of the Q. B. P. would be answered by Q. to Q. third.
(k) Black's game degenerates from bad to worse : he obviously cannot save both the
Pawns.
( I ) This game was not played on Mr. Ranken's inspired days. It is obvious that this
move must lead to further disaster. It must be confessed, however, that there is no good
resource. The second player is two Pawns behind, with an inferior position.

No. 140.
Another game at Glasgow in Class L
(Philidor's Defence.)
White. (Mr. Burn.) Black. (Mr. Hunter.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. Q. takes P. 4. Kt. to Q. B. third (a)
5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth 5. B. to Q. second
6. B. takes Kt. 6. B. takes B.
7. Castles 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. Kt. to Q. B. third 8. B. to K. second
9. B. to K. third 9. Castles
10. Q. B. to Q. square 10. Kt. to K. square
11. Q. to Q. B. fourth 11. Q. to Q. B. square
12. Kt. to Q. fourth 12. B. to Q. second
13. P. to K. B. fourth ' 13. B. to K. third
14. Q. to Q. third 14. P. to K. B. fourth
15. Kt. to Q. fifth (b) 15. B. takes Kt.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 343
16. P. takes B. 16. E. to K. B. third (c)
17. Kt. to K. sixth 17. P. to Q. B. fourth (d)
18. B. to Q. second 18. Kt. to Q. B. second
19. B. to Q. B. third 19. B. to K. B. second
20. K. B. to K. square 20. B. to K. B. third
21. E. to K. third 21. B. takes B.
22. Q. takes B. 22. B. to K. B. third (e)
23. Kt. takes Kt. P. (/) 23. K. to B. second (g)
24. Kt. to K. B. fifth 24. E. to K. Kt. third
25. Q. B. to K. square 25. Kt. takes P. (h)
26. Q. to Q. B. fourth 26. Q. to Q. B. third
27. B. to Q. square 27. B. to K. third
28. B. takes B. 28. K. takes E.
29. B. takes Kt.
And White wins.
NOTES by J. LoWenThal..
(a) B. to Q. second is the correct move here.
(6) A good move, obtaining at once a very fine game.
(c) B. to K. B. third would have been much better play.
(d) This Pawn should have been moved one square only, compelling White to retreat
the Knight, which would have enabled Black to relieve himself from his cramped position.
(e) A serious mistake, which loses the game inevitably. Q. to Q. second, followed by
Q. R. to K. square, at the right moment, would have rendered Black's game tolerably safe.
(/) The effect of this move appears to have been overlooked by Black, when he moved
his Rook to K. B. third.
ig) It is obvious that taking Knight with King would have been immediately fatal.
White would have replied with R. to K. seventh (check), winning easily. We may remark
that R. to K, Kt. third, instead of the move in text, would have been equally unavailing.
White would in that case have replied with R. to K. seventh, and upon Black's rejoinder
Q. to Q. square, White would have played Q. R. to K. square, leaving Black without
resource, as it is obvious that Kt. takes P. in reply would not have improved matters
on account of White's telling reply of Q. to Q. B. fourth, &c
(A) Another mistake. The game, however, was past redemption.

The BrisTol and Clifton Chess AssociaTion held its Annual Meeting on the
22nd of September last, when the committee presented their annual report in which the
Club was congratulated upon its present condition and its future prospects. The Rev.
J. Greene was re-elected President, Mr. Tudor Castle, Hon. Secretary, and Mr. W. Tribe,
Hon. Treasurer. Messrs. Thomson and Berry were appointed Vice-Presidents, and Messrs.
Franklin, Lewis, Minchin, Tibbits, Walker, and Hibbins were chosen Committeemen.
Two Tournaments are to be held during the fourthcoming winter; one for the Silver
Cup presented by the President, the other a Handicap. Lord Lyttelton, Captain Kennedy,
Mr. Lowenthal, Mr. Skipworth, and Mr. Thorold have been elected Honorary Members of
the Club. .
344 THE CHESS PLAYERS7 CHRONICLE.
Correspondence Club TournamenT.—We are informed that the Littlehampton
Chess Club i endeavouring to set on foot a correspondence club tournament. The pro
posed plan is for eight clubs to join in a tourney at an entrance fee of one guinea, and the
proceeds—viz., £8 8s.—to be devoted to purchasing a cup, suitably inscribed, as a prize
for the winning club. It may be that two or more tourneys of eight clubs each could be
formed, and of course the more the merrier. The idea is certainly a good one, and capable,
we should say, of being carried to a practical issue. The entry of a club into such a con
test would awaken great interest among the members. Whichever club wins the prize
once keeps it, another satisfactory feature of the affair. Dr. Vines, the Hon. Sec. of the
Littlehampton Chess Club, informs us that all communications addressed to him upon the
subject will receive due attention. Address : Dr. Vines, Littlehampton.—City of London
Chess Magazine.
Grimsby *. Hull.—The return Match was played at Grimsby last month, and the
home team was beaten, though assisted on the occasion by Messrs. Lowenthal and
Skipworth, Mr. Lowenthal happening to be Mr. Skipworth's guest at the the time of the
match; The following is the soore :—
won. mil. drAWn. Grimsby. Won.
. A. B. Skipworth . . .. 2

.. 1
. H.Gilliatt . .. .. 0
n 2 9
The visitors were hospitably entertained at tea by members of the Grimsby party. Mr.
Lowenthal played simultaneouslyagainst fourteen opponents, seven of whom soon retired
from the contest, six were mated, and one only, Mr. Gilliatt, secured a draw, A local
paper remarks—" the rapidity with which Mr. Lowenthal passed from board to board,
making his moves, was a masterpiece of perception, combination, and calculation rarely
witnessed by amateur chess players." Chess at Grimsby is only in its infancy, but there
is zeal, backed by talent, and we anticipate no slow growth. The present meeting was a
great success, and Mr. Lowenthal, in his speech, considered the event made the crowning
day to his Lincolnshire visit. Mr. Lowenthal played several games at odds, winning all
of them we believe. Mr. Skipworth was to have played several simultaneous games, but
he gladly retired in favour of Mr. Lowenthal.
ImPorTANT Chess Match.—A chess match has been arranged between Mr. Black-
burne, the great blindfold player, and Herr Steinitz, the winner of the first prize at the
Vienna International Tournament in 1873. The stakes are £60 a side, and the match
will be played at the City of London Chess Club, commencing early in the ensumg winter.
The match excites unusual attention, more especially from the circumstances attending
the close of the Vienna Tournament. Blackburne, who had played all his games but one
with Rosenthal in that Tournament, the French champion, had tied with Steinitz, who
had completed his games. Blackburne had only to draw his game with Rosenthal to win
the first prize, as the draw would have added half a game to his score. He, however,
played to win it, and Rosenthal being in unusually good form, he lost it, and consequently
was brought level with Steinita. The two deciding games were won by Stenitz who bad
lost to Blackburne in their first meeting. The forthcoming contest, accordingly, promises
to be close and exciting.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 345
PROBLEM LXX.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in two moves.

MinChin v. ThOrOLd.—The Second Match has again terminated in Mr. Thorold's


favour. Score—Mr. T., 11 ; Mr. M., 5 ; Drawn, 0.

REVIEWS OF PROBLEMS IN THE LAST NUMBER.


LXIII. Perfectly accurate, and a good deal less obvious than the majority of two
movers.—J. N. K. A very pretty little Problem.—O. H. D. G. This is pretty.—H. G.
LXIV. Accurate, and up to the average of two movers, though inferior to the
preceding.—J. N. K. Not so difficult as the preceding one.—G. H. D. G.
LXV. White's moves are too obviously requisite to guard unprotected squares.—J. N. K.
A beautiful and exceedingly difficult position. Incomparably the best of the
Problemsin this number.—G. H. D. G.
346 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXXI.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

LXVI. Would not be without interest in actual play.—J. N. K. Soluble at a glance.—


G. H. D. G. '
LXVII. Ingenious. A first hasty glance at the position makes one think a solution in
three moves impossible. The object served by the Black Knight and Queen's Bishop's
Pawn is not apparent.—J. N. K. Neat, buteasy.—G. H. D. G. Very neat.—Q. W. F.
LXVIII. Extremely ingenious. The best Problem in the number.—J. N. K. An
ingenious stratagem, but inferior to LXV.—G. H. D. G. A good Problem.—G. W. F.
LXIX. Admits of a common place solution ; see the Correspondents' page. G. W. F.,
sending this easier solution, remarks—" I am not sure about this Problem. Mr.
Andrews is a very difficult fellow to get over."
E. S. writes—" The Problems in this number are scarcely up to the usual standard."
ERRATUM.
Page 303,—Black's 22nd move should be B. to Q. Kt. third.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 347
PEOBLEM LXXII.
By J. Stonehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
EKIGMA L
By J. CrakI (Hull).
White.—K. at Q. Kt. sixth, B. at Q. R. second, Kt. at K. third, Kt. at K. B. sixth, Ps. at
Q seventh, Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. third, Ps. at K. fourth and fifth, Q. Kt. second, K. B. second.
White to play and mate in two moves.
II.
By J. Crake.
White.—K. at Q. B. third, Q. at K. square, R. at Q. fourth, B. at Q. eighth, Kt. at K. Kt.
eighth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, Q. at K. R, second, Bs. at K. R. fifth and K. square, Kt. at K. B.
fifth, Ps. at K. third, K. B. fourth, K. Kt. sixth, Q. B. second.
White to play and mate in two moves.
*** The Enigmas to be solved by all Competitors for the Solution Prizes, see notice
on the cover.
348 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PROBLEM LXXIII.
By J. Storehouse.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to move, and mate in three moves.

IIL
White.—K. at K. square, R. at K. Kt. fifth, Bs. at K. B. eighth and K. R. third, Kts. at
Q. Kt. fourth and Q. R. fourth. Ps. at K. second, K. Kt. third, Q. Kt. third.
Black.—K. at Q. fifth, B. at K. fifth, Ps. at Q. third and fourth.
White to play and mate in two moves.
rv.
While.—K. at Q. Kt. square, Q. at K. R. second, B. at K. B. square, Kt. at Q. Kt. seventh.
Black.—K. at Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at Q. fifth, Q. Kt. sixth, Q. R. fifth.
White to play and mate in two moves.
V.
By W. CoaTes.
White.—K. at Q. second, Rs. at K. fifth and Q. B. fifth, Bs. at K. Kt. fourth and Q. R.
fifth, Kts. at K. B. fourth and Q. B. square, Ps. at K. sixth, K. R. fifth, Q. Kf
sixth.
Black.—K. at Q. third, Ps. at K. second and Q. B. third.
White to play and mate in three moves.
1
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 349
PROBLEM LXXIV.
Contributed.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

VL
White.—K. at K. R. second, B. at K. Kt. second, Kt. at K. Kt. seventh, Ps. at K. seventh,
K. B. sixth, K. Kt. third, Q. second.
Black.—K. at K. Kt. fifth, Kt. at Q. fourth, Ps. at K. B. second, K. Kt. third and fourth,
Q. sixth. White to play and mate in three moves.
VII.
White—K. at Q. R. fourth. Q. at Q. Kt. second, B. at K. Kt. second, Kts. at K. B. eighth
and K. R. sixth, Ps. at K. B. fourth, Q. second and sixth.
Black.—K. at Q. B. fourth, Rs. at K. R. second and fourth, B. at K. Kt. square, Kts. at Q.
R. second and third, Ps. at Q. sixth, Q. B. fifth.
White to play and mate in three moves.
vm.
White.—K. at K. R. fourth, Q. at Q. B. fifth, R. at K. R. square, P. at Q. second.
Black.—K. at Q. R. seventh, B. at K. B. second, Kt. at Q. R. second, Ps. at K. fifth, K. R.
fourth, Q. sixth, Q. Kt. sixth, Q. R. sixth.
White to play and mate in three moves.
350 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXXV.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

IX.
White.—K. at K. R. square, Q. at Q. Kt. third, Rs. at K. B. seventh and K. Kt. second,
B. at K. R. eighth, P. at K. Kt. sixth.
Black.—K. at K. Kt. square, Q. at K. B. fourth, B. at Q. B. third, Kts. at K. B. third and
K. Kt. fourth, P. at K. R. second.
White to play and mate in four moves.
X,
White.—K. at K. R. second, Q. at K. B. fourth, Rs. at K. seventh and Q. Kt. seventh, B.
at K. B. square, Kt, at Q. R. eighth, Ps. at K. third, K. Kt. second, K. R. third
Q. R. third.
Black.—K. at Q. B. fourth, Q. at Q. R. eighth, Rs. at K. eighth and Q. Kt. eighth, B. at Q.
R. fourth, Ps. at Q. third and fourth, Q. B. third.
White to play and mate in four moves.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXXVI.
Selected.

w ml
. lip pop il

IPP

mm
WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

SOLUTIONS TO PEOBLEMS IN No. X.


LXIII.
White. Black.
I. Q. to K. Kt. fifth, &c.
LXIV.
1. P. to Q. Kt. fourth, Sic.
LXV.
1. Kt. to Q. Kt. seventh 1. B. to Q. B. third (o)
2. R. to Q, eighth, mating next move.
(a) if 1 . B. to Q. B. square
2. B. to Q. B. sixth, Sic.
LXVI.
L R. to Q. Kt. fifth (dis. ch.) 1. K. to B. second
2. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (check), Sic,
LXVII.
1. B. to K. third 1. B takes Kt., Sic.
2. B. to K. R. sixth (check), Sic.
/

352 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.


CHESS CURIOSITY, No. IX.
By Trevangadacharya Shastree.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and checkmate with the King's Pawn in seven
moves.

LXVIII.
L B. to K. Kt. second 1. B. to Q. fourth
2. B. to K. R. third 2. B. to K. third
3. B. takes B. 8. F. takes B.
4. F. mates.
LXIX.
1. B. to Q. third 1. Q. B. P. takes P.
2. R. to K. Kt. fourth 2. Q. takes R.
8. B. to K. Kt. sixth 8. Q. to K. third (check)
4. Kt. to Q. sixth, mate.
CHESS CURIOSITY, No. VIII.
White's moves.—1. R. to K. B. eighth, 2. Q. to K. B. sixth, 8. Kt. takes R., 4. Kt. to
Q. fifth, 6., Kt. to Q. B. sixth, 6. R. to Q. Kt. eighth, 7. P. to Q. Kt. sixth, 8. B. to Q. B.
seventh, 9. P. takes Q. mate.
ototites to Corresponfonts.
SoluTIons To—
Problem LXIII. G. H. D. Gossip, Saxon, W. Mo.Arthur, Sretrow, H. G. (Grimsby),
G. W. Farrow, G. W. Stevens, J. n. K., J. Parker, J. Crake,
J.Taylor.
„ LXIV. G. H. D. G., Saxon, E. S, Sretrow, Laceby, H. G., G. W. F, L. B.,
G. W. S, J. N. K, J. P, J. C., J. T.
„ LXV. G. H. D. G., Saxon, W. Mc.A, E. S., Sretrow, G. W. F., G. W. S„
J. N. K, J. P., J. C, J. T.
LXVI. G. H. D. G., Saxon, W. Mc.A, E. 8, Sretrow, G. W. F., G. W. S.,
J. N. K., J. P., J. C, J. T.
„ LXVII. G. H. D. G„ Saxon, W. Mo.A., E. S., Sretrow, G. W. F., G. W. S.,
J. N, K., J. P., J. 0., J. T.
„ LXV1II. G. H. D. G., Saxon, W. Mc.A., E. S., Sretrow, G. W. F., G. W. a,
J. N. K., J. P., J. 0., J. T.
LXIX. Saxon. W. McA., Sretrow, G. W. F., G. W. a, J. N. K., J. P, J. T
Enigmas. Saxon, W. Mo.A., E. S., Sretrow (excepting No. IV.), Laoeby, H. G.,
G. W. F. (exo. I. and IV.), L. B. (exo. IV.), G. W. S., J. P., J. Crake (exc. IV.).
Cariosity No. VIII. Sretrow. J. N. K. also gives an ingenious solution, mating
with the Knight's Pawn at Q. Kt. sixth.
%* Problem LXIX. admits of an easy solution as given by several of the correspondents,
who make White play 2. P. takes P, &c, instead of 2. II. to K. Kt. fourth, &c.
J. C. (Hull), Many thanks for the Game and Problem. The Game, we regret, would
scarcely be interesting to general readers, though a memento of an undoubtedly
enjoyable meeting. The Problem, though rather -easy, is neat, and the construction
good, and we hope to find a place for it in the next number.
H. G. (Grimsby). Yours, like the Problem to which you allude, and which by the
bye was inserted by mistake, is not very problematical, and White should not have
choice of moves, particularly the first move. Do not be discouraged by early failures.
J. P. (Grimsby). Your first attempt, though in many respects well worked out, should
not give White choice of a first move. You can probably correct the position.
G. H. D. G. We are glad to be able to give you tidings of the MSS. you ask about.
Two of the Games are annotated for the December number. We are sorry to have
caused so much delay.
H. A. H. (Montreal). We are able to furnish you with the numbers you ask for. They
shall be forwarded to the proper quarter as soon as we receive the address yon wish
us to observe.
J. H. E. (Stourton). The Game in hand between yourself and Mr. C, which we hoped
to have published this time, has not been correctly recorded, and it is not, we regret,
intelligible to us. Also at your move 16, you might have won at least the exchange
by Kt. to K. Kt. sixth,
J. Lbwenthal and J. Wisker. We are again greatly indebted to you for good work.
Editors of Town and Country, and of Nuova Rivista Degli Scacchi. Thanks for Nos. duly
received. We are not prepared to make any additional exchanges before next year.
Dr. Vines, J. Stonehonse, W. Coates, Tudor Castle, E. Thorold, B. W. Fisher, are all
thanked for their communications.
*»* There will be a change in the editorial staff of this Magazine after this year. Mr.
Skipworth regrets that he has not sufficient leisure to enable him to give sufficient
attention to the work.
*** The December number will not be issued until nearly Christmas.
Solutions to Problems, &c, and other editorial matter should be addressed to the
Eev. A. B. SkIPWorTh, Tetford Rectory, Horncastle.
*»* Please let all exchanges be addressed to Mr. SkIPWobTh as above.
*** A very liberal arrangement made with Secretaries of Clubs who order twelve copies.
All Subscriptions should now be paid to James Williamson, Lincoln.
Orders for the Magazine must be sent to
James Williamson,
Bookseller, LinColn.
to whom P. 0. Orders may be made payable. Free by Post 6s. per annum, payable in
advance ; single copies, by post, on receipt of thirteen stamps.
English Chess Problems—Edited by W. T. Pierce, is now in the press, and will be
issued composers
living probably about
; Part Christmas. Part I.deceased,
II. of those lately will comprise
such asthe best Bone,
Bolton, productions
a J. B. ofof
Bridport" ; Part III. will be devoted to original Problems specially composed for
this work. The Problems are chiefly in three or four moves. Altogether they
number nearly 600.
TeTFord Church ResToraTion.—The Rev. A. B. SMpworth thanks several friends
for kind and liberal help towards the restoration of bis Church. The Rev. J. H. Ellis,
£5 ; the Rev. W. Wayte, £2 2s. ; Rev. J. Coker, £2 2s. ; T. Bourn, Esq., £1 Is. ;
Rev. W. Beckett, £3 3s. ; Mr. Parker (Grimsby), 10s. 6d. ; J. W. Rimington Wilton,
Esq., £5. Any help, however slight, from friends who have not already too many
calls upon their liberality, will be gratefully acknowledged.
Address—The Rev. A. B. Skipworth,
Tetford,
Horncastle.
The Prizes for Solutions.—Competitors for these prizes must send in their solutions
on or before the 1 st of December next.
%* As the contest is likely to be rather a close one, competitors in Class I. are requested
to send in solutions to the Enigmas as well as the Problems which appear in this
number, and which will appear in December, all of which will be considered in
making the awards. Some of the Enigmas will be found at least as difficult as the
Problems, the difference is generally merely in name.
Problem Prizes.—Mr. Stonehouse is the only competitor! If the Problems are sound
he will not lose his reward.

THOMAS COLE,

156, STRAND, LONDON.

THE NEW CLERICAL FELT HAT


So much approved is a speciality of this house.
pattern Cards of Shapes and Instructions for Self.measurement
forwarded on application.
SOFT FELTS
Can be safely forwarded by post in a case especially provided by
THOMAS COLE.
THE MOST COMPLETE STOCK IN LONDON.
BEST QUALITY FELTS, 10s. 6d.
COLLEGE CAPS FOR SCHOOLS, from 42s. pee dozen.

(Four Doors City Side of Somerset House.)

James WILIJaJIson, prinTer, high sTreet, linoolh.


Vol. IV. No. XII.

THE CHESS PLAY EES

CHEOMCLE.

DECEMBER, 1875.

CONTENTS.
Games—played between— Page.
No. 141 Lord Lyttelton and Dr. Freeman 353
„ 142 Mr. Gossip and Mr. Owen 356
M 143 Mr. Gossip and Mr. Owen 358
„ 144 Mr. T. Bourn and Mr. F. W. Clarke 360
„ 145 Mr. Ryder and Mr. Walker 361
„ 146 Mr. Walker and Mr. Ryder 362
„ 147 Mr. Fisher and Mr. Ranken '.. .. 364
„ 148 Mr Ranken and Mr. Fisher 366
„ 149 Mr. From and Mr. Nielsen 367
„ 150 Dr. Lindehn and Mr. Elsom 368
„ 151 Mr. Wisker and Mr. Boden 370
„ 152 Mr. Andrews and Mr. Jenkins 371
„ 153 Mr. Ranken and Mr. Skipworth 373
„ 154 Mr. Potter and Dr. Zukertort 375
Chess InTelligence—
"English Chess Problems" 376
Messrs. Zukertort and Potter 377
Grimsby 377
Correspondence Club Tournament 877
Bury and West Suffolk Club Conference 377
City of London Chess Magazine 378
St. George's Chess Club 378
City of London Club 378
Mr. Morphy 378, 379
Prizes for Solutions 378
Enigmas 883, 384
Solutions to Problems 379-383
Chess CuriosiTy 884
Problem lxxvii 377
„ LXXVIII 878
LXXIX 879
LXXX 380
LXXXI 381
LXXXII 382
LXXXIII 383
„ LXXXIV. 884

LINCOLN : JAMES WILLIAMSON, HIGH STREET.


LONDON: GEORGE BELL & SONS, YORK STREET, COVENT GARDEN.
Price One Shilling.
HINTS FOE BEGINNEES.
In placing the board remember to have a white square in the corner of
the board at your right hand.
Observe the abbreviations :—
K.—King.
Q.—Queen.
K. B., K. Kt., K. R.—King's Bishop, King's Knight, King's Rook
(or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the King.
Q. B., Q. Kt., Q. R.—Queen's Bishop, Queen's Knight, Queen's
Rook (or Castle), the pieces placed in order next the Queen.
P.—Pawn. Each P. has a name depending upon the file upon
which it stands. Thus a P. in front of the square upon which the K.
originally stands is King's Pawn—K. P. ; or a P. in front of K. B.'s
original square is King's Bishop's Pawn—K. B. P. ; similarly we
have Q. P., Q. B. P., &c.
The square upon which the K. originally stands is King's square ;
the square next in front is K. second, the next K. third, and so on to
the eighth. The square upon which the K. B. originally stands is
King's Bishop's square, the square next in front of it K. B. second,
and so on to the eighth. Similarly is every square designated.
In following out any notation be careful for White Men to count
from White's side of the board ; and for Black Men from Black's side
of the board.
In illustration, we give the following little problem : firstly, according
to the notation ; secondly, on a diagram ; leaving the solution to the
ingenuity of those for whom this page is specially given.
White.—K. at K. B. third, R. at K. square, Kt. at K. R. fifth, Kt. at
Q. Kt. fifth, Ps. at K. fourth, K. Kt. second and fourth, and Q. B. fourth.
Black.—K. at K. fourth, P. at K. third.
White playing first mates in two moves.
Black.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 353

No. 141.
We give a game played by correspondence between Lord Lyttelton
and Dr. Freeman, illustrative of a new variation in the Evans'
Gambit. In the notes our readers will find the best mode of
playing the defence against this form of the attack.
White. (Lord Lyttelton.) | Black. (Dr. Freeman.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. B. to Q. B. fourth
4. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 4. B. takes Kt. P.
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. B. to Q. E. fourth
6. B. takes P. (check) 6. K. takes B.
7. Kt. takes P. (check) 7. Kt. takes Kt.
8. Q. to K. E. fifth (check) 8. Kt. to K. Kt. third
9. Q. to Q. fifth (check) (a) 9. K. to K. square
10. Q. takes B. 10. P. to Q. third (b)
11. P. to Q. fourth 11. K. Kt. to K. second (c)
12. Castles 12. P. to.Q. Kt. third (d)
13. Q. to K. E. fifth 13. Q. to Q. second
14. P. to K. B. fourth (e) 14. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
15. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) (/) 15. B. to Q. second
16. Q. to Q. third 16. K. E. to K. B. square
17. P. to K. B. fifth 17. Kt. to K. E. square
18. E. to K. B. fourth 18. Q. to K. E. fourth
19. B. to Q. Kt. second 19. B. to Q. B. third
20. P. to Q. fifth 20. B. to Q. Kt. second
21. P. to Q. B. fourth 21. Kt. to K. B. second (g)
22. Kt. to Q. second 22. Kt. to K. fourth
23. B. takes Kt. 23. P. takes B.
24. E. to K. B. third 24. Q. to K. B. ,second
25. Q. E. to K. B. square 25. Q. to K. B. third (h)
26. P. to K. Kt. fourth 26. K. to Q. second
27. E. to K. Kt. third 27. Q. to Q. third
z
354 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
28. Kt. to K. B. third 28. B. to Q. E. third
29. Q. to Q. B. third 29. Q. E. to K. square
30. K. to Kt. second (i) 30. K. to B. square
31. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth (k) 31. P. to K. E. third
32. Kt. to K. sixth 32. E. to K. B. second
33. E. to Q. B. square 33. P. to Q. B. fourth
34. Q. to Q. B third (I) 34. K. to Kt. second
35. E. to Q. Kt. third 35. B. takes P. (m)
36. E. takes B. 36. K. to E. square
37. Q. to Q. E. sixth (n) 37. Kt. to Q. B. square
38. P. to Q. E. fourth 38. E. to Q. second (o)
39. P. to Q. E. fifth 39. P. takes P.
40. Q. takes E. P. 40. E. takes Kt.
41. K. B. P. takes E. 41. E. to Q. B. second
42. E. to Q. Kt. fifth 42. Kt. to Q. Kt. third
43. Q. E. takes P.
And Black resigns.
NOTES by J. LoWenThAL.
(a) Prior to taking the Bishop, this move 9. Q. to Q. fifth (check) is the best which the
board affords, as it drives the hostile King to a disadvantageous position. In the present
example of the opening the King retreats to his own square. If, however, he move
instead 9. K. to B. square, the following variation is likely to arise :—
9. K. to B. square
10. Q. takes B. 10. Kt. to K. B. fifth, best, (or A. B. C. D.)
This will be found to be Black's best defence, if he moves 9. K. to B. square. It not only
threatens to capture the K. Kt. P, checking, but also to check at Q. sixth with the Knight,
afterwards taking White's Bishop ; or if White castles on the 11th move, Black plays Kt.
to K. seventh (checkt, and takes off the Bishop as before.
11. P. to Q. fourth
Undoubtedly the best move, as it establishes White's Pawns in the centre.
11. Kt. to Q. sixth (check)
(Black by taking Kt.'s Pawn with Kt. (check) would lose a piece by—
12. K. to B. square 12. Kt. to R. fifth
13. B. to K. Kt. fifth, winning a piece.)
12. K. to K. second Kt. takes B. (check)
13. E. takes Kt. P. to Q. third
And Black has a safe game.
(A)
10. P. to Q. third
11. P. to Q. fourth 11. Kt. to K. B. third
12. P. to K. B. third 12. K. to B. second
13. Castles 13. R. to K. square
14. B. to K. third 14. B. to Q. second
16. Kt. to Q. second Iff. K. to Kt. square
16. Q. R. to Q. square
And White has all his pieces in fine play.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 355
(B)
10. Q. to K. second
11. P. to Q. third 11. Kt. to K. B. third
12. Castles 12. P. to Q. third
13. P. to K. B. fourth 13. K. to B. second
14. Kt. to Q. second 14. R. to K. square
15. Kt. to K. B. third
And although a piece minus, White still has scope for attack.
(0)
10. Kt. to K. B. third
11 P. to K. fifth 11. Q, to K., second
12. P. to Q. fourth 12. P. to Q. third
13. Castles 13. Kt. to K. square
(If instead Black play—
13. Kt. to K. fifth, then
14. P. to K. B. third 14. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
15. P. takes P., and White wins.
Or if 13. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
14. P. takes P. 14. P. takes P.
15. B. to K. Kt. fifth 15. Q. to Q. second
16. P. to K. R. third with a strong attack.)
14. P. to K. B. fourth
And again White has strong centre Pawns.
(D)
10. P. to Q. Kt. third
11. Q. to Q. R. third (check) 11. P. to Q. third
12. Castles 12. Kt. to K. B. third
13. P. to Q. third 13. P. to Q. B. fourth
14. P. to K. B. fourth 14. Q. to Q B. second
15. K. to Q. second 15. B. to Q. Kt. second
16. Kt. to K. B. third
And notwithstanding the minority of force, White's attack is hy no means exhausted.
(6) As in this game Black plays his King to his own square, he cannot with advantage
move his Kt. to K. B. fifth on the 10th move. For White might reply with 11. Q. to
K. fifth (check), &o.
(c) An inferior move at a critical point in the game. Black should rather have played
11. Kt. to K. B. third
(d) This also was injudicious, bringing the adverse Queen into a stronger position.
Black should have advanced his Q. B. P. to the fourth square, offering the exchange of
Queens, and preventing White from playing his Q. at once to K. R. fifth.
(e) A good move, White's centre Pawns are now very strong.
(/) Avoiding the exchange of Queens.,
(g) Bringing the Q. Kt. into action, and making it dangerous for White to take Pawn
with Bishop.
(h) To prevent the advance of the King's Bishop's Pawn.
(t) White could safely have taken the Pawn with the Knight—
30. Kt. takes P. (check) 30. K. to B. square
31. Kt. to Q. third, &c.
(k) A good move for maintaining the attack.
(I) The Queen is well placed on this square, and Black's game is now so cramped that
he cannot much longer defend the position.
(m) 35. R. to Q. B. square would perhaps have been better play than the sacrifice of
the Bishop. In that case, however, the Bishop must ultimately have been lost, as White
could easily place the K. Rook behind the Queen on the Rook's file.
(n) Threatening to take Q. B. P. with R.
(a) 38. Q. to Q. second would have afforded Black a better defence than the move in
the text. For example :— ,
38. Q. to Q. second
39. P. to Q, R. fifth 39. Q. to Q. Kt. second (E)
40. Kt. takes Q. B. P. (F) 40. Q, takes Q.
41. Kt. takes Q. 41. Q. R. to Q. square (best)
356 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
42. Kt. to Q. B. seventh (check) 42. K. to Kt. square
43. Kt. to K. sixth 43. Q. R. to Q. second
44. Q. R. to Q. B. sixth 44. Kt. to K. second
46. Q. R. to Q. B. second 45. Kt. to Q. B. square
46. K. R. to Q. B. third 46. Kt. to Q. third
47. P. takes P. . 47. P. takes P.
48. K. to B. third
And White ought, we believe, to win, having a Pawn more than his adversary and a
strong position.
(E)
39. Kt. to Q. third (inferior)
40, P. takes P. 40. Kt. takes R.
41. Kt. to Q. B. seventh (check) 41. K. to Et. square
And White mates in two moves.
<P)
40. Q. takes Q, (check) (inferior) 44. R. takes Q.
This is better than taking with King.
41. P. to Q. R. sixth (or P. takes P)
And in either case Black's Pawns on the Queen's side will prevent White from winning.

No. 142.
This and the following game were played some little time since
between Mr. Owen and Mr. Gossip in a contest for the Pro
vincial Champion Cup, won by Mr. Owen.
(French Gams.)
White. (Mr. Gossip.) Black. (Mr. Owen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. third 3. P. to Q. fourth
4. P. to K. fifth (a) 4. P. to Q. B. fourth (6)
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. Kt. to K. second 6. Q. to Q. Kt. third
7. Castles 7. B. to Q. second
8. B. to Q. B. second 8. P. to K. Kt. third
9. K. to E. square 9. P. to K. E. fourth
10. P. to Q. Kt. third 10. B. to K. E. third
11. P. to K. B. fourth 11. B. to K. B. square
12. B. to K. third 12. Kt. to K. E. third
13. P. to K. E. third 13. E. to Q. B. square
14. Kt. to Q. second 14. P. takes P.
15. P. takes P. 15. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
16. B. to Q. Kt. square 16. B. to Q. Kt. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 357
17. Kt. to K. B. third 17. B. to K. second
18. P. to Q. E. third 18. Q. to Q. E. third (c)
19. E. to K. square 19. Kt. to Q. sixth :
20. B. takes Kt. 20. B. takes B.
21. E to Q. E second 21. Kt. to K. B. fourth
22. B. to K. B. second 22. Castles
23. Kt. to K. Kt. third 23. E. to Q. B. sixth
24. Kt. takes Kt. 24. B. takes Kt.
25. E. to K. third 25. K. E. to Q. B. square
26. E. takes E. 26. E. takes E.
27. F. to Q. E. fourth 27. Q. to Q. B. third
28. Kt. to K. square 28. B. to Q. Kt. fifth
29. K. to E. second 29. P. to Q. E. third
30. P. to K. Kt. fourth 30. P. takes P.
31. P. takes P. 31. E. to Q. B. eighth
32. Q. to K. B. third 32. B. to K. fifth
33. Q. to K. Kt. third 33. Q. to Q. B. sixth
34. Q. takes Q. 34. E. takes Q.
35. E. to Q. E. square 35. E. takes P.
36. E. to Q. B. square 36. E to Q. B. sixth
37. E. to Q. E square 37. E to Q. B. fifth
38. Kt. to K. Kt. second 38. B. to Q. B. sixth (d)
39. E. to Q. B. square 39. B. to Q. Kt. seventh
40. E. takes E. (e) 40. P. takes E.
41. Kt. to K. third 41. P. to Q. B. sixth
42. P. to K. B. fifth 42. P. to Q. B. seventh
43. Kt. takes P. 43. B. takes Kt.
44. P. takes K. P. 44. P. takes P.
45. P. to Q. E. fifth 45. B. to Q. B. sixth
And Black wins.
NOTES by J. LoWenThaL.
(a) This is a weak move, as it transfers the attack to the second player.
(6; In this opening as well as in the French debut, this is Black's best rejoinder to
White's last move.
358 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
(c) Black has now an excellent game.
(d) R. to Q. B. seventh would have been equally decisive. Let us suppose—
38. R. to Q. B. seventh
39. K. to Kt. square (best) 39. B. to Q. B. sixth
40. R. to Q. square (best) 40. B. to K. B. sixth
41. R. to Q. third (best) 41. B. takes Kt.
42. K, takes B. 42. B. to K. eighth
43. R. to K. B. third (best) 43. R. to Q. R. seventh
44. K. to B. square 44. B. takes B.
45. R. takes B. 46. R. takes F. and wins.
(e) This of course hastens defeat, but the game was past redemption.

No. 143.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Gossip.) Black. (Mr. Owen.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. third (a)
4. B. to Q. third 4. B. to K. Kt. second
5. K. Kt. to K. second 5. Castles
6. Castles 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. P. to Q. E. third 7. P. to K. fourth
8. P. to Q. fifth 8. Kt. to K. second
9. Kt. to K. Kt. third (6) 9. Kt. to K. square
10. Q. Kt. to K. second 10. P. to K. B. fourth (c)
11. P. takes P. (d) 11. P. takes P.
12. P. to K. B. fourth (e) 12. P. to K. fifth
13. B. to Q. B. fourth 13. Kt. to K. B. third
14. B. to Q. B. second (/) 14. Q. to K. square
15. P. to Q. B. fourth 15. K. to E. square
16. B. to Q. Kt. square 16. Q. Kt. to K. Kt. square
17. Kt. to Q. fourth 17. Kt. to K. E. third
18. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth 18. Q. to K. second
19. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 19. P. to Q. E. third
20. Kt. to Q. fourth 20. K. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth
21. E. to Q. Kt. third 21. B. to Q. second
22. E. to Q. B. third 22. Q. to K. E. fifth (g)
23. P. to K. R. third 23. P. to K. sixth
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 359
24. P. takes Kt. 24. Kt. takes P. (h)
25. E. to K. B. third 25. Kt. to K. B. seventh
26. E. takes Kt. (<) 26. P. takes E. (check)
27. K. takes P. 27. P. to Q. B. fourth
28. Kt. to K. B. third 28. Q. to K. Kt. fifth
29. E. to Q. third (k) 29. E. to K. Kt. square
30. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 30. B. to Q. fifth (check)
31. E. takes B. 31. E. takes Kt.
32. P. takss E. 32. P. takes E.
33. Q. takes Q. 33. P. takes Q.
34. B. to Q. Kt. second 34. E. to K. B. square (check)
35. K. to Kt square 35. E. to K. B. fifth
36. Kt. to K. second 36. E. to K. fifth
37. B. takes P. (check) 37. K. to Kt. square
38. K. to B. square 38. P. to K. Kt. sixth
39. B. to.Q. Kt. square 39. E. to K. Kt. fifth
40. B. to Q. third 40. E. takes P.
41. B. to K. B. sixth 41. E. to K. Kt. fifth
42. B. to K. seventh 42. E. to K. Kt. second
43. B. takes Q. P. 43. E. to K. B. second (check)
44. Kt. to K. B. fourth 44. B. to K. Kt. fifth
45. P. to Q. B. fifth
And White eventually won.
NOTES by J. LbWenThaL.
(a) The best move ; it frees the King's Bishop, and also prepares the way for castling.
(6) We should have preferred playing P. to K. B. fourth, as it would not only have
liberated the K. B., but would also have brought the Q. B. into immediate co-operation.
<c) A good move, as will be seen anon.
(d) This is objectionable ; it gives Black strong centre Pawns, and also enables him
eventually, after playing the K. to R. square, to place the R. on the vacated square, on
which he will occupy a strong and menacing position.
(e) The only move to avert the coming danger,
(/) Losing time, he should rather have played P. to K. R. third
(g) Black had at this point a very superior game, which, with ordinary care, ought to
have been w.on without difficulty. The move in the text is weak, and to no purpose^
Q. R. to K. square instead would nave maintained the advantage.
(A) Hazardous play, seriously compromising Black's game.
(t) A resource which was no doubt overlooked by Black when he played the Q. to R.
fifth.
(*) The last series of moves was very well played by White, and having turned the
tables on his opponent, he carries the game to a successful issue.
360 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

No. 144.
Played recently by Correspondence.
(Sicilian Defence.)
White. (Mr. T. Bourn.) Black. (Mr. F. W. Clarke.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to Q. B. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to K. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth (a)
4. P. takes P. (b) 4. P. takes P.
5. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 5. Kt. to Q. B. third
6. Castles 6. B. to K. third
7. P. to q. fourth 7. Kt. to K. B. third
8. B. to K. Kt. fifth (c) 8. P. to Q. E. third
9. B. takes Q. Kt. (check) 9. P. takes B.
10. Kt. to K. fifth (d) 10. B. to Q. third
11. B. to K. square 11. Q. to Q. B. second
12. B. takes Kt. (e) 12. P. takes B.
13. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth 13. Castles (Q. E.)
14. P. takes P. 14. B. takes B. P.
15. Kt. to Q. E. fourth 15. B. to Q. E. second
16. Q. to K. B. third 16. Q. E. to K. Kt. square (/)
17. Kt. takes P. 17. E, to K. Kt. third
18. Q. to Q. B, third (g) 18. B. takes P. (check)
19. K. takes B. 19. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
20. K. to Kt. square 20. Q. takes Q. Kt.
21. Kt. to K. fourth 21. K. E. to K. Kt. square
22. P. to Q. Kt. third 22. E. takes P. (check) (h)
23. K. to B. square 23. E. to K. Kt. eighth (check)
And Black mates in three more moves.
NOTES by J. Wiskeb.
(a) This advance is premature, and ought to result in an inferior game. 3. Kt. to Q.B. third
or 3. P. to Q. R. third, ought to be played at this stage.
(6) White might have advanced P. to Q. fourth at once with advantage. Or he might
have checked at this point, taking the Knight if it interposed, and moving P. to K. fifth.
The second player would then have found it difficult to undouble his Q. B. P., except at a
disadvantage.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 361
(c) We should have preferred posting this. Bishop on K. third. White's opening ends in
his parting with his two Bishops for the two Knights—seldom an advisable exchange.
(d) This advance is decidedly weak, as the next few moves plainly shew.
((?) A fatal indiscretion. The open K. Kt. file upon the White King is a disadvantage
that cannot be overcome.
(/) Black plays the termination with vigour and decision. The K. B. P. may be safely
abandoned for the sake of bringing the Rooks into effective play.
(g) This proves immediately fatal ; but the situation must be highly unpleasant, let
"White do what he will.
(A) The termination is very neat.

No. 145.
In the Correspondence Tourney.
(King's Bishop's Opening.)
White. (Mr. Eyder.) Black. (Mr. Walker.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. B. to Q. B. fourth 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third (a) 3. Kt. takes P.
4. Kt. to Q. B. third 4. Kt. takes Kt.
5. Q. P. takes Kt. 5. P. to K. B. third (b)
6. Castles 6. Q. to K. second (6)
7. E. to K. square 7. P. to Q. third
8. B. to K. B. fourth (c) 8. B. to K. Kt. fifth (d)
9. P. to K. B. third 9. B. takes Kt.
10. Q. takes B. 10. P. to Q. B. third
11. P. to Q. E. third 11. Kt. to Q. second
12. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 12. P. to K. Kt. third
13. P. to Q. Kt. fifth 13. P. to Q. fourth
14. P. takes P. 14. P. takes P.
15. B. to Q. Kt. third 15. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
16. P. to Q. B. fourth 16. Kt. takes B.
17. P. takes Kt. 17. B. to Q. square
18. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 18. B. to K. Kt. second
19. B. to K. third 19. B. to Q. second
20. B. to Q. B. fifth 20. Q. to K. third
21. Q. B. to Q. square 21. K. to B. second
362 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.

22. B. to Q. fourth 22. Q. to K B. fourth (e)


23. B. to Q. Kt. second 23. Q. takes Q,
24. P. 24. K. E. to Q. square
25. P. to Q. B. fifth 25. E. to Q. Kt. square
26. E. to K. second 26. E. to K. second
27. Q. E. to K. square 27. P. to Q. E. third
28. K. to Kt. second 28. P. to K. Kt. fourth
29. K.. to Kt. third 29. P. to K. E. fourth
30. P. to K. E fourth 30. P. takes P. (check)
31. K takes P. 31. B. to K. E. third
32. B. to Q. B. square (/) 32. B. takes B.
33. E. takes B. 33. E. to K. Kt. square (g)
34. Q. E. to K. square 34. K. to K. third
35. K. to E third 35. K. to B. fourth
36. E. to K. third 36. K. to B. fifth (h)
And White resigned.
NOTES by E. Walker,
(a) This resolves the opening into a variation of the " Petroff." The sacrifice of the
K. P. is not strictly sound, though it was at one time supposed that Black could not
. safely take the Q. Kt. on the next move.
(6) These two moves are the only chance for Black to maintain the Pawn, at the cost
of an intolerably cramped position.
(c) 11 White play, as is often done, 8. Kt. to K. R, fourth, the reply is 8. P. to K. Kt.
third.
(d) This removes some of the pressure from the K. P.
(«) Winning a piece, or forcing the exchange of Queens.
(/) U 32. K. takes P., Black replies with 32. B. to K. B. fifth and wins immediately.
(g) Securing the open file, and effectually shutting up the King.
(h) At this point Mr. Ryder resigned the Match, admitting that the other game was
* hopelessly lost, and that he could not, under the most favorable circumstances, make
more than a draw of this." But we believe, in fact, both games are equally lost for him.

No. 146.
A companion game to the preceding.
(Philidor's Defence.
White. (Mr. Walker.) | Black. (Mr. Etder.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
THE CHESS PLAYEES' CHRONICLE.
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. P. to Q. third
3. P. to Q. fourth 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth (a) 4. B. to K. second (A)
5. P. to Q. B. third 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. Q. to Q. Kt. third 6. Castles
7. P. takes P. 7. Kt. takes P.
8. B. to Q. fifth 8. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth
9. B. takes Q. Kt. P. 9. B. takes B.
10. Q. takes B. 10. Kt. takes Kt. (check)
11. Q. takes Kt. 11. P. to Q. fourth
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. P. to Q. B. third
13. Castles 13. Q. to Q. Kt. third
14. Q. to Q. third 14. B. to K. B. third
15. E. to Q. square 15. E. to K. square
16. B. to K. third 16. Q. takes Q. Kt. P. (b)
17. Q. B. to Q. Kt. square (B) 17. Q. to Q. E. sixth
18. Kt. takes P. 18. Q. to Q. third
19. Kt. takes B. (check) 19. Q. takes Kt.
20. B. to Q. Kt. seventh (c) 20. P. to Q. E. fourth (C)
21. E. to Q. B. square 21. Kt. to Q. E. third
22. P. to Q. E. third (d) 22. K. E. to Q. B. square
23. B. to Q. Kt. sixth 23. Kt. to Q. Kt. square
24. Q. to Q. B. fourth 24. Q. to Q. third
25. P. to Q. fifth 25. P. to K. B. third
26. P. takes P. 26. Q. to K. B. square (e)
27. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth 27. Q. to K. square
28. P. to Q. E. fourth (/) 28. E. to Q. E. second
29. B. to K. B. fourth 29. E. to Q. E. square
30. P. to Q. B. seventh 30. Kt. to Q. second (g)
31. E. to Q. E. sixth (h) 31. E. takes E.
32. Q. takes E. 32. Kt. to K. B. square
33. E. to Q. Kt. square 33. Kt. to Q. second (i)
34. Q.takesE. 34. Q. takes Q.
364 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
35. E. to Q. Kt. eighth |
And Black resigns.
NOTES by E. WAlker.
(a) This Is not so strong as Q. takes P., but was adopted for the sake of variety, and as
not having been so exhaustively analysed.
(6) Black overlooked, when he took this Pawn, that he would lose his Q. P. in return,
besides getting a lost position.
(c) After this move Black pan never extricate his pieces.
(d) This was compulsory, to prevent the Kt. going to Kt. fifth and thence to Q. fourth,
from which square White, with only his Q. B., could never have dislodged him.
(e) He would have lost his Q. on the move, had he taken the Q. R. P.
if) To protect the Queen, and leave Black's Q. R. P. assailable by the Bishop.
(g) If 30. Q. takes Q., White replies with P. takes Kt., queening.
(A) Better than R. to Q. sixth.
(i) Kt. to K. Kt. third would have prolonged thejgame a little.
NOTES by J. LoWenThal.
(.4) Kt. to K. B. third is now generally considered to be the best move Black can adopt
at this point.
(B) Instead of the move in the text White should have at once taken the Q. P. with
Kt., threatening to win the Q. by playing K. R. to Q. Kt. square, e.g.—
17. Kt. takes P. 17. Q. to Q. Kt. second (there is no
better move.)
18. Kt. takes B, (check) 18. P. takes Kt.
19. B. to K. R. sixth 19. K. to R. square (best)
20. R. to K. square 20. Kt. to Q. 6econd (best)
21. Q. to K. B. fifth 21. R. takes R. (check)
22. R. takes R. 22. R. to K. Kt. square
23. R. to K. seventh, with the better game.
(C) We should have much preferred playing R. to K. second.

No. 147.
Played April, 1875.
(Allgaier Gambit.)
White. (Mr. Fisher.) Black. (Mr. Eanken.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. Kt. fourth
4. P. to K. E. fourth 4. P. to K. Kt. fifth
5. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 5. P. to K. E. third
6. Kt. takes P. 6. K. takes Kt.
■ 7.
7. P. to Q. fourth (a) P. to K. B. sixth (b)
8. B. to Q. B. fourth (check) 8. K. to Kt. second
9. P. takes P. 9. B. to K. second
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 365

10. Castles (c) 10. P. to Q. fourth


11. B. takes Q. P. 11. Kt. to K. B. third
12. B. to Q. Kt. third 12. Kt. to Q. B. third
13. P. to K. fifth (d) 13. Q. takes P. (check)
14. Q. takes Q. 14. Kt. takes Q.
15. P. takes Kt. (check) 15. B. takes P.
16. P. takes P. 16. Kt. to K. seventh (check)
17. K. to Kt. second 17. Kt. takes B.
18. E. takes Kt. 18. B. takes Kt. P.
19. Kt. to Q. second 19. B. takes Q. E.
20. E. takes B. 20. B. takes P.
21. K. to Kt. third 21. P. to K. E. fourth
22. Kt. to K. fourth 22. Q. E. to K. square
23. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 23. R, to K. sixth (check)
24. K. to B. fourth 24. K. E. to K. square
25. E. to K. Kt. square 25. E. to K. seventh (e)
26. P. to Q. E. third 26. E. to K. B. seventh (check)
27. K. to Kt. third 27. E. to K. B. third
28. E. to K. Kt. second 28. E, to K. sixth (check)
29. K. to E. second 29. P. to Q. B. fourth
30. B. to Q. fifth 30. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
31. Kt. to K. fourth 31. E. to K. Kt. third
32. Kt. takes P. 32. E. to K. fourth
33. E. to Q. second 33. E. to Q. third
And Black wins.
NOTES by C. E. RAnKEn.
(a) A favorite move with Mr. Thorold, but inferior, we think, to B. to Q. B. fourth
(check).
(6) It is doubtful whether this or P. to Q. fourth be the best reply to White's last
move; if P. to Q. fourth be played, White answers with Kt. to Q. B. third, and if the Kt.
be then pinned, he takes the gambit Pawn with B., having a good attack.
(c) Very dangerous ; in these positions B. to K. third should always be played, and
afterwards K. to Q. second.
(d) P. to Q. B. third looks stronger ; the move made enables Black, by surrendering the
piece, to gain a winning advantage.
(«) Perhaps R. to Q. B. sixth, followed by P. to Q. B. fourth, would be more forcible.
366 THE OHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE.
No. 148.
(French Game.)
White. (Mr. Eanken.) Black. (Mr. Fisher.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. P. to K. fifth 4. K. Kt. to Q. second
5. Q. Kt. to K. second 5. P. to Q. B. fourth
6. P. to Q. B. third 6. Kt. to Q. B. third
7. P. to Q. E. third (a) 7. B. to K. second
8. P. to K. B. fourth 8. P. to K. B. third
9. Kt. to K. B. third 9. P. to Q. Kt. fourth (6)
10. Kt. to K. Kt. third 10. P. to Q. B. fifth
11. B. to K. second 11. ' Kt. to Q. E. fourth (c)
12. B. to K. third 12. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth
13. B. to Q.'Kt. square 13. Castles
14. Castles 14. P. to Q. E. fourth
15. Q. to K. square 15. P. to K. B. fourth
16. B. to Q. square 16. P. to Q. E. fifth
17. B. takes Kt. (d) 17. E. P. takes B.
18. P. to K. E. third 18. P. to K. E. third
19. Q. to K. second 19. P. to K. Kt. fourth
20. Kt. to K. E. second 20. K. to E. second
21. Q. to K. E. fifth 21. E. to K. Kt. square (e)
22. Kt. takes P. (/) 22. P. takes Kt.
23. Q. to K. B. seventh (check) 23. E. to K. Kt. second
24. Q. takes Q. P. 24. Kt. to Q. Kt. third (g)
25. Q. to K. B. third 25. Kt. to Q. fourth
26. B. to Q. second 26. B. to Q. Kt. second
27. P. takes P. 27. B. takes Kt. P.
28. Q. takes P. (check) 28. K. to E. square
29. B. takes B. 29. E. takes B.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 367
30. Q. to K. B. seventh (h) 30. E. to K. Kt. second
31. Kt. to K. Kt. fourth (() 31. E. takes Q.
32. E. takes E. 32. P. to K. E. fourth
33. Kt. to K. E. sixth 33. Q. to K. Kt. fourth
And White resigns.
NOTES by C. E. Ranken.
(a) In this variation this move is needed to prevent the check of the B. at Q. Kt. fifth.
(6) Q. to Q. Kt. third is better play.
(c) Not a good move.
(d) The Kt. can do no harm where he is, and therefore it would be better to leave him
alone, and play the B. to Q. B. second.
■ (e) Well played, for White dare not now win the K. P.
(/) A needless sacrifice ; he ought to have brought back his Kt. to K. B. third;
(g) This again is well conceived ; for if White takes the Kt. P., he loses his Q.
(h) Q. to K. B. third was better, but the game is lost anyhow.
(i) Retreating the Q. to B. second seemed useless, for then Black wins by Kt. to B. fifth.

No. 149.
A brilliant little game played recently in Copenhagen between
Messrs. From and Nielsen.
(Northern Gambit.)
White. (Mr. From.) I Black. (M.T. Nielsen.)
1 . P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. P, to Q. B. third 3. P. takes P.
4. B. to Q. B. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. Q. B. takes P. (a) 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. P. to K. fifth 6. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check)
7. Kt. to Q. second 7. Q. to K. second
8. Q. to K. second 8. B. takes Kt. (check)
9. K. takes B. (b) 9. Kt. to K. E. fourth
10. Kt. to K. B. third 10. Kt. to K. B. fifth
11. Q. to K. fourth 11. Kt. to K. third (c)
1 2. ' K. E. to K. square 12. P. to Q. third
13. E. to K. third 13. Kt. to Q. B. third
14. P. takes P. 14. Q. takes P. (check)
368 THE 0HES3 PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
15. K. to K. square 15. Castles
16. B. to Q. E. third 16. Kt. to Q. B. fourth
17. Q. to Q. B. second 17. P. to Q. Kt. third
18. E. to Q. square 18. Q. to K. E. third (d)
19. B. takes Kt. 19. P. takes B.
20. B. takes P. (check) (e) 20. K. to E. square
21. E. to Q. fifth 21. B. to K. Kt. fifth
22. Kt. to K. Kt. fifth 22. Q. E. to Q. square
23. Kt. takes P. (/) 23. E. takes E.
24. Kt. takes E (g) 24. E. to Q. eighth (check)
25. Q. takes E. 25. B. takes Q.
26. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (check) 26. K. to E. second
27. E. to K. eighth
And White wins (h).
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) This mode of playingthe opening is the invention of M. Frohi or Dr. Lindehn.
(6) A very curious position. Though the King is so exposed to attack he cannot
readily be got at.
(c) The sacrifice of the Q. P. at this point would have freed Black's game.
(d) Offering to exchange Queens looks better, but is not really so, as White would
accept the exchange, and then move Kt. to Kt. fifth.
(e) Quite sound, for if »the Rook capture the Bishop, the answer is R. to K. eighth
(check), followed by Q. to Q. B. fourth (check), and if the King take the Bishop, White
plays Q. to B. fourth (check). The finish is very brilliant.
(/) Well played. If the Rook take the Bishop, or the Queen the Knight, mate equally
follows in three moves.
(?) Another excellent move.
(h) The Queen must take the Knight.

No. 160.
A dashing skirmish lately played in Philadelphia.
(King's Knight's Gambit.)
White. (Dr. Lindehn.) Black. (Mr. Elson.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. P. to K. B. fourth 2. P. takes P.
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to Q. fourth (a)
4. P. takes P. 4. B. to Q. third
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
5. P. to Q. fourth 5. P. to K. Kt. fourth
6. P. to K. E. fourth 6. P. to K. Kt. fifth
7. Kt. to K. fifth 7. Q. to K. second
8. B. to Q. Kt. fifth (check) 8. B. to Q. second
9. Kt. to Q. B. third (6) 9. P. to K. B. third
10. B. takes P. 10. P. takes Kt.
11. Castles 11. Q. takes P. (c)
12. Q. to K. second 12. P. to K. Kt. sixth
13. B. takes K. Kt. P. 13. Q. takes B.
14. Kt. to K. fourth 14. Q. to K. Kt. third
15. P. takes P. 15. B. takes P.
1 6. Kt. to K. B. sixth (check) 16. K. to Q. square (d)
17. Q. takes B. 17. B. takes B.
18. P. to Q. sixth (e) 18. P. takes P.
19. Q. E. to Q. square 19. Kt. takes Kt.
20. E. takes Kt. 20. Kt. to Q. second
21. K. E. takes P. 21. E. to K. square
22. Q. takes B. 22. E. to K. eighth (check)
23. K. to B. second 23. Q. takes Q. B. P. (check)
24. K. takes E. 24. Q. to K. fifth (check)
25. K. to B. square 25. Q. to K. B. fifth (check)
26. K. to Kt. square 26. Q. to K. sixth (check)
27. K. to E. square
And White wins.

NOTES.
(0 Inferior, we believe, to the more usual move—P. to K. Kt. fourth.
(fi, The Doctor purposely sacrifices a piece here, and judging from the powerful attack
whi<h he presently acquires, the sacrifice was perfectly correct.
(e) P. takes B. would evidently result in the loss of the Queen.
(d) It strikes us that Kt. takes Kt., followed by K. to B. second on White's Queen
taking B., would have given Black a better chance of recovering himself.
(eI A. master touch, leaving Black without resource.
Turf, Field, and Farm.
AA
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
No. 151.
The subjoined skirmish was played recently between Messrs.
Boden and Wisker.
(Two Knights' Defence).
White. (Mr. WlSKER.) Black. (Mr. Boden.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to Q. B. third
3. B. to Q. B. fourth 3. Kt. to K. B. third
4. Castles (a) 4. Kt. takes P (b)
5. B. to Q. fifth 5. Kt. to K. B. third
6. B. takes Kt. 6. Q. P. takes B.
7. Kt. takes P. 7. B. to K. third
8. P. to Q. fourth 8. P. to K. E. third
9. P. to K. B. fourth 9. P. to K. Kt. third
10. Kt. to Q. B. third 10. B. to Q. third
11. B to K. third 11. Q. to K. second
12. Q. to K. second 12. P. to Q. E. third (c)
13. K. to E. square 13. Castles (Q. E.)
14. B. to K. Kt. square (d) 14. P. to K. E. fourth
15. P. to K. E. third 15. P. to K. E. fifth
16. Q. to K. third 16. B. takes Kt.
17. Q. P. takes B. 17. Kt. to K. E. fourth
18. Q. to Q. E. seventh (e) 18. Kt. to K. Kt. sixth (check)
19. K. to E. second 19. Kt. takes E. (check)
20. E. takes Kt. 20. Q. to Q. Kt. fifth (/)
21. B. to Q. B. fifth 21. Q. to Q. B. fifth (g)
22. Q. to Q. E. eighth (check) 22. K. to Q. second
23. E. to Q. square (check) 23. B. to Q. fourth
24. Kt. takes B. 24. P. takes Kt. (h)
25. Q. takes Kt. P. (i) 25. Q. takes B.
26. E. takes P. (check) 26. Q. takes E.
27. Q. takes Q. (check) 27. K to K. square
28. Q. to Q. B. sixth (check)
And White wins, the Black Pawns being indefensible.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 371
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) The usual attack of 4—Kt. to K. Kt. fifth has somewhat gone oat of favour. On
paper the analysis still looks well ; but the practice of the defence against Black's counter
attack is highly unpleasant.
(6) This capture is quite safe, and should lead to an even game.
(c) This seems to be a necessary preliminary to castling on the Queen's side.
(d) In order to play the Queen on the diagonal occupied by the Bishop.
(e) The beginnmg of a strong attack, which seems to be a fair equivalent for the sacrifice
of the exchange.
(/) It is not easy to find a good move for Black at this crisis. If he move K. to Q.
second, the Pawns on the Queen's side fall in detail.
(g) Taking the Kt. P. wonld have been even more disastrous.
(h) If he takes the White Queen he loses his own by Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (check),,and
the first player remains with two pieces against a Rook.
(i) The position is remarkable. Black has no resource—owing to the position of the
White Bishop, he cannot get his King in safety.
The Sportsman.

No. 152.
Played at Glasgow in Class I.
(French Opening.)
White. (Mr. Andrews.) Black. (Mr. Jenkins.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. third
2. P. to Q. fourth 2. P. to Q. fourth
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. Kt. to K. B. third (a)
4. P. takes P. (b) 1 4. P. takes P.
5. B. to Q. third 5. B. to Q. third
6. Kt. to K. B. third 6. Castles
7. Castles 7. B. to K. third
8. B. to K. third '8. P. to Q. B. third
9. Kt. to K. second 9. Q. to Q. B. second
10. Kt. to K. Kt. third 10. Q. Kt. to Q. second
11. Q. to Q. second (e) 11. B. takes Kt.
12. K. B. P. takes B. (d) 12. P. to Q. B. fourth (e)
13. P. takes P. 13. Kt. takes P.
14. Q. E. to K. square 14. Kt. takes B.
15. Q. takes Kt. 15. P. to Q. Kt. third
16. Kt. to Q. fourth 16. Kt. to K. fifth
17. Kt. to K. B. fifth (/) 17. Q. to Q. second
18. Kt. to Q. fourth (g) 18. Q. E. to Q. B. square
372 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
19. B. to K. B. fourth 19. E. to Q. B. fifth
20. Kt. to K. B. third 20. P. to K. B. third
21. Kt. to Q. fourth (h) 21. B. to K. B. second
22. P. to Q. B. third 22. K. E. to Q. B. square
23. Kt. to Q. B. second 23. Kt. takes Q. B. P. (i)
24. Kt. to Q. E. third (k) 24. B. to K. Kt. third
25. Q. to K. B. third 25. E. to Q. E. fifth
26. E. to Q. B. square 26. B. to K. fifth
27. Q. to K. third 27. P. to Q. fifth (0
28. Q. to K. square 28. B. to K. Kt. third
29. E. to K. B. second 29. Kt. takes P.
30. E. takes E. (check) 30. Q. takes E.
31. Q. to K. seventh 31. P. to Q. sixth (m)
32. Q. to Q. sixth 32. Kt. to Q. B. eighth
33. E. to K. B. square 33. Kt. to K. seventh (check)
34. K. to E. square 34. E. to Q. fifth
35. Q. to K. seventh 35. Kt. takes B.
36. P. takes Kt. 36. E. takes P.
37. E. to Q. square 37. E. to K. fifth
38. Q. to Q. sixth 38. Q. to Q. B. fourth
39. Q. to Q. seventh 39. B. to K. B. fourth
40. Q. to Q. eighth (check) 40. K. to B. second
41. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth 41. P. to Q. seventh
42. Q. to K. Kt. third 42. Q. to Q. B. eighth
43. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check) 43. B. to K. third (?») ■
And White resigns.
NOTES, by J. WI8ker.
(a) This is better than 3 B. to Q. Kt. fifth.
(b) Sometimes P. to K. fifth is played at this stage, followed by Q. Kt. to K. second, and
P. to Q. B. third. The movement is a little hazardous, but it leads to a more interesting
game than the ordinary form of the French opening. Nothing in Chess is so dreary,
generally speaking, as the latter. The present game, however, is quite an exception to
the rule.
(c) Kt. to K. B. fifth would have ensured the exchange of the Bishops for the Knight
without the disadvantage of a doubled pawn.
(d) Very inferior to taking with the Rook's Pawn. The open file for the Rook is
comparatively valueless in this opening, whilst the preservation of the centre is of the
first importance.
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 373
(«) A good move. This game is very well played by Black.
(/) The object of these manoeuvres Is not very clear. If White capture the Bishop he
gives Black a passed Pawn in the centre.
(fif) White might have ventured P. to K. Kt, fourth. Suppose—
18. P. to K. Kt. fourth. 18. P. to K. Kt. third
19. Kt. to K. R. sixth (check) 19. K. to Kt. second
20. B. to Q. fourth (check) 20. P. to K. B. third
21. P. to K. Kt. fifth
And White has a promising attack.
(A) This is certaialy not vigorous play. Black is rapidly attaining a superior position.
(*) "Very well played. The capture is sound and well calculated. The game now
becomes very interesting.
(£) If 24 Kt, to K. third, then follows—
24. R. to Q. B. third
25. P. takes Kt. 25. R. takes P.
26. Q. moves 26. P. to K. Kt. fourth, regaining the
piece with a decided advantage.
(0 All this is very good play.
(m) Decisive, of course. This advance not only places the Pawn in a dangerous
position, but it brings Black's Rook and Knight into play.
(n) Black's play in this game is amongst the best we have seen for the Provincial Cup

No. 163.
Another Game in Class I. at Glasgow.
(Petroff's Defence.)
White. (Mr. BA.NKen.) Black. (Mr. Skipworth.)
1. P. to K. fourth 1. P. to K. fourth
2. Kt. to K. B. third 2. Kt. to K. B. third
3. Kt. to Q. B. third 3. P. to Q. third (a)
4. P. to Q. fourth 4. P. takes P.
5. Kt. takes P. 5. B. to K. second
6. B. to Q. third 6. Castles
7. Castles 7. P. to Q. B. fourth (6)
8. K. Kt. to K. second 8. B. to K. third
9. Kt. to K. B. fourth 9. Kt. to Q. B. third
10. Kt. takes B. 10. P. takes Kt.
11. B. to Q. B. fourth 11. Q. to Q. second
12. P. to K. B. fourth 12. Kt. to Q. E. fourth
13. B. to K. second 13. Q. to Q. B. second (e)
14. B. to K. third 14. Q. B. to Q. square
374 THE CHESS FLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
15. Q. to K. square 15. P. to Q. E. third (d)
16. E. to Q. square 16. P. to Q. Kt. fourth
17. P. to K. fifth 17. P. takes P.
18. P. takes P. 18. E. takes E (e)
19. Kt. takes E. 19. Kt. to Q. fourth
20. B. to Q. second 20. E. takes E (check)
21. K. takes E. 21. Q. takes P.
22. B. to K. Kt. fourth (/) 22. Q. to K. B. third (check)
23. Kt. to K. B. second 23. Kt. to Q. Kt. fifth
24. Q. takes P. (check) (g) 24. Q. takes Q.
25. E. takes Q. (check) 25. K. to B. square
26. P. to Q. E. third 26. K. Kt. to Q. B. third
27. B. takes Kt. 27. Kt. takes B.
28. B. to Q. B. eighth (h) 28. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
29. B. takes P. 29. Kt. to K. sixth (check)
30. K. to K, second 30. Kt. takes Q. B. P.
31. K. to Q. second 31. Kt. to Q. fifth
32. Kt. to K. fourth 32. K. to B. second
33. K. to Q. third 33. P. to K. E. third
34. P. to Q. Kt. fourth 34. Kt. to K. third
35. P. takes P. 35. B. takes P.
36. P. to K. Kt. third 36. B. takes P.
37. B. takes P.
And the Game was drawn (i).
NOTES, by C. E. Ranken,
(a) Perhaps as good a defence as any in this form of the opening.
(6) We should rather have played B, to Q. second, and then Kt. to Q. B. third.
(c) Apparently to prevent P. to K. fifth.
(d) P. to Q. fourth seems a stronger line of play both here and the next move.
(«) Obviously the Q. cannot take P. on account of B. to K. B. fourth.
(/) Properly followed up, this move ought we believe to have won a piece.
(g) It was here that White missed his way ; he should have played P. to Q. R.
once.
(A) B. to Q. fifth would have been a more troublesome move for Black.
The last few moves of this game are very well played by Mr. Skipworth.
THE HESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 375
No. 164.
Played in the recent match.
(Ieregular Opening.)
White. (Mr. Potter.) Black. (Dr. Zukertort.)
1. P. to K. B. fourth 1. P. to Q. fourth
2. P. to K. third 2. Kt- to K. B. third
3. Kt. to K. B. third 3. P. to K. third
4. B. to K. second 4. B. to Q. third
5. Castles 5. Castles
6. P. to Q third (a) 6. P. to Q. Kt. third
7. P. to K. E. third 7. P. to Q. B. fourth
8. Q. to K. square 8. Kt. to Q. B. third
9. P. to K. Kt. fourth (b) 9. P. to K. fourth (c)
10. Q. to K. E. fourth 10. P. to K. fifth
11. Kt. to K. square 11. Kt. to K. second
12. Kt. to Q. B. third 12. P. takes P. (d)
13. P. takes P. 13. P. to Q. fifth
14. Kt. to K. fourth 14. P. takes P.
15. Kt. takes Kt. (check) 15. P. takes Kt.
16. B. takes P. 16. Kt. to K. Kt. third
17. Q. to K. Kt. third 17. P. to K. B. fourth (/)
18. P. to K. Kt. fifth 18. E. to K. square
19. Kt. to Q. B. second (g) 19. B. to Q. Kt. second
20. Q. E. to K. square 20. Q. to Q. B. second
21. B. to Q. second 21. E. to K. second
22. B. to Q. square 22. Q. E. to K. square
23. E. takes E. 23. E. takes E.
24. P. to K. E. fourth 24. P. to Q. B. fifth (h)
25. P. to K. E. fifth (i) 25. P. takes P.
26. P. takes Kt. 26. P. takes Kt.
27. P. takes B. P. (check) 27. E. takes P. (k)
28. B. to K. E. fifth 28. E. to K. second
29. Q. to Q. Kt. third (check) 29. K. to B. square
376 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
30. Q. to K. E. third 30. Q. to Q. B. fourth (check)
31. K. to E. second 31. E. to K. eighth (I)
32. Q. to Q. Kt. third 32. B. to Q. fourth
33. Q. to Q. third 33. P. queens (m)
34. B. takes Q. 34. E. takes B.
35. Q. takes P. (check) 35. K. to Kt. square (n)
36. E. takes E. 36. Q. to K. B. seventh (check)
37. K. to E. third 37. B. to K. Kt. seventh (check)
38. K. to Kt. fourth
Drawn Game (o)
NOTES by J. Wisker.
(a) We prefer developing the Q. B. at Q. Kt. second. The text move blocks one Bishop
in order to let out another. When the K. B. has been played to Q. Kt. fifth. P. to Q.
third may be a good move.
(6) Very hazardous ; attacks of this kind, before the Queen's pieceshave been developed,
generally end in disastrous retreat, and the present is no exception to the rule.
(c) The proper answer, giving Black the advantage at once.
(d) Kt. to K. Kt. third first seems preferable.
(/) This manoeuvre is very able. The superiority of Black's position is now evident.
(g) Why this square was selected in preference to Kt. second, where the piece would
have defended the King, is quite beyond our comprehension.
(A) Another very good coup.
(i) He has no better play.
(*) Moving the King to B. square would have saved time, and have been quite safe.
(I) "Very well played. This move ought to have been decisive. It is evident that the
Rook cannot be taken, yet Black threatens to Queen his Pawn, and win a piece.
(m) Comparatively weak. B. to Q, B. fifth would have won, as also would R. take R.
(n) Another error. K. to K. second would have secured the game. After the move in
the text a draw is inevitable.
(o) No way to win, and Black drew by perpetual check.

"English Chess Problems" (now in the Press).—The Editors will be glad if the
Secretaries of London and Provincial Clubs will open up Subscription Lists for the
disposal of copies of the book. The Editors beg to remind all those who take an interest
in the subject that the expenses involved in publishing in the style that befits a great
work like this are very heavy, and they anticipate the hearty and ungrudging support not
only of chess players in England, but also in America and the Colonies. They may take
this opportunity of repeating that this collection numbers over six hundred of the finest
specimens of English strategy, and that a subscription of nine shillings entitles the
Subscribers to one copy, sent post free. A List of Subscribers will be published if the
number is not less than 200. Names and subscriptions must be sent as soon as possible
to Mr. J. Pierce, Copthill House, Bedford, or to Mr. W. T. Pierce, Terrace Villa, Roe-
hampton, London. November, 1875.—[We wish all possible success, and gladly publish
the above notice. The specimen pages sent us are very good.—Editors of C. P. C]
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 377
PEOBLEM LXX VII.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.
Messrs. ZukerTorT and PoTTer.—The match between Dr. Zakertort and Mr.
Potter terminated on Tuesday last in favour of the Berlin player. In our last issue we
gave the score as being 3 to 1 in favour of the German. On Saturday Mr. Potter won a
game in good style, but on Tuesday he lost one, and thus the match came to an end. The
final score in games actually won was—Zukertort, 4 ; Potter, 2 ; drawn, 8 ; but as it was
agreed to count every drawn game after the first five as half to each player, both parties
scored one and a half games by this method, and thus the final score stands—Zukertort,
6J ; Potter, 3J. As the honours of victory were to be carried off by the player who first
gained five games, Dr. Zukertort has won the match with half a game in hand.—Land
and Water.
Grimsby.—A flourishing club now exists in this important town. The meetings are
held in Victoria Street, opposite the Spring Church. The committee men are zealous and
promising plajers. Tournaments are being arranged, and prizes offered. We should be
glad to hear of a match by correspondence between the newly-formed Lincolnshire clubs
of Grimsby and Grantham. The Rev. Mr. Rowley, President formerly (if not now) of
the Bristol Chess Association, has succeeded to the valuable Crown living of Sutterton,
and will shortly be a resident in the county. It is hoped that Lincolnshire will be able
immediately to form a County Afisociation, and hold annual meetings.
The Correspondence Club Tournament mentioned in our last is obliged to be
abandoned, so little encouragement (Dr. Vines informs us) having been given to the
Littlehampton Club, which used its best endeavour to set the Tournament on foot.
The Burt and WesT Suffolk Chess Club meets weekly at the Angel Hotel,
Bury St. Edmunds. A handicap tournament has lately been concluded, when Mr. W.
Dawson carried off the first prize, and Mr. F. Ford the second. Mr. Craske, in giving
odds to all the other players, was defeated by half a game only. The members appear
now to be anxious to measure their strength with some club of repute.
378 THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE.
PEOBDEM L X X V 1 1 1 .
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

CiTy op London Chkss Magazine.—Mr. Potter, who has conducted this journal
since its commencement in the most creditable manner, retires from the chief editorship
after completing the second volume with the January number, owing to other calls upon
his time. We learn that, notwithstanding the positive announcement having been made
that Mr. Potter's resignation of the chief editorship would cause a cessation of the
magazine, there is all likelihood of the paper being further continued under the editorship
of one of the leading English players.—The Field.
ST. George's Chess Club.—A match has been arranged between two of the leading *
players of this club, the Rev. D. Salter and Mr. W. A. Lindsay. The score at present
stands :—Lindsay, 3 ; Salter, 2 ; Drawn, 0.— Land and Water.
City of London Club.—The entries for the Winter Handicap are now complete,
and play will begin immediately after Christmas.—Land and Water.
Mr. MorPhy.—The American papers contain the melancholy intelligence that Mr
Paul Morphy, the world-renowned chessplayer, has become hopelessly insane, and is
confined in a lunatic asylum at New Orleans. This sad news was not wholly unexpected,
For some time Mr. Morphy has shown alarming symptoms of derangement ; and it
appears that a period of business misfortune, following a period of excessive mental
exertion, has proved finally disastrous. The greatest chess genius the world has yet seen
is lost to us,—Zand and Water.
PriZES FOr Solutions.—Competitors in both classes should solve the Problems and
Enigmas in this number, and send their solutions to Mr. Skipworth on or before January
18th, 1876. The present competition terminates with this number.
THE CHESS PLAYERS* CHRONICLE. 379
PEOBLEM LXXIX.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

PAuL Morphy.—The Hartford Times contradicts, in the most positive manner, the
report of Mr. Morphy's dementation spread about in other American papers. According
to that journal Mr. Morphy is in good health and spirits, and pursues his profession as a
lawyer, without, however, paying any attention to chess. We sincerely hope that the
alarming rumours about the mental condition of the great American chess master, to
which we have ourselves given currency with the greatest regreton the authority of some
of our Transatlantic contemporaries, were utterly without foundation.—Tht Field,

SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS IN No. XI.


While. Black
LXX.
1. R. to Q.R. fifth, Stc.
The Author has overlooked Black's reply Kt. to Q. fifth, which prevents mate in two
moves.
T.XXI.
1. B. takes P. 1. B. takes R. (a)
2. Q. takes R. 2. Anything
3. Kt. mates.
(a) If 1. R. to K. Kt. third
2. R. takes R. 2. Anything
3. Q. mates.
Several send a solution—1. Q. to Q. eighth, &c, but they omit to shew how mate is
given if Black play 1. B. to K. B. second.
380 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXXX
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

LXXII.
1. Q. to Q. B. sixth 1. P. takes R. (a)
2. Kt. takes B. 2. Anything
3. B. mates.
(a) If I. Kt. to Q. B. square
2. R. takes B. F. 2. Anything
3. Mates accordingly.
The following is also a correct solution sent by some of our correspondents :—
1. Kt. takes B. 1. P. takes R., &c.
2. B. to Q. fourth (check) 2. K. takes Kt.
3. Q. to Q. B. sixth, mate.
LXXIII.
1. R. to Q. B. third 1. Kt. to K. B. fourth (a, b)
3. Q. to K. Kt. sixth 2. Anything
2. Mates accordingly.
(a) If 1. Kt. to Q. B. fifth
2. R. takes P. (check) 2. Kt. or B. takes R.
3. Mates accordingly.
(6) If 1. P. takes B.
2. R. takes P. (check) 2. B. takes R.
3. Kt. to Q. B. third, mate.
THE CHESS FLAYERS' CHRONICLE. 381
PEOBLEM LXXXI.
BLACK.

wsSk fill

El
■p MM

WHITE
White to play, and mate in three movea

LXXIV.
1. St. (from R. fifth) to K. B, sixth 1. B.to Q. R. second (a, b, c)
2. Kt. to K, seventh 2. Anything
S. Kt. or B. mates.
(a) If 1. B. to Q. third
2. Kt. to Q. seventh (check) 2. K. to K. fifth, or takes Kt.
8. Kt., or Q. i
(6) If 1. B. takes Kt.
2. Q. takes B. 2. K. takes Kt.
3. B. mates.
(c) If 1. Q. to Q. Kt. eighth
2. R. to K. square (check) 2. Anything
S. Mates accordingly.
Saxon gives the author's solution, and points out a flaw in It J—
1. B. toQ. B. second
2. Kt. to K. seventh 2. K. to Q. third
3. B. to K. B. fourth (check) 3. P. to K. fourth, and no mate.
Several give the author's solution, but do not observe the flaw.
LXXV
L B. to Q. eighth 1 . Q. to K. B. second or seventh (a, &c.)
2. B. to K. B. sixth (check) 2. Anything
3. Q. mates.
(a) If L R. to K. B. second
2. Q. to K. fourth (check,) ic.
Saxon and W. Mc. Arthur however shew that 1. R. to K. second defeats thesolution.
382 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM L XX XI I.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

LXXVI.
L Kt. to Q. B. fourth L R. takes P.
2. Kt. to Q. Kt. sixth (check) 2. K. to Kt. fifth
S. P. to Q. B. third (check) 3. R. takes P.
4. R. to Q. R. fourth, mate.
KEY MOVES TO THE ENIGMAS IN No. XI.
1.
1. P. to B. eighth, becoming a Bishop.
2.
An error in the position—the Black Bishop, placed on King's square, ought to be
King's seventh.
3.
1. R. to K. fifth.
4.
L Q. to K. B. second
5.
1. Kt. to Q. fifth L K. takes R. (on K. fifth)
2. Kt. to K. B. sixth (dis. ch.) 2. Anything
3. Mates accordingly.
Several variations.
1. P. to K. eight, becoming a Bishop.
THE CHESS PLAYERS CHRONICLE. 383
PEOBUM LXXXIII.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in three moves.

1. Kt. to K. B. seventh 1. R. takes Kt.


2. Q. to Q. fourth (check) 2. K. takes Q.
3. Kt. mates.
8.
1. Q. to K. B. second 1. B. to K. Kt. square, K. third, Q
fourth or Q. B. fifth
2. Q. to K. Kt. square, or, K. B. sixth orQ. fourth
3. Mates.
9.
1. R. to K. Kt. seventh (double check) 1. K. takes B.
2. Q. to K. Kt. eighth (check) 2. Kt. takes Q.
3. R. takes P. (check) 3. Kt. takes R.
4. P. to K. Kt. seventh, mate.
10.
1. Q. to Q. Kt. fourth (check) 1. R. takes Q.
2. P. takes R. (check) 2. B. takes P.
3. R. to Q. Kt. fifth (check), &c.
ENIGMA 1.
By George SmiTh, Laceby.
White.—K. at Q. third, Bs. at K. Kt. third and Q. Kt. third, Kts. at Q. B. fourth and Q. B'
eighth, P. at Q. R. third.
Black—K. at Q. fourth, Rs. at K. B. third and Q. third, Bs. at Q. B. third and Q. R. second,
P. at K. third.
White to play, and mate in two moves.
384 THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE.
PEOBLEM LXXXIV.
BLACK.

WHITE.
White to play, and mate in four moves.

ENIGMA 2.
By J. Crake, Hull.
White.-K. at Q. B. third, Q. at K. Kt. square, B. at Q. Kt. square, Kt. at Q. B. eighth, Ps. at
K. Kt. fourth, Q. B. fifth.
Black.—K. at Q. fourth, Rs. at Q. R. square and Q. R. eighth, Ps. at K. B. sixth, Q. B. third,
Q. Kt. seventh, Q. R. sixth.
White to mate in three moves.
ENIGMA 3.
White—K. at Q. Kt. third, Q. at Q. R. second, B. at K. eighth, Kts. at K. Kt. seventh and
Q. R. fourth, Ps. at K. B. fourth, Q. seventh, Q. Kt. fourth .
Black—K. at Q. fourth, Q. at Q third, Rs. at Q. square and Q. fifth, Bs. at K. Kt. seventh
and Q. R. second, P. at Q. B. second.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
ENIGMA 4.
White—K. at Q. fifth, Q. at Q. R. sixth, Rs. at K. B. square and Q. third, Kt. at K. B.
fifth, P. at Q. Kt. seventh.
Black—K. at Q, square, R. at Q. Kt. square, Bs. at K. Kt. square and K. Kt. fourth,
Kt. at Q. R. fifth, Ps. at K. second, K. B. second, Q. Kt. fourth and Q. R. second.
White to play, and mate in four moves.
CHESS CURIOSITY, No. IX.
White's moves—1. B. to K. B. sixth, 2. K. takes Kt., 3. R. 1 Q. B. eighth, 4. B. to K
B. fifth, 6. R. to Q. B. sixth, 6. Kt. to Q. B. third, 7. P. mates.
$toiites io Corresponbents
CORRECT SOLUTIONS TO PROBLEMS (P.) AND ENIGMAS (B.) IN No. XI.
Saxon—Has solved P. 71, 72, 73, 74, 76, and all E. excepting No. 10.
0. H. D. Gossip—P. 73, J-74, 76, and all E. excepting No. 4.
TT. Mc Arthur—P. 71, 72, 73, 76, and all E.
E. S.—P. 71, 72, 73, 76, and E. excepting Nos. 4, 6, 6.
J. Taylor—P. 73, 76, and all E. excepting No. 5.
Laceby—All the Enigmas.
H. QuilliaU—kXL the Enigmas.
/. Parker—P. 73, 76,'and all E. excapting No. 5.
(J. W. Farrow—P. 72, 73, 76, and E. excepting Nos. 4, 8, 9.
T. IV. Davis—P. 76.
J. Crake—P. 71, 72, 73, 76, and E. excepting Nos. 9, 10.
O. W. Stevens—P. 71, 72, 73, 76, and E. exceptingNo. 9. Many leading variations not given
*** Only Saxon gives the Author's solution of P. 74 and pointed out the fiaw. Gossip
mentions the move (1. B. to Q. B. second) which defeats the solution, but does not
give variations to show it. No. 74 is consequently added to Saxon's score, and half
No. 74 to Gossip's. Several show that P. 70, 75 are unsound.
F. W. D. Always glad to examine solutions.
J. C, F. W. Clarke, J. Parker, Dr. Vines, B. W. Fisher, Laceby, H. Guilliatt, are all
thanked for their communications.
G-. H. D. G. We threw out your solution to Mr. Andrew's four move Problem because
you sent an imperfect solution in three moves, andyou took no account of Black's reply
1. Q. B. P. takes P. You observe in your last letter, I saw the Problem was faulty,
so I omitted this variation." You did not give proof of the fault, and we could not,
in all fairness give you credit for a solution.
J. Pierce. Thanks for the Problems which we have passed on to the newly-elected Suzerain.
W. T. P. We gladly insert the notice.
J. Watkinson. Your explanation is satisfactory. We would rather however you had not
threatened controversy so fiercely and with black underscorings ; not that there is
any fear of your being able to draw us in, but time and paper used in such causes
are sad enemies to chess interests.
Editor of The Hannibal Clipper'. Thanks for copies of your paper.
J. Wisker. We are very glad to be assured that you will still help us In the editorial
department. We trust all old contributors will still lend their aid.
J. Burt. Thank you for the variation, shewing that In game 134 White might, by playing
23. Kt. takes B. Pt (check), have given mate in four moves.
*** Some back numbers of the Chess Record and Dubuque Journal, slightly soiled, may be
had cheaply.
*** All editorial communications should now be addressed to Glasgow. See the circular
letter on the next page.
*** All outstanding accounts should at once, please, be paid to Mr. J. Williamson,
Bookseller, Lincoln.
*** Those who have already paid for any of next year's numbers will receive copies
accordingly.
*** The Index to Volume IV. will be forwarded very shortly.

Tetford Church ResToration.—Mr. Skipworth thanks the members of the


Grantham Chess Club for their liberal subscription of £1 Is., also "Anonymous" for
2&. 6d., in aid of the restoration of his Church. Any help, however slight, from any
friends who have not already too many calls upon their liberality, will be gratefully
acknowledged. Address—" The Rev. A. B. Skipworth, Tetford, Horncaetle."
THE CHESS PLAYERS' CHRONICLE,
A MONTHLY RECORD OF PROVINCIAL CHESS.

OWING to the many calls upon hig time, the Rev. A. B. SkIPWorTh, of Tetford
Rectory, has reluctantly decided to retire from the chief Editorship of this
Magazine, at the end of the present year. Mr. SkIPWorTh will be succeeded by Mr. J.
Jenkins, of Helensburgh, by whom the January and following numbers will be brought
out.
Advantage will be taken of this opportunity to carry into effect several changes which,
have been in contemplation for some time past. Instead of being issued as at present,
every second month, the Magazine will appear monthly, and in a slightly enlarged form ;
the quality of the paper will be improved ; while the price of each single number will be
reduced to Sixpence. In this way the readers of the " Chess Players' ChronICLe ''
will receive at least double the amount of matter they do at present.
Although Mr. SkIPWorTh's duties will not now permit of his taking the important
share he has hitherto done in the work, yet the Magazine will not altogether lose his
valuable services, for he has kindly consented to remain connected with the Editorial
Department.
Mr. Jenkins
Players' has also•'the
Chronicle willsatisfaction
still retainof the
knowing that, under
important supporthisitdirection, the "received
has always Chess
from the Rev. W. WayTe, of Eton College, and from the Rev. C. E. Ranken, of Malvern.
Many of the valuable notes and articles of the past years were written by those gentlemen.
The following distinguished Amateurs, amongst others, will contribute to the New
Volume :—
Robert b. Wokmald, B.A., London. Sheriff Spens, Hamilton.
Edmund Thorold, Bath. Rev. John Donaldson, M.A. ("Delta")
James Innes Minchin, Clifton. Kirkconnel.
John WaTkinson, huddersfield. G. B. Fraser, Dundee.
B. W. Fisher, Cheltenham. ChrisTopher Meikle, Edinburgh.
Jambs Pierce, M.A., Bedford. W. N. Walker, Dundee.
J. H. FinLinson, Huddersfield. Rev. G. M1ArThur, M.A., Edinburgh.
And. HunTer, Glasgow.
Contributions of Problems, Games, &c, are respectfully invited ; and as it is desired to
make the " ChronICle," as far as (possible, a complete record of the month's doings
any item of news, however unimportant it may appear to the sender, will be gladly
received and inserted. Reports of Club Meetings, Matches, &c, shall receive special
attention. All Communications should be addressed to the Editor, care of A. R. Goldie,
81, Buchanan Street (Mitchell Lane), Glasgow.

TERMS OF SUBSCRIPTION.
United Kingdom Six Shillings per Annum, Post Free-
Abroad Five Shillings and Sixpence per Annum, Postage Extra.
Special Terms to Secretaries of Clubs taking Twelve Copies.

ORDER FORM.
/ beg to enclose P.O. Order for Six Shillings, being my Subscription to the " Chess
PLayers' Chronicle "/or One Tear, from January, 1876.
Name, -
To Address, ~ ■
ICR. A, R. GolDIE,
81, Buchanan STreeT,
GLASGOW.
James WILLiamson, PrinTer, hIGh sTreeT, LinCoLn.
f
T.

i
!

You might also like